2021 Silverado1500

21_CHEV_Silverado_1500_COV_en_US_84550389C_2021MAR9.
pdf 1 3/5/2021 9:39:27 AM
CM
MY
CY
CMY
K
Cadillac Escalade Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13690472) - 2021 - Insert - 5/10/21
Insert to the 2021 Cadillac Escalade, Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban, GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali,
Chevrolet Silverado 1500, and GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner’s Manuals
This information replaces the information Auto Stops may not occur and/or Auto
under “Stop/Start System” found in the { Warning Starts may occur because:
Driving and Operating Section of the owner’s The automatic engine Stop/Start feature . The climate control settings require the
manual. causes the engine to shut off while the engine to be running to cool or heat the
Some vehicles built on or after 6/7/2021 are vehicle is still on. Do not exit the vehicle vehicle interior.
not equipped with the Stop/Start System, before shifting to P (Park). The vehicle . The vehicle battery charge is low.
see your dealer for details on a specific may restart and move unexpectedly. . The vehicle battery has recently been
vehicle. Always shift to P (Park), and then turn disconnected.
the ignition off before exiting the vehicle. . Minimum vehicle speed has not been
Stop/Start System
reached since the last Auto Stop.
If equipped, the Stop/Start system will shut Auto Engine Stop/Start
. The accelerator pedal is pressed.
off the engine to help conserve fuel. It has When the brakes are applied and the vehicle
components designed for the increased . The engine or transmission is not at the
is at a complete stop, the engine may turn required operating temperature.
number of starts. off. When stopped, the tachometer displays
. The outside temperature is not in the
AUTO STOP. See Tachometer. When the
brake pedal is released or the accelerator required operating range.
pedal is pressed, the engine will restart. . The vehicle is in any gear other than
D (Drive). Some vehicles may maintain
To maintain vehicle performance, other Auto Stop after being shifted to P (Park).
conditions may cause the engine to
. Certain driver modes have been selected.
automatically restart before the brake pedal
is released. See Driver Mode Control and
Four-Wheel Drive.
Litho in U.S.A.
©
Part No. 85548842 2021 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.
Cadillac Escalade Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13690472) - 2021 - Insert - 5/10/21
2
. The vehicle is on a steep hill or grade.
. The driver door has been opened or the
driver seat belt has been unbuckled.
. The hood has been opened.
. The Auto Stop has reached the maximum
allowed time.
Auto Stop Disable Switch
Chevrolet/GMC SUV Uplevel Shown Chevrolet/GMC Pickup

If equipped, the automatic engine Stop/Start
feature can be disabled and enabled by
pressing h. Auto Stop is enabled each
time you start the vehicle.
When h is illuminated, the system is
enabled.
Cadillac Uplevel Shown
Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 5/18/21
Introduction This manual describes features that may or

Contents may not be on the vehicle because of
optional equipment that was not purchased
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 on the vehicle, model variants, country
specifications, features/applications that may
Keys, Doors, and Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 not be available in your region, or changes
Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 subsequent to the printing of this owner’s
manual.
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
The names, logos, emblems, slogans, vehicle If the vehicle has the Duramax diesel
Instruments and Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement
model names, and vehicle body designs
Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 appearing in this manual including, but not for additional and specific information on
limited to, GM, the GM logo, CHEVROLET, this engine.
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
the CHEVROLET Emblem, SILVERADO, and Z71 Refer to the purchase documentation
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 are trademarks and/or service marks of relating to your specific vehicle to confirm
Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 General Motors LLC, its subsidiaries, the features.
affiliates, or licensors.
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320 Keep this manual in the vehicle for quick
For vehicles first sold in Canada, substitute reference.
Service and Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408 the name “General Motors of Canada
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423 Company” for Chevrolet Motor Division
Customer Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428 wherever it appears in this manual.
Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436

OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440
Connected Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445
Index. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448
Litho in U.S.A.
©
Part No. 84550389 D Fourth Printing 2021 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.
2 Introduction
Canadian Vehicle Owners Symbols
{ Danger
A French language manual can be obtained The vehicle has components and labels that
Danger indicates a hazard with a high
from your dealer, at www.helminc.com, use symbols instead of text. Symbols are
or from: level of risk which will result in serious shown along with the text describing the
injury or death. operation or information relating to a
Propriétaires Canadiens specific component, control, message, gauge,
On peut obtenir un exemplaire de ce guide or indicator.
en français auprès du concessionnaire ou à { Warning
l'adresse suivante: Warning indicates a hazard that could
M : Shown when the owner’s manual has
additional instructions or information.
Helm, Incorporated result in injury or death.
Attention: Customer Service * : Shown when the service manual has
47911 Halyard Drive additional instructions or information.
Caution
Plymouth, MI 48170 0 : Shown when there is more information
USA Caution indicates a hazard that could
on another page — “see page.”
result in property or vehicle damage.
Using this Manual Vehicle Symbol Chart
To quickly locate information about the Here are some additional symbols that may
vehicle, use the Index in the back of the be found on the vehicle and what they
manual. It is an alphabetical list of what is mean. See the features in this manual for
in the manual and the page number where information.
it can be found. u : Air Conditioning System
Danger, Warning, and Caution A circle with a slash through it is a safety G : Air Conditioning Refrigerant Oil
Warning messages found on vehicle labels symbol which means “Do not,” “Do not do
this,” or “Do not let this happen.” 9 : Airbag Readiness Light
and in this manual describe hazards and
what to do to avoid or reduce them. ! : Antilock Brake System (ABS)
$ : Brake System Warning Light
Introduction 3
9 : Dispose of Used Components Properly 7 : Rear Cross Traffic Alert
P : Do Not Apply High Pressure Water I : Registered Technician
B : Engine Coolant Temperature / : Remote Vehicle Start
_ : Flame/Fire Prohibited h : Risk of Electrical Fire
H : Flammable > : Seat Belt Reminders
[ : Forward Collision Alert I : Side Blind Zone Alert
R : Fuse Block Cover Lock Location h : Stop/Start
+ : Fuses 7 : Tire Pressure Monitor
j : ISOFIX/LATCH System Child Restraints d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak/Electronic
Stability Control (ESC)
Q : Keep Fuse Block Covers Properly
Installed a : Under Pressure
| : Lane Change Alert V : Vehicle Ahead Indicator
@ : Lane Departure Warning
A : Lane Keep Assist
* : Malfunction Indicator Lamp
: : Oil Pressure
X : Park Assist
~ : Pedestrian Ahead Indicator
O : Power
4 Introduction
Instrument Panel Overview
Introduction 5
1. Tow/Haul Mode (On Some Models). See 11. X Park Assist Switch (If Equipped). See Power Take-Off (PTO) (If Equipped). See
Driver Mode Control 0 250. Assistance Systems for Parking or Backing Duramax Diesel Supplement.
Automatic Transfer Case Control (If 0 266. 12. Power Outlet (Alternating Current) (If
Equipped). See Four-Wheel Drive 0 241. g Traction Control/Electronic Stability Equipped). See Power Outlets 0 102.
Driver Mode Control 0 250 (If Equipped). Control 0 248. 13. Power Outlet (Direct Current). See Power
2. Air Vents 0 209. Outlets 0 102.
| Hazard Warning Flashers 0 142.
3. Turn Signal Lever. See Turn and 14. USB Port 0 158.
Lane-Change Signals 0 143.
A Lane Keep Assist (LKA) 0 281. 15. Wireless Charging 0 103 (If Equipped).
Windshield Wiper/Washer 0 101. 5 Hill Descent Control Switch (If 16. Trailer Brake Control Panel (If Equipped).
Equipped). See Hill Descent Control (HDC) See “Integrated Trailer Brake Control
4. Head-Up Display (HUD) 0 128 (If 0 249.
Equipped). System” under Towing Equipment 0 296.
5. Instrument Cluster 0 106. j Power Assist Steps 0 30 (If 17. ENGINE START/STOP. See Ignition
Equipped). Positions (Keyless Access) 0 230 or
6. Shift Lever. See Automatic Transmission Ignition Positions (Key Access) 0 229.
0 238. 5 Power Release Tailgate (If
Equipped). See Tailgate 0 23. 18. Steering Wheel Controls 0 100.
Range Selection Mode. See Manual Mode
0 240. A DC/AC Switch. See Power Outlets Driver Information Center (DIC) Controls.
0 102. See Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base
7. Light Sensor. See Automatic Headlamp Level) 0 124 or
System 0 142. h Auto Stop Disable Switch (If Driver Information Center (DIC) (Midlevel
8. Infotainment Controls. See Overview Equipped). See Stop/Start System 0 233. and Uplevel) 0 125.
0 149. L Express Window Down Button (If 19. Horn 0 101.
9. Climate Control Systems 0 204 (If Equipped). See Power Windows 0 41. 20. Hood Release. See Hood 0 322.
Equipped). Tow/Haul Mode 0 241 (On Some 21. Steering Wheel Adjustment 0 100 (Out
Dual Automatic Climate Control System Models). of View).
0 206 (If Equipped). Exhaust Brake (If Equipped). See Duramax
10. Heated and Ventilated Front Seats 0 52 Diesel Supplement.
(If Equipped).
6 Introduction
22. Cruise Control 0 254.
Adaptive Cruise Control (Camera) 0 256
(If Equipped).
Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System
0 274 (If Equipped).
Heated Steering Wheel 0 100 (If
Equipped).
23. Data Link Connector (DLC) (Out of View).
See Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Check
Engine Light) 0 116.
24. Electric Parking Brake 0 246.
25. Fog Lamps 0 143 (If Equipped).
Instrument Panel Illumination Control
0 145.
Exterior Cargo Lamps 0 144.
Exterior Lamp Controls 0 139.
Task Lighting 0 144 (If Equipped).
Keys, Doors, and Windows 7

Keys, Doors, and Exterior Mirrors
Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Keys and Locks
Windows Manual Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Trailer-Tow Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Keys (Key Access)
Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Keys and Locks
Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
{ Warning
Keys (Key Access) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Leaving children in a vehicle with the
Keys (Keyless Access) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Automatic Dimming Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 ignition key is dangerous and children or
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System . . . . 10
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Blind Spot Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 others could be seriously injured or killed.
Operation (Key Access) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 They could operate the power windows
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System or other controls or make the vehicle
Interior Mirrors move. The windows will function with
Operation (Keyless Access) . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 the keys in the ignition, and children or
Manual Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror . . . 38 others could be caught in the path of a
Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Rear Camera Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 closing window. Do not leave children in
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 a vehicle with the ignition key.
Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Windows
Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Manual Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Doors Rear Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Power Assist Steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Roof
Vehicle Security Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Steering Column Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
8 Keys, Doors, and Windows

replacement ignition keys have a small hole.
{ Warning See your dealer if a replacement key is
If the key is unintentionally rotated while required.
the vehicle is running, the ignition could The combination and size of the rings that
be moved out of the RUN position. This came with your keys were specifically
could be caused by heavy items hanging selected for your vehicle. The rings are
from the key ring, or by large or long connected to the key like two links of a
items attached to the key ring that could chain to reduce the risk of unintentionally
be contacted by the driver or steering moving the key out of the RUN position. Do
wheel. If the ignition moves out of the not add any additional items to the ring
RUN position, the engine will shut off, attached to the ignition key. Attach
braking and steering power assist may be additional items only to the second ring,
impacted, and airbags may not deploy. and limit added items to a few essential Interference from radio-frequency
To reduce the risk of unintentional keys or small, light items no larger than an identification (RFID) tags may prevent the
rotation of the ignition key, do not RKE transmitter. key from starting the vehicle. Keep RFID
change the way the ignition key and tags away from the key when starting the
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter, vehicle.
if equipped, are connected to the The key is used for the ignition, all door
provided key rings. locks, and the glove box.
The ignition key and key rings, and RKE If equipped with memory seats, keys 1 and 2
transmitter, if equipped, are designed to are linked to seating positions of memory 1
work together as a system to reduce the or 2. See Memory Seats 0 49.
risk of unintentionally moving the key out Programming Keys
of the RUN position. The ignition key has a
small hole to allow attachment of the Follow these procedures to program up to
provided key ring. It is important that any eight keys to the vehicle.

Programming with Two Recognized Keys If two currently recognized keys are not The key has a bar-coded key tag that the
To program a new key: available, follow this procedure to program dealer or qualified locksmith can use to
the first key. make new keys. Store this information in a
1. Insert the original, already programmed safe place, not in the vehicle.
key in the ignition and turn the This procedure will take approximately
ignition on. 30 minutes to complete for the first key. See your dealer if a replacement key or
The vehicle must be off and all of the keys additional key is needed.
2. Turn the ignition off, and remove you wish to program must be with you.
the key. If it becomes difficult to turn a key, inspect
1. Insert the new vehicle key into the the key blade for debris. Periodically clean
3. Quickly, within five seconds, insert the ignition.
second original already programmed key with a brush or pick.
in the ignition and turn the ignition on. 2. Turn the ignition on. The security light If locked out of the vehicle, see Roadside
will come on. Assistance Program 0 431.
4. Turn the ignition off, and remove
the key. 3. Wait 10 minutes until the security light With an active OnStar or connected service
turns off. plan, an OnStar Advisor may remotely
5. Insert the key to be programmed and
turn the ignition on within five seconds. 4. Turn the ignition off. unlock the vehicle. See OnStar Overview
6. After a few seconds, the security light 5. Repeat Steps 2–4 two more times. After 0 440.
will turn off once the key has been the third time, turn the ignition on; the
programmed. key is learned and all previously known Keys (Keyless Access)
keys will no longer work with the
7. Repeat Steps 1–5 if additional keys are to
be programmed.
vehicle. { Warning
6. To learn a second key, turn the ignition Leaving children in a vehicle with an
If a key is lost or damaged, see your dealer off, insert the second key to be learned, ignition key or Remote Keyless Entry
to have a new key made. and turn the ignition on. (RKE) transmitter is dangerous and
Programming without Recognized Keys After two keys are learned, the remaining children or others could be seriously
Program a new key to the vehicle when a keys can be learned by following the injured or killed. They could operate the
recognized key is not available. Canadian procedure in “Programming with Two power window or other controls or make
regulations require that owners see their Recognized Keys.” the vehicle move. The windows will
dealer. function with the key in the ignition or
(Continued)

If equipped with memory seats, RKE
Warning (Continued) transmitters 1 and 2 are linked to seating
with the RKE transmitter in the vehicle, positions of memory 1 or 2. See Memory
and children or others could be caught in Seats 0 49.
the path of a closing window. Do not
leave children in a vehicle with the
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
ignition key or an RKE transmitter. System
See Radio Frequency Statement 0 436.
If there is a decrease in the Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) operating range:
. Check the distance. The transmitter may
be too far from the vehicle.
Press the button to remove the key. Never
pull the key out without pressing the . Check the location. Other vehicles or
button. objects may be blocking the signal.
. Check the transmitter's battery. See
See your dealer if a replacement key or
“Battery Replacement” later in this
additional key is needed.
section.
If it becomes difficult to turn a key, inspect . If the transmitter is still not working
the key blade for debris. Periodically clean correctly, see your dealer or a qualified
with a brush or pick. technician for service.
If the vehicle has the Keyless Access system,
the transmitter has a button on the side of With an active OnStar or connected service
the transmitter used to remove the key. plan, an OnStar Advisor may remotely Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
This key is used for the driver door and
unlock the vehicle. See OnStar Overview System Operation (Key Access)
0 440.
glove box. The RKE transmitter functions may work up
If locked out of the vehicle, see Roadside to 60 m (197 ft) away from the vehicle.
Assistance Program 0 431.

Other conditions can affect the performance If enabled, the horn chirps when Q is Press and hold K to remotely open the
of the transmitter. See Remote Keyless Entry pressed again within three seconds. See windows, if enabled. See Vehicle
(RKE) System 0 10. Vehicle Personalization 0 131. Personalization 0 131.
Pressing Q arms the alarm system. See x : Press twice quickly to release the
Vehicle Alarm System 0 31. tailgate, if equipped.
If equipped with remote mirror folding, 7 : Press and release to initiate the vehicle
pressing and holding Q for one second will locator. The turn signal lamps flash and the
fold the mirrors, if enabled. See Vehicle horn sounds three times.
Personalization 0 131.
Press and hold 7 for more than
K : Press once to unlock only the driver three seconds to activate the panic alarm.
door. If K is pressed again within The turn signal lamps flash and the horn
three seconds, all remaining doors unlock. sounds repeatedly for 30 seconds. The alarm
The interior lamps may come on and stay turns off when the ignition is turned on or
on for 20 seconds or until the ignition is 7 is pressed again. The ignition must be off
/ : Press and release Q, then immediately turned on. for the panic alarm to work.
press and hold / until the turn signal If enabled, the turn signal lamps flash twice Programming Transmitters to the Vehicle
lamps flash or for at least four seconds. The to indicate unlocking has occurred.
engine may be started from outside the Only RKE transmitters programmed to this
If enabled, the exterior lamps may turn on. vehicle will work. If a transmitter is lost or
vehicle using the RKE transmitter. See See Vehicle Personalization 0 131.
Remote Vehicle Start 0 20. stolen, a replacement can be purchased and
Pressing K on the RKE transmitter disarms programmed through your dealer. Each
Q : Press to lock all doors. the alarm system. See Vehicle Alarm System vehicle can have up to eight transmitters
0 31. programmed to it. See your dealer for
If enabled, the turn signal lamps may flash
transmitter programming.
and/or the horn may sound on the second If equipped with remote mirror folding,
press to indicate locking has occurred. pressing and holding K for one second will
unfold the mirrors, if enabled. See Vehicle

Battery Replacement Caution To replace the battery:
{ Warning When replacing the battery, do not touch

any of the circuitry on the transmitter.
Never allow children to play with the RKE Static from your body could damage the
transmitter. The transmitter contains a transmitter.
small battery, which can be a choking
hazard. If swallowed, internal burns can
occur, resulting in severe injury or death. Caution
Seek medical attention immediately if a Always replace the battery with the
battery is swallowed. correct type. Replacing the battery with
an incorrect type could potentially create
a risk of battery explosion. Dispose of
{ Warning used batteries according to instructions
To avoid personal injury, do not touch and local laws. Do not attempt to burn, 1. Separate and remove the back cover of
metal surfaces on the RKE transmitter crush, or cut the used battery, and avoid the transmitter with a flat, thin object,
when it has been exposed to extreme exposing the battery to environments such as a coin.
heat. These surfaces can be hot to the with extremely low air pressures or high
touch at temperatures above 59 °C temperatures.
(138 °F).
Replace the battery in the transmitter soon
if the REPLACE BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY
displays in the Driver Information
Center (DIC).

2. Press and slide the battery down toward
the pocket of the transmitter in the
direction of the key ring. Do not use a
metal object
3. Remove the battery.
4. Insert the new battery, positive side
facing up. Replace with a CR2032 or
equivalent battery.
5. Push together the transmitter back cover
top side first, and then the bottom
toward the key ring.
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Remove the key by pressing the button on / : Press and release Q, then immediately
System Operation (Keyless Access) the side of the RKE transmitter near the press and hold / until the turn signal
bottom and pull the key out. Never pull the lamps flash or for at least four seconds. The
The Keyless Access system allows for vehicle key out without pressing the button.
entry when the transmitter is within 1 m engine may be started from outside the
(3 ft). See “Keyless Access Operation” later See your dealer if a new transmitter is vehicle using the RKE transmitter. See
in this section. needed. Remote Vehicle Start 0 20.
The RKE transmitter functions may work up Q : Press to lock all doors and the tailgate,
to 60 m (197 ft) away from the vehicle. if equipped.
Other conditions can affect the performance If enabled, the turn signal lamps flash and/
of the transmitter. See Remote Keyless Entry or the horn may sound on the second press
(RKE) System 0 10. to indicate locking has occurred. If enabled,
the horn chirps when Q is pressed again
The key that is part of the RKE transmitter
within three seconds. See Vehicle
can be used for all locks.

If the driver door is open when Q is If equipped with remote mirror folding, tailgate or door being opened. If the vehicle
pressed, all doors will lock and then the pressing and holding K for one second will has this feature, there will be a button on
driver door will immediately unlock, unfold the mirrors, if enabled. See Vehicle the outside door handles.
if enabled. See Vehicle Personalization 0 131. Personalization 0 131. Keyless Access can be programmed to
If the passenger door is open when Q is Press and hold K until the windows fully unlock all doors on the first lock/unlock
pressed, all doors lock. open, if remote window operation is press from the driver door. Keyless
enabled. See Vehicle Personalization 0 131. Unlocking can also be turned off. See Vehicle
Pressing Q arms the alarm system. See Personalization 0 131.
Vehicle Alarm System 0 31. x : Press twice quickly to release the If equipped with memory seats, RKE
tailgate, if equipped. transmitters 1 and 2 are linked to seating
If equipped with remote mirror folding,
pressing and holding Q for one second will 7 : Press and release to initiate vehicle positions of memory 1 or 2. See Memory
fold the mirrors, if enabled. See Vehicle locator. The turn signal lamps flash and the Seats 0 49.
Personalization 0 131. horn sounds three times. Keyless Unlocking/Locking from the
Press and hold 7 for more than Driver Door
K : Press once to unlock only the driver
door. If K is pressed again within three seconds to activate the panic alarm. When the doors are locked and the RKE
three seconds, all remaining doors and the The turn signal lamps flash and the horn transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) of the door
tailgate unlock. The interior lamps may sounds repeatedly for 30 seconds. The alarm handle, pressing the lock/unlock button on
come on and stay on for 20 seconds or until turns off when the ignition is turned on or the driver door handle will unlock the driver
the ignition is turned on. 7 is pressed again. The ignition must be off door. If the lock/unlock button is pressed
for the panic alarm to work. again within five seconds, all passenger
If enabled, the turn signal lamps flash twice doors and the tailgate will unlock.
to indicate unlocking has occurred. Keyless Access Operation
If enabled, the exterior lamps may turn on. The Keyless Access system allows for doors
See Vehicle Personalization 0 131. and the tailgate to be accessed without
Pressing K on the RKE transmitter disarms pressing the RKE transmitter button. The RKE
the alarm system. See Vehicle Alarm System transmitter must be within 1 m (3 ft) of the
0 31.

unlock all doors. Pressing the lock/unlock Enabling Keyless Unlocking:
button will cause all doors to lock if any of
the following occur: With the vehicle off, press and hold Q and
. The lock/unlock button was used to K on the RKE transmitter at the same time
unlock all doors. for approximately three seconds. The turn
signal lamps will flash twice quickly to
. Any vehicle door has been opened and all
indicate access is enabled.
doors are now closed.
Passive Locking
Disable/Enable Keyless Unlocking of Exterior
Door Handles and Tailgate This feature will lock the vehicle several
seconds after all doors are closed, if the
If equipped, keyless unlocking of the exterior vehicle is off and at least one RKE
door handles and tailgate can be disabled transmitter has been removed from the
Driver Side Shown, Passenger Side Similar and enabled. interior, or none remain in the interior.
Disabling Keyless Unlocking: If other electronic devices interfere with the
Pressing the lock/unlock button will cause
all doors to lock if any of the following With the vehicle off, press and hold Q and RKE transmitter signal, the vehicle may not
occur: K on the RKE transmitter at the same time detect the RKE transmitter inside the vehicle.
. It has been more than five seconds since for approximately three seconds. The turn If passive locking is enabled, the doors may
the first lock/unlock button press. signal lamps will flash four times quickly to lock with the RKE transmitter inside the
. Two lock/unlock button presses were indicate access is disabled. Using any vehicle. Do not leave the RKE transmitter in
exterior handle to unlock the doors or open an unattended vehicle.
used to unlock all doors.
. Any vehicle door has been opened and all the tailgate will cause the turn signal lamps To customize the doors to automatically lock
doors are now closed. to flash four times quickly, indicating access when exiting the vehicle, see “Remote Lock,
is disabled. If disabled, disarm the alarm Unlock, Start” under Vehicle Personalization
Keyless Unlocking/Locking from the system before starting the vehicle. 0 131.
Passenger Doors
Temporary Disable of Passive Locking
When the doors are locked and the RKE
transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) of the door Temporarily disable passive locking by
handle, pressing the lock/unlock button on a pressing and holding K on the interior door
passenger door handle, if equipped, will switch with a door open for at least

four seconds, or until three chimes are Programming Transmitters to the Vehicle
heard. Passive locking will then remain
Only RKE transmitters programmed to the
disabled until Q on the interior door is vehicle will work. If a transmitter is lost or
pressed, or until the vehicle is turned on. stolen, a replacement can be purchased and
Remote Left in Vehicle Alert programmed through your dealer. The
vehicle can be reprogrammed so that lost or
When the vehicle is turned off and an RKE
stolen transmitters no longer work. Each
transmitter is left in the vehicle, the horn
vehicle can have up to eight transmitters
will chirp three times after all doors are
matched to it.
closed. To turn on or off see Vehicle
Personalization 0 131. Programming with Recognized Transmitters
Remote No Longer in Vehicle Alert A new transmitter can be programmed to
the vehicle when there are two recognized Transmitter Pocket without Bucket Seats
If the vehicle is on with a door open and
transmitters. (Lower Compartment)
then all doors are closed, the vehicle will
check for RKE transmitters inside. If an RKE To program, the vehicle must be off and all
transmitter is not detected, the Driver transmitters, both currently recognized and
Information Center (DIC) will display NO new, must be with you.
REMOTE DETECTED and the horn will chirp 1. Remove the key from a recognized
three times. This occurs only once each time transmitter.
the vehicle is driven. To turn on or off see
2. Place the two recognized transmitters in
Vehicle Personalization 0 131.
the cupholder or on the passenger seat.
Key Access 3. Insert the vehicle key into the key lock
To access a vehicle with a dead transmitter cylinder on the driver door handle. Then
battery, see Door Locks 0 21. turn the key counterclockwise, to the
unlock position, five times within
10 seconds.
The DIC displays READY FOR REMOTE#3, Transmitter Pocket with Bucket Seats
4, 5 ETC.

4. Place the new transmitter in the 1. Remove the vehicle key from the
transmitter pocket/insert. transmitter.
5. Press ENGINE START/STOP. When the 2. Insert the vehicle key into the key lock
transmitter is learned, the DIC display cylinder on the driver door handle; then
will show that it is ready to program the turn the key counterclockwise, to the
next transmitter. unlock position, five times within
6. Remove the transmitter from the 10 seconds.
transmitter pocket and press K or Q on The DIC displays REMOTE LEARN
the transmitter. PENDING, PLEASE WAIT.
To program additional transmitters, 3. Wait for 10 minutes until the DIC
repeat Steps 4–6. displays PRESS ENGINE START BUTTON TO
LEARN, then press ENGINE START/STOP.
When all additional transmitters are Transmitter Pocket without Bucket Seats
programmed, press and hold ENGINE The DIC will again display REMOTE LEARN (Lower Compartment)
START/STOP for approximately PENDING, PLEASE WAIT.
12 seconds to exit programming mode. 4. Repeat Step 3 two additional times. After
7. Return the key back into the transmitter. the third time all previously known
transmitters will no longer work with the
Programming without Recognized vehicle. Remaining transmitters can be
Transmitters relearned during the next steps.
If two currently recognized transmitters are The DIC should now display READY FOR
not available, follow this procedure to REMOTE # 1.
program up to eight transmitters. This
feature is not available in Canada. This
procedure will take approximately
30 minutes to complete. The vehicle must
be off and all transmitters to be
programmed must be with you. Transmitter Pocket with Bucket Seats

5. Place the new transmitter in the To start the vehicle: 1. Place the transmitter in the transmitter
transmitter pocket/insert. pocket/insert.
6. Press ENGINE START/STOP. When the 2. With the vehicle in P (Park) or N (Neutral)
transmitter is learned, the DIC display press the brake pedal and ENGINE
will show that it is ready to program the START/STOP.
next transmitter. Replace the transmitter battery as soon
7. Remove the transmitter from the as possible.
transmitter pocket/insert and press K or
Battery Replacement
Q on the transmitter.
To program additional transmitters, { Warning
repeat Steps 5–7. Never allow children to play with the RKE
When all additional transmitters are transmitter. The transmitter contains a
programmed, press and hold ENGINE Transmitter Pocket without Bucket Seats small battery, which can be a choking
START/STOP for approximately (Lower Compartment) hazard. If swallowed, internal burns can
12 seconds to exit programming mode. occur, resulting in severe injury or death.
8. Return the key back into the transmitter. Seek medical attention immediately if a
Starting the Vehicle with a Low battery is swallowed.
Transmitter Battery
If the transmitter battery is weak or if there { Warning
is interference with the signal, the DIC may To avoid personal injury, do not touch
display NO REMOTE DETECTED or NO
metal surfaces on the RKE transmitter
REMOTE KEY WAS DETECTED PLACE KEY IN
TRANSMITTER POCKET THEN START YOUR when it has been exposed to extreme
VEHICLE when starting the vehicle. heat. These surfaces can be hot to the
touch at temperatures above 59 °C
(138 °F).
Transmitter Pocket with Bucket Seats

To replace the battery: 2. Insert a flat, thin object in the center of
Caution the transmitter to separate and remove
When replacing the battery, do not touch the back cover.
any of the circuitry on the transmitter.
Static from your body could damage the
transmitter.
Caution
Always replace the battery with the
correct type. Replacing the battery with
an incorrect type could potentially create
a risk of battery explosion. Dispose of
used batteries according to instructions
and local laws. Do not attempt to burn, 1. Press the button on the RKE transmitter
to remove the key. Never pull the key
crush, or cut the used battery, and avoid
out without pressing the button. 3. Lift the battery with a flat object.
exposing the battery to environments
with extremely low air pressures or high 4. Remove the battery.
temperatures. 5. Insert the new battery, positive side
toward the back cover. Replace with a
Replace the battery in the transmitter soon CR2032 or equivalent battery.
if the DIC displays REPLACE BATTERY IN
6. Push together the transmitter.
REMOTE KEY.
7. Insert the key back into the RKE
transmitter.

Remote Vehicle Start . The hazard warning flashers are on. Turn the ignition on to operate the vehicle.
. Two remote starts or a remote start with Extending Engine Run Time
If equipped with the remote start feature, an extension have been used.
the climate control system will come on The engine run time can be extended by
. The vehicle is not in P (Park).
when the vehicle is started remotely, 15 minutes, for a total of 30 minutes,
depending on the outside temperature. The engine will turn off during a remote if during the first 15 minutes Steps 1 and 2
The rear defog and heated and ventilated vehicle start if: are repeated while the engine is still
seats, if equipped, may also come on. See . The coolant temperature gets too high. running. An extension can be requested
Heated and Ventilated Front Seats 0 52 and . The oil pressure gets low. 30 seconds after starting.
Vehicle Personalization 0 131. The RKE transmitter range may be reduced A maximum of two remote starts, or a
If equipped, the automatic heated steering while the vehicle is running. single start with an extension, is allowed
wheel may also come on. See Heated between ignition cycles.
Other conditions can affect the performance
Steering Wheel 0 100. of the transmitter. See Remote Keyless Entry The vehicle's ignition must be turned on and
Laws in some communities may restrict the (RKE) System 0 10. then back off to use remote start again.
use of remote starters. Check local Starting the Engine Using Remote Start Canceling a Remote Start
regulations for any requirements on remote
starting of vehicles. 1. Press and release Q. To cancel a remote start, do one of the
following:
Do not use remote start if the vehicle is low 2. Immediately press and hold / until the
on fuel. The vehicle may run out of fuel. turn signal lamps flash or for at least
. Press and hold / until the parking lamps
four seconds. turn off.
The vehicle cannot be remote started if: . Turn on the hazard warning flashers.
. The RKE transmitter is inside the vehicle When the vehicle starts, the parking
lamps will turn on. The doors will be . Turn the ignition on and then off.
or if the key is in the ignition.
locked and the climate control system
. The hood is not closed.
may come on.
. There is an emission control system
The engine will continue to run for
malfunction and the lamp is on. 15 minutes. After 30 seconds, repeat
. The ignition is in any mode other Steps 1 and 2 for a 15-minute time
than off. extension.

Door Locks From outside: Keyless Access
. Use the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
{ Warning transmitter.
. Use Keyless Access, if equipped.
Unlocked doors can be dangerous.
. Use the key in the driver door or the
. Passengers, especially children, can
passenger door, if equipped.
easily open the doors and fall out of a
moving vehicle. The doors can be From inside, use the power door locks or the
unlocked and opened while the vehicle manual door locks. To lock the door with
is moving. The chance of being thrown the manual door locks, push down on the
out of the vehicle in a crash is manual lock knob.
increased if the doors are not locked. From inside, pull the door handle once to
So, all passengers should wear seat unlock the door. Pull the handle again to
belts properly and the doors should be open the door.
locked whenever the vehicle is driven. If equipped, the remote key must be within
See Vehicle Alarm System 0 31. 1 m (3 ft) of the tailgate or door being
. Young children who get into unlocked
vehicles may be unable to get out. opened or locked. Press the button on the
A child can be overcome by extreme door handle to open. See “Keyless Access
heat and can suffer permanent injuries Operation” in Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
or even death from heat stroke. System Operation (Key Access) 0 10 or
Always lock the vehicle whenever Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System
leaving it. Operation (Keyless Access) 0 13.
. Outsiders can easily enter through an Free-Turning Locks
unlocked door when you slow down The door key lock cylinder turns freely when
or stop the vehicle. Locking the doors either the wrong key is used, or the correct
can help prevent this from happening. key is not fully inserted. The free-turning
door lock feature prevents the lock from
There are several ways to lock and unlock being forced open. To reset the lock, turn it
the vehicle. to the vertical position with the correct key

fully inserted. Remove the key and insert it Delayed Locking Automatic Door Locks
again. If this does not reset the lock, turn
the key halfway around in the cylinder and If equipped, this feature delays the locking If equipped, the doors will lock
repeat the reset procedure. of the doors until five seconds after all automatically when all doors are closed, the
doors are closed. ignition is on, and the vehicle is shifted out
Power Door Locks Delayed locking can only be turned on when of P (Park).
the Open Door Anti-Lockout feature has If a vehicle door is unlocked, and then
been turned off. opened and closed, the doors will lock either
when your foot is removed from the brake
When Q is pressed on the power door lock or the vehicle speed becomes faster than
switch while the door is open, a chime will 13 km/h (8 mph).
sound three times indicating delayed locking
is active. To unlock the doors:
The doors will lock automatically . Press K on the power door lock switch.
five seconds after all doors are closed. If a . Shift the transmission into P (Park).
door is reopened before that time, the Automatic door locking cannot be disabled.
five-second timer will reset when all doors Automatic door unlocking can be
are closed again. programmed. See Vehicle Personalization
Press Q on the door lock switch again or 0 131.
If equipped with power door locks.
press Q on the RKE transmitter to lock the Lockout Protection
Q : Press to lock the doors. doors immediately.
If equipped, the ignition is on or in ACC/
K : Press to unlock the doors. This feature can be programmed. See Vehicle ACCESSORY and the power door lock switch
Personalization 0 131. is pressed with the driver door open, all the
doors will lock and only the driver door will
unlock.

If the vehicle is off and locking is requested When the safety lock is enabled, adults and
while a door is open, when all doors are older children will not be able to open the
closed the vehicle will check to the Keyless rear door from the inside. Cancel the safety
Access function (if equipped). If an RKE locks to enable the doors to open from the
transmitter is detected and the number of inside.
RKE transmitters inside has not reduced, the To cancel the safety lock:
driver door will unlock and the horn will
chirp three times. 1. Unlock the door and open it from the
outside.
Lockout Protection can be manually
overridden with the driver door open by 2. Move the lever up to unlock. Do the
same for the other door.
pressing and holding Q on the power door
lock switch.
The safety lock is on the inside edge of the
Doors
Open Door Anti-Lockout
rear doors. To use the safety lock:
If equipped, the Open Door Anti-Lockout is Tailgate
turned on and the vehicle is off, the driver 1. Move the lever down to the lock
door is open, and locking is requested, all position. Manual Tailgate
the doors will lock and the driver door will 2. Close the door.
unlock. The Open Door Anti-Lockout feature 3. Do the same for the other rear door. { Warning
can be turned on or off. See Vehicle It is extremely dangerous to ride on the
Personalization 0 131. To open a rear door when the safety lock
is on: tailgate, even when the vehicle is
operated at low speeds. People riding on
Safety Locks 1. Unlock the door by activating the inside the tailgate can easily lose their balance
handle, by pressing the power door and fall in response to vehicle maneuvers.
The rear door safety locks prevent
unlock switch, or by using the Remote
passengers from opening the rear doors Falling from a moving vehicle may result
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter.
from inside the vehicle. in serious injuries or death. Do not allow
2. Open the door from the outside. people to ride on the tailgate. Be sure
everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and
using a seat belt properly.

Use the key to unlock the tailgate.
Caution
Open the tailgate by lifting up on its handle To avoid damage to the tailgate, make
while pulling the tailgate down.
sure the area behind the tailgate is clear
To shut the tailgate, firmly push it upward before opening it.
until it latches.
After closing the tailgate, pull it back to be In the case of a dead battery, the tailgate
sure it is latched securely. can be opened manually. Contact your
dealer or Roadside Assistance.
Some tailgates have an electric latch. If the
battery is disconnected or has low voltage, If equipped, to lock or unlock the tailgate,
the tailgate will not open. The tailgate will use the RKE transmitter or the key. See
resume operation when the battery is Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System
Operation (Key Access) 0 10 or
reconnected or recharged.
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System
. Press 5 on the center stack.
Power Release Tailgate Operation (Keyless Access) 0 13.
The vehicle must be in P (Park).
{ Warning To open the tailgate:
Make sure there is no one in the way of
the power tailgate as it is opening and
. Pressx twice quickly on the RKE
closing, and keep hands away from the transmitter until the tailgate moves.
tailgate hinges when in use. You or
others could be injured if caught in the
path of the power tailgate or tailgate
hinges.
. Press the touch pad on the tailgate

handle after unlocking all doors. Use the
top of the tailgate to pull against if

assistance is required. If equipped with If equipped with a power open/close
Keyless Access, a locked tailgate can be tailgate, the tailgate can be opened or
opened if the RKE transmitter is within closed in several ways. To open the tailgate,
1 m (3 ft). do one of the following:
To close the tailgate, firmly push it upward . Press x twice quickly on the RKE
until it latches. Pull it back to be sure it is transmitter until the tailgate moves. See
latched securely. Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System
Operation (Key Access) 0 10 or
Power Tailgate Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System
Operation (Keyless Access) 0 13.
{ Warning If equipped with Keyless Access, a locked
Make sure there is no one in the way of tailgate can be opened if the RKE
the power tailgate as it is opening and transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft). . Press the touch pad on the tailgate
closing, and keep hands away from the handle after unlocking all doors.
tailgate hinges when in use. You or To close the tailgate, do one of the
others could be injured if caught in the following:
path of the power tailgate or tailgate
. Press x on the RKE transmitter once,
hinges.
then quickly press and hold x until the
tailgate completely closes. If x is
Caution released prior to it being fully closed, the
To avoid damage to the tailgate, make tailgate will reopen.
before opening it.


. Press and hold 5 on the center stack Lift-to-Close Operation If the tailgate encounters multiple obstacles,
until the tailgate is fully closed. If 5 the power function will deactivate. After
is released prior to the tailgate being removing the obstructions, manually close
fully closed, it will reopen. A chime will the tailgate to resume normal power
sound when the tailgate is fully closed. operation.
. Press the touch pad on the tailgate Manual Operation
handle. The tailgate can be manually closed from
A chime sounds and the taillamps flash the full-open position when the tailgate is
during the closing operation. If the warning lifted in a continuous motion. If the tailgate
chime is not functioning, the tailgate will motion is stopped between the full-open
not power close. Power opening is still and half-closed positions, the lift-to-close
enabled. See your dealer for service. feature can engage and power close the
tailgate. If the touch pad is pressed during
The power tailgate may be temporarily power operation, the tailgate will stop and
disabled after repeated power cycling over a To close the tailgate using the lift-to-close
feature, lift the tailgate from the full-open allow manual operation. The tailgate must
short period of time. If this occurs, the be held after stopping, or it will continue
tailgate can still be operated manually. position to at least 10 cm (4 in) and hold it
momentarily. Then, the tailgate will start to open.
The vehicle must be in P (Park) to operate closing automatically. If the tailgate is lifted
the power tailgate. If the vehicle is shifted MultiPro Tailgate
more than halfway between open and close,
out of P (Park) while the power function is then it will not close automatically.
in progress, the tailgate will continue to { Warning
completion. If the vehicle is accelerated Obstacle Detection Make sure there is no one in the way of
while the tailgate is still closing, the tailgate If the tailgate encounters an obstacle during the power tailgate as it is opening and
may stop and reverse direction. Make sure a power open cycle, it will stop on the closing, and keep hands away from the
the tailgate is closed and latched before obstacle. After removing the obstruction, the tailgate hinges when in use. You or
driving. tailgate can be allowed to open. If the others could be injured if caught in the
tailgate encounters an obstacle during the path of the power tailgate or tailgate
closing cycle, it will stop and reverse to hinges.
full open.

To open the primary tailgate:
Caution
To avoid damage to the tailgate, make
before opening it.
If equipped with this feature, the vehicle

must be in P (Park).

. Press x twice quickly on the RKE . Press the lower touch pad on the tailgate
transmitter until the tailgate moves. See handle after unlocking all doors. Use the
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System top of the tailgate to pull against if
Operation (Key Access) 0 10 or assistance is required.
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System To close the primary tailgate, firmly push it
Operation (Keyless Access) 0 13. upward until it latches. Pull it back to be
If equipped with Keyless Access, the sure it is latched securely.
Switches in the inner tailgate prevent the tailgate can be opened if the RKE
primary tailgate from being opened when transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft).
the inner tailgate is not fully closed.

With the primary and inner tailgates open,
Caution the tailgate step can be lowered to access
Do not open the inner tailgate with the the pickup bed.
primary tailgate open if there is a hitch
Using the Step
ball or trailer attached. This may damage
the tailgate. Caution
To close the inner tailgate with the primary When using the tailgate as a step, the
tailgate closed, firmly push or pull it upward load rating is 170 kg (375 lb), which
until it latches. Pull it back to be sure it is includes a person and cargo. Overloading
latched securely. the tailgate step can cause damage to
the tailgate system.
To close the inner tailgate with the primary
To open the inner tailgate, press the upper tailgate open:
touch pad on the tailgate handle after . Hold the primary tailgate and firmly close
unlocking all doors. Pull the top of the the inner tailgate.
tailgate to open. . Raise the inner tailgate so it meets the
primary tailgate and close together at the
same time.
When using the tailgate step as a load stop,
the load must be secured as the load could
shift. See Cargo Tie-Downs 0 97.
Tailgate Step
{ Warning . To lower the tailgate step, press the

To avoid personal injury, keep hands button at the center of the step. Make
away from the hinges when operating sure it lowers to the fully open position.
the tailgate step.

. To close the tailgate step, lift it firmly. Using the Assist Handle
Make sure that both side latches are
engaged.
Preferred Method
The assist handle helps with entering the
pickup box. To use:
Do not place a load on top of the step when 1. Lift up on the handle until it locks in the
using it as a load stop. open position.
2. To return the assist handle, pull the
release lever toward the ball end of the
handle and push the handle back to the
closed position.
Applying Loads to Tailgates
Caution
Do not put ramp loads on the inner Alternate Method
tailgate alone. Damage to the inner
tailgate may occur.

When applying any load to the tailgate, The steps will reverse direction if there is an 3. Kick the switch again to return to normal
distribute the weight evenly across the obstruction. If possible, carefully remove the operation.
width of the tailgate. This applies to all obstruction, then open and close the door
tailgate types. on the same side to complete the motion. Center Stack Switch
. Use a load-distributing member (1). If the obstruction is not cleared, the assist
. Secure the ramp to the bumper (2). steps remain extended.
Slight movement of the steps while
Power Assist Steps extended is normal.
Kick Switch
{ Warning
To avoid personal injury or property
damage, before entering or exiting the
vehicle, be sure the power assist step is
fully extended. Do not step on the power
assist step while it is moving. Never place
hands or other body parts between the
extended power assist step and the The power assist steps can be extended to
vehicle. the tire by pressing j. When extending
the steps with j, the kick switch is
If equipped, the power assist steps, when disabled. The vehicle must be in P (Park) or
enabled, will extend when the door is N (Neutral).
opened. They will retract three seconds after
the door is closed or immediately if the 1. Place the vehicle in P (Park) and unlock To extend the steps:
vehicle starts moving. the doors. . Press j to extend both steps. A DIC
Keep hands, children, pets, objects, and 2. Kick the switch to extend the power message displays.
clothing clear of the power assist steps assist step to the tire. A Driver . Press j again to extend to the tire.
when in motion. Information Center (DIC) message A DIC message displays.
displays.

. Press j again to return to normal Vehicle Alarm System 2. Lock the vehicle in one of two ways:
operation. . Use the RKE transmitter.
Enable/Disable . With a door open, press Q on the
To enable or disable the power assist steps, interior of the door.
press and hold j for four seconds. A DIC 3. After 30 seconds, the alarm system will
message displays. arm and the indicator light will begin to
slowly flash. Pressing Q on the RKE
Cleaning
transmitter a second time will bypass
Clean the power assist steps regularly. For the 30-second delay and immediately
an automatic car wash, extend the steps arm the alarm system.
while in N (Neutral) using the center stack
The vehicle alarm system will not arm if the
switch. The steps will stow when shifting
doors are locked with the key.
into D (Drive).
If the driver door is opened without first
The indicator light, on the instrument panel unlocking with the RKE transmitter, the horn
Vehicle Security near the windshield, indicates the status of will chirp and the lights will flash to indicate
This vehicle has theft-deterrent features; the system. pre-alarm. If the vehicle is not started,
however, they do not make the vehicle Off : Alarm system is disarmed. or the door is not unlocked by pressing K
impossible to steal. on the RKE transmitter during the 10-second
On Solid : Vehicle is secured during the
delay to arm the system. pre-alarm, the alarm will be activated.
Fast Flash : Vehicle is unsecured. A door or The alarm will also be activated if a
the hood is open. passenger door or the hood is opened
without first disarming the system. When
Slow Flash : Alarm system is armed. the alarm is activated, the turn signals flash
Arming the Alarm System and the horn sounds for about 30 seconds.
The alarm system will then re-arm to
1. Turn off the vehicle. monitor for the next unauthorized event.

Disarming the Alarm System the driver door is opened and then the reset the system. Then turn the vehicle
vehicle is turned off. The steering column on and immediately turn the steering
To disarm the alarm system or turn off the
unlocks when the vehicle is turned on. wheel side to side for about 15 seconds.
alarm if it has been activated:
The Driver Information Center (DIC) may In some cases, it may take significant
. Press K on the RKE transmitter. force to unbind the column.
display one of these messages:
. Start the vehicle. To keep the steering column from binding,
. A message to service the steering column
To avoid setting off the alarm by mistake: lock indicates that an issue has been straighten the front wheels before turning
. Lock the vehicle after all occupants have detected with the column lock feature off the vehicle.
exited. and the vehicle should be serviced.
. A message that the steering column is
Immobilizer
. Always unlock a door with the RKE
transmitter. locked indicates that the engine is See Radio Frequency Statement 0 436.
Unlocking the driver door with the key running, but the steering column is still
locked. It is normal for the column to be Immobilizer Operation
will not disarm the system or turn off the
alarm. locked during a remote start, but the
column should unlock after the brake
How to Detect a Tamper Condition pedal is pressed and the vehicle is started.
No message will display during a remote
If K is pressed on the RKE transmitter and start.
the horn chirps three times, an alarm . A message that the steering wheel must
occurred previously while the alarm system
be turned and the vehicle must be started
was armed. This vehicle has a passive theft-deterrent
again indicates that the column lock
If the alarm has been activated, a message mechanism is bound, the column locking system.
will appear on the DIC. device was unable to unlock the steering The system does not have to be manually
column, and the vehicle did not start. armed or disarmed.
Steering Column Lock If this happens, immediately turn the The vehicle is automatically immobilized
If equipped, the steering column lock is a steering wheel from side to side to when the vehicle is turned off.
theft-deterrent device. This feature locks the unbind the column lock. If this does not
steering column when the vehicle is turned unlock the steering column, turn the The system is automatically disarmed when
off and the driver door is opened, or when vehicle off and open the driver door to the ignition is turned from off to on.

The security light, in the instrument cluster, change modes, the first transmitter may be additional keys, see Keys (Key Access) 0 7 or
comes on if there is a problem with arming faulty. See your dealer who can service the Keys (Keyless Access) 0 9. Do not leave the
or disarming the theft-deterrent system. theft-deterrent system and have a new RKE key or device that disarms or deactivates
The system has one or more RKE transmitter programmed to the vehicle. the vehicle theft system in the vehicle.
transmitters matched to an immobilizer It is possible for the immobilizer system to See your dealer to get a new key blank cut
control unit in your vehicle. Only a correctly learn new or replacement RKE transmitters. exactly as the ignition key that operates the
matched RKE transmitter will start the Up to eight transmitters can be system.
vehicle. If the transmitter is ever damaged, programmed for the vehicle. To program
you may not be able to start your vehicle. additional transmitters, see "Programming
Transmitters to the Vehicle" under Remote
Exterior Mirrors
When trying to start the vehicle, the
security light may come on briefly when the Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation (Key Convex Mirrors
ignition is turned on. If the engine does not Access) 0 10 or
start and the security light stays on, there is
Operation (Keyless Access) 0 13 { Warning
a problem with the system. Turn the A convex mirror can make things, like
ignition off and try again. Do not leave the transmitter or device that
other vehicles, look farther away than
If the vehicle will not change ignition modes disarms or deactivates the vehicle theft
system in the vehicle. they really are. If you cut too sharply
(ACC/ACCESSORY, on, off), and the RKE into the right lane, you could hit a
transmitter appears to be undamaged, try When equipped with a key, if the engine vehicle on the right. Check the inside
another transmitter. Or, you may try placing still does not start, and the key appears to mirror or glance over your shoulder
the transmitter in the transmitter pocket be undamaged, try another ignition key. before changing lanes.
located in the center console. See Remote It may be necessary to check the fuse. See
Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation (Key Fuses and Circuit Breakers 0 353. If the Standard Mirrors
Access) 0 10 or engine still does not start with the other
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System key, the vehicle needs service. If the vehicle The passenger side mirror is convex shaped.
Operation (Keyless Access) 0 13. does start, the first key may be faulty. See A convex mirror's surface is curved so more
your dealer. It is possible for the can be seen from the driver seat.
If the ignition mode will not change with
the other transmitter or with the immobilizer system to learn new or
transmitter in the transmitter pocket, your replacement keys. Up to eight keys can be
vehicle needs service. If the ignition does programmed for the vehicle. To program

Trailer-Tow Mirrors Trailer-Tow Mirrors
The upper portion of both the driver and
passenger mirrors is flat.
The lower portion of both the driver and
passenger mirrors is convex. A convex
mirror’s surface is curved so more can be
seen from the driver seat. The lower portion
is adjusted manually.
Manual Mirrors
If equipped, adjust manual mirrors by
moving the mirror up and down or left to
Manual Extend : If equipped, grasp the
right to see a little of the side of the vehicle
mirror housing firmly and pull back in one
and to have a clear view behind the vehicle. Extending Mirrors motion, arching slightly toward the rear of
Using hood-mounted air deflectors and Trailer tow mirrors can extend out for better the vehicle.
add-on convex mirror attachments could visibility when towing a trailer.
decrease mirror performance.

To return the mirror to its original position, If a popping noise from the mirror is heard, Power Mirrors
reverse the motion. this sound is normal as the manual detents
are aligning after a manual extend/retract
operation has occurred.
Auxiliary Cargo Mirror Lamps
If equipped, cargo mirror lamps face
rearward to provide more light on the sides
of the vehicle, if needed. See Exterior Cargo
Lamps 0 144.
Advanced Trailering Vision System Side
Cameras
If equipped, the Advanced Trailering Vision
System side cameras are on the bottom of
the outside mirrors. See “Surround Vision To adjust each mirror:
Power Extend : If equipped, press the power
(360 Degrees)” under Assistance Systems for 1. Press j or | to select the driver or
extend button to fully extend the mirror.
Parking or Backing 0 266. passenger side mirror. The indicator light
Press again to retract.
will illuminate.
Resetting the Power Extend Mirrors
2. Press the arrows on the control pad to
Reset the power extend mirrors if: move the mirror in the desired direction.
. The mirrors are accidentally obstructed
3. Adjust each outside mirror so that a little
while extending/retracting. of the vehicle and the area behind it can
. The mirrors are accidentally manually be seen.
extended/retracted.
4. Press j or | again to deselect the
. The mirrors vibrate at normal driving
mirror.
speeds.

Turn Signal Indicator Folding Mirrors Resetting the Power Folding Mirrors
If equipped, the mirror has turn signal Reset the power folding mirrors if:
indicator lights, which flash in the direction
Manual Folding Mirrors
. The mirrors are accidentally obstructed
of the turn or lane change. If equipped, push the mirror toward the while folding.
Task Lighting vehicle to fold. Push the mirror outward to . The mirrors are accidentally manually
return to its original position. folded/unfolded.
If equipped, task lighting projects light from
the outside mirrors to the sides of the Manually fold the mirrors inward to prevent . The mirrors will not stay in the unfolded
vehicle. See Task Lighting 0 144. damage when going through an automatic position.
car wash. . The mirrors vibrate at normal driving
Puddle Lamps
Power Folding Mirrors speeds.
If equipped, puddle lamps project light from
the bottom of the mirror to the area of Fold and unfold the mirrors one time using
ground below the driver and passenger the mirror controls to reset them to their
doors. See Entry Lighting 0 146 and normal position. A noise may be heard
Exit Lighting 0 146. during the resetting of the power folding
mirrors. This sound is normal after a manual
Memory Mirrors folding operation.
The vehicle may have memory mirrors. See Remote Mirror Folding
Memory Seats 0 49.
If equipped, press and hold Q on the RKE
Lane Change Alert (LCA)
transmitter for approximately one second to
The vehicle may have LCA. See Lane Change remotely fold the exterior mirrors. Press and
Alert (LCA) 0 279. hold K on the RKE transmitter for
approximately one second to unfold. See
If equipped, press g to power fold the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System
mirrors. Press again to unfold. Operation (Key Access) 0 10 or
Operation (Keyless Access) 0 13.

This feature can be turned on or off. See Driving with the Blind Spot Mirror 1. When the approaching vehicle is a long
Vehicle Personalization 0 131. distance away, the image in the main
mirror is small and near the inboard
Heated Mirrors edge of the mirror.
1 REAR : If equipped, the rear window 2. As the vehicle gets closer, the image in
defogger also heats the outside mirrors. the main mirror gets larger and moves
outboard.
W : If equipped, press to turn the heated 3. As the vehicle enters the blind zone, the
outside mirrors on or off.
image transitions from the main mirror
See “Rear Window Defogger” under Climate to the blind spot mirror.
Control Systems 0 204 or 4. When the vehicle is in the blind zone,
Dual Automatic Climate Control System the image only appears in the blind spot
0 206. mirror.
Automatic Dimming Mirror Using the Outside Mirror with the Blind
If equipped, the driver outside mirror Spot Mirror
automatically adjusts for the glare of the 1. Set the main mirror so that the side of
headlamps from behind. This feature comes the vehicle can just be seen and the
on when the vehicle is started. blind spot mirror has an
unobstructed view.
Blind Spot Mirrors 2. When checking for traffic or before
If equipped, there is a small convex mirror changing a lane, look at the main driver/
built into the upper and outer corner of the passenger side mirror to observe traffic
driver outside mirror. It can show objects in the adjacent lane, behind your vehicle.
that may be in the vehicle's blind zone. Check the blind spot mirror for a vehicle
Actual Mirror View in the blind zone. Then, glance over your
shoulder to double check before moving
slowly into the adjacent lane.

Reverse Tilt Mirrors Manual Rearview Mirror
If equipped with reverse tilt mirrors and If equipped, push the tab forward for
memory seats, the passenger and/or driver daytime use and pull it rearward for
mirror tilts to a preselected position when nighttime use to avoid glare from the
the vehicle is in R (Reverse). This allows the headlamps from behind.
curb to be seen when parallel parking.
The mirror(s) may move from their tilted
Automatic Dimming Rearview
position when: Mirror
. The vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse), If equipped, the mirror will automatically
or remains in R (Reverse) for about reduce the glare of the headlamps from
30 seconds. behind. The dimming feature comes on each
. The vehicle is turned off. time the vehicle is started. Pull the tab to turn on the display. Push the
. The vehicle is driven in R (Reverse) above tab to turn it off. When off the mirror is
a set speed.
Rear Camera Mirror automatic dimming. Adjust the mirror for a
If equipped, this automatic dimming mirror clear view of the area behind the vehicle
To turn this feature on or off, see Vehicle
provides a wide angle camera view of the while the display is off.
area behind the vehicle.
Interior Mirrors
Interior Rearview Mirrors
Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear view
of the area behind your vehicle.
Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the
mirror. Use a soft towel dampened with
water.

The adjustment options are:
Press V to scroll through the adjustment . Tilt

options. . Brightness
Press t and u to adjust the settings using
the indicators on the mirror. The indicators
will remain visible for five seconds after the
last button activation, and the settings will
remain saved.
. Zoom

See your dealer for service if a blue screen
{ Warning and 3 are displayed in the mirror, and
The Rear Camera Mirror (RCM) has a the display shuts off. Also, push the tab as
limited view. Portions of the road, indicated to return to the automatic
vehicles, and other objects may not be dimming mode.
seen. Do not drive or park the vehicle The Rear Camera Mirror may not work
using only this camera. Objects may properly or display a clear image if:
appear closer than they are. Check the . There is glare from the sun or headlamps.
outside mirrors or glance over your This may obstruct objects from view.
shoulder when making lane changes or If needed, push the tab to turn off the
merging. Failure to use proper care may display.
result in injury, death, or vehicle damage. . Dirt, snow, or other debris blocks the
camera lens. Clean the lens with a soft
Troubleshooting damp cloth. Windows
. The camera’s mounting on the vehicle has
been damaged, and/or the position or the { Warning
mounting angle of the camera has Never leave a child, a helpless adult, or a
changed. pet alone in a vehicle, especially with the
windows closed in warm or hot weather.
They can be overcome by the extreme
heat and suffer permanent injuries or
even death from heat stroke.

Power Windows The power windows work when the ignition
is on, in ACC/ACCESSORY, or when Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) is active. See
{ Warning Retained Accessory Power (RAP) 0 235.
Children could be seriously injured or
killed if caught in the path of a closing Using the window switch, press to open or
pull to close the window.
window. Never leave the Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) transmitter or keys in a The windows may be temporarily disabled if
vehicle with children. When there are they are used repeatedly within a
children in the rear seat, use the window short time.
lockout button to prevent operation of Window Lockout
the windows. See Keys (Key Access) 0 7
or
The vehicle aerodynamics are designed to
improve fuel economy performance. This Keys (Keyless Access) 0 9.
may result in a pulsing sound when either
rear window is down and the front windows
are up. To reduce the sound, open either a
front window or the sunroof, if equipped.
Manual Windows
If equipped, turn the hand crank on each
door to manually raise or lower the manual
windows.
With Power Folding Mirrors, Without Similar
This feature stops the rear door passenger
window switches from working except from
the driver position.

Press 2 to engage the rear window Window Automatic Reversal System Programming the Power Windows
lockout feature. The indicator light is on The express-close feature will reverse Programming may be necessary if the
when engaged. window movement if it comes in contact vehicle battery has been disconnected or
Press 2 again to disengage. with an object. Extreme cold or ice could discharged. If the window is unable to
cause the window to auto-reverse. The express-up, program each express-close
Windows Express Movement window will operate normally after the window:
All windows can be opened without holding object or condition is removed. 1. Close all doors.
the window switch. Press the switch down Automatic Reversal System Override 2. Turn the ignition on or to ACC/
fully and quickly release to express open the ACCESSORY.
window. { Warning 3. Partially open the window to be
If equipped, pull the window switch up fully If automatic reversal system override is programmed. Then close it and continue
and quickly release to express close the active, the window will not reverse to pull the switch briefly after the
window. window has fully closed.
automatically. You or others could be
Briefly press or pull the window switch in injured and the window could be 4. Open the window and continue to press
the same direction to stop that window’s damaged. Before using automatic reversal the switch briefly after the window has
express movement. system override, make sure that all fully opened.
Express Window Down people and obstructions are clear of the Remote Window Operation
window path. If equipped, this feature allows the windows
L: If equipped, this button will be on the
center stack. to be opened remotely. If enabled in vehicle
When the engine is on, override the
automatic reversal system by pulling and personalization, press and hold K on the
Press and hold L to open all windows. RKE transmitter. See Vehicle Personalization
holding the window switch if conditions
Release L to stop all movement. 0 131.
prevent it from closing.
Use the power window switches to close
each window.

Rear Windows Sun Visors Roof
Power Sliding Rear Window Sunroof
Pull the sun visor down to block glare.

If equipped, detach the sun visor from the
center mount to pivot to the side window
or to extend along the rod.
If equipped, there is a lighted mirror on the
If equipped, the power sliding rear window sun visor. Lift the cover to open.
works when the ignition has been turned on 1. SLIDE Switch
or to ACC/ACCESSORY, or Retained Accessory 2. TILT Switch
Power (RAP) must be active. See Retained If equipped, the sunroof operates when the
Accessory Power (RAP) 0 235. ignition is on or in ACC/ACCESSORY, or when
. Press the switch to open the window. Retained Accessory Power (RAP) is active.
. Pull the switch to close the window. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) 0 235.
The power sliding rear window cannot be
operated manually.

Slide Switch Automatic Reversal System It could also plug the water drainage
Express-Open/Express-Close : To system. Periodically open the sunroof and
The sunroof has an automatic reversal
express-open the sunroof, fully press and remove any obstacles or loose debris. Wipe
system that is only active when the sunroof
the sunroof seal and roof sealing area using
release I (1). Press and release I (1) again is operated in express-close mode.
a clean cloth, mild soap, and water. Do not
to stop the movement. To express-close the If an object is in the path while remove grease from the sunroof tracks.
sunroof, fully press and release K (1). express-closing, the reversal system will
If water is seen dripping into the water
Press and release K (1) again to stop the detect an object, stop, and open the sunroof
drainage system, this is normal.
movement. slightly.
Open/Close (Manual Mode) : To open the If frost or other conditions prevent closing,
sunroof, press and hold I (1). Release I (1) override the feature by closing the sunroof
to stop the movement. Press and in manual mode. To stop movement, release
hold K (1) to close the sunroof. K (1).
Release K (1) to stop the movement.
Tilt Switch
Vent : From the closed position, press J (2)
to vent the sunroof. Press K (2) to close
the vent.
When the sunroof is opened, an air deflector
will automatically raise. The air deflector will
retract when the sunroof is closed.
Dirt and debris may collect on the sunroof
The sunroof also has a sunshade, which can seal or in the track. This could cause an
be pulled forward to block sun rays. The issue with sunroof operation or noise.
sunshade must be opened and closed
manually.
Seats and Restraints 45

Seats and Restraints Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
When Should an Airbag Inflate? . . . . . . . . 63
Head Restraints
What Makes an Airbag Inflate? . . . . . . . . 64
Head Restraints How Does an Airbag Restrain? . . . . . . . . . 64 { Warning
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 What Will You See after an Airbag With head restraints that are not
Front Seats Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 installed and adjusted properly, there is a
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Passenger Sensing System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 greater chance that occupants will suffer
Center Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Servicing the Airbag-Equipped a neck/spinal injury in a crash. Do not
Power Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 drive until the head restraints for all
Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Adding Equipment to the occupants are installed and adjusted
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 properly.
Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Heated and Ventilated Front Seats . . . . . 52 Replacing Airbag System Parts after a Front Seats
Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Rear Seats The vehicle's front seats have adjustable
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Child Restraints head restraints in the outboard seating
Heated Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 positions.
Infants and Young Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Seat Belts Child Restraint Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
How to Wear Seat Belts Properly . . . . . . . 55 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 (LATCH System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Seat Belt Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . 59 Replacing LATCH System Parts After a
Seat Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat
Seat Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Belt in the Rear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Replacing Seat Belt System Parts after a Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat
Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Belt in the Center Front Seat) . . . . . . . . 92
Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat
Airbag System Belt in the Front Passenger Seat) . . . . . 92
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
46 Seats and Restraints

Adjust the head restraint so that the top of Rear Head Restraints If you are installing a child restraint in the
the restraint is at the same height as the rear seat, see Lower Anchors and Tethers for
The vehicle’s rear seat has head restraints in
top of the occupant's head. This position Children (LATCH System) 0 77.
the outboard seating positions that cannot
reduces the chance of a neck injury in a Center Headrest
be adjusted.
crash.
The vehicle’s rear seat may be equipped
with a headrest in the center seating
position that cannot be adjusted.
If you are installing a child restraint in the
rear seat, see Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) 0 77.
Front Seats
Seat Adjustment
{ Warning
The head restraint can be folded forward to You can lose control of the vehicle if you
To raise or lower the head restraint, press
allow for better visibility when the rear seat try to adjust a driver seat while the
the button on the side of the head restraint
is unoccupied. To fold the head restraint,
and pull up or push the head restraint down vehicle is moving. Adjust the driver seat
press the button on the side of the head
and release the button. only when the vehicle is not moving.
restraint.
Pull and push on the head restraint after the
When an occupant is in the seat, always
button is released to make sure that it is
return the head restraint to the upright
locked in place.
position until it locks into place. Push and
The front seat outboard head restraints are pull on the head restraint to make sure that
not removable. it is locked.

Center Seat Power Seat Adjustment
If equipped, the center front seatback
doubles as an armrest and cupholder/
storage area for the driver and passenger
when the center front seat is not used.
To adjust a manual seat:

1. Pull the handle at the front of the seat.
To adjust a power seat, if equipped:
2. Slide the seat to the desired position and . Move the seat forward or rearward by
release the handle.
sliding the control forward or rearward.
3. Try to move the seat back and forth to . Raise or lower the front part of the seat
be sure it is locked in place. Pull the strap on the side of the center cushion by moving the front of the
To adjust the seatback, see Reclining seatback to fold the center seatback. Do not control up or down.
Seatbacks 0 48. use the center seatback as a seating position . Raise or lower the seat by moving the
when the seatback is folded down. rear of the control up or down.
To adjust the lumbar support, if equipped,
see Lumbar Adjustment 0 48. To raise the seatback, push the seatback To adjust the seatback, see Reclining
rearward until it locks in the upright Seatbacks 0 48.
position. Push and pull on the seatback to
make sure it is locked. To adjust the lumbar support, see Lumbar
Adjustment 0 48.

Some vehicles are equipped with a feature Reclining Seatbacks
that activates a vibrating pulse alert in the
driver seat to help the driver avoid crashes.
See Driver Assistance Systems 0 264.
{ Warning
Sitting in a reclined position when the
Lumbar Adjustment vehicle is in motion can be dangerous.
Even when buckled up, the seat belts
Power Lumbar cannot do their job.
The shoulder belt will not be against
your body. Instead, it will be in front of
you. In a crash, you could go into it,
receiving neck or other injuries.
The lap belt could go up over your Do not have a seatback reclined if the
abdomen. The belt forces would be there, vehicle is moving.
not at your pelvic bones. This could cause Manual Reclining Seatbacks
serious internal injuries.
For proper protection when the vehicle is { Warning
in motion, have the seatback upright. If either seatback is not locked, it could
Then sit well back in the seat and wear move forward in a sudden stop or crash.
To adjust the lumbar support, if equipped: the seat belt properly. That could cause injury to the person
. Press and hold the control forward to sitting there. Always push and pull on
increase or rearward to decrease upper the seatbacks to be sure they are locked.
and lower lumbar support at the
same time.

2. Push and pull on the seatback to make Memory Seats
sure it is locked.
Power Reclining Seatbacks
To adjust a manual seatback:

1. Lift the lever.
If equipped, memory seats allow two drivers
The seatback will automatically fold to save and recall their unique seat positions
forward. for driving the vehicle, and a shared exit
To recline a power seatback, if equipped:
2. To recline, move the seatback rearward position for getting out of the vehicle. Other
. Tilt the top of the control rearward to
to the desired position, then release the feature positions may also be saved, such as
recline. power mirrors, if equipped. Memory
lever to lock the seatback in place.
. Tilt the top of the control forward to positions are linked to RKE transmitter 1 or 2
3. Push and pull on the seatback to make
raise. for automatic memory recalls.
sure it is locked.
To return the seatback to the upright Before saving, adjust all available memory
position: feature positions. Turn the vehicle on and
then press and release SET; a beep will
1. Lift the lever fully without applying sound. Then immediately press and hold 1,
pressure to the seatback, and the
2, or B (Exit) until two beeps sound. To
seatback will return to the upright
position. manually recall these positions, press and

hold 1, 2, or B until the saved position is . To begin Seat Exit Memory movement To save preferred driving positions 1 and 2:
reached. Follow the instructions under when the vehicle is turned off and the 1. Turn the vehicle on or to ACC/
“Saving Memory Positions.” driver door is opened, or when the vehicle ACCESSORY.
is turned off with the driver door already
The vehicle identifies the current driver’s RKE opened, select the Settings menu, then A DIC welcome message may indicate
transmitter number (1–8). See Remote Vehicle, then Seating Position, and then driver number 1 or 2.
Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation (Key Seat Exit Memory. Select On or Off. See 2. Adjust all available memory features to
Access) 0 10 or “Seat Exit Memory” later in this section. the desired driving position.
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System . See Vehicle Personalization 0 131 for 3. Press and release SET; a beep will sound.
Operation (Keyless Access) 0 13. Only RKE
additional setting information. 4. Immediately press and hold the 1 or
transmitters 1 and 2 can be used for
automatic memory recalls. A Driver Identifying Driver Number 2 memory button matching the above
Information Center (DIC) welcome message DIC welcome message until two beeps
To identify the driver number: sound.
indicating the transmitter number may
display for the first few ignition cycles 1. Move your RKE transmitter away from If too much time passes between
following a transmitter change. For Seat the vehicle. releasing SET and pressing 1, the
Entry Memory to work properly, save the 2. Start the vehicle with another key or RKE memory position will not be saved and
positions to the memory button (1 or 2) transmitter. The DIC should display the two beeps will not sound. Repeat
matching the RKE transmitter number driver number for the other RKE Steps 3 and 4.
displayed in the DIC welcome message. transmitter. Turn the vehicle off and 1 or 2 corresponds to the driver number.
Carry the linked RKE transmitter when remove the key or RKE transmitter from See “Identifying Driver Number”
entering the vehicle. the vehicle. previously in this section.
Vehicle Personalization Settings 3. Start the vehicle with the initial key or 5. Repeat Steps 1–4 for a second driver
. To have the Seat Entry Memory RKE transmitter. The DIC should display using 1 or 2. RKE transmitters 3–8 will
movement begin when the vehicle is the driver number of your RKE not save memory positions.
started, select the Settings menu, then transmitter.
Vehicle, then Seating Position, and then Saving Memory Positions To save the position for B and Seat Exit
Seat Entry Memory. Select On or Off. See Memory features, repeat Steps 1–4 using
Read these instructions completely before B. This saves the position for getting out
“Seat Entry Memory” later in this section. saving memory positions. of the vehicle.

Save preferred memory feature positions to positions saved to the same memory button Try storing the position to the other
both 1 and 2 if you are the only driver. number 1 or 2 are automatically recalled memory button or try the other RKE
Manually Recalling Memory Positions when the vehicle is turned on, or turned transmitter.
from off to ACC/ACCESSORY. RKE Seat Exit Memory
Press and hold 1, 2, or B to recall the transmitters 3–8 will not provide automatic
previously saved memory positions if you memory recalls. Seat Exit Memory is not linked to an RKE
are driver 1 or 2 identified in the DIC To turn Seat Entry Memory on or off, see transmitter. The position saved to B is
welcome message. “Vehicle Personalization Settings” previously used for all drivers. To turn Seat Exit
To stop Manual Memory recall movement, in this section and Vehicle Personalization Memory on or off, see "Vehicle
0 131. Personalization Settings" previously in this
release 1, 2, or B or press any of the section and Vehicle Personalization 0 131.
following controls: The shift lever must be in P (Park) to start
. Power seat Seat Entry Memory. Seat Entry Memory If turned on, the position saved to B is
. Memory SET recall will complete if the vehicle is shifted automatically recalled when one of the
out of P (Park) prior to reaching the saved following occurs:
. Power mirror, with the driver or
passenger side mirror selected memory position. . The vehicle is turned off and the driver
To stop Seat Entry Memory recall door is opened within a short time.
Manual Memory recall movement for 1, 2, . The vehicle is turned off with the driver
movement, turn the vehicle off or press any
or B buttons may be initiated and may of the following controls: door open.
complete to the saved memory position if
. Power seat To stop Seat Exit Memory movement, press
the vehicle is in or out of P (Park).
. Memory SET, 1, 2, or B any of the following memory controls:
Seat Entry Memory . Power seat
. Power mirror, with the driver or
The vehicle identifies the number of the passenger side mirror selected . Memory SET, 1, 2, or B
current driver’s RKE transmitter (1–8). See
If the saved memory seat position does not . Power mirror, with the driver or
Operation (Key Access) 0 10 or automatically recall or recalls to the wrong passenger side mirror selected
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System positions, the driver’s RKE transmitter
Operation (Keyless Access) 0 13. If the RKE number (1 or 2) may not match the memory
transmitter is 1 or 2, and Seat Entry Memory button number that positions were saved to.
is enabled in vehicle personalization, the

Obstructions Press the button once for the highest
If something has blocked the driver seat setting. With each press of the button, the
while recalling a memory position, the recall seat will change to the next lower setting,
may stop. Remove the obstruction and try and then to the off setting. The indicator
the recall again. If the memory position still lights next to the buttons indicate three for
does not recall, see your dealer. the highest setting and one for the lowest.
If the heated seats are on high for an
Heated and Ventilated Front extended time, their level may automatically
be lowered.
Seats
Auto Heated Seats
{ Warning When the vehicle is on, this feature will
If temperature change or pain to the skin automatically activate the heated seats at
Heated and Ventilated Seat Buttons Shown, the level required by the vehicle’s interior
cannot be felt, the seat heater may cause Heated Seat Buttons Similar
burns. To reduce the risk of burns, use temperature. The active high, medium, low,
If equipped, the buttons are on the center or off heated seat level will be indicated by
care when using the seat heater,
stack. To operate, the engine must be the manual heated seat buttons on the
especially for long periods of time. Do center stack. Use the manual heated seat
not place anything on the seat that running.
buttons on the center stack to turn auto
insulates against heat, such as a blanket, Press I or + to heat the driver or heated seats off. If the passenger seat is
cushion, cover, or similar item. This may passenger seatback only. unoccupied, the auto heated seats feature
cause the seat heater to overheat. An will not activate that seat. The auto heated
overheated seat heater may cause a burn Press J or z to heat the driver or seats feature can be programmed to always
or may damage the seat. passenger seat cushion and seatback. be enabled when the vehicle is on. See
Press C or { to ventilate the driver or Vehicle Personalization 0 131.
passenger seat.
The indicator light on the button comes on
when this feature is on.

Remote Start Heated and Ventilated Seats Rear Seats Folding the Rear Seat Cushion
If equipped, the heated seats will turn on Either side of the rear seat cushion can be
automatically during a remote start if it is Rear Seat Reminder folded up for added cargo space.
cold outside and the ventilated seats will If equipped, the message REAR SEAT
turn on automatically if it is hot outside. REMINDER LOOK IN REAR SEAT displays Caution
If equipped, the heated steering wheel will under certain conditions indicating there Folding a rear seat with the seat belts
turn on automatically during a remote start may be an item or passenger in the rear still fastened may cause damage to the
if it is cold outside. The heated and seat. Check before exiting the vehicle. seat or the seat belts. Always unbuckle
ventilated seat indicators and heated
This feature will activate when a second row the seat belts and return them to their
steering wheel indicator may not come on
during this operation. door is opened while the vehicle is on or up normal stowed position before folding a
to 10 minutes before the vehicle is turned rear seat.
The heated and ventilated seats and heated on. There will be an alert when the vehicle
steering wheel may cancel when the vehicle is turned off. The alert does not directly Make sure that nothing is on the seat
is started. These features can be manually detect objects in the rear seat; instead, cushion.
selected after the ignition is turned on. under certain conditions, it detects when a
The temperature performance of an rear door is opened and closed, indicating
unoccupied seat may be reduced. This is that there may be something in the
normal. rear seat.
The heated or ventilated seats will not turn The feature is active only once each time
on during a remote start unless they are the vehicle is turned on and off, and will
enabled in vehicle personalization. See require reactivation by opening and closing
Remote Vehicle Start 0 20 and the second row doors. There may be an
Vehicle Personalization 0 131. alert even when there is nothing in the rear
seat; for example, if a child entered the
vehicle through the rear door and left the
vehicle without the vehicle being shut off.
The feature can be turned on or off. See To fold the seat, slowly pull the seat
Vehicle Personalization 0 131. cushion up.

To return the seat to the normal seating Seat Belts
position, slowly pull the seat cushion down.
This section describes how to use seat belts
{ Warning properly, and some things not to do.
A seat belt that is improperly routed, not
properly attached, or twisted will not { Warning
provide the protection needed in a crash. Do not let anyone ride where a seat belt
The person wearing the belt could be cannot be worn properly. In a crash,
seriously injured. After raising the rear if you or your passenger(s) are not
seatback, always check to be sure that wearing seat belts, injuries can be much
the seat belts are properly routed and worse than if you are wearing seat belts.
attached, and are not twisted. You can be seriously injured or killed by
If available, the buttons are on the rear of hitting things inside the vehicle harder or
Heated Rear Seats the center console. To operate, the engine by being ejected from the vehicle. In
must be running. addition, anyone who is not buckled up
{ Warning Press M or L to heat the left or right can strike other passengers in the vehicle.
If you cannot feel temperature change or outboard seat cushion. An indicator on the It is extremely dangerous to ride in a
pain to the skin, the seat heater may climate control display appears when this cargo area, inside or outside of a vehicle.
feature is on. In a collision, passengers riding in these
cause burns. See the Warning under
Heated and Ventilated Front Seats 0 52. This feature turns on at the highest setting. areas are more likely to be seriously
With each press of the button, the heated injured or killed. Do not allow passengers
seat changes to the next lower setting, and to ride in any area of the vehicle that is
then the off setting. Three lights indicate not equipped with seats and seat belts.
the highest setting, and one light indicates
the lowest. If the heated seats are on high, Always wear a seat belt, and check that
the level may automatically be lowered all passenger(s) are restrained
after approximately 30 minutes. properly too.

This vehicle has indicators as a reminder to Questions and Answers About Seat Belts How to Wear Seat Belts Properly
buckle the seat belts. See Seat Belt
Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle after a Follow these rules for everyone's protection.
Reminders 0 113.
crash if I am wearing a seat belt?
There are additional things to know about
Why Seat Belts Work A: You could be — whether you are seat belts and children, including smaller
wearing a seat belt or not. Your chance children and infants. If a child will be riding
of being conscious during and after a in the vehicle, see Older Children 0 71 or
crash, so you can unbuckle and get out, Infants and Young Children 0 72. Review and
is much greater if you are belted. follow the rules for children in addition to
Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why should I the following rules.
have to wear seat belts? It is very important for all occupants to
A: Airbags are supplemental systems only. buckle up. Statistics show that unbelted
They work with seat belts — not instead people are hurt more often in crashes than
of them. Whether or not an airbag is those who are wearing seat belts.
provided, all occupants still have to There are important things to know about
buckle up to get the most protection. wearing a seat belt properly.
Also, in nearly all states and in all
When riding in a vehicle, you travel as fast Canadian provinces, the law requires
as the vehicle does. If the vehicle stops wearing seat belts.
suddenly, you keep going until something
stops you. It could be the windshield, the
instrument panel, or the seat belts!
When you wear a seat belt, you and the
vehicle slow down together. There is more
time to stop because you stop over a longer
distance and, when worn properly, your
strongest bones take the forces from the
seat belts. That is why wearing seat belts
makes such good sense.

. Sit up straight and always keep your feet
on the floor in front of you (if possible).
. Always use the correct buckle for your
seating position.
. Wear the lap part of the belt low and
snug on the hips, just touching the
thighs. In a crash, this applies force to the
strong pelvic bones and you would be
less likely to slide under the lap belt.
If you slid under it, the belt would apply
force on your abdomen. This could cause
serious or even fatal injuries.
. Wear the shoulder belt over the shoulder
and across the chest. These parts of the
body are best able to take belt
restraining forces. The shoulder belt locks
if there is a sudden stop or crash.
{ Warning
You can be seriously injured, or even
killed, by not wearing your seat belt
properly.
Never allow the lap or shoulder belt to Never wear the shoulder belt under both
become loose or twisted. arms or behind your back.
{ Warning
The seat belt can be pinched if it is
routed under plastic trim on the seat,
such as trim around the rear seatback
folding handle or side airbag. In a crash,
pinched seat belts might not be able to
provide adequate protection. Never allow
seat belts to be routed under plastic trim
pieces.
Lap-Shoulder Belt
Always use the correct buckle for your 2. Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt
All seating positions in the vehicle have a
seating position. across you. Do not let it get twisted.
lap-shoulder belt.
The lap-shoulder belt may lock if you
The following instructions explain how to pull the belt across you very quickly.
wear a lap-shoulder belt properly. If this happens, let the belt go back
1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is adjustable, slightly to unlock it. Then pull the belt
so you can sit up straight. To see how, across you more slowly.
see “Seats” in the Index. If the shoulder portion of a passenger
belt is pulled out all the way, the child
restraint locking feature may be
engaged. See Child Restraint Systems
0 74. If this occurs, let the belt go back
all the way and start again. If the
locking feature stays engaged after
letting the belt go back to stowed
Never route the lap or shoulder belt over an
armrest.

position on the seat, move the seat
rearward or recline the seat until the
shoulder belt retractor lock releases.
Engaging the child restraint locking
feature in the front outboard seating
position may affect the passenger
sensing system, if equipped. See
Passenger Sensing System 0 66.
3. Push the latch plate into the buckle until 4. To make the lap part tight, pull up on
it clicks. the shoulder belt.
Pull up on the latch plate to make sure
it is secure. If the belt is not long
enough, see Seat Belt Extender 0 59.
Position the release button on the buckle
so that the seat belt could be quickly
unbuckled if necessary.
If the webbing locks in the latch plate
before it reaches the buckle, tilt the latch
plate flat to unlock.

To unlatch the belt, push the button on the Pretensioners work only once. If the
buckle. The belt should return to its stowed pretensioners activate in a crash, the
position. pretensioners and probably other parts of
Always stow the seat belt slowly. If the seat the vehicle's seat belt system will need to
belt webbing returns quickly to the stowed be replaced. See Replacing Seat Belt System
position, the retractor may lock and cannot Parts after a Crash 0 60.
be pulled out. If this happens, pull the seat Do not sit on the outboard seat belt while
belt straight out firmly to unlock the entering or exiting the vehicle or at any
webbing, and then release it. If the webbing time while sitting in the seat. Sitting on the
is still locked in the retractor, see your seat belt can damage the webbing and
dealer. hardware.
Before a door is closed, be sure the seat belt Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides
is out of the way. If a door is slammed A pregnant woman should wear a
against a seat belt, damage can occur to Rear seat belt comfort guides may provide lap-shoulder belt, and the lap portion should
both the seat belt and the vehicle. added seat belt comfort for older children be worn as low as possible, below the
who have outgrown booster seats and for rounding, throughout the pregnancy.
Seat Belt Pretensioners some adults. When installed on a shoulder
belt, the comfort guide positions the The best way to protect the fetus is to
This vehicle has seat belt pretensioners for protect the mother. When a seat belt is
the front outboard occupants. Although the shoulder belt away from the neck and head.
worn properly, it is more likely that the
seat belt pretensioners cannot be seen, they Comfort guides are available through your fetus will not be hurt in a crash. For
are part of the seat belt assembly. They can dealer for the rear outboard seating pregnant women, as for anyone, the key to
help tighten the seat belts during the early positions. Instructions are included with the making seat belts effective is wearing them
stages of a moderate to severe frontal, near comfort guides. properly.
frontal, or rear crash if the threshold
conditions for pretensioner activation are Seat Belt Use During Pregnancy Seat Belt Extender
met. Seat belt pretensioners can also help Seat belts work for everyone, including
tighten the seat belts in a side crash or If the vehicle's seat belt will fasten around
pregnant women. Like all occupants, they you, you should use it.
rollover event. are more likely to be seriously injured if
they do not wear seat belts.

But if a seat belt is not long enough, your reversing the latch plate on the webbing.
dealer will order you an extender. When If the twist cannot be corrected, ask your Warning (Continued)
you go in to order it, take the heaviest coat dealer to fix it. provide adequate protection. Clean and
you will wear, so the extender will be long Make sure the seat belt reminder light is rinse seat belt webbing only with mild
enough for you. To help avoid personal working. See Seat Belt Reminders 0 113. soap and lukewarm water. Allow the
injury, do not let someone else use it, and webbing to dry.
use it only for the seat it is made to fit. The Keep seat belts clean and dry. See Seat Belt
extender has been designed for adults. Care 0 60.
Never use it for securing child restraints. For
Replacing Seat Belt System Parts
more information on the proper use and fit Seat Belt Care after a Crash
of seat belt extenders see the instruction Keep belts clean and dry.
sheet that comes with the extender.
Seat belts should be properly cared for and
{ Warning
Safety System Check maintained. A crash can damage the seat belt system
in the vehicle. A damaged seat belt
Periodically check the seat belt reminder, Seat belt hardware should be kept dry and
system may not properly protect the
seat belts, buckles, latch plates, retractors, free of dust or debris. As necessary, exterior
hard surfaces and seat belt webbing may be person using it, resulting in serious injury
shoulder belt height adjusters (if equipped), or even death in a crash. To help make
and seat belt anchorages to make sure they lightly cleaned with mild soap and water.
Ensure there is not excessive dust or debris sure the seat belt systems are working
are all in working order. Look for any other
in the mechanism. If dust or debris exists in properly after a crash, have them
loose or damaged seat belt system parts
the system please see the dealer. Parts may inspected and any necessary
that might keep a seat belt system from
performing properly. See your dealer to need to be replaced to ensure proper replacements made as soon as possible.
have it repaired. Torn, frayed, or twisted functionality of the system.
After a minor crash, replacement of seat
seat belts may not protect you in a crash.
{ Warning belts may not be necessary. But the seat
Torn or frayed seat belts can rip apart under
belt assemblies that were used during any
impact forces. If a belt is torn or frayed, Do not bleach or dye seat belt webbing. crash may have been stressed or damaged.
have it replaced immediately. If a belt is It may severely weaken the webbing. In See your dealer to have the seat belt
twisted, it may be possible to untwist by a crash, they might not be able to assemblies inspected or replaced.
(Continued)

New parts and repairs may be necessary All vehicle airbags have the word AIRBAG on
even if the seat belt system was not being the trim or on a label near the deployment Warning (Continued)
used at the time of the crash. opening. replace them. Also, airbags are not
Have the seat belt pretensioners checked if For frontal airbags, the word AIRBAG is on designed to inflate in every crash. In
the vehicle has been in a crash, or if the the center of the steering wheel for the some crashes seat belts are the only
airbag readiness light stays on after you driver and on the instrument panel for the restraint. See When Should an Airbag
start the vehicle or while you are driving. front outboard passenger. Inflate? 0 63.
See Airbag Readiness Light 0 114. For seat-mounted side impact airbags, the Wearing your seat belt during a crash
word AIRBAG is on the side of the seatback helps reduce your chance of hitting
Airbag System or side of the seat closest to the door. things inside the vehicle or being ejected
The vehicle has the following airbags: For roof-rail airbags, the word AIRBAG is on from it. Airbags are “supplemental
. A frontal airbag for the driver the ceiling or trim. restraints” to the seat belts. Everyone in
the vehicle should wear a seat belt
. A frontal airbag for the front outboard Airbags are designed to supplement the
properly, whether or not there is an
passenger protection provided by seat belts. Even
though today's airbags are also designed to airbag for that person.
. A seat-mounted side impact airbag for the
driver help reduce the risk of injury from the force
of an inflating bag, all airbags must inflate
. A seat-mounted side impact airbag for the
very quickly to do their job. { Warning
front outboard passenger
Here are the most important things to know Because airbags inflate with great force
. A roof-rail airbag for the driver and the
about the airbag system: and faster than the blink of an eye,
passenger seated directly behind the
anyone who is up against, or very close
driver
{ Warning to, any airbag when it inflates can be
. A roof-rail airbag for the front outboard
seriously injured or killed. Do not sit
passenger and the passenger seated You can be severely injured or killed in a unnecessarily close to any airbag, as you
directly behind the front outboard crash if you are not wearing your seat would be if sitting on the edge of the
passenger belt, even with airbags. Airbags are seat or leaning forward. Seat belts help
designed to work with seat belts, not keep you in position before and during a
(Continued) (Continued)

The driver frontal airbag is in the center of
Warning (Continued) the steering wheel.
crash. Always wear a seat belt, even with
airbags. The driver should sit as far back
as possible while still maintaining control
of the vehicle. The seat belts and the
front outboard passenger airbags are There is an airbag readiness light on the
most effective when you are sitting well instrument cluster, which shows the airbag
back and upright in the seat with both symbol.
feet on the floor. The system checks the airbag electrical
Occupants should not lean on or sleep system for malfunctions. The light tells you
against the door or side windows in if there is an electrical problem. See Airbag
seating positions with seat-mounted side Readiness Light 0 114.
impact airbags and/or roof-rail airbags.
Where Are the Airbags? The front outboard passenger frontal airbag
is in the passenger side instrument panel.
{ Warning
Children who are up against, or very
close to, any airbag when it inflates can
be seriously injured or killed. Always
secure children properly in the vehicle. To
read how, see Older Children 0 71 or
Infants and Young Children 0 72.

Warning (Continued)
do not attach or put anything on the
steering wheel hub or on or near any
other airbag covering.
Do not use seat accessories that block the
inflation path of a seat-mounted side
impact airbag.
Never secure anything to the roof of a
vehicle with roof-rail airbags by routing a
rope or tie‐down through any door or
Driver Side Shown, Passenger Side Similar Driver Side Crew Cab Shown, Passenger Side window opening. If you do, the path of
Double and Regular Cabs Similar an inflating roof-rail airbag will be
The driver and front outboard passenger blocked.
seat-mounted side impact airbags are in the The roof-rail airbags for the driver, front
side of the seatbacks closest to the door. outboard passenger, and second row
outboard passengers are in the ceiling above When Should an Airbag Inflate?
the side windows. This vehicle is equipped with airbags. See
Airbag System 0 61. Airbags are designed to
{ Warning inflate if the impact exceeds the specific
If something is between an occupant and airbag system's deployment threshold.
Deployment thresholds are used to predict
an airbag, the airbag might not inflate
how severe a crash is likely to be in time
properly or it might force the object into for the airbags to inflate and help restrain
that person causing severe injury or even the occupants. The vehicle has electronic
death. The path of an inflating airbag sensors that help the airbag system
must be kept clear. Do not put anything determine the severity of the impact.
between an occupant and an airbag, and Deployment thresholds can vary with
(Continued) specific vehicle design.

Frontal airbags are designed to inflate in or rear impacts. A seat-mounted side impact How Does an Airbag Restrain?
moderate to severe frontal or near frontal airbag is designed to inflate on the side of
crashes to help reduce the potential for the vehicle that is struck. In moderate to severe frontal or near frontal
severe injuries, mainly to the driver's or collisions, even belted occupants can contact
Roof-rail airbags are designed to inflate in the steering wheel or the instrument panel.
front outboard passenger's head and chest. moderate to severe side crashes depending In moderate to severe side collisions, even
Whether the frontal airbags will or should on the location of the impact. In addition, belted occupants can contact the inside of
inflate is not based primarily on how fast these roof-rail airbags are designed to inflate the vehicle.
the vehicle is traveling. It depends on what during a rollover or in a severe frontal
is hit, the direction of the impact, and how impact. Roof-rail airbags are not designed to Airbags supplement the protection provided
quickly the vehicle slows down. inflate in rear impacts. Both roof-rail airbags by seat belts by distributing the force of the
will inflate when either side of the vehicle is impact more evenly over the
Frontal airbags may inflate at different crash occupant's body.
speeds depending on whether the vehicle struck or if the sensing system predicts that
hits an object straight on or at an angle, the vehicle is about to roll over on its side, Rollover capable roof-rail airbags are
and whether the object is fixed or moving, or in a severe frontal impact. designed to help contain the head and chest
rigid or deformable, narrow or wide. In any particular crash, no one can say of occupants in the outboard seating
whether an airbag should have inflated positions in the first and second rows. The
Frontal airbags are not intended to inflate rollover capable roof-rail airbags are
during vehicle rollovers, rear impacts, simply because of the vehicle damage or
repair costs. designed to help reduce the risk of full or
or many side impacts. partial ejection in rollover events, although
In addition, the vehicle has advanced What Makes an Airbag Inflate? no system can prevent all such ejections.
technology frontal airbags. Advanced But airbags would not help in many types
In a deployment event, the sensing system
technology frontal airbags adjust the of collisions, primarily because the
sends an electrical signal triggering a release
restraint according to crash severity. occupant's motion is not toward those
of gas from the inflator. Gas from the
Seat-mounted side impact airbags are inflator fills the airbag causing the bag to airbags. See When Should an Airbag Inflate?
designed to inflate in moderate to severe break out of the cover. The inflator, the 0 63.
side crashes depending on the location of airbag, and related hardware are all part of Airbags should never be regarded as
the impact. Seat-mounted side impact the airbag module. anything more than a supplement to seat
airbags are not designed to inflate in frontal belts.
For airbag locations, see Where Are the
impacts, near frontal impacts, rollovers,
Airbags? 0 62.

What Will You See after an Warning (Continued) { Warning
Airbag Inflates? vehicle should get out as soon as it is A crash severe enough to inflate the
After frontal and seat-mounted side impact safe to do so. If you have breathing airbags may have also damaged
airbags inflate, they quickly deflate, so problems but cannot get out of the important functions in the vehicle, such
quickly that some people may not even vehicle after an airbag inflates, then get as the fuel system, brake and steering
realize the airbags inflated. Roof-rail airbags fresh air by opening a window or a door. systems, etc. Even if the vehicle appears
may still be at least partially inflated for If you experience breathing problems to be drivable after a moderate crash,
some time after they inflate. Some following an airbag deployment, you there may be concealed damage that
components of the airbag module may be
should seek medical attention. could make it difficult to safely operate
hot for several minutes. For location of the
airbags, see Where Are the Airbags? 0 62. the vehicle.
The vehicle has a feature that may
The parts of the airbag that come into automatically unlock the doors, turn on the Use caution if you should attempt to
contact with you may be warm, but not too interior lamps and hazard warning flashers, restart the engine after a crash has
hot to touch. There may be some smoke and shut off the fuel system after the occurred.
and dust coming from the vents in the airbags inflate. The feature may also
deflated airbags. Airbag inflation does not activate, without airbag inflation, after an In many crashes severe enough to inflate
prevent the driver from seeing out of the event that exceeds a predetermined the airbag, windshields are broken by
windshield or being able to steer the threshold. After turning the ignition off and vehicle deformation. Additional windshield
vehicle, nor does it prevent people from then on again, the fuel system will return to breakage may also occur from the front
leaving the vehicle. normal operation; the doors can be locked, outboard passenger airbag.
the interior lamps can be turned off, and . Airbags are designed to inflate only once.
{ Warning the hazard warning flashers can be turned After an airbag inflates, you will need
some new parts for the airbag system.
off using the controls for those features.
When an airbag inflates, there may be If you do not get them, the airbag
If any of these systems are damaged in the
dust in the air. This dust could cause crash they may not operate as normal. system will not be there to help protect
breathing problems for people with a you in another crash. A new system will
history of asthma or other breathing include airbag modules and possibly other
trouble. To avoid this, everyone in the parts. The service manual for the vehicle
(Continued) covers the need to replace other parts.

. The vehicle has a crash sensing and Whenever possible, children aged 12 and
diagnostic module which records under should be secured in a rear seating
information after a crash. See Vehicle position.
Data Recording and Privacy 0 437 and
Never put a rear-facing child seat in the
Event Data Recorders 0 438.
front. This is because the risk to the
. Let only qualified technicians work on the rear-facing child is so great, if the airbag
airbag systems. Improper service can Canada inflates.
mean that an airbag system will not work
properly. See your dealer for service. The words ON and OFF, or the symbols for
on and off, will be visible during the system
{ Warning
Passenger Sensing System check. When the system check is complete, A child in a rear-facing child restraint can
either the word ON or OFF, or the symbol be seriously injured or killed if the
The vehicle has a passenger sensing system
for the front outboard passenger position. for on or off, will be visible. See Passenger passenger frontal airbag inflates. This is
The passenger airbag status indicator will Airbag Status Indicator 0 115. because the back of the rear-facing child
light on the overhead console when the The passenger sensing system turns off the restraint would be very close to the
vehicle is started. front outboard passenger frontal airbag inflating airbag. A child in a
under certain conditions. No other airbag is forward-facing child restraint can be
affected by the passenger sensing system. seriously injured or killed if the passenger
frontal airbag inflates and the passenger
The passenger sensing system works with seat is in a forward position.
sensors that are part of the front outboard
passenger seat and seat belt. The sensors Even if the passenger sensing system has
are designed to detect the presence of a turned off the passenger frontal airbag,
United States properly seated occupant and determine if no system is fail-safe. No one can
the front outboard passenger frontal airbag guarantee that an airbag will not deploy
should be allowed to inflate or not. under some unusual circumstance, even
According to accident statistics, children are though the airbag is turned off.
safer when properly secured in a rear seat (Continued)
in the correct child restraint for their weight
and size.

. There is a critical problem with the airbag
Warning (Continued) system or the passenger sensing system. { Warning
Never put a rear-facing child restraint in When the passenger sensing system has If the airbag readiness light ever comes
the front seat, even if the airbag is off. turned off the front outboard passenger on and stays on, it means that
If securing a forward-facing child restraint frontal airbag, the OFF indicator will light something may be wrong with the airbag
in the front outboard passenger seat, and stay lit as a reminder that the airbag is system. To help avoid injury to yourself
always move the seat as far back as it off. See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator or others, have the vehicle serviced right
will go. It is better to secure child 0 115. away. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 114
restraints in the rear seat. Consider using The passenger sensing system is designed to for more information, including important
another vehicle to transport the child turn on the front outboard passenger frontal safety information.
when a rear seat is not available. airbag anytime the system senses that a
person of adult size is sitting properly in the If the On Indicator Is Lit for a Child
If the vehicle does not have a rear seat that front outboard passenger seat. Restraint
will accommodate a rear-facing child
restraint, a rear-facing child restraint should When the passenger sensing system has The passenger sensing system is designed to
not be installed in the vehicle, even if the allowed the airbag to be enabled, the ON turn off the front outboard passenger
airbag is off. indicator will light and stay lit as a reminder frontal airbag if the system determines that
that the airbag is active. an infant is present in a child restraint. If a
The passenger sensing system is designed to child restraint has been installed and the ON
turn off the front outboard passenger For some children, including children in child
indicator is lit:
frontal airbag if: restraints, and for very small adults, the
passenger sensing system may or may not 1. Turn the vehicle off.
. The front outboard passenger seat is
turn off the front outboard passenger 2. Remove the child restraint from the
unoccupied. frontal airbag, depending upon the person's vehicle.
. The system determines an infant is seating posture and body build. Everyone in
present in a child restraint. 3. Remove any additional items from the
the vehicle who has outgrown child seat such as blankets, cushions, seat
. A front outboard passenger takes his/her restraints should wear a seat belt covers, seat heaters, or seat massagers.
weight off of the seat for a period properly — whether or not there is an
of time. airbag for that person.

4. Reinstall the child restraint following the 6. Restart the vehicle. that the child restraint locking feature is
directions provided by the child restraint The passenger sensing system may or may engaged. Use the following steps to allow
manufacturer and refer to Securing Child not turn off the airbag for a child in a child the system to detect that person and enable
Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the restraint depending upon the child’s size. the front outboard passenger frontal airbag:
Center Front Seat) 0 92 or It is better to secure child restraints in the 1. Turn the vehicle off.
Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat rear seat. Consider using another vehicle to
Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 88 or 2. Remove any additional material from the
transport the child when a rear seat is not seat, such as blankets, cushions, seat
Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat available. Never put a rear-facing child
Belt in the Front Passenger Seat) 0 92. covers, seat heaters, or seat massagers.
restraint in the front seat, even if the ON 3. Place the seatback in the fully upright
Make sure the seat belt retractor is indicator is not lit.
locked by pulling the shoulder belt all position.
the way out of the retractor when If the Off Indicator Is Lit for an 4. Have the person sit upright in the seat,
installing the child restraint, even if the Adult-Sized Occupant centered on the seat cushion, with legs
child restraint is equipped with a seat comfortably extended.
belt lock off. When the retractor lock is 5. If the shoulder portion of the belt is
set, the belt can be tightened but not pulled out all the way, the child restraint
pulled out of the retractor. locking feature will be engaged. This
5. If, after reinstalling the child restraint may unintentionally cause the passenger
and restarting the vehicle, the ON sensing system to turn the airbag off for
indicator is still lit, turn the vehicle off. some adult-sized occupants. If this
Then slightly recline the vehicle seatback happens, unbuckle the belt, let the belt
and adjust the seat cushion, go back all the way, and then buckle the
if adjustable, to make sure that the belt again without pulling the belt out
vehicle seatback is not pushing the child all the way.
restraint into the seat cushion. 6. Restart the vehicle and have the person
Also make sure the child restraint is not remain in this position for two to
trapped under the vehicle head restraint. If a person of adult size is sitting in the three minutes after the ON indicator
If this happens, adjust the head restraint. front outboard passenger seat, but the OFF is lit.
See Head Restraints 0 45. indicator is lit, it could be because that
person is not sitting properly in the seat or

approved by GM for your specific vehicle.
{ Warning See Adding Equipment to the { Warning
If the front outboard passenger airbag is Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 69 for more For up to 10 seconds after the vehicle is
turned off for an adult-sized occupant, information about modifications that can turned off and the battery is
the airbag will not be able to inflate and affect how the system operates. disconnected, an airbag can still inflate
help protect that person in a crash, The ON indicator may be lit if an object, during improper service. You can be
resulting in an increased risk of serious such as a briefcase, handbag, grocery bag, injured if you are close to an airbag
injury or even death. An adult-sized laptop, or other electronic device, is put on when it inflates. Avoid yellow connectors.
occupant should not ride in the front an unoccupied seat. If this is not desired, They are probably part of the airbag
outboard passenger seat, if the passenger remove the object from the seat. system. Be sure to follow proper service
airbag OFF indicator is lit. procedures, and make sure the person
{ Warning performing work for you is qualified to
Additional Factors Affecting System Stowing articles under the passenger seat do so.
Operation or between the passenger seat cushion
Seat belts help keep the passenger in and seatback may interfere with the Adding Equipment to the
position on the seat during vehicle proper operation of the passenger Airbag-Equipped Vehicle
maneuvers and braking, which helps the sensing system.
passenger sensing system maintain the Adding accessories that change the vehicle's
frame, bumper system, height, front end,
passenger airbag status. See “Seat Belts” Servicing the Airbag-Equipped or side sheet metal, may keep the airbag
and “Child Restraints” in the Index for
additional information about the importance
Vehicle system from working properly.
of proper restraint use. Airbags affect how the vehicle should be The operation of the airbag system can also
A thick layer of additional material, such as serviced. There are parts of the airbag be affected by changing, including
a blanket or cushion, or aftermarket system in several places around the vehicle. improperly repairing or replacing, any parts
equipment such as seat covers, seat heaters, Your dealer and the service manual have of the following:
and seat massagers can affect how well the information about servicing the vehicle and . Airbag system, including airbag modules,
passenger sensing system operates. We the airbag system. To purchase a service front or side impact sensors, sensing and
recommend that you not use seat covers or manual, see Publication Ordering diagnostic module, or airbag wiring
other aftermarket equipment except when Information 0 436.

. Front seats, including stitching, seams, system from properly turning off the Airbag System Check
or zippers passenger airbag(s). See Passenger Sensing
. Seat belts System 0 66. The airbag system does not need regularly
scheduled maintenance or replacement.
. Steering wheel, instrument panel, If the vehicle has rollover roof-rail airbags, Make sure the airbag readiness light is
overhead console, ceiling trim, or pillar see Different Size Tires and Wheels 0 377 for working. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 114.
garnish trim additional important information.
. Inner door seals, including speakers If a snow plow is added to the vehicle, the Caution
Your dealer and the service manual have airbags should still work properly. The If an airbag covering is damaged, opened,
information about the location of the airbag airbag systems were designed to work or broken, the airbag may not work
modules and sensors, sensing and diagnostic properly under a wide range of conditions, properly. Do not open or break the airbag
module, and airbag wiring along with the including snow plowing with vehicles that coverings. If there are any opened or
proper replacement procedures. have the optional snow plow prep package broken airbag coverings, have the airbag
(RPO VYU). Do not change or defeat the covering and/or airbag module replaced.
In addition, the vehicle has a passenger
snow plow's “tripping mechanism.” If you
sensing system for the front outboard For the location of the airbags, see Where
do, it can damage the snow plow and the
passenger position, which includes sensors Are the Airbags? 0 62. See your dealer
vehicle, and may cause an airbag
that are part of the passenger seat. The for service.
deployment.
passenger sensing system may not operate
properly if the original seat trim is replaced If the vehicle must be modified because you
with non-GM covers, upholstery, or trim; or have a disability and have questions about
with GM covers, upholstery, or trim whether the modifications will affect the
designed for a different vehicle. Any object, vehicle's airbag system, or if you have
such as an aftermarket seat heater or a questions about whether the airbag system
comfort-enhancing pad or device, installed will be affected if the vehicle is modified for
under or on top of the seat fabric, could any other reason, call Customer Assistance.
also interfere with the operation of the See Customer Assistance Offices 0 430.
passenger sensing system. This could either
prevent proper deployment of the passenger
airbag(s) or prevent the passenger sensing

Replacing Airbag System Parts Child Restraints belt comfort guide, if available. See “Rear
Seat Belt Comfort Guides” under
after a Crash Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 57. If a comfort guide
Older Children
is not available, or if the shoulder belt
{ Warning still does not rest on the shoulder, then
A crash can damage the airbag systems return to the booster seat.
in the vehicle. A damaged airbag system . Does the lap belt fit low and snug on the
may not properly protect you and your hips, touching the thighs? If yes, continue.
passenger(s) in a crash, resulting in If no, return to the booster seat.
serious injury or even death. To help . Can proper seat belt fit be maintained for
make sure the airbag systems are the length of the trip? If yes, continue.
working properly after a crash, have If no, return to the booster seat.
them inspected and any necessary Q: What is the proper way to wear seat
replacements made as soon as possible. belts?
If an airbag inflates, you will need to A: An older child should wear a lap-shoulder
replace airbag system parts. See your dealer Older children who have outgrown booster belt and get the additional restraint a
for service. seats should wear the vehicle’s seat belts. shoulder belt can provide. The shoulder
belt should not cross the face or neck.
If the airbag readiness light stays on after The manufacturer instructions that come The lap belt should fit snugly below the
the vehicle is started or comes on when you with the booster seat state the weight and hips, just touching the top of the thighs.
are driving, the airbag system may not work height limitations for that booster. Use a This applies belt force to the child's
properly. Have the vehicle serviced right booster seat with a lap-shoulder belt until pelvic bones in a crash. It should never
away. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 114. the child passes the fit test below: be worn over the abdomen, which could
. Sit all the way back on the seat. Do the cause severe or even fatal internal
knees bend at the seat edge? If yes, injuries in a crash.
continue. If no, return to the booster seat. Also see “Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides”
. Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. Does the under Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 57.
shoulder belt rest on the shoulder? If yes,
continue. If no, try using the rear seat

According to accident statistics, children are
safer when properly restrained in a rear { Warning
seating position. Never allow a child to wear the seat belt
In a crash, children who are not buckled up shoulder belt under both arms or behind
can strike other people who are buckled up, their back. A child can be seriously
or can be thrown out of the vehicle. Older injured by not wearing the lap-shoulder
children need to use seat belts properly. belt properly. In a crash, the child would
not be restrained by the shoulder belt.
{ Warning The child could move too far forward
Never allow more than one child to wear increasing the chance of head and neck
the same seat belt. The seat belt cannot injury. The child might also slide under
properly spread the impact forces. In a the lap belt. The belt force would then be
crash, they can be crushed together and applied right on the abdomen. That could Infants and Young Children
seriously injured. A seat belt must be cause serious or fatal injuries. The
shoulder belt should go over the shoulder Everyone in a vehicle needs protection! This
used by only one person at a time. includes infants and all other children.
and across the chest.
Neither the distance traveled nor the age
and size of the traveler changes the need,
for everyone, to use safety restraints. In
fact, the law in every state in the United
States and in every Canadian province says
children up to some age must be restrained
while in a vehicle.
{ Warning
Children can be seriously injured or
strangled if a shoulder belt is wrapped
around their neck. The shoulder belt can
(Continued)

Warning (Continued) { Warning { Warning
tighten but cannot be loosened if it is Never hold an infant or a child while Children who are up against, or very
locked. The shoulder belt locks when it is riding in a vehicle. Due to crash forces, an close to, any airbag when it inflates can
pulled all the way out of the retractor. infant or a child will become so heavy it be seriously injured or killed. Never put a
It unlocks when the shoulder belt is is not possible to hold it during a crash. rear-facing child restraint in the front
allowed to go all the way back into the For example, in a crash at only outboard seat. Secure a rear-facing child
retractor, but it cannot do this if it is 40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb) infant restraint in a rear seat. It is also better to
wrapped around a child’s neck. If the will suddenly become a 110 kg (240 lb) secure a forward-facing child restraint in
shoulder belt is locked and tightened force on a person's arms. An infant or a rear seat. If you must secure a
around a child’s neck, the only way to child should be secured in an appropriate forward-facing child restraint in the front
loosen the belt is to cut it. child restraint. outboard seat, always move the front
Never leave children unattended in a passenger seat as far back as it will go.
vehicle and never allow children to play
with the seat belts.
Every time infants and young children ride

in vehicles, they should have the protection
provided by appropriate child restraints.
Neither the vehicle's seat belt system nor its
airbag system is designed for them.
Children who are not restrained properly can
strike other people, or can be thrown out of
the vehicle.
Child restraints are devices used to restrain,

seat, or position children in the vehicle and
are sometimes called child seats or car seats.

There are three basic types of child
{ Warning Child Restraint Systems
restraints:
. Forward-facing child restraints To reduce the risk of neck and head
. Rear-facing child restraints injury in a crash, infants and toddlers
. Belt-positioning booster seats should be secured in a rear-facing child
restraint until age two, or until they
The proper child restraint for your child reach the maximum height and weight
depends on their size, weight, and age, and limits of their child restraint.
also on whether the child restraint is
compatible with the vehicle in which it will
be used.
{ Warning
For each type of child restraint, there are
A young child's hip bones are still so
many different models available. When
small that the vehicle seat belt may not
purchasing a child restraint, be sure it is
designed to be used in a motor vehicle. If it remain low on the hip bones, as it Rear-Facing Infant Restraint
is, the child restraint will have a label saying should. Instead, it may settle up around
the child's abdomen. In a crash, the belt A rear-facing child restraint provides
that it meets federal motor vehicle safety
would apply force on a body area that is restraint with the seating surface against
standards.
unprotected by any bony structure. This the back of the infant.
The instruction manual that is provided with
alone could cause serious or fatal injuries. The harness system holds the infant in place
the child restraint states the weight and
To reduce the risk of serious or fatal and, in a crash, acts to keep the infant
height limitations for that particular child
injuries during a crash, young children positioned in the restraint.
restraint. In addition, there are many kinds
of child restraints available for children with should always be secured in an
special needs. appropriate child restraint.

Securing an Add-On Child Restraint in
the Vehicle
{ Warning
A child can be seriously injured or killed
in a crash if the child restraint is not
properly secured in the vehicle. Secure
the child restraint properly in the vehicle
using the vehicle seat belt or LATCH
system, following the instructions that
came with that child restraint and the
Forward-Facing Child Restraint Booster Seats instructions in this manual.
A forward-facing child restraint provides A belt-positioning booster seat is used for To help reduce the chance of injury, the
restraint for the child's body with the children who have outgrown their child restraint must be secured in the
harness. forward-facing child restraint. Boosters are vehicle. Child restraints must be secured in
designed to improve the fit of the vehicle's vehicle seats by lap belts or the lap belt
seat belt system until the child is large portion of a lap-shoulder belt, or by the
enough for the vehicle seat belts to fit LATCH system. See Lower Anchors and
properly without a booster seat. See the Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 77 for
seat belt fit test in Older Children 0 71. more information. Children can be
endangered in a crash if the child restraint is
not properly secured in the vehicle.
When securing an add-on child restraint,
refer to the following:
1. Instruction labels provided on the child
restraint

2. Instruction manual provided with the Securing the Child Within the Child
child restraint Restraint { Warning
3. This vehicle owner's manual A child in a rear-facing child restraint can
The child restraint instructions are { Warning be seriously injured or killed if the front
important, so if they are not available, passenger airbag inflates. This is because
A child can be seriously injured or killed
obtain a replacement copy from the in a crash if the child is not properly the back of the rear-facing child restraint
manufacturer. would be very close to the inflating
secured in the child restraint. Secure the
child properly following the instructions airbag. A child in a forward-facing child
Keep in mind that an unsecured child restraint can be seriously injured or killed
restraint can move around in a collision or that came with that child restraint.
if the front passenger airbag inflates and
sudden stop and injure people in the vehicle.
the passenger seat is in a forward
Be sure to properly secure any child Where to Put the Restraint position.
restraint in the vehicle — even when no
According to accident statistics, children and
child is in it. Even if the passenger sensing system has
infants are safer when properly restrained in
In some areas Certified Child Passenger an appropriate child restraint secured in a turned off the front passenger frontal
Safety Technicians (CPSTs) are available to rear seating position. airbag, no system is fail-safe. No one can
inspect and demonstrate how to correctly guarantee that an airbag will not deploy
Whenever possible, children aged 12 and under some unusual circumstance, even
use and install child restraints. In the U.S.,
under should be secured in a rear seating though it is turned off.
refer to the National Highway Traffic Safety
position.
Administration (NHTSA) website to locate Secure rear-facing child restraints in a
the nearest child safety seat inspection Never put a rear-facing child restraint in the
rear seat, even if the airbag is off. If you
station. For CPST availability in Canada, front. This is because the risk to the
rear-facing child is so great if the airbag secure a forward-facing child restraint in
check with Transport Canada or the
Provincial Ministry of Transportation office. deploys. the front seat, always move the front
passenger seat as far back as it will go.
It is better to secure the child restraint in
a rear seat.
See Passenger Sensing System 0 66 for
additional information.

Depending on where you place the child Lower Anchors and Tethers for
{ Warning restraint and the size of the child restraint,
A child in a child restraint in the center you may not be able to access adjacent seat Children (LATCH System)
front seat can be badly injured or killed belts or LATCH anchors for additional The LATCH system secures a child restraint
by the frontal airbags if they inflate. passengers or child restraints. Adjacent during driving or in a crash. LATCH
Never secure a child restraint in the seating positions should not be used if the attachments on the child restraint are used
center front seat. It is always better to child restraint prevents access to or to attach the child restraint to the anchors
secure a child restraint in a rear seat. interferes with the routing of the seat belt. in the vehicle. This system is designed to
The seat in front of an installed child make installation of a child restraint easier.
Do not use child restraints in the center restraint should be adjusted to ensure In order to use the LATCH system in your
front seat position. proper installation according to the child vehicle, you need a child restraint that has
If the vehicle does not have a rear seat that restraint manual. LATCH attachments. LATCH-compatible
will accommodate a rear-facing child Wherever a child restraint is installed, be rear-facing and forward-facing child seats can
restraint, a rear-facing child restraint should sure to follow the instructions that came be properly installed using either the LATCH
not be installed in the vehicle, even if the with the child restraint and secure the child anchors or the vehicle’s seat belts. Do not
airbag is off. restraint properly. use both the seat belts and the LATCH
anchorage system to secure a rear-facing or
When securing a child restraint with the Keep in mind that an unsecured child forward-facing child seat.
seat belts in a rear seat position, study the restraint can move around in a collision or
instructions that came with the child sudden stop and injure people in the vehicle. Booster seats use the vehicle’s seat belts to
restraint to make sure it is compatible with Be sure to properly secure any child secure the child and the booster seat. If the
this vehicle. restraint in the vehicle — even when no manufacturer recommends that the booster
child is in it. seat be secured with the LATCH system, this
Child restraints and booster seats vary can be done as long as the booster seat can
considerably in size, and some may fit in be positioned properly and there is no
certain seating positions better than others. interference with the proper positioning of
Do not install a child restraint in any rear the lap-shoulder belt on the child.
seating position where it cannot be installed
securely.

Make sure to follow the instructions that
came with the child restraint, and also the
instructions in this manual.
When installing a child restraint with a top
tether, you must also use either the lower
anchors or the seat belts to properly secure
the child restraint. A child restraint must
never be installed using only the top tether.
For a forward-facing 5-pt harness child
restraint where the combined weight of the
child and restraint are up to 29.5 kg (65 lb),
use either the lower LATCH anchorages with
the top tether anchorage, or the seat belt
with the top tether anchorage. Where the
combined weight of the child and restraint
are greater than 29.5 kg (65 lb), use the seat
belt with the top tether anchorage only.

Recommended Methods for Attaching Child Restraints
Restraint Type Combined Weight of Use Only Approved Attachment Methods Shown with an X
the Child + Child
LATCH – Lower Seat Belt Only LATCH – Lower Seat Belt and Top
Restraint
Anchors Only Anchors and Top Tether Anchor
Tether Anchor
Rear-Facing Child Up to 29.5 kg (65 lb) X X
Restraint
Rear-Facing Child Greater than X
Restraint 29.5 kg (65 lb)
Forward-Facing Child Up to 29.5 kg (65 lb) X X
Restraint
Forward-Facing Child Greater than X
Restraint 29.5 kg (65 lb)
See Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Child restraints built after March 2014 will Not all vehicle seating positions have lower
Belt in the Center Front Seat) 0 92 or be labeled with the specific child weight up anchors. In this case, the seat belt must be
Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt to which the LATCH system can be used to used (with top tether where available) to
in the Rear Seat) 0 88 or install the restraint. secure the child restraint. See Securing Child
Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt The following explains how to attach a child Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Center
in the Front Passenger Seat) 0 92. restraint with these attachments in the Front Seat) 0 92 or
vehicle. Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt
in the Rear Seat) 0 88 or
Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt
in the Front Passenger Seat) 0 92.

Lower Anchors Top Tether Anchor Some child restraints that have a top tether
are designed for use with or without the
top tether being attached. Others require
the top tether always to be attached. In
Canada, the law requires that forward-facing
child restraints have a top tether, and that
the tether be attached. Be sure to read and
follow the instructions for your child
restraint.
Lower Anchor and Top Tether Anchor
Locations
Lower anchors (1) are metal bars built into A top tether (3, 4) is used to secure the top
the vehicle. There are two lower anchors for of the child restraint to the vehicle. A top
each LATCH seating position that will tether anchor is built into the vehicle. The
accommodate a child restraint with lower top tether attachment hook (2) on the child
attachments (2). restraint connects to the top tether anchor
in the vehicle in order to reduce the forward
movement and rotation of the child restraint
during driving or in a crash.
The child restraint may have a single
tether (3) or a dual tether (4). Either will
have a single attachment hook (2) to secure Regular Cab — Bucket Seat Only
the top tether to the anchor.

To assist in locating the lower anchors on
double and crew cab models, each seating
position with lower anchors has two labels
near the crease between the seatback and
the seat cushion.
For regular cab models, there are top tether

Regular Cab — Three-Passenger Front Seat Double and Crew Cab Rear Seat
anchor symbols to assist you in locating the
I : Seating positions with top tether I : Seating positions with top tether top tether anchors.
anchors. anchors. Do not install a child restraint in the center
Do not install a child restraint in the center seating position. See Securing Child
H : Seating positions with two lower Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Center
front seating position. See Securing Child anchors.
Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Center Front Seat) 0 92 or
Front Seat) 0 92 or Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt
Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 88 or
in the Rear Seat) 0 88 or Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt
Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Front Passenger Seat) 0 92 for more
in the Front Passenger Seat) 0 92 for more information.
information.
Regular Cab Driver Side Anchor and Loop (Double and Passenger Side Loop (Double and Crew Cab)
Crew Cab)
For regular cab models, the top tether For double and crew cab models, the top
anchors are on the back panel behind the tether is routed through loops (2) to the top
passenger seat(s) or center seat. Be sure to tether anchors (1). Be sure to use the correct
use an anchor directly behind the seating anchor for the seating position where the
position where the child restraint will be child restraint will be placed.
placed. Be sure to read the following instructions to
properly install a child restraint using these
loops and anchors.
Do not secure a child restraint in a position
without a top tether anchor if a national or
local law requires that the top tether be
attached, or if the instructions that come
with the child restraint say that the top
Center Anchor and Loop (Double and tether must be attached.
Crew Cab)

According to accident statistics, children and
infants are safer when properly restrained in Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)
a child restraint system or infant restraint A child or others could be injured. To tighten the belt behind the child restraint
system secured in a rear seating position. reduce the risk of serious or fatal injuries after the child restraint has been
See Where to Put the Restraint 0 76 for during a crash, attach only one child installed.
additional information. restraint per anchor.
Securing a Child Restraint Designed for Caution
the LATCH System
{ Warning Do not let the LATCH attachments rub
against the vehicle’s seat belts. This may
{ Warning Children can be seriously injured or
damage these parts. If necessary, move
strangled if a shoulder belt is wrapped
A child could be seriously injured or killed buckled seat belts to avoid rubbing the
around their neck. The shoulder belt can
in a crash if the child restraint is not LATCH attachments.
tighten but cannot be loosened if it is
properly attached to the vehicle using
locked. The shoulder belt locks when it is Do not fold the rear seat cushion when
either the LATCH anchors or the vehicle
pulled all the way out of the retractor. the seat is occupied. Do not fold the
seat belt. Follow the instructions that
It unlocks when the shoulder belt is empty rear seat with a seat belt buckled.
came with the child restraint and the
allowed to go all the way back into the This could damage the seat belt or the
instructions in this manual.
retractor, but it cannot do this if it is seat. Unbuckle and return the seat belt to
wrapped around a child’s neck. If the its stowed position, before folding
{ Warning shoulder belt is locked and tightened the seat.
around a child’s neck, the only way to
Do not attach more than one child loosen the belt is to cut it. If you need to secure more than one child
restraint to a single anchor, except for restraint in the rear seat, see Where to Put
the center top tether anchors in the crew Buckle any unused seat belts behind the
the Restraint 0 76.
cab models. Attaching more than one child restraint so children cannot reach
child restraint to a single anchor could them. Pull the shoulder belt all the way
cause the anchor or attachment to come out of the retractor to set the lock, and
loose or even break during a crash. (Continued)
(Continued)

Regular Cab Models 2. Make sure the child restraint top tether
1. For models without a rear seat, hook is completely closed and secured to
forward-facing child restraints should the top tether anchor.
only be installed in the right front 3. Secure the child restraint in the right
seating position with belts and a top front seating position with the vehicle
tether. See Securing Child Restraints belts. See Securing Child Restraints (With
(With the Seat Belt in the Center Front the Seat Belt in the Center Front Seat)
Seat) 0 92 or 0 92 or
Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat
Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 88 or If the position you are using has an Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 88 or
Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat adjustable head restraint and you Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat
Belt in the Front Passenger Seat) 0 92. are using a dual tether, route the Belt in the Front Passenger Seat) 0 92.
If the child restraint manufacturer tether around the head restraint. 4. Before placing a child in the child
recommends that the top tether be restraint, make sure it is securely held in
attached, attach and tighten the top place. To check, grasp the child restraint
tether to the top tether anchor, if your at the belt path and attempt to move it
vehicle has one. Refer to the child side to side and back and forth. There
restraint instructions and the following should be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
steps: movement for proper installation.
1.1. Find the top tether anchor. Double and Crew Cab Models
1.2. Route, attach, and tighten the top 1. Attach and tighten the lower
tether according to your child attachments to the lower anchors. If the
restraint instructions and the If the position you are using has an child restraint does not have lower
following instructions: adjustable head restraint and you attachments or the desired seating
are using a single tether, raise the position does not have lower anchors,
head restraint and route the tether secure the child restraint with the top
under the head restraint and in tether and the seat belt. Refer to the
between the head restraint posts. child restraint manufacturer instructions
and the instructions in this manual.

1.1. Find the lower anchors for the
desired seating position.
1.2. Put the child restraint on the seat.
1.3. Attach and tighten the lower
attachments on the child restraint
to the lower anchors.
2. For forward-facing child restraints, attach
and tighten the top tether to the top
tether anchor, if your vehicle has one.
Follow the child restraint instructions and
the vehicle LATCH anchor weight limits
described at the beginning of this
section, and the following steps: Rear Driver Side Position 2.1.2. For first time use, remove
2.1. For a top tether in the rear driver and discard the rubber band
side position: from the top tether loop (2).
2.1.1. Remove the driver side head 2.1.3. Route the top tether (3)
restraint and center through the loop (2).
headrest. See “Head 2.1.4. Attach the top tether (3) to
Restraint or Headrest the driver side of the center
Removal and Reinstallation” top tether metal anchor (1).
later in this section. 2.1.5. Make sure the child restraint
top tether hook is
completely closed and
secured to the top tether
anchor.
Rear Driver Side Position

2.2. For a top tether in the rear
passenger side position:
2.2.1. Remove the passenger side
head restraint and center
headrest. See “Head
Restraint or Headrest
Removal and Reinstallation”
later in this section.
2.2.2. Route the top tether (3)
through the loop (2).
2.2.3. Attach the top tether (3) to
the passenger side of the
Rear Passenger Side Position center top tether metal Rear Center Position
anchor (1).
2.2.4. Make sure the child restraint
top tether hook is
completely closed and
secured to the top tether
anchor.
Rear Passenger Side Position Rear Center Position


2.3. For a top tether in the rear center If child restraints are installed in both To remove the second row head restraints
position: outboard positions, both top tethers can or center headrest:
2.3.1. Remove the driver side head be attached to the center anchor. Top
restraint and center tethers can be attached for child
headrest. See “Head restraints in all three rear seating
Restraint or Headrest positions at the same time, following the
Removal and Reinstallation” routing instructions above.
later in this section. 4. Before placing a child in the child
2.3.2. Route the top tether (1) restraint, make sure it is securely held in
through the center loop (2). place. To check, grasp the child restraint
at the LATCH path and attempt to move
2.3.3. Attach the top tether (1) to it side to side and back and forth. There
the driver side top tether should be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
metal anchor (3). movement for proper installation.
2.3.4. Make sure the child restraint
top tether hook is Head Restraint or Headrest Removal and 1. Press both buttons on the head restraint
completely closed and Reinstallation or headrest posts at the same time, and
secured to the top tether The second row outboard head restraints or pull up on the head restraint or
anchor. center headrest can be removed if they headrest.
3. Tighten the top tether per the child interfere with the proper installation of the 2. Store the head restraint or headrest in a
restraint manufacturer's instructions. child restraint. secure place.
When the top tether is properly 3. When the child restraint is removed,
tightened, the loop may bend. This is reinstall the head restraint or headrest
normal and will not damage the vehicle. before the seating position is used.
{ Warning
2. Push the head restraint or Securing Child Restraints (With
headrest down.
With head restraints that are not
the Seat Belt in the Rear Seat)
3. Try to move the head restraint or
installed and adjusted properly, there is a headrest to make sure that it is locked in When securing a child restraint with the
greater chance that occupants will suffer place. seat belts in a rear seat position, study the
a neck/spinal injury in a crash. Do not instructions that came with the child
drive until the head restraints for all Replacing LATCH System Parts restraint to make sure it is compatible with
occupants are installed and adjusted After a Crash this vehicle.
properly. If the child restraint has the LATCH system,
{ Warning see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children
To reinstall the head restraint or headrest: (LATCH System) 0 77 for how and where to
A crash can damage the LATCH system in
install the child restraint using LATCH. If a
the vehicle. A damaged LATCH system child restraint is secured in the vehicle using
may not properly secure the child a seat belt and it uses a top tether, see
restraint, resulting in serious injury or Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children
even death in a crash. To help make sure (LATCH System) 0 77 for top tether anchor
the LATCH system is working properly locations.
after a crash, see your dealer to have the
Do not secure a child seat in a position
system inspected and any necessary
without a top tether anchor if a national or
replacements made as soon as possible. local law requires that the top tether be
anchored, or if the instructions that come
If the vehicle has the LATCH system and it
with the child restraint say that the top
was being used during a crash, new LATCH
tether must be anchored.
system parts may be needed.
1. Insert the head restraint or headrest In Canada, the law requires that
New parts and repairs may be necessary
posts into the holes in the top of the forward-facing child restraints have a top
even if the LATCH system was not being
seatback. The notches on the posts must tether, and that the tether be attached.
used at the time of the crash.
face the driver side of the vehicle.

If the child restraint or vehicle seat position
does not have the LATCH system, you will
be using the seat belt to secure the child
restraint. Be sure to follow the instructions
that came with the child restraint.
If more than one child restraint needs to be
installed in the rear seat, be sure to read
Where to Put the Restraint 0 76.
Double Cab
1. Remove the head restraint or headrest
prior to installing a forward-facing child
restraint in an outboard rear seating 4. Push the latch plate into the buckle until 5. Pull the shoulder belt all the way out of
position. See “Head Restraint or Headrest it clicks. the retractor to set the lock. When the
Removal and Reinstallation” under Lower retractor lock is set, the belt can be
Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH Position the release button on the
buckle, away from the child restraint, so tightened but not pulled out of the
System) 0 77. retractor.
that the seat belt could be quickly
2. Put the child restraint on the seat. unbuckled if necessary.
3. Pick up the latch plate, and run the lap
and shoulder portions of the vehicle seat
belt through or around the child
restraint. The child restraint instructions
will show you how.

anchor weight limits, and instructions 2. Pick up the latch plate, and run the lap
listed in Lower Anchors and Tethers for and shoulder portions of the vehicle seat
Children (LATCH System) 0 77. belt through or around the child
8. Before placing a child in the child restraint. The child restraint instructions
restraint, make sure it is securely held in will show you how.
place. To check, grasp the child restraint
at the seat belt path and attempt to
move it side to side and back and forth.
When the child restraint is properly
installed, there should be no more than
2.5 cm (1 in) of movement.
To remove the child restraint, unbuckle the
6. To tighten the belt, push down on the vehicle seat belt and let it return to the
child restraint, pull the shoulder portion stowed position. If the top tether is attached
of the belt to tighten the lap portion of to a top tether anchor, disconnect it.
the belt, and feed the shoulder belt back Reinstall the head restraint or headrest
into the retractor. When installing a before the seating position is used. See
forward-facing child restraint, it may be “Head Restraint or Headrest Removal and
Reinstallation” under Lower Anchors and 3. Push the latch plate into the buckle until
helpful to use your knee to push down
Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 77 for it clicks.
on the child restraint as you tighten
the belt. additional information on installing the Position the release button on the
headrest properly. buckle, away from the child restraint, so
Try to pull the belt out of the retractor
that the seat belt could be quickly
to make sure the retractor is locked. Crew Cab unbuckled if necessary.
If the retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 5 and 6. 1. Put the child restraint on the seat.
7. For forward-facing child restraints, attach
and tighten the top tether to the top
tether anchor (loop). Refer to the child
restraint instructions, the vehicle LATCH

tether. See Lower Anchors and Tethers
for Children (LATCH System) 0 77 for
more information on using the top
tether anchors.
7. Before placing a child in the child
restraint, make sure it is securely held in
4. Pull the shoulder belt all the way out of 5. To tighten the belt, push down on the To remove the child restraint, unbuckle the
the retractor to set the lock. When the child restraint, pull the shoulder portion vehicle seat belt and let it return to the
retractor lock is set, the belt can be of the belt to tighten the lap portion of stowed position. If the top tether is attached
tightened but not pulled out of the the belt, and feed the shoulder belt back to a top tether anchor, disconnect it.
retractor. into the retractor. When installing a For outboard rear seating positions, if the
forward-facing child restraint, it may be child restraint cannot be installed properly
helpful to use your knee to push down with the head restraint in place, the head
on the child restraint as you tighten restraint may be removed. See your dealer
the belt. for assistance with removal, and store the
Try to pull the belt out of the retractor removed head restraint in a secure place.
to make sure the retractor is locked. When the child restraint is removed,
If the retractor is not locked, repeat reinstall the head restraint before the
Steps 4 and 5. seating position is used. For reinstallation
6. If the child restraint has a top tether, instructions, see “Head Restraint or Headrest
follow the child restraint manufacturer's Removal and Reinstallation” under Lower
instructions regarding the use of the top Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) 0 77.

Securing Child Restraints (With In addition, the vehicle has a passenger
Warning (Continued)
sensing system which is designed to turn off
the Seat Belt in the Center the front outboard passenger frontal airbag Even if the passenger sensing system has
Front Seat) under certain conditions. See Passenger turned off the front outboard passenger
Sensing System 0 66 and frontal airbag, no system is fail-safe. No
{ Warning Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 0 115 for one can guarantee that an airbag will not
more information, including important deploy under some unusual circumstance,
A child in a child restraint in the center
safety information. even though it is turned off.
front seat can be badly injured or killed
by the frontal airbags if they inflate. Never put a rear-facing child restraint in the
Secure rear-facing child restraints in a
Never secure a child restraint in the front. This is because the risk to the
rear-facing child is so great, if the airbag rear seat, even if the airbag is off. If you
center front seat. It is always better to secure a forward-facing child restraint in
secure a child restraint in a rear seat. deploys.
the front outboard passenger seat,
{ Warning always move the seat as far back as it
Do not use child restraints in the center
will go. It is better to secure the child
front seat position. A child in a rear-facing child restraint can restraint in a rear seat.
be seriously injured or killed if the front
Securing Child Restraints (With outboard passenger frontal airbag See Passenger Sensing System 0 66 for
the Seat Belt in the Front inflates. This is because the back of the additional information.
Passenger Seat) rear-facing child restraint would be very
If the vehicle does not have a rear seat that
close to the inflating airbag. A child in a
This vehicle has airbags. A rear seat is a will accommodate a rear-facing child
safer place to secure a forward-facing child forward-facing child restraint can be
restraint, a rear-facing child restraint should
restraint. See Where to Put the Restraint seriously injured or killed if the front not be installed in the vehicle, even if the
0 76. outboard passenger frontal airbag inflates airbag is off.
and the passenger seat is in a forward
position. If the child restraint uses a top tether, see
(Continued) Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children
(LATCH System) 0 77 for top tether anchor
locations.

Do not secure a child seat in a position 2. Put the child restraint on the seat.
without a top tether anchor if a national or 3. Pick up the latch plate, and run the lap
local law requires that the top tether be and shoulder portions of the vehicle seat
anchored, or if the instructions that come belt through or around the child
with the child restraint say that the top restraint. The child restraint instructions
tether must be anchored. will show you how.
In Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have a top
tether, and that the tether be attached.
When using the lap-shoulder belt to secure
the child restraint in this position, follow the
instructions that came with the child
restraint and the following instructions: 4. Push the latch plate into the buckle until
1. Move the seat as far back as it will go it clicks.
before securing the forward-facing child Position the release button on the
restraint. Move the seat upward or the buckle, away from the child restraint, so
seatback to an upright position, that the seat belt could be quickly
if needed, to get a tight installation of unbuckled if necessary.
the child restraint. Tilt the latch plate to adjust the belt if
When the passenger sensing system has needed.
turned off the front outboard passenger
frontal airbag, the OFF indicator on the
passenger airbag status indicator should
light and stay lit when you start the
vehicle. See Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator 0 115.

7. If the vehicle does not have a rear seat
and the child restraint manufacturer
recommends using a top tether anchor,
attach the top tether to the top tether
anchor. Refer to the instructions that
came with the child restraint and to
Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children
(LATCH System) 0 77.
8. Before placing a child in the child
restraint, make sure it is securely held in
5. Pull the shoulder belt all the way out of 6. To tighten the belt, push down on the
the retractor to set the lock. When the child restraint, pull the shoulder portion
retractor lock is set, the belt can be of the belt to tighten the lap portion of
tightened but not pulled out of the the belt, and feed the shoulder belt back
retractor. into the retractor. When installing a If the airbag is off, the OFF indicator in the
forward-facing child restraint, it may be passenger airbag status indicator will come
helpful to use your knee to push down on and stay on when the vehicle is started.
on the child restraint as you tighten If a child restraint has been installed and
the belt. the ON indicator is lit, see “If the On
Try to pull the belt out of the retractor Indicator Is Lit for a Child Restraint” under
to make sure the retractor is locked. Passenger Sensing System 0 66.
If the retractor is not locked, repeat
To remove the child restraint, unbuckle the
Steps 5 and 6.
vehicle seat belt and let it return to the
stowed position.
Storage 95
Storage Storage Compartments Cupholders
Front
Storage Compartments { Warning
Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 There may be cupholders on the center
Do not store heavy or sharp objects in front seat console armrest.
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 storage compartments. In a crash, these
Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 objects may cause the cover to open and Rear
Underseat Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
could result in injury.
Rear Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Floor Console Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Glove Box
Additional Storage Features
Cargo Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
If equipped, pull the rear seat armrest down

to access the cupholders.
To access the upper glove box, pull up on

the handle.
To access the lower glove box, unlock with
the key and pull down on the handle.
96 Storage
Underseat Storage Rear Storage Center Console Storage
There may be storage under the rear There may be storage in the rear seat. Pull Bench Seat
passenger seat. Lift up on the seat bench to the tab to access. Pull the strap on the side of the center
access. Push the seat bench toward the floor Push the storage door to close. The storage seatback to access the storage area and
to close. door must be closed before installing child cupholders. Do not use the center seatback
restraints. as a seating position when the seatback is
folded down.
To raise the seatback, push the seatback
rearward until it locks in the upright
position. Push and pull on the seatback to
make sure it is locked.
Storage 97
Press the latch and lift to open. Additional Storage Features
Floor Console Storage Cargo Tie-Downs
Bench Seat
If equipped with storage, press the latch and
lift to open.
If equipped with front center seat storage, This vehicle is equipped with 12 fixed cargo
unlock with the ignition key, press the latch, tie-downs.
and lift to open.
Caution
The truck bed walls will collapse if the
tie-downs are overloaded.
Any of the 12 locations inside the truck bed

can be used. The maximum load per corner
is 227 kg (500 lb).
Bucket Seat
98 Storage
Accessory Tie-Downs To remove:
1. Remove the tie-down loop completely by
turning counterclockwise while holding
the backing plate against the truck
bed wall.
2. Pull the backing plate away from the
truck bed wall until a click is heard. This
locks the toggle into position on the
toggle guide.
3. Push the backing plate against the truck
bed wall. This allows the toggle nut
to spin.
To install: 4. Remove the backing plate, toggle guide,
Additional Accessory Tie-Down Points 1. Insert a tie-down loop assembly until it and toggle nut from the truck bed wall
is flush with the truck bed wall. completely.
Any of the nine holes inside the truck bed
can be used for tie-downs. 2. Turn the tie-down loop clockwise to 5. Reinstall the tie-down loop through the
tighten. The tie-down will be hard to backing plate into the toggle nut for
The maximum load is 113 kg (250 lb) per turn until the toggle moves past the reuse.
tie-down. installation point on the toggle guide.
Caution 3. Fasten the tie-down firmly by hand only.
Do not use tools.
The truck bed walls will collapse if the
tie-downs are overloaded.
Instruments and Controls 99

Door Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Instruments and Controls Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Check
Engine Light) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Brake System Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Information Displays
Controls Electric Parking Brake Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Service Electric Parking Brake Light . . . . 118 Level) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Antilock Brake System (ABS) Warning Driver Information Center (DIC)
Heated Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 (Midlevel and Uplevel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Four-Wheel-Drive Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 Head-Up Display (HUD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Tow/Haul Mode Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Vehicle Messages
Hill Descent Control Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Lane Keep Assist (LKA) Light . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Engine Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Vehicle Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Pedestrian Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Warning Lights, Gauges, and Indicators Traction Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Vehicle Personalization
Warning Lights, Gauges, and Traction Control System (TCS)/Electronic Vehicle Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Stability Control Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) Off Universal Remote System
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Universal Remote System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Universal Remote System
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Driver Mode Control Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Universal Remote System Operation . . . 138
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Engine Oil Pressure Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Engine Oil Pressure Light (Uplevel
Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge . . . . 112 Cluster) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Voltmeter Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Seat Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Passenger Airbag Status Indicator . . . . . . 115 Front Fog Lamp Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
100 Instruments and Controls

Controls Tilt and Telescoping Wheel Steering Wheel Controls
The infotainment system can be operated
Steering Wheel Adjustment by using the steering wheel controls. See
Steering Wheel Controls 0 151.
Heated Steering Wheel
To adjust the tilt and telescoping steering

wheel, if equipped:
To adjust the steering wheel: 1. Pull the lever down.
1. Pull the lever down. 2. Move the steering wheel up or down.
2. Move the steering wheel up or down. 3. Pull or push the steering wheel closer or
3. Pull the lever up to lock the steering away from you. ( : If equipped, press to turn it on or off.
4. Pull the lever up to lock the steering A light next to the button displays when the
wheel in place.
wheel in place. feature is turned on.
Do not adjust the steering wheel while The steering wheel takes about
driving. three minutes to start heating.
Remote Start Heated Steering Wheel
If equipped with remote start, the heated
steering wheel will turn on automatically
during a remote start along with the heated

seats when it is cold outside. The heated LO : Use for slow wipes.
steering wheel indicator light may not { Warning
come on. 3 : Turn the band up for more frequent In freezing weather, do not use the
intermittent wipes or down for less frequent
See Heated and Ventilated Front Seats 0 52. intermittent wipes. washer until the windshield is warmed.
Otherwise the washer fluid can form ice
Horn OFF : Use to turn the wipers off. on the windshield, blocking your vision.
To sound the horn, press a on the 1x : For a single wipe, briefly turn the N
steering wheel. band down. For several wipes, hold the
band down. { Warning
Windshield Wiper/Washer L : Press L on the windshield wiper Before driving the vehicle, always clear
snow and ice from the hood, windshield,
control to spray windshield washer fluid and
activate the wipers. The wipers will continue roof, and rear of the vehicle, including all
lamps and windows. Reduced visibility
until L is released or the maximum wash
from snow and ice buildup could lead to
time is reached. When L is released, a crash.
additional wipes may occur depending on
how long the windshield washer had been Wipe Parking
activated. See Washer Fluid 0 339 for
information on filling the windshield washer If the ignition is turned off while the wipers
fluid reservoir. are on LO, HI, or 3, they will
The windshield wiper control is on the turn immediately stop.
Clear snow and ice from the wiper blades
signal lever. If the windshield wiper control is ON then
before using them. If frozen to the
The windshield wipers are controlled by windshield, carefully loosen or thaw them. moved to OFF before the driver door is
turning the band with N on it. Damaged blades should be replaced. See opened or within 10 minutes, the wipers will
Wiper Blade Replacement 0 347. restart and move to the base of the
With the ignition on or in ACC/ACCESSORY, windshield.
turn the N band to select the wiper speed. Heavy snow or ice can overload the wiper
motor.
HI : Use for fast wipes.

If the ignition is turned off while the wipers Power Outlets { Warning
are performing wipes due to windshield
washing, the wipers continue to run until Accessory power outlets can be used to plug Power is always supplied to the outlets.
they reach the base of the windshield. in electrical equipment, such as a cell phone
Do not leave electrical equipment
or MP3 player.
plugged in when the vehicle is not in use
Compass because the vehicle could catch fire and
The vehicle may have a compass display on cause injury or death.
the Driver Information Center (DIC). The
compass receives its heading and other
information from the Global Positioning Caution
System (GPS) antenna, Electronic Stability Leaving electrical equipment plugged in
Control (ESC), and vehicle speed information. for an extended period of time while the
The compass system is designed to operate vehicle is off will drain the battery.
for a certain number of miles or degrees of Always unplug electrical equipment when
turn before needing a signal from the GPS not in use and do not plug in equipment
satellites. When the compass display shows that exceeds the maximum 15 amp
CAL, drive the vehicle for a short distance in rating.
an open area where it can receive a GPS Rear of Front Center Console
signal. The compass system will Certain power accessory plugs may not be
automatically determine when a GPS signal The vehicle has one accessory power outlet
compatible with the accessory power outlet
is restored and provide a heading again. under the climate control system and one
and could overload vehicle or adapter fuses.
accessory power outlet on the rear of the
If a problem is experienced, see your dealer.
Clock center console, if equipped, or on the rear of
the bench seat, if equipped. When adding electrical equipment, be sure
Set the time and date using the to follow the proper installation instructions
infotainment system. See "Time / Date" Lift the cover to access and replace when
included with the equipment. See Add-On
under Settings 0 186. not in use.
Electrical Equipment 0 317.

An indicator light on the outlet illuminates
Caution when power is provided to the outlet and
Hanging heavy equipment from the no system fault is detected. The outlets will
power outlet can cause damage not not operate when the ignition is off, the
covered by the vehicle warranty. The DC/AC switch is not pressed, or the plug is
power outlets are designed for accessory not fully seated into the outlet.
power plugs only, such as cell phone If equipment is connected using more than
charge cords. 400 watts or a system fault is detected, a
protection circuit shuts off the power supply
Power Outlet 110/120-Volt Alternating and the indicator light turns off.
Current Do not use a power outlet with a missing or
If equipped, the vehicle has two alternating damaged cover.
current power outlets. Truck Bed Power Outlet
The power outlet is not designed for the
When the ignition is on, power is supplied following, and may not work properly if
to the outlets after the DC/AC switch is they are plugged in:
pressed. A green indicator light on the . Equipment with high initial peak wattage,
DC/AC switch indicates when the DC/AC such as compressor-driven refrigerators
operation is active. One power outlet can be and electric power tools
used with electrical equipment that uses a . Other equipment requiring an extremely
maximum of 400 watts. If both outlets are stable power supply, such as
being used, 400 watts will be shared microcomputer-controlled electric blankets
between the outlets. Ensure that all and touch sensor lamps
connected devices do not exceed 400 watts. . Medical equipment
The power outlet can be turned off by
pressing the DC/AC switch. The power outlet
Wireless Charging
In Cab Power Outlet and DC/AC Switch can be turned back on after 10 seconds, If equipped and enabled, the vehicle
during which the indicator light on the may have wireless charging on the
switch will flash. center console in front of the cupholders.
The system operates at 145 kHz

and wirelessly charges one Qi compatible To charge a compatible smartphone:
smartphone. The power output of the { Warning 1. Remove all objects from the charging
system is capable of charging at a rate up Remove all objects from the charging pad pad. The system may not charge if there
to 3 amp (19.5 W) as requested by the before charging your compatible are any objects between the smartphone
compatible smartphone. See Radio smartphone. Objects, such as coins, keys, and charging pad.
Frequency Statement 0 436. rings, paper clips, or cards, between the 2. Place the smartphone face up on the @
smartphone and charging pad will symbol on the charging pad.
{ Warning become very hot. On the rare occasion
Wireless charging can affect the that the charging system does not detect To maximize the charge rate, ensure the
smartphone is fully seated and centered
operation of an implanted pacemaker or an object, and the object gets wedged
in the holder with nothing under it.
other medical devices. If you have one, it between the smartphone and charger, A thick smartphone case may prevent
is recommended to consult with your remove the smartphone and allow the the wireless charger from working,
doctor before using the wireless charging object to cool before removing it from or may reduce the charging performance.
system. the charging pad, to prevent burns. See your dealer for additional
information.
The vehicle must be on, in ACC/ACCESSORY,
or Retained Accessory Power (RAP) must be 3. A green } will appear on the V on
active. The wireless charging feature may the infotainment display. This indicates
not correctly indicate charging when the that the smartphone is properly
vehicle is in RAP, or during Bluetooth phone positioned and charging. If a smartphone
calls. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) is placed on the charging pad and }
0 235. does not display, remove the
The operating temperature is −20 °C (−4 °F) smartphone from the pad, turn it
to 60 °C (140 °F) for the charging system 180 degrees, and wait three seconds
and 0 °C (32 °F) to 35 °C (95 °F) for the before placing/aligning the smartphone
smartphone. on the pad again.

4. If } turns yellow, ensure that the on CD-ROM for a charge covering the cost of THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE
charging pad is clear of any objects and performing such distribution (such as the COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
that the smartphone is capable of cost of media, shipping, and handling) upon "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
wireless charging before re-positioning it. email request to opensource@lge.com. This WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
If } does not illuminate, the offer is valid for three (3) years from the TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
smartphone may need to re-positioned. date on which you purchased the product. MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
Freescale-WCT library PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN
The smartphone may become warm NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER
during charging. This is normal. In Copyright (c) 2012-2014 Freescale OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY
warmer temperatures, the speed of Semiconductor, Inc.. All rights reserved. DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
charging may be reduced. 1. Redistributions of source code must EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
Software Acknowledgements retain the above copyright notice, this (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
list of conditions and the following PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
Certain Wireless Charging Module product SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS;
from LG Electronics, Inc. ("LGE") contains the disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
open source software detailed below. Refer CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
to the indicated open source licenses (as are reproduce the above copyright notice,
this list of conditions and the following WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
included following this notice) for the terms TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
and conditions of their use. disclaimer in the documentation and/or
other materials provided with the OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF
OSS Notice Information distribution. THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF
To obtain the source code that is ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
3. Neither the name of the copyright holder DAMAGE.
contained in this product, please visit nor the names of its contributors may be
http://opensource.lge.com. In addition to used to endorse or promote products
the source code, all referred license terms, derived from this software without
warranty disclaimers and copyright notices specific prior written permission.
are available for download. LG Electronics
will also provide open source code to you

Warning Lights, Gauges, and Instrument Cluster
Indicators
Warning lights and gauges can signal that
something is wrong before it becomes
serious enough to cause an expensive repair
or replacement. Paying attention to the
warning lights and gauges could prevent
injury.
Some warning lights come on briefly when
the engine is started to indicate they are
working. When one of the warning lights
comes on and stays on while driving,
or when one of the gauges shows there
may be a problem, check the section that
explains what to do. Waiting to do repairs
can be costly and even dangerous.
Base Cluster English Shown, Metric Similar
1. Tachometer 0 110 6. Speedometer 0 110

2. Engine Oil Pressure Gauge 0 111 7. Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base
3. Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Level) 0 124 or
0 112 Driver Information Center (DIC)
4. Fuel Gauge 0 110 (Midlevel and Uplevel) 0 125
5. Voltmeter Gauge 0 113
Midlevel Cluster English Shown, Metric Similar
1. Tachometer 0 110 6. Speedometer 0 110

2. Engine Oil Pressure Gauge 0 111 7. Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base
3. Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Level) 0 124 or
0 112 Driver Information Center (DIC)
4. Fuel Gauge 0 110 (Midlevel and Uplevel) 0 125

Cluster Menu (Midlevel and Uplevel)
There is an interactive display area in the
center of the instrument cluster.
Use the right steering wheel control to open

Uplevel Cluster English Standard Shown, Metric Similar and scroll through the different items and
displays.
1. Tachometer 0 110 6. Speedometer 0 110 Press S or T to access the cluster
2. Engine Oil Pressure Gauge 0 111 7. Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base applications. Use the thumbwheel to scroll
3. Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Level) 0 124 or through the list of available features. Press
0 112 Driver Information Center (DIC) the thumbwheel to select. Not all
4. Fuel Gauge 0 110 (Midlevel and Uplevel) 0 125 applications will be available on all vehicles.

. Home Audio Head-up Display (HUD) : If equipped, this
. Info App. This is where the selected Driver In the Audio menu, use the thumbwheel to feature allows for adjusting the angle of the
Information Center (DIC) displays can be scroll through options, browse for music, HUD image and changing or turning off the
viewed. See “Driver Information Center select from favorites, or change the audio Speed Limit Sign.
(DIC) (Uplevel)” in the Index. source. In the main view, scroll to change HUD Rotation: Press the thumbwheel while
. Audio the station or go to the next or previous Adjust Rotation is highlighted to enter
. Navigation track. Adjust Mode. Scroll to adjust the angle of
. Phone Navigation the HUD display. Press the thumbwheel to
. confirm and save the setting. This feature
Options In the Navigation menu, if there is no active may only be available in P (Park).
Home route, a compass will be displayed. If there
is an active route, press the thumbwheel to Speed Limit Style: Press the thumbwheel
Information displayed here can be while Speed Limit Style is highlighted to
customized from the Options menu. cancel or resume route guidance, mute or
unmute voice guidance, or access Recents or change the speed sign style or to turn it off.
Speedometer : Displays how fast the vehicle Favorites. Units : Press the thumbwheel while Units is
is moving in either kilometers per hour displayed to enter the Units menu. Choose
(km/h) or miles per hour (mph). Phone
US or metric units by pressing the
Speed Sign : Shows sign information, which In the Phone menu, if there is no active thumbwheel while the desired item is
comes from a roadway database in the phone call, view recent calls, scroll through highlighted. A selected mark will be
onboard navigation, if equipped. contacts, select from the favorites, or change displayed next to the selected item.
the phone source. If there is an active call,
Time : Displays the current time. mute the phone or switch to handset Info Page Options : Press the thumbwheel
operation. while Info Page Options is displayed to
Fuel Range : Displays the approximate enter and select the items to be displayed
distance the vehicle can be driven without Options in the Info app. A selected mark will be
refueling. The fuel range estimate is based displayed next to the selected item.
on an average of the vehicle’s fuel economy Use the thumbwheel to scroll through items
over recent driving history and the amount in the Options menu.
of fuel remaining in the fuel tank. Fuel
range cannot be reset.

Home : Press the thumbwheel to select the Speedometer vehicle is on and can move. The engine
available elements to display. Not all could auto start at any time. When the
elements will be available on all vehicles: The speedometer shows the vehicle's speed indicator points to OFF, the vehicle is off.
Speedometer, Speed Sign, Time, and Fuel in either kilometers per hour (km/h) or
miles per hour (mph). When the engine is on, the tachometer will
Range. indicate the engine’s revolutions per minute
Display (Uplevel) : Press the thumbwheel to Odometer (rpm). The tachometer may vary by several
enter the Display menu. Select to turn on or hundred rpm, during Auto Stop mode, when
off the compass or speed sign. The odometer shows how far the vehicle has the engine is shutting off and restarting.
been driven, in either kilometers or miles.
Speed Warning : The Speed Warning display Fuel Gauge
allows the driver to set a speed that they Trip Odometer
do not want to exceed. To set the Speed
Warning, press the thumbwheel when Speed The trip odometer shows how far the
Warning is displayed, or press the vehicle has been driven since the trip
thumbwheel on the main view to set the odometer was last reset.
speed value. Scroll to adjust the value. Press The trip odometer is accessed and reset
the thumbwheel to set the speed. Once the through the Driver Information Center (DIC).
speed is set, this feature can be turned off See Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base
by pressing the thumbwheel while viewing Level) 0 124 or
this page. If the selected speed limit is Driver Information Center (DIC) (Midlevel and
exceeded, a pop-up warning is displayed Uplevel) 0 125.
with a chime.
Tachometer
Software Information : Press the
thumbwheel while Software Information is The tachometer displays the engine speed in Uplevel Metric Fuel Gauge Shown, Base Level
highlighted to display open source software revolutions per minute (rpm). and Midlevel Fuel Gauge Similar
information. For vehicles with the Stop/Start system,
when the ignition is on, the tachometer
indicates the vehicle status. When pointing
to AUTO STOP, the engine is off but the

When the indicator nears empty, the low Engine Oil Pressure Gauge
fuel light comes on. There still is a little fuel
left, but the vehicle should be refueled soon.
Here are four things that some owners ask
about. None of these show a problem with
the fuel gauge:
. At the service station, the fuel pump
shuts off before the gauge reads full.
. It takes a little more or less fuel to fill up
than the gauge indicated. For example,
the gauge may have indicated the tank
was half full, but it actually took a little
Uplevel English Fuel Gauge Shown, Base more or less than half the tank's capacity
Level and Midlevel Fuel Gauge Similar to fill the tank. Uplevel Metric Shown, Base Level and
When the ignition is on, the fuel gauge . The gauge moves a little while turning a Midlevel Similar
indicates about how much fuel is left in corner or speeding up.
the tank. . The gauge takes a few seconds to
stabilize after the ignition is turned on,
There is an arrow near the fuel gauge
and goes back to empty when the
pointing to the side of the vehicle the fuel
ignition is turned off.
door is on.

On some models, the oil pump will vary Engine Coolant Temperature
engine oil pressure according to engine
needs. Oil pressure may change quickly as Gauge
the engine speed or load varies. This is
normal. If the oil pressure warning light or
Driver Information Center (DIC) message
indicates oil pressure outside the normal
operating range, check the vehicle's oil as
soon as possible.
See Engine Oil 0 329.
Caution
Uplevel English Shown, Base Level and Lack of proper engine oil maintenance
Midlevel Similar can damage the engine. Driving with the
engine oil low can also damage the
The engine oil pressure gauge shows the Uplevel Metric Shown, Base Level and
engine. The repairs would not be covered
engine oil pressure in kPa (kilopascals) Midlevel Similar
or psi (pounds per square inch) when the by the vehicle warranty. Check the oil
engine is running. level as soon as possible. Add oil if
required, but if the oil level is within the
Oil pressure can vary with engine speed, operating range and the oil pressure is
outside temperature, coolant temperature, still low, have the vehicle serviced.
and oil viscosity.
Always follow the maintenance schedule
for changing engine oil.
If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the

Duramax diesel supplement.

Voltmeter Gauge Readings outside the normal operating
range can also occur when a large number
of electrical accessories are operating in the
vehicle and the engine is left idling for an
extended period. This condition is normal
since the charging system is not able to
provide full power at engine idle. As engine
speeds are increased, this condition should
correct itself as higher engine speeds allow
the charging system to create maximum
power.
The vehicle can only be driven for a short
Uplevel English Shown, Base Level and time with the readings outside the normal
Midlevel Similar operating range. If the vehicle must be
Uplevel Shown, Base Level and Midlevel driven, turn off all accessories, such as the
This gauge measures the temperature of the Similar radio and air conditioner.
vehicle's engine coolant.
When the ignition is on, this gauge indicates Readings outside the normal operating
While driving under normal operating the battery voltage. range indicate a possible problem in the
conditions, if the needle moves into the red electrical system. Have the vehicle serviced
warning area, the engine is too hot. Pull off When the engine is running, this gauge as soon as possible.
the road, stop the vehicle, and turn off the shows the condition of the charging system.
engine as soon as possible. The gauge can transition from a higher to Seat Belt Reminders
lower or a lower to higher reading. This is
normal. If the vehicle is operating outside Driver Seat Belt Reminder Light
the normal operating range, the charging
There is a driver seat belt reminder light on
system light comes on. See Charging System
the instrument cluster.
Light 0 115. The voltmeter gauge may also
read lower when in fuel economy mode.
This is normal.

When the vehicle is started, this light
flashes and a chime may come on to remind
passengers to fasten their seat belt.
Then the light stays on solid until the belt is
buckled. This cycle continues several times if
the front passenger remains or becomes
When the vehicle is started, this light unbuckled while the vehicle is moving. The airbag readiness light comes on for
flashes and a chime may come on to remind If the front passenger seat belt is buckled, several seconds when the vehicle is started.
the driver to fasten their seat belt. neither the chime nor the light comes on. If the light does not come on then, have it
Then the light stays on solid until the belt is fixed immediately.
The front passenger seat belt reminder light
buckled. This cycle may continue several
times if the driver remains or becomes
and chime may come on if an object is put
on the seat such as a briefcase, handbag,
{ Warning
unbuckled while the vehicle is moving. grocery bag, laptop, or other electronic If the airbag readiness light stays on
If the driver seat belt is buckled, neither the device. To turn off the reminder light and/or after the vehicle is started or comes on
light nor the chime comes on. chime, remove the object from the seat or while driving, it means the airbag system
buckle the seat belt. might not be working properly. The
Front Passenger Seat Belt Reminder airbags in the vehicle might not inflate in
Light Airbag Readiness Light a crash, or they could even inflate
The vehicle may have a front passenger seat This light shows if there is an electrical without a crash. To help avoid injury,
belt reminder light near the passenger problem with the airbag system. The system have the vehicle serviced right away.
airbag status indicator. See Passenger check includes the airbag sensor(s), the
Sensing System 0 66. passenger sensing system, the pretensioners, If there is a problem with the airbag
the airbag modules, the wiring, and the system, a Driver Information Center (DIC)
crash sensing and diagnostic module. For message may also come on.
more information on the airbag system, see
Airbag System 0 61.

Passenger Airbag Status Indicator will light either ON or OFF, or either the on Charging System Light
or off symbol, to let you know the status of
The vehicle has a passenger sensing system. the front outboard passenger frontal airbag.
See Passenger Sensing System 0 66 for
important safety information. The overhead If the word ON or the on symbol is lit on
console has a passenger airbag status the passenger airbag status indicator, it
indicator. means that the front outboard passenger
frontal airbag is allowed to inflate.
If the word OFF or the off symbol is lit on The charging system light comes on briefly
the passenger airbag status indicator, it when the ignition is turned on, but the
means that the passenger sensing system engine is not running, as a check to show
has turned off the front outboard passenger the light is working. It should go out when
frontal airbag. the engine is started.
United States If, after several seconds, both status If the light stays on, or comes on while
indicator lights remain on, or if there are no driving, there may be a problem with the
lights at all, there may be a problem with electrical charging system. Have it checked
the lights or the passenger sensing system. by your dealer. Driving while this light is on
See your dealer for service. could drain the battery.
{ Warning When this light comes on, or is flashing, the
Driver Information Center (DIC) also displays
If the airbag readiness light ever comes a message.
Canada on and stays on, it means that
something may be wrong with the airbag If a short distance must be driven with the
When the vehicle is started, the passenger light on, be sure to turn off all accessories,
airbag status indicator will light ON and OFF, system. To help avoid injury to yourself
such as the radio and air conditioner. Find a
or the symbols for on and off, for several or others, have the vehicle serviced right
safe place to stop the vehicle.
seconds as a system check. Then, after away. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 114
several more seconds, the status indicator for more information, including important
safety information.

Malfunction Indicator Lamp Caution To help prevent damage, reduce vehicle
speed and avoid hard accelerations and
(Check Engine Light) If the vehicle is driven continually with uphill grades. If towing a trailer, reduce the
This light is part of the vehicle’s emission this light on, the emission control system amount of cargo being hauled as soon as
control on-board diagnostic system. If this may not work as well, the fuel economy possible.
light is on while the engine is running, a may be lower, and the vehicle may not If the light continues to flash, find a safe
malfunction has been detected and the run smoothly. This could lead to costly place to park. Turn the vehicle off and wait
vehicle may require service. The light should repairs that might not be covered by the at least 10 seconds before restarting the
come on to show that it is working when vehicle warranty. engine. If the light is still flashing, follow
the ignition is on and the engine is not the previous guidelines and see your dealer
running. See Ignition Positions (Keyless for service as soon as possible.
Access) 0 230 or Caution
Ignition Positions (Key Access) 0 229. If the light is on steady : A malfunction has
Modifications to the engine, transmission,
been detected. Diagnosis and service may be
exhaust, intake, or fuel system, or the required.
use of replacement tires that do not
meet the original tire specifications, can Check the following:
cause this light to come on. This could . If fuel has been added to the vehicle
lead to costly repairs not covered by the using the capless funnel adapter, make
vehicle warranty. This could also affect sure that it has been removed. See
the vehicle’s ability to pass an Emissions “Filling the Tank with a Portable Gas Can”
Malfunctions are often indicated by the
Inspection/Maintenance test. See under Filling the Tank (Pickup Model)
system before any problem is noticeable.
Accessories and Modifications 0 322. 0 285 or
Being aware of the light and seeking service
Filling the Tank (Chassis Cab
promptly when it comes on may prevent
If the light is flashing : A malfunction has Model) 0 286. The diagnostic system can
damage.
been detected that could damage the detect if the adapter has been left
emission control system and increase vehicle installed in the vehicle, allowing fuel to
emissions. Diagnosis and service may be evaporate into the atmosphere. A few
required. driving trips with the adapter removed
may turn off the light.

. Poor fuel quality can cause inefficient service the vehicle may affect vehicle This light should come on briefly when the
engine operation and poor driveability, operation. See Add-On Electrical Equipment vehicle is turned on. If it does not come on
which may go away once the engine is 0 317. See your dealer if assistance is then, have it fixed so it will be ready to
warmed up. If this occurs, change the fuel needed. warn you if there is a problem.
brand. It may require at least one full
The vehicle may not pass inspection if: If the light comes on and stays on at start
tank of the proper fuel to turn the light
. The light is on when the engine is up, there is a brake problem. Have the brake
off. See Recommended Fuel (Except 6.2L
running. system inspected right away.
V8 Engine) 0 283 or
Recommended Fuel (6.2L V8 Engine) . The light does not come on when the If the light comes on while driving, pull off
0 283. ignition is on while the engine is off. the road and stop carefully. If equipped with
. Critical emission control systems have not electric brake boost, vehicle speed may be
If the light remains on, see your dealer.
been completely diagnosed. If this limited when the brake system warning
Emissions Inspection and Maintenance happens, the vehicle would not be ready light comes on. The brake pedal might be
Programs for inspection and might require harder to push, or the brake pedal may go
several days of routine driving before the closer to the floor. It could take longer to
If the vehicle requires an Emissions stop. If the light is still on, have the vehicle
system is ready for inspection. This can
Inspection/Maintenance test, the test towed for service. See Towing the Vehicle
happen if the 12-volt battery has recently
equipment will likely connect to the 0 394.
been replaced or run down, or if the
vehicle's Data Link Connector (DLC).
vehicle has been recently serviced.
See your dealer if the vehicle will not pass { Warning
or cannot be made ready for the test. The brake system might not be working
properly if the brake system warning
Brake System Warning Light light is on. Driving with the brake system
warning light on can lead to a crash.
If the light is still on after the vehicle has
The DLC is under the instrument panel to been pulled off the road and carefully
the left of the steering wheel. Connecting stopped, have the vehicle towed for
devices that are not used to perform an service.
Emissions Inspection/Maintenance test or to
Metric English

Electric Parking Brake Light This light should come on briefly when If the ABS warning light stays on, or comes
starting the vehicle. If it does not come on, on again while driving, the vehicle needs
have it fixed so it will be ready to warn if service. A chime may also sound when the
there is a problem. light stays on.
If this light stays on, take the vehicle to If the ABS warning light is the only light on,
your dealer as soon as possible. See the the vehicle has regular brakes, but ABS is
information for the Electric Parking Brake not functioning.
Metric English under Electric Parking Brake 0 246. If both the ABS warning light and the brake
A message may also display in the Driver system warning light are on, ABS is not
This light comes on when the parking brake Information Center (DIC). functioning and there is a problem with the
is applied. If the light continues flashing regular brakes. See your dealer for service.
after the parking brake is released, or while Antilock Brake System (ABS)
driving, there is a problem with the Electric Warning Light See Brake System Warning Light 0 117.
Parking Brake system. A message may also
display in the Driver Information Four-Wheel-Drive Light
Center (DIC).
If the light does not come on, or remains
flashing, see your dealer.
Service Electric Parking Brake

This warning light should come on briefly
Light when the vehicle is turned on. If the light Auto Mode Shown, Other Modes Similar
does not come on, have it fixed so it will be
ready to warn if there is a problem. If equipped, the four-wheel-drive light
displays what mode the vehicle is in. The
If the light comes on while driving, safely light will show each mode: 2WD, 4HI, AUTO
stop as soon as it is possible and turn off (all transfer cases); 4LOW and N (two-speed
the vehicle. Then turn on the vehicle again transfer case only).
to reset the system.

The light will flash when a shift is in If equipped, the Hill Descent Control light LKA will not assist or alert if the turn signal
progress. Once the shift is complete the comes on when the system is ready for use. is active in the direction of lane departure,
light will be steady. When the light flashes, the system is active. or if LKA detects that you are accelerating,
If the light turns amber, there may be a See Hill Descent Control (HDC) 0 249. braking, or actively steering.
malfunction with the four-wheel-drive See Lane Keep Assist (LKA) 0 281.
system. See your dealer. Lane Keep Assist (LKA) Light
See Four-Wheel Drive 0 241.
Vehicle Ahead Indicator
Tow/Haul Mode Light
After the vehicle is started, this light turns

off and stays off if LKA has not been turned If equipped, this indicator will display green
on or is unavailable. when a vehicle is detected ahead and amber
For vehicles with the Tow/Haul Mode If equipped, this light is white if LKA is when you are following a vehicle ahead
feature, this light comes on when the Tow/ turned on, but not ready to assist. This light much too closely.
Haul Mode has been activated. is green if LKA is turned on and is ready to See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System
See Tow/Haul Mode 0 241. assist. 0 274.
LKA may assist by gently turning the Pedestrian Ahead Indicator
Hill Descent Control Light steering wheel if the vehicle approaches a
detected lane marking. The LKA light is
amber when assisting.
This light flashes amber as a Lane Departure
Warning (LDW) alert, to indicate that the
lane marking has been crossed.

If equipped, this indicator will display amber Traction Control System (TCS)/ Trailer Sway Control Light (Uplevel
when a nearby pedestrian is detected in Cluster)
front of the vehicle. Electronic Stability Control Light
See Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB) System
0 277.
Traction Off Light
This light comes on briefly when the vehicle This light will flash when Trailer Sway
is turned on. Control is active. See Trailer Sway Control
(TSC) 0 305.
If the light does not come on, have the
vehicle serviced by your dealer. If the Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
This light comes on briefly when the vehicle system is working normally, the indicator Off Light
is turned on. If it does not, have the vehicle light turns off.
serviced by your dealer. If the system is If the light is on and not flashing, the TCS
working normally, the indicator light then and potentially the ESC system are not fully
turns off. operational and may not assist in
The traction off light comes on when the maintaining control. Adjust driving
Traction Control System (TCS) has been accordingly. If the condition persists, see
turned off. If Electronic Stability Control your dealer as soon as possible. A Driver
(ESC) is turned off, TCS is also turned off. To Information Center (DIC) message may This light comes on briefly when the vehicle
turn TCS and ESC off and on, see Traction display. is turned on. If the light does not come on,
Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 248. have the vehicle serviced by your dealer.
The light flashes when the TCS and/or the
If the system is working normally, the
If TCS is off, wheel spin is not limited unless ESC system is actively working.
indicator light then turns off.
necessary to help protect the driveline from See Traction Control/Electronic Stability
damage. Adjust driving accordingly. Control 0 248.

serviced by your dealer. If the system is
working normally, the indicator light then
Caution
turns off. This light comes on when the The engine coolant temperature warning
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system is light indicates that the vehicle has
turned off. If ESC is off, the Traction Control overheated. Driving with this light on can
System (TCS) is also off. To turn ESC off and damage the engine and it may not be
on, see Traction Control/Electronic Stability covered by the vehicle warranty. See This light comes on when Snow/Ice Mode is
Control 0 248. Engine Overheating 0 337. selected.
If ESC and TCS are off, the systems do not
assist in controlling the vehicle. Adjust The engine coolant temperature warning
driving accordingly. light comes on when the engine has
overheated.
Engine Coolant Temperature If this happens, pull over and turn off the
Warning Light engine as soon as possible. See Engine
Overheating 0 337.
This light comes on when Terrain Mode is
Driver Mode Control Light selected.
This light comes on briefly while starting

the vehicle.
If it does not, have the vehicle serviced by This light comes on when Sport Mode is This light comes on when Off-Road Mode is
your dealer. If the system is working selected. selected.
normally the indicator light goes off.

Tire Pressure Light the light will come on at every ignition If the light comes on and stays on, it means
cycle. See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation that oil is not flowing through the engine
0 369. properly. The vehicle could be low on oil
and might have some other system
Engine Oil Pressure Light (Uplevel problem. See your dealer.
Cluster)
Low Fuel Warning Light
Caution
For vehicles with the Tire Pressure Monitor Lack of proper engine oil maintenance
System (TPMS), this light comes on briefly can damage the engine. Driving with the
when the engine is started. It provides engine oil low can also damage the
information about tire pressures and engine. The repairs would not be covered
the TPMS. by the vehicle warranty. Check the oil
When the Light Is On Steady level as soon as possible. Add oil if This light is near the fuel gauge and comes
This indicates that one or more of the tires required, but if the oil level is within the on briefly when the ignition is turned on as
are significantly underinflated. operating range and the oil pressure is a check to show it is working.
still low, have the vehicle serviced. It also comes on when the fuel tank is low
A Driver Information Center (DIC) tire Always follow the maintenance schedule
pressure message may also display. Stop as on fuel. The light turns off when fuel is
for changing engine oil. added. If it does not, have the vehicle
soon as possible, and inflate the tires to the
pressure value shown on the Tire and serviced.
Loading Information label. See Tire Pressure
0 367. Security Light
When the Light Flashes First and Then Is On
Steady
If the light flashes for about a minute and
then stays on, there may be a problem with This light should come on briefly as the
the TPMS. If the problem is not corrected, engine is started. If it does not come on,
have the vehicle serviced by your dealer.

The security light should come on briefly as This light comes on when the IntelliBeam Cruise Control Light
the engine is started. If it does not come on, system, if equipped, is enabled. See Exterior
have the vehicle serviced by your dealer. Lamp Controls 0 139.
If the system is working normally, the
indicator light turns off. Front Fog Lamp Light
If the light stays on and the engine does
not start, there could be a problem with the
theft-deterrent system. See Immobilizer
Operation 0 32. The cruise control light is white when the
cruise control is on and ready, and turns
High-Beam On Light green when the cruise control is set and
active.
For vehicles with fog lamps, this light comes
on when the fog lamps are on. See Cruise Control 0 254.
The light goes out when the fog lamps are Adaptive Cruise Control Light
turned off. See Fog Lamps 0 143.
Lamps On Reminder
This light comes on when the high-beam
headlamps are in use. See Headlamp High/
Low-Beam Changer 0 141.
IntelliBeam Light If equipped, this light is white when the
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) is on and
ready, and turns green when the ACC is set
This light comes on when the exterior lamps and active. When ACC is engaged and the
are in use, except when only the Daytime driver accelerates, the indicator will turn
Running Lamps (DRL) are active. See Exterior blue. See Adaptive Cruise Control (Camera)
Lamp Controls 0 139. 0 256.

Door Ajar Light DIC Menu Items Fuel Range
Turn the trip odometer reset stem to scroll This display shows the approximate distance
through the following menu items: the vehicle can be driven without refueling.
. Digital Speedometer The fuel range estimate is based on an
. Trip 1/2
average of the vehicle's fuel economy over
recent driving history and the amount of
. Fuel Range fuel remaining in the fuel tank. Fuel range
. Tire Pressure cannot be reset.
This light comes on when a door is open or . Remaining Oil Life
not securely latched. Before driving, check Tire Pressure
. Air Filter Life
that all doors are properly closed. Turn the trip odometer reset stem until a
. Brake Pad Life
vehicle with the approximate pressures of all
Information Displays Digital Speedometer four tires displays. Tire pressure is displayed
in either kilopascal (kPa) or in pounds per
The speedometer shows how fast the
Driver Information Center (DIC) vehicle is moving in either kilometers per square inch (psi).
(Base Level) hour (km/h) or miles per hour (mph). The See Tire Pressure Monitor System 0 368 and
speedometer cannot be reset. Tire Pressure Monitor Operation 0 369.
The DIC displays are shown in the center of
the instrument cluster. The displays show Trip 1 or 2 and Average Fuel Economy Remaining Oil Life
the status of many vehicle systems. The trip Turn the trip odometer reset stem until TRIP Turn the trip odometer reset stem until
odometer reset stem in the instrument 1 or TRIP 2 displays. The current distance REMAINING OIL LIFE displays. An estimate of
cluster is used to access the DIC menu traveled, in either kilometers (km) or the oil's remaining useful life is shown.
items. miles (mi), since the last reset for the trip REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% means 99% of the
If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the odometer is shown, as well as the average current oil life remains.
Duramax diesel supplement for more fuel economy. The trip odometer and the When the remaining oil life is low, the
information. average fuel economy can be reset by CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message will
pressing and holding the trip odometer appear on the display. The oil should be
reset stem. changed as soon as possible. See Engine Oil
0 329. In addition to the engine oil life

system monitoring the oil life, additional The Air Filter Life display must be reset after
maintenance is recommended. See the engine air filter replacement. To reset,
Maintenance Schedule 0 409. see Engine Air Filter Life System 0 332.
The Oil Life display must be reset after each Brake Pad Life
oil change. It will not reset itself. Do not This displays an estimate of the remaining
reset the Oil Life display at any time other life of the front and rear brake pads.
than when the oil has just been changed. Messages will display based on brake pad
It cannot be reset accurately until the next wear and the state of the system. Reset the
oil change. To reset, see Engine Oil Life Brake Pad Life display after replacing the
System 0 331. brake pads. See Brake Pad Life System 0 341.
Air Filter Life
Turn the trip odometer reset stem until AIR
Driver Information Center (DIC)
FILTER LIFE displays. This displays an (Midlevel and Uplevel) S or T : Press to move left or right
estimate of the engine air filter’s remaining between the interactive display zones in the
The DIC displays are shown in the center of cluster. Press the thumbwheel to select.
useful life and the state of the system. the instrument cluster in the Info app. See
Engine Air Filter Life 95% means 95% of the Instrument Cluster 0 106. The displays show y or z : Use the thumbwheel to scroll up
current air filter life remains. Messages will the status of many vehicle systems. or down in a list. Press the thumbwheel to
display based on the engine air filter life select.
and the state of the system. If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the
Duramax diesel supplement. Info Page Options
When the REPLACE AT NEXT OIL CHANGE
message displays, the engine air filter The info pages on the DIC can be turned on
should be replaced at the time of the next or off through the Options menu.
oil change. When the REPLACE SOON 1. Press T to scroll to the Options
message displays, the engine air filter application.
should be replaced at the earliest
convenience. 2. Scroll y or z to choose Info pages and
press the thumbwheel.

3. Scroll y or z to move through the list Speed limit signs in your vehicle display vehicle's fuel economy over recent driving
of possible information displays. may vary from actual road speed depending history and the amount of fuel remaining in
on the version of your current the fuel tank.
4. Press the thumbwheel while an item is
navigation map. Timer : This display can be used as a timer.
highlighted to select or deselect
that item. Trip 1 or Trip 2, and Average Fuel To start the timer, press the thumbwheel
Economy : Shows the current distance while this display is active. The display will
The info pages can also be turned on or off
traveled, in either kilometers (km) or show the amount of time that has passed
through the DIC page Info Page Options.
miles (mi), since the trip odometer was last since the timer was last reset. To stop the
Info Pages reset. timer, press the thumbwheel briefly while
The Average Fuel Economy display shows this display is active and the timer is
The following is the list of all possible DIC running.
info page displays. Some may not be the approximate average liters per
available for your particular vehicle. Some 100 kilometers (L/100 km), kilometers per Press the thumbwheel while this display is
items may not be turned on by default but liter (km/L), or miles per gallon (mpg). This active to reset the timer.
can be turned on through the Options app. number is calculated based on the value Oil Life : Shows an estimate of the oil's
See “Info Page Options” earlier in this recorded since the last time this menu item remaining useful life. If REMAINING OIL
section. was reset. This number reflects only the LIFE 99% is displayed, that means 99% of
approximate average fuel economy that the the current oil life remains.
While in the Info Page Options menu, the vehicle has right now, and will change as
info pages can be restored to the default driving conditions change. When the remaining oil life is low, the
factory settings by pressing and holding K CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message will
on the left steering wheel controls and the Press the thumbwheel while this display is appear on the display. The oil should be
thumbwheel on the right steering wheel active to reset the trip odometer and the changed as soon as possible. See Engine Oil
controls at the same time. average fuel economy. 0 329. In addition to the engine oil life
Speed : Shows the vehicle speed in either Fuel Range : Shows the approximate system monitoring the oil life, additional
kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles per distance the vehicle can be driven without maintenance is recommended. See
hour (mph). The vehicle odometer is also refueling. LOW will be displayed when the Maintenance Schedule 0 409.
shown on this page. If equipped, press the vehicle is low on fuel. The fuel range The Oil Life display must be reset after each
thumbwheel to open the menu and select to estimate is based on an average of the oil change. It will not reset itself. Do not
display speed limit signs. reset the Oil Life display at any time other

than when the oil has just been changed. Brake Pad Life : This displays an estimate of TRAILER GAIN shows the trailer gain setting.
It cannot be reset accurately until the next the remaining life of the front and rear This setting can be adjusted from 0.0 to 10.0
oil change. To reset, see Engine Oil Life brake pads. Messages will display based on with either a trailer connected or
System 0 331. brake pad wear and the state of the system. disconnected.
Tire Pressure : Shows the approximate Reset the Brake Pad Life display after TRAILER OUTPUT shows the power output to
pressures of all four tires. Tire pressure is replacing the brake pads. See Brake Pad Life the trailer any time a trailer with electric
displayed in either kilopascal (kPa) or in System 0 341. brakes is connected. Output is displayed as a
pounds per square inch (psi). If the pressure Fuel Economy : Displays average fuel bar graph. Dotted lines may appear in the
is low, the value for that tire is shown in economy, the best fuel economy over the OUTPUT display if a trailer is not connected.
amber. See Tire Pressure Monitor System selected distance, and a bar graph showing Off Road : Displays vehicle pitch and roll
0 368 and instantaneous fuel economy. information, road wheel angle, and
Tire Pressure Monitor Operation 0 369. Press the thumbwheel to change the four-wheel drive (4WD) status.
Air Filter Life : Shows an estimate of the selected distance. Press and hold the Follow Distance : If equipped, the current
engine air filter’s remaining useful life and thumbwheel while this display is active to follow time to the vehicle ahead is displayed
the state of the system. Engine Air Filter Life reset the best fuel economy and average as a time value on this page.
95% means 95% of the current air filter life fuel economy. This display can also be reset
remains. Messages will display based on the by selecting reset in the menu. Driver Assistance : If equipped, shows
engine air filter life and the state of the information for Lane Keep Assist (LKA) and
Engine Hours (Hourmeter) : Shows the total Forward Collision Alert (FCA).
system. When the REPLACE AT NEXT OIL number of hours the engine has run. This
CHANGE message displays, the engine air display also shows the engine idle hours. Info Page Options : Scroll to choose which
filter should be replaced at the time of the info pages appear on the DIC. Press the
next oil change. When the REPLACE SOON Transmission Fluid Temperature : Shows the thumbwheel to select or deselect.
message displays, the engine air filter temperature of the automatic transmission
should be replaced at the earliest fluid in either degrees Celsius (°C) or degrees Blank Page : Shows no information.
convenience. Fahrenheit (°F).
The Air Filter Life display must be reset after Trailer Brake : On vehicles with the
the engine air filter replacement. To reset, Integrated Trailer Brake Control (ITBC)
see Engine Air Filter Life System 0 332. system, the trailer brake display appears in
the DIC.

Head-Up Display (HUD) The language selection is changed through Some vehicle messages or alerts displayed in
the radio, and the units of measurement is the HUD may be cleared by using the
changed through the instrument cluster. See steering wheel controls.
{ Warning Settings 0 186 and “Options” under
If the HUD image is too bright or too Instrument Cluster 0 106.
high in your field of view, it may take
you more time to see things you need to
see when it is dark outside. Be sure to
keep the HUD image dim and placed low
in your field of view.
If equipped with HUD, some information

about the operation of the vehicle is
projected onto the windshield. The image is The HUD control is to the left of the
projected through the HUD lens on top of steering wheel.
the instrument panel. The information To adjust the HUD image:
appears as an image focused out toward the
1. Adjust the driver seat.
front of the vehicle.
HUD Display on the Windshield 2. Start the engine.
Caution 3. Use the following settings to adjust
Depending on how the vehicle is equipped,
If you try to use the HUD image as a the HUD may display some of the following the HUD.
parking aid, you may misjudge the vehicle information and vehicle messages or $ : Press or pull to center the HUD image.
distance and damage your vehicle. Do not alerts: The HUD image can only be adjusted up and
use the HUD image as a parking aid. . Speed down, not side to side.
. Audio
The HUD information can be displayed in ! : Press to select the display view. Each
various languages. The speedometer reading . Phone press will change the display view.
and other numerical values can be displayed . Navigation
in either English or metric units. . Driver Assistance Features
. Vehicle Messages

D : Pull and hold to brighten the display. Speed Limit Style Adjustment
Press and hold to dim the display. Continue If equipped, the speed limit style can be
to hold to turn the display off. changed to a speed limit bar or speed limit
The HUD image will automatically dim and sign from the Options menu in the
brighten to compensate for outside lighting. instrument cluster. Press the thumbwheel
Use D to adjust as needed. while Speed Limit Style is highlighted to
change the speed sign style or to turn it off.
The HUD image can temporarily light up
depending on the angle and position of HUD Views
sunlight on the HUD display. This is normal. There are four views in the HUD. Some English Shown, Metric Similar
Polarized sunglasses could make the HUD vehicle information and vehicle messages or
Active Safety View : This displays the speed
image harder to see. alerts may be displayed in any view.
view along with a driver assistance graphic
Head-Up Display (HUD) Rotation Option on the left. Driver assistance graphics show
your vehicle, vehicle ahead, gap setting, and
If equipped, this feature under the Options lane status information. In addition to driver
menu of the instrument cluster allows for assistance graphics, pedestrian advisory and
adjusting the angle of the HUD image and trailer sway indicators will be displayed.
changing or turning off the Speed
Limit Sign.
HUD Rotation: Press the thumbwheel while
Adjust Rotation is highlighted to enter
Adjust Mode. Scroll to adjust the angle of English Shown, Metric Similar
the HUD display. Press the thumbwheel to
Speed View : This displays the speedometer
confirm and save the setting. This feature
reading in English or metric units, and speed
may only be available in P (Park).
limit. Some information only appears on
vehicles that have these features, and when
they are active. English Shown, Metric Similar

Navigation/Active OnStar View : This Care of the HUD Vehicle Messages
displays the speed view along with
Clean the inside of the windshield to remove Messages displayed on the Driver
indicators for vehicle ahead, Lane Departure
any dirt or film that could reduce the Information Center (DIC) indicate the status
Warning/Lane Keep Assist, trailer sway, and
sharpness or clarity of the HUD image. of the vehicle or some action that may be
pedestrian advisory. Turn-by-Turn navigation
information is shown during active route. Clean the HUD lens with a soft cloth needed to correct a condition. Multiple
The compass heading is displayed when sprayed with glass cleaner. Wipe the lens messages may appear one after another.
navigation routing is not active. gently, then dry it. The messages that do not require
Navigation Turn-by-Turn Alerts shown in the HUD Troubleshooting immediate action can be acknowledged and
instrument cluster may also be displayed in cleared by pressing the thumbwheel. The
any HUD view. Check that: messages that require immediate action
. Nothing is covering the HUD lens. cannot be cleared until that action is
. The HUD brightness setting is not too performed.
dim or too bright. All messages should be taken seriously;
. The HUD is adjusted to the proper height. clearing the message does not correct the
. Polarized sunglasses are not worn. problem.
. The windshield and HUD lens are clean. If a SERVICE message appears, see your
If the HUD image is not correct, contact dealer.
your dealer. Follow the instructions given in the
English Shown, Metric Similar The windshield is part of the HUD system. messages. The system displays messages
See Windshield Replacement 0 347. regarding the following topics:
Off Road View : This displays the speed . Service Messages
view along with indicators for vehicle ahead, . Fluid Levels
Lane Departure Warning/Lane Keep Assist,
trailer sway, four-wheel drive status, and . Vehicle Security
pedestrian advisory. Off-road information . Brakes
such as pitch angle, steering angle, and . Steering
rolling angle is also shown. . Ride Control Systems

. Driver Assistance Systems Under certain operating conditions, 4. Touch 9 or R to turn a feature off or on.
. Cruise Control propulsion will be disabled. Try restarting
after the ignition has been off for 5. Touch z to go to the top level of the
. Lighting and Bulb Replacement
30 seconds. Settings menu.
. Wiper/Washer Systems
The menu may contain the following:
. Doors and Windows Vehicle Speed Messages
. Seat Belts Rear Seat Reminder
. Airbag Systems
SPEED LIMITED TO XXX KM/H (MPH)
This allows for a chime and a message when
. Engine and Transmission This message shows that the vehicle speed the rear door has been opened before or
. Tire Pressure has been limited to the speed displayed. The during operation of the vehicle.
limited speed is a protection for various
. Battery Touch Off or On.
propulsion and vehicle systems, such as
Engine Power Messages lubrication, thermal, brakes, suspension, Climate and Air Quality
Teen Driver if equipped, or tires.
ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED Touch and the following may display:
This message displays when the vehicle's Vehicle Personalization . Auto Fan Speed
. Auto Defog
propulsion power is reduced. A reduction in The following are all possible vehicle
propulsion power can affect the vehicle's . Auto Rear Defog
personalization features. Depending on the
ability to accelerate. If this message is on, vehicle, some may not be available. Auto Fan Speed
but there is no observed reduction in
performance, proceed to your destination. For System, Apps, and Personal features and This setting specifies the amount of airflow
Under certain conditions the performance functions, see Settings 0 186. when the climate control fan setting is
may be reduced the next time the vehicle is Auto Fan.
To access the vehicle personalization menu:
driven. The vehicle may be driven while this 1. Touch the Settings icon on the Home Touch Low, Medium, or High.
message is on, but maximum acceleration Page of the infotainment display. Auto Defog
and speed may be reduced. Anytime this
message stays on, or displays repeatedly, 2. Touch Vehicle to display a list of This setting automatically directs air to the
the vehicle should be taken to your dealer available options. windshield to assist in defogging, based on
for service as soon as possible. 3. Touch to select the desired feature temperature and humidity conditions.
setting.

Touch Off or On. Forward Collision System Park Assist
Auto Rear Defog This setting can alert of a potential crash This allows the feature to be turned on or
This setting automatically turns the rear with a detected vehicle ahead and can apply off. See Assistance Systems for Parking or
defogger on based on temperature and brakes to help reduce a collision’s severity. Backing 0 266.
humidity conditions. Touch Off, Alert, or Alert and Brake. Select Off, On, or On with Towbar.
Touch Off or On. Front Pedestrian Detection Rear Camera Park Assist Symbols
Collision/Detection Systems This feature may help avoid or reduce the This setting enables the Rear Camera Park
harm caused by front-end crashes with Assist Symbols. See Assistance Systems for
Touch and the following may display: nearby pedestrians. See Front Pedestrian Parking or Backing 0 266.
. Alert Type Braking (FPB) System 0 277. Touch Off or On.
. Forward Collision System
Touch Off, Alert, or Alert and Brake. Rear Cross Traffic Alert
. Front Pedestrian Detection
Adaptive Cruise Go Notifier This allows the Rear Cross Traffic Alert
. Adaptive Cruise Go Notifier
. Lane Change Alert This setting determines if an alert will feature to be turned on or off. See
appear when Adaptive Cruise Control brings Assistance Systems for Parking or Backing
. Park Assist
the vehicle to a complete stop and the 0 266.
. Rear Camera Park Assist Symbols vehicle ahead of you starts moving again.
. Rear Cross Traffic Alert
Touch Off or On.
See Adaptive Cruise Control (Camera) 0 256.
Alert Type Touch Off or On. Comfort and Convenience
This feature sets the type of alert from the Lane Change Alert Touch and the following may display:
driver assistance systems to help avoid . Chime Volume
This allows the feature to be turned on or
crashes. . Reverse Tilt Mirror
off. See Lane Change Alert (LCA) 0 279.
Touch Beeps or Safety Alert Seat. . Remote Mirror Folding
Touch Off or On.
Chime Volume
This determines the chime volume level.

Touch the controls on the infotainment Vehicle Locator Lights Open Door Anti Lock Out
display to adjust the volume. This setting flashes the vehicle’s headlamps This setting prevents the driver door from
Reverse Tilt Mirror when K is pressed on the Remote Keyless locking when the door is open. If this
When on, the driver, passenger, or both Entry (RKE) transmitter. setting is on, the Delayed Door Lock menu
driver and passenger outside mirrors will tilt will not be available.
Touch Off or On.
downward when the vehicle is shifted into Touch Off or On.
R (Reverse) to improve visibility of the Exit Lighting
Auto Door Unlock
ground near the rear wheels. They may This setting specifies how long the
move from their tilted position when the headlamps stay on after the vehicle is This setting allows selection of which doors
vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse) or turned off and exited. will automatically unlock when the vehicle is
turned off. See Reverse Tilt Mirrors 0 38. shifted into P (Park).
Touch Off, 30 Seconds, 60 Seconds,
Touch Off, On - Driver and Passenger, On - or 120 Seconds. Touch Off, All Doors, or Driver Door.
Driver, or On - Passenger. Delayed Door Lock
Automatic High Beam Assist
Remote Mirror Folding When on, this feature will delay the locking
This setting specifies how the high beams
When on, the outside mirrors will remotely adjust based on the vehicle environment. of the doors. To override the delay, press
fold or unfold when the Remote Keyless the power door lock switch on the door.
Touch IntelliBeam or Adaptive Headlight
Entry (RKE) transmitter Q or K button is System. Touch Off or On.
pressed and held. See Folding Mirrors 0 36.
Power Door Locks Remote Lock, Unlock, and Start
Touch Off or On.
Touch and the following may display: Touch and the following may display:
Lighting . Open Door Anti Lock Out . Remote Unlock Light Feedback
Touch and the following may display: . Auto Door Unlock . Remote Lock Feedback
. Vehicle Locator Lights . Delayed Door Lock . Remote Door Unlock
. Exit Lighting . Remote Start Auto Cool Seats
. Automatic High Beam Assist . Remote Start Auto Heat Seats
. Remote Window Operation

. Passive Door Unlock Remote Start Auto Cool Seats Passive Door Unlock
. Passive Door Lock If equipped and turned on, this feature will This allows the selection of what doors will
. Remote Left in Vehicle Alert turn on the ventilated seats when using unlock when using the button on the driver
. Remote Removed from Vehicle Alert remote start on warm days. See Heated and door to unlock the vehicle.
Ventilated Front Seats 0 52 and Touch Off, All Doors or Driver Door Only.
Remote Unlock Light Feedback
Remote Vehicle Start 0 20.
When on, the exterior lamps will flash when Passive Door Lock
Touch Off or On.
unlocking the vehicle with the RKE This allows passive locking to be turned on
transmitter. Remote Start Auto Heat Seats or off and selects feedback. See Remote
Touch Off or Flash Lights. If equipped and turned on, this feature will Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation (Key
turn on the heated seats when using remote Access) 0 10 or
Remote Lock Feedback
start on cold days. See Heated and Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System
This allows selection of what type of Ventilated Front Seats 0 52 and Operation (Keyless Access) 0 13.
feedback is given when locking the vehicle Remote Vehicle Start 0 20. Touch Off, On with Horn Chirp, or On.
with the RKE transmitter.
If equipped with Auto Heated Steering Remote Left in Vehicle Alert
Touch Off, Lights and Horn, Lights Only, Wheel, this feature will turn on when the
or Horn Only. Remote Start Auto Heated Seats turn on. This feature sounds an alert when the RKE
transmitter is left in the vehicle. This menu
Remote Door Unlock Touch Off or On. also enables Remote No Longer In Vehicle
This allows selection of which doors will Remote Window Operation Alert.
unlock when pressing K on the RKE If equipped, this feature enables remote Touch Off or On.
transmitter. operation of the windows with the RKE Remote Removed from Vehicle Alert
Touch All Doors or Driver Door. transmitter. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation (Key Access) 0 10 or This feature beeps the horn 3 times when
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System exiting a running vehicle with the
Operation (Keyless Access) 0 13. remote key.
Touch Off or On. Touch Off or On.

Ride Height Seating Position Service Mode
Touch and the following may display: Touch and the following may display: This feature disables the air suspension
. Automatic Entry/Egress . Seat Entry Memory system and is used to prevent unintended
. Seat Exit Memory
raising or lowering of the suspension..
Automatic Entry/Egress
Touch Off or On.
This feature specifies if the vehicle will Seat Entry Memory
automatically lower to make it easier to Alignment Mode
This feature automatically recalls the
enter or exit the vehicle. previously stored 1 or 2 button positions This feature will optimize the vehicle height
Touch Off or On. when the ignition is changed from off to on to provide the most accurate wheel
or ACC/ACCESSORY. See Memory Seats 0 49. alignment.
Running Boards Touch Off or On.
Touch Off or On.
Touch and the following may display:
Seat Exit Memory Trailering
. Automatic Running Boards
. Deploy Running Boards This feature automatically recalls the Touch and the following may display:
previously stored exit button position when . Side Trailer Camera
Automatic Running Boards the ignition is changed from on or ACC/
. Bed View Camera Lighting
This feature specifies the position and use of ACCESSORY to off and the driver door is
the running boards. open. See Memory Seats 0 49. Side Trailer Camera
Touch Off or On. Touch Off or On. This feature specifies if using the turn signal
during a lane change will also display an
Deploy Running Boards Suspension applicable side view of the trailer and
This feature moves the running boards to a Touch and the following may display: vehicle. See Assistance Systems for Parking
deployed position so they can be used with . Service Mode or Backing 0 266.
the doors closed. . Alignment Mode Touch Off or On.
Touch Off or Deploy.

Bed View Camera Lighting Universal Remote System Do not use the Universal Remote system
This feature specifies if the truck bed rail with any garage door opener that does not
See Radio Frequency Statement 0 436. have the stop and reverse feature. This
lights are turned on when the Bed View
Camera is active. See Assistance Systems for includes any garage door opener model
Universal Remote System manufactured before April 1, 1982.
Parking or Backing 0 266.
Programming Read the instructions completely before
Touch Off or On.
programming the Universal Remote system.
Teen Driver It may help to have another person assist
with the programming process.
See “Teen Driver” under Settings 0 186.
Keep the original hand-held transmitter for
Valet Mode use in other vehicles as well as for future
This will lock the infotainment system and programming. Erase the programming when
steering wheel controls. It may also limit vehicle ownership is terminated. See
access to vehicle storage locations, “Erasing Universal Remote System Buttons”
if equipped. later in this section.
To enable valet mode: To program a garage door opener, park
outside directly in line with and facing the
1. Enter a four-digit code on the keypad.
garage door opener receiver. Clear all people
2. Select Enter to go to the confirmation If equipped, these buttons are in the and objects near the garage door.
screen. overhead console. Make sure the hand-held transmitter has a
3. Re-enter the four-digit code. new battery for quick and accurate
This system can replace up to three remote
Touch Lock or Unlock to lock or unlock the control transmitters used to activate devices transmission of the radio-frequency signal.
system. Touch Back to go back to the such as garage door openers, security
previous menu. systems, and home automation devices.
These instructions refer to a garage door
opener, but can be used for other devices.

Programming the Universal Remote Some garage door openers may require
System substitution of Step 2 with the procedure
under “Radio Signals for Some Gate
For questions or programming help, see Operators” later in this section.
www.homelink.com/gm or call
1-800-355-3515. For calls placed outside the 3. Press and hold the newly programmed
U.S., Canada, or Puerto Rico, international Universal Remote system button for
rates will apply and may differ based on five seconds while watching the indicator
landline or mobile phone. light and garage door activation.
. If the indicator light stays on
Programming involves time-sensitive actions, Learn or Smart Button
continuously or the garage door
and may time out causing the procedure to moves when the button is pressed,
be repeated. 4. After completing Steps 1–3, locate the
then programming is complete. There Learn or Smart button inside the garage
To program up to three devices: is no need to complete Steps 4–6. on the garage door opener receiver. The
1. Hold the end of the hand-held . If the indicator light does not come name and color of the button may vary
transmitter about 3 to 8 cm (1 to 3 in) on or the garage door does not by manufacturer.
away from the Universal Remote system move, a second button press may be 5. Press and release the Learn or Smart
buttons with the indicator light in view. required. For a second time, press button. Step 6 must be completed within
The hand-held transmitter was supplied and hold the newly programmed 30 seconds of pressing this button.
by the manufacturer of the garage door button for five seconds. If the
6. Return to the vehicle and firmly press
opener receiver. indicator light is continuously lit,
and hold the trained Universal Remote
2. Press and release one of the three or the garage door moves,
system button for two seconds and
Universal Remote system buttons to be programming is complete.
release. Repeat the “press/hold/release”
programmed. Press and hold the . If the indicator light flashes rapidly sequence up to three times to complete
hand-held transmitter button. Do not and the garage door does not move, the training process.
release the hand-held transmitter button continue with programming
until the indicator light changes from a Steps 4–6. The Universal Remote system should now
slow to a rapid flash or continuous light. activate the garage door.
Then release the hand-held transmitter Repeat the process for programming the
button. two remaining buttons.

Radio Signals for Some Gate Operators Universal Remote System Reprogramming a Single Universal
For questions or programming help, see Operation Remote System Button
www.homelink.com/gm or call To reprogram any of the system buttons:
1-800-355-3515. For calls placed outside the Using the Universal Remote System
1. Press and hold any one of the buttons.
U.S., Canada, or Puerto Rico, international Press and hold the appropriate Universal Do not release the button.
rates will apply and may differ based on Remote system button for at least one-half
landline or mobile phone. 2. The indicator light will begin to flash
second. The indicator light will come on
after 20 seconds. Without releasing the
Some radio–frequency laws and gate while the signal is being transmitted.
button, proceed with Step 1 under
operators require transmitter signals to time “Programming the Universal Remote
Erasing Universal Remote System
out or quit after several seconds of System.”
transmission. This may not be long enough Buttons
for the Universal Remote system to pick up Erase all programmed buttons when vehicle
the signal during programming. ownership is terminated.
If the programming did not work, replace To erase:
Step 2 under “Programming the Universal 1. Press and hold the two outside buttons
Remote System” with the following: until the indicator light begins to flash.
Press and hold the Universal Remote system This should take about 10 seconds.
button while pressing and releasing the 2. Release both buttons.
hand-held transmitter button every
two seconds until the signal has been
successfully accepted by the Universal
Remote system. The Universal Remote
system indicator light will flash slowly at
first and then change to a rapid flash or
continuous solid-light. Proceed with Step 3
under “Programming the Universal Remote
System” to complete.
Lighting 139
Lighting Exterior Lighting AUTO : Automatically turns on the
headlamps, parking lamps, taillamps,
Exterior Lamp Controls instrument panel lights, roof marker lamps
Exterior Lighting (if equipped), front/rear sidemarker lamps,
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 and license plate lamps.
Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer . . . . 141 ; : Turns on the parking lamps including
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 all lamps, except the headlamps and fog
Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . 141 lamps, if equipped.
Automatic Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . 142 For some trim levels and series of trucks
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 first sold in Canada, the headlamps may
Turn and Lane-Change Signals . . . . . . . . . 143 turn on with the parking lamps.
Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Task Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 2 : Turns on the headlamps together with
Auxiliary Roof-Mounted Lamp . . . . . . . . . 144 the parking lamps, taillamps, instrument
Exterior Cargo Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 panel lights, roof marker lamps (if
equipped), front/rear sidemarker lamps, and
Interior Lighting The exterior lamp control is on the license plate lamps.
Instrument Panel Illumination instrument panel to the left of the steering
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 When the headlamps are turned on while
wheel. the vehicle is on, the headlamps turn off
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 O : Turns off the automatic headlamps and automatically 10 minutes after the ignition
Daytime Running Lamps (DRL). Turn the is turned off. When the headlamps are
Lighting Features headlamp control to O again to turn the turned on while the vehicle is off, the
Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 headlamps will stay on for 10 minutes
automatic headlamps or DRL back on.
Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 before turning off to prevent the battery
Battery Load Management . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 For vehicles first sold in Canada, off will only from being drained. Turn the headlamp
Battery Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 work when the vehicle is in P (Park). control off and then back to the headlamp
Exterior Lighting Battery Saver . . . . . . . . 147 on position to make the headlamps stay on
140 Lighting
for an additional 10 minutes. To keep the To enable the IntelliBeam system, press . The vehicle's speed drops below 20 km/h
lamps on for more than 10 minutes, the b on the turn signal lever when it is (12 mph).
ignition must be on or in ACC/ACCESSORY. dark outside and the exterior lamp control is . The IntelliBeam system is disabled by the
K : If equipped, turns on the task in AUTO or 2. button on the turn signal lever. If this
lighting. See Task Lighting 0 144. happens, press b on the turn signal
Driving with IntelliBeam
lever when the exterior lamp control is in
IntelliBeam System The system only activates the high beams the AUTO or 2 position to reactivate the
If equipped, this system turns the vehicle's when driving over 40 km/h (25 mph). IntelliBeam system. The instrument
high-beam headlamps on and off according The blue high-beam on light appears on the cluster light will come on to indicate the
to surrounding traffic conditions. instrument cluster when the high beams IntelliBeam system is reactivated.
The system turns the high-beam headlamps are on. The high beams may not turn off
on when it is dark enough and there is no There is a sensor near the top center of the automatically if the system cannot detect
other traffic present. windshield that automatically controls the another vehicle's lamps because of any of
system. Keep this area of the windshield the following:
This light b comes on in the instrument clear of debris to allow for best system . The other vehicle's lamps are missing,
cluster when the IntelliBeam system is performance. damaged, obstructed from view,
enabled. or otherwise undetected.
The high-beam headlamps remain on, under
Turning On and Enabling IntelliBeam the automatic control, until one of the . The other vehicle's lamps are covered
following situations occurs: with dirt, snow, and/or road spray.
. The system detects an approaching . The other vehicle's lamps cannot be
vehicle's headlamps. detected due to dense exhaust, smoke,
. The system detects a preceding vehicle's fog, snow, road spray, mist, or other
taillamps. airborne obstructions.
. The outside light is bright enough that . The vehicle's windshield is dirty, cracked,
high-beam headlamps are not required. or obstructed by something that blocks
the view of the light sensor.
Lighting 141
. The vehicle is loaded such that the front Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
end points upward, causing the light
sensor to aim high and not detect DRL can make it easier for others to see the
headlamps and taillamps. front of the vehicle during the day. Fully
. Driving on winding or hilly roads. functional DRL are required on all vehicles
first sold in Canada.
The automatic high-beam headlamps may
need to be disabled if any of the above When the high-beam headlamps are on, this The DRL system comes on when the
conditions exist. indicator light on the instrument cluster will following conditions are met:
also be on. . The ignition is on.
Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . The exterior lamp control is in AUTO.
A reminder chime sounds when the
Flash-to-Pass . The transmission is not in P (Park).
headlamps or parking lamps are manually This feature lets you use the high-beam . The light sensor determines it is daytime.
turned on, the ignition is off, and a door is headlamps to signal a driver in front of you
that you want to pass. It works even if the When the DRL system is on, only the DRL
open. To disable the chime, turn the
headlamps are in the automatic position. are on. The taillamps, sidemarker lamps,
lamps off.
instrument panel lights, and other lamps
To use it, pull the turn signal lever toward will not be on.
Headlamp High/Low-Beam you, then release it.
Changer When it begins to get dark, the automatic
If the headlamps are in the automatic headlamp system switches from DRL to the
Push the turn signal lever toward the position or on low beam, the high-beam headlamps.
instrument panel to change the headlamps headlamps will turn on. Depending on the
from low to high beam. type of headlamp, they will either turn off To turn off the DRL, turn the exterior lamp
after a short duration or stay on as long as control to O and then release. For vehicles
Pull or push the turn signal lever to return first sold in Canada, off will only work when
to low-beam headlamps. you hold the lever toward you. The
high-beam indicator on the instrument the vehicle is parked.
cluster will come on. Release the lever to
return to normal operation.
142 Lighting
Automatic Headlamp System delay before the automatic headlamp Hazard Warning Flashers
system changes to the Daytime Running
When the exterior lamp control is set to Lamps (DRL). During that delay, the
AUTO and it is dark enough outside, the instrument cluster may not be as bright as
headlamps come on automatically. usual. Make sure the instrument panel
illumination control is in the full bright
position. See Instrument Panel Illumination
Control 0 145.
When it is bright enough outside, the
headlamps will turn off or may change
to DRL.
The automatic headlamp system turns off
when the exterior lamp control is turned to
O or the ignition is off.
| : Press this button to make the front
Lights On with Wipers and rear turn signal lamps flash on and off.
Press again to turn the flashers off.
If the windshield wipers are activated in
There is a light sensor on top of the daylight with the engine on, and the When the hazard warning flashers are on,
instrument panel. Do not cover the sensor, exterior lamp control is in AUTO, the the vehicle's turn signals will not work.
otherwise the headlamps will come on when headlamps, parking lamps, and other
they are not needed. exterior lamps come on. The transition time
The system may also turn on the headlamps for the lamps coming on varies based on
when driving through a parking garage or wiper speed. When the wipers are not
tunnel. operating, these lamps turn off. Move the
exterior lamp control to O or ; to disable
If the vehicle is started in a dark garage, the
automatic headlamp system comes on this feature.
immediately. If it is light outside when the
vehicle leaves the garage, there is a slight
Lighting 143
Turn and Lane-Change Signals If after signaling a turn or a lane change the Fog Lamps
arrows flash rapidly or do not come on, a
signal bulb could be burned out. If equipped
with LED turn signals, see your dealer.
Replace any burned out bulbs. If a bulb is
not burned out, check the fuse. See Fuses
and Circuit Breakers 0 353.
Turn Signal On Chime
If the turn signal is left on for more than
1.2 km (0.75 mi), a chime sounds at each
An arrow on the instrument cluster flashes flash of the turn signal. A message may
in the direction of the turn or lane change. appear in the Driver Information Center
Move the turn signal lever all the way up or (DIC). See Vehicle Messages 0 130. To turn
down to signal a turn. the chime and message off, move the turn If equipped, the fog lamp control is near the
signal lever to the off position. exterior lamp control to the left of the
Partially raise or lower the lever for less
than one second until the arrow starts to steering column.
flash to signal a lane change. This causes The ignition must be on for the fog lamps
the turn signals to automatically flash three to come on.
times. It will flash six times if Tow/Haul
Mode is active. Holding the turn signal lever # : Press to turn the fog lamps on or off.
for more than one second will cause the A light will come on in the instrument
turn signals to flash until the lever is cluster.
released. When the fog lamps are turned on, the
The lever returns to its starting position parking lamps automatically turn on.
whenever it is released. When the headlamps are changed to high
beam, the fog lamps also go off. When the
high-beam headlamps are turned off, the fog
lamps will come on again.
144 Lighting
Some localities have laws that require the If the vehicle is off, the lights will stay on Exterior Cargo Lamps
headlamps to be on with the fog lamps. for approximately 10 minutes.
Task Lighting If any Task lights are on, if the button has
not been pressed after approximately
5 seconds, pressing it again will turn off all
Task Lights.
Auxiliary Roof-Mounted Lamp

If equipped, this button includes wiring
provisions for a dealer or a qualified service
center to install an auxiliary roof lamp.
The cargo lamps provide more light in the

cargo area or on the sides of the vehicle,
if needed. The lamps inside the pickup box,
If equipped, task lighting projects light from in the tailgate handle, for the hitch, and/or
the outside mirrors away from the vehicle. the cargo mirror lamps also turn on,
While the vehicle is parked, press K to if equipped.
select one of the following options:
. Left and Right Task Lights Illuminated For information on roof-mounted emergency
lamp installation, see www.gmupfitter.com
. Left Task Light Illuminated
or contact your dealer.
. Right Task Light Illuminated
If the vehicle has this button, the vehicle
. Left and Right Task Lights Off
may have the snow plow prep package. See
If the vehicle leaves a parked position, the Add-On Electrical Equipment 0 317.
lights will immediately turn off.
Lighting 145
If the vehicle is in P (Park), R (Reverse), Interior Lighting Dome Lamps
or N (Neutral) the Cargo Lamp Switch causes
the lights to cycle through the following Instrument Panel Illumination
states for each button press:
Control
- Initial Press:
- CHMSL/Cargo Bed Lights - On
- Cargo Mirror Lights - On
- Cargo Switch Indicator (if equipped) - On
- Next Press: (if with in 5 seconds of the
previous button press):
- CHMSL/Cargo Bed Lights - On
- Cargo Mirror Lights - Off
The dome lamp controls are in the overhead
- Cargo Switch Indicator (if equipped) - On console.
- Next Press: To operate, press the following buttons:
- CHMSL/Cargo Bed Lights - Off This feature adjusts the brightness of all
illuminated controls. The instrument panel j OFF : Press to turn off the dome
- Cargo Mirror Lights - Off illumination control is next to the exterior lamps when a door is open. An indicator
lamp control. light on the button will turn on when the
- Cargo Switch Indicator (if equipped) - Off
dome lamp override is activated. Press j
Become familiar with and follow all state D : Press D + to brighten or D − to OFF again to deactivate this feature and the
and local laws that apply to cargo lamp dim the lights. indicator light will turn off. The dome lamps
operation. will come on when any door is opened, K
This feature is functional at night, or when
the headlamps or parking lamps are ON. on the remote key is pressed, or when the
ignition is switched off.
146 Lighting
+ON/OFF : Press to turn the dome lamps Press the lamp lenses to turn the front The entry lighting feature for exterior
on manually. Press again to turn the dome reading lamps on or off. lighting can be changed. See “Vehicle
lamps off. Locator Lights” under Vehicle Personalization
0 131.
Reading Lamps
Exit Lighting
There are reading lamps on the overhead
console and over the rear seats. These lamps Some exterior lamps come on at night, or in
come on when any door is opened. areas with limited lighting, when the driver
door is opened after the ignition is turned
To operate, the ignition must be on, or in off. The dome lamp comes on when any
ACC/ACCESSORY, or using Retained Accessory door is opened or after the ignition is
Power (RAP). turned off. The exterior lamps and dome
Rear Reading Lamps
lamp remain on after the door is closed for
The rear reading lamps are over the rear a set amount of time, then automatically
seats. turn off.
Press the lamp lens to turn the rear reading The exterior lamps turn off immediately by
lamps on or off. turning the exterior lamp control off.
The exit lighting for exterior lights can be
Lighting Features changed. See Vehicle Personalization 0 131.
Entry Lighting Battery Load Management
Some exterior lamps turn on briefly at The vehicle has Electric Power Management
night, or in areas with limited lighting, (EPM), which estimates the battery's
Front Reading Lamps when K is pressed on the remote key. After temperature and state of charge. It then
about 30 seconds the exterior lamps turn adjusts the voltage for best performance
The front reading lamps are in the overhead off. When any door is opened or the remote and extended life of the battery.
console. unlock is pressed, all interior lights turn on
and then interior lamps dim to off after
20 seconds.
Lighting 147
When the battery's state of charge is low, EPM works to prevent excessive discharge of Exterior Lighting Battery Saver
the voltage is raised slightly to quickly bring the battery. It does this by balancing the
the charge back up. When the state of generator's output and the vehicle's The exterior lamps turn off about 10 minutes
charge is high, the voltage is lowered electrical needs. It can increase engine idle after the ignition is turned off, if the parking
slightly to prevent overcharging. The speed to generate more power, whenever lamps or headlamps have been manually
voltmeter gauge or the voltage display on needed. It can temporarily reduce the power left on. This protects against draining the
the Driver Information Center (DIC), demands of some accessories. battery. To restart the 10-minute timer, turn
if equipped, may show the voltage moving the exterior lamp control to the O position
Normally, these actions occur in steps or
up or down. This is normal. If there is a levels, without being noticeable. In rare and then back to the ; or 2 position.
problem, an alert will be displayed. cases at the highest levels of corrective To keep the lamps on for more than
The battery can be discharged at idle if the action, this action may be noticeable to the 10 minutes, the ignition must be on or in
electrical loads are very high. This is true for driver. If so, a DIC message might be ACC/ACCESSORY.
all vehicles. This is because the generator displayed and it is recommended that the
(alternator) may not be spinning fast driver reduce the electrical loads as much as
enough at idle to produce all the power that possible.
is needed for very high electrical loads.
A high electrical load occurs when several of
Battery Power Protection
the following are on, such as: headlamps, This feature shuts off the dome and reading
high beams, fog lamps, rear window lamps, if they are left on for more than
defogger, climate control fan at high speed, 10 minutes after the ignition is turned off.
heated seats, engine cooling fans, trailer The cargo lamp shuts off after 20 minutes.
loads, and loads plugged into accessory This prevents the battery from
power outlets. running down.
148 Infotainment System

Infotainment System Destination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
OnStar System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Introduction
Global Positioning System (GPS) . . . . . . . 174 Read the following pages to become familiar
Introduction Vehicle Positioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 with the features.
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Problems with Route Guidance . . . . . . . . 174
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 If the System Needs Service . . . . . . . . . . . 175 { Warning
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Map Data Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Using the System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 Taking your eyes off the road for too
Database Coverage Explanations . . . . . . . 175
Software Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 long or too often while using any
Voice Recognition infotainment feature can cause a crash.
Radio Voice Recognition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 You or others could be injured or killed.
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 Do not give extended attention to
HD Radio Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 Phone infotainment tasks while driving. Limit
Radio Data System (RDS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 Bluetooth (Overview) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 your glances at the vehicle displays and
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a
focus your attention on driving. Use voice
Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 Phone) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Fixed Mast Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 Apple CarPlay and Android Auto . . . . . . . 185 commands whenever possible.
Multi-Band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Settings The infotainment system has built-in
Audio Players Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 features intended to help avoid distraction
Avoiding Untrusted Media Devices . . . . . 158 Teen Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 by disabling some features when driving.
USB Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 These features may gray out when they are
Auxiliary Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 Trademarks and License Agreements unavailable. Many infotainment features are
Bluetooth Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 Trademarks and License also available through the instrument cluster
Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 and steering wheel controls.
OnStar System
OnStar System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 Before driving:
. Become familiar with the operation,
Navigation center stack controls, steering wheel
Using the Navigation System . . . . . . . . . . 163 controls, and infotainment display.
Maps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Navigation Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Infotainment System 149

. Set up the audio by presetting favorite
stations, setting the tone, and adjusting
the speakers.
. Set up phone numbers in advance so they
can be called easily by pressing a single
control or by using a single voice
command.
See Distracted Driving 0 212.
Active Noise Cancellation (ANC)
If equipped, ANC reduces engine noise in the
vehicle’s interior. ANC requires the
factory-installed audio system, radio, Uplevel Radio
speakers, amplifier (if equipped), induction
system, and exhaust system to work . Turn to decrease or increase the
properly. Deactivation is required by your 1. O (Power)
. Press to turn the power on. volume.
dealer if related aftermarket equipment is
installed. . Press and hold to turn the 2. 7
power off. . Radio: Press and release to go to
Overview . Press to mute/unmute the system the previous station or channel.
when on. Press and hold to fast seek the
Infotainment System next strongest previous station or
. When the power is on and the
The infotainment system is controlled by channel. See AM-FM Radio 0 155.
using the infotainment display, controls on system is not muted, a quick
. USB/Bluetooth: Press to seek to
the center stack, steering wheel controls, status pane will display when O is
the beginning of the current or
and voice recognition. pressed. Pressing O will mute the previous track. Press and hold to
system and trigger this pane to quickly reverse through a track.
show a long press is required to Release to return to playing speed.
actually power down the system. See USB Port 0 158 or
Bluetooth Audio 0 162.

3. {
. Press to go to the Home Page. See
“Home Page” later in this section.
. Press to exit Android Auto or Apple
CarPlay. To enter back into Android
Auto or Apple CarPlay, press and
hold. See Apple CarPlay and
Android Auto 0 185.
4. 6
. Radio: Press and release to go to
the next station or channel. Press
and hold to fast seek the next
strongest station or channel. 1. { (Home Page) . USB/Bluetooth: Press to seek to
. USB/Bluetooth: Press to seek the . Press to go to the Home Page. See the beginning of the current or
next track. Press and hold to fast previous track. Press and hold to
“Home Page” later in this section.
forward through a track. Release to quickly reverse through a track.
. Press to exit Android Auto or Apple Release to return to playing speed.
return to playing speed. See USB CarPlay. To enter back into Android
Port 0 158 or See USB Port 0 158 or
Auto or Apple CarPlay, press and Bluetooth Audio 0 162.
Bluetooth Audio 0 162. hold. See Apple CarPlay and
5. o BACK 3. O (Power)
Android Auto 0 185.
. Press to return to the previous . Press to turn the power on.
2. 7
display in a menu. . Press and hold to turn the
. Radio: Press and release to go to
6. V power off.
the previous station or channel.
. Turn to highlight a feature. Press Press and hold to fast seek the . Press to mute/unmute the system
to activate the highlighted feature. next strongest previous station or when on.
channel. See AM-FM Radio 0 155.

. When the power is on and the Home Page Steering Wheel Controls
system is not muted, a quick
The Home Page is where vehicle application
status pane will display when O is icons are accessed. Some applications are
pressed. Pressing O will mute the disabled when the vehicle is moving.
system and trigger this pane to
The Home Page can be set up to have up to
show a long press is required to
four pages with eight icons per page.
actually power down the system.
. Turn to decrease or increase the Swipe left or right across the display to
volume. access the pages of icons.
4. 6 Managing Home Page Icons
. Radio: Press and release to go to 1. Touch and hold any of the Home Page
the next station or channel. Press icons to enter edit mode.
and hold to fast seek the next 2. Continue holding the icon and drag it to
strongest station or channel. the desired position. If equipped, some audio controls can be
. USB/Bluetooth: Press to seek the 3. Release your finger to drop the icon in adjusted at the steering wheel.
next track. Press and hold to fast the desired position.
forward through a track. Release to g : Press to answer an incoming call or
return to playing speed. See USB 4. To move an application to another page, start voice recognition. See Bluetooth
Port 0 158 or drag the icon to the edge of the display (Overview) 0 180 or
Bluetooth Audio 0 162. toward the desired page. Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a Phone) 0 181.
5. v 5. Continue dragging and dropping
application icons as desired. c : Press to decline an incoming call or
. Press and release to access the end a current call. Press to mute or unmute
phone display or answer an the infotainment system when not on a call.
incoming call.

Phone Apple CarPlay
Touch the Phone icon to display the Phone Touch the Apple CarPlay icon to activate
main page. See Bluetooth (Overview) 0 180 Apple CarPlay (if equipped) after a
or supported device is connected. See Apple
Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a Phone) 0 181. CarPlay and Android Auto 0 185.
Nav Android Auto
If equipped, touch the Nav icon to display Touch the Android Auto icon to activate
the navigation map. See Using the Android Auto (if equipped) after a supported
Navigation System 0 163. device is connected. See Apple CarPlay and
Android Auto 0 185.
Users
The favorites and volume switches are on If equipped, touch the Users icon to sign in
Apps
the back of the steering wheel. or create a new user profile, and follow the If equipped, in-vehicle apps are available for
1. Favorite: When on a radio source, press on-screen instructions. download. Touch the Apps icon on the
to select the next or previous audio Only four user profiles can be active at one Home Page to begin.
broadcast favorite. When listening to a time in the vehicle. It may be necessary to Downloading and using in-vehicle apps
media device, press to select the next or remove a profile from the menu before requires Internet connectivity which can be
previous track. creating or signing into an existing profile. accessed with a data plan through the
2. Volume: Press to increase or decrease The removed profile can be logged into at a vehicle’s built-in 4G LTE Wi-Fi hotspot,
the volume. later time. if equipped, or a compatible mobile device
hotspot. On most mobile devices, activation
Using the System Settings of the Wi-Fi hotspot is in the device’s
Touch the Settings icon to display the Settings menu under Mobile Network
Audio Settings menu. See Settings 0 186. Sharing, Personal Hotspot, Mobile Hotspot,
Touch the Audio icon to display the active or similar.
audio source page. Examples of available
sources may include AM, FM, SXM (if
equipped), USB, AUX, and Bluetooth.

Availability of apps and connectivity varies Haptic Feedback Touch and Hold
by vehicle, conditions, and location. Data
If equipped, haptic feedback is a pulse that
plan rates apply. Features are subject to
occurs when an icon or option is touched on
change. For more information, see
the display or when controls on the center
www.my.chevrolet.com/learn.
stack are pressed.
OnStar Services
Infotainment Gestures
If equipped, touch the OnStar Services icon
Use the following finger gestures to control
to display the OnStar Services and Account
the infotainment system.
pages. See OnStar Overview 0 440 and
OnStar System 0 162. Touch/Tap
Touch and hold can be used to start another
Camera gesture, or to move or delete an application.
If equipped, touch the Camera icon to access Drag
the camera application. See Assistance
Systems for Parking or Backing 0 266.
Shortcut Tray
The shortcut tray is near the bottom of the
display. It shows up to four applications.
Infotainment Display Features Touch/tap is used to select an icon or
option, activate an application, or change
Infotainment display features show on the the location inside a map.
display when available. When a feature is
Drag is used to move applications on the
unavailable, it may gray out. When a
Home Page, or to pan the map. To drag the
feature is touched, it may highlight.
item, it must be held and moved along the
display to the new location. This can be

done up, down, right, or left. This feature is Fling or swipe is used to scroll through a Pinch
only available when vehicle is parked and list, pan the map, or change page views. Do
not in motion. this by placing a finger on the display then
Nudge moving it rapidly up and down or right
and left.
Spread
Pinch is used to zoom out on a map, certain

images, or a web page. Place finger and
thumb apart on the display, then move
Nudge is used to move items a short them together.
distance on a list or a map. To nudge, hold Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces and Vehicle
and move the selected item up or down to Spread is used to zoom in on a map, certain Information and Radio Displays
a new location. images, or a web page. Place finger and
thumb together on the display, then move For vehicles with high gloss surfaces or
Fling or Swipe vehicle displays, use a microfiber cloth to
them apart.
wipe surfaces. Before wiping the surface
with the microfiber cloth, use a soft bristle
brush to remove dirt that could scratch the
surface. Then use the microfiber cloth by
gently rubbing to clean. Never use window
cleaners or solvents. Periodically hand wash
the microfiber cloth separately, using mild
soap. Do not use bleach or fabric softener.
Rinse thoroughly and air dry before
next use.

Software Updates Fade/Balance : Touch to adjust by using the If equipped, touch Update Station List to
controls on the infotainment display or by update the active stations in your area.
Over-the-Air Software Updates tapping/dragging the crosshair. Direct Tune
If equipped, see “Updates” under Settings Finding a Station
0 186 for details on software updates.
Seeking a Station
Radio
AM-FM Radio
Playing the Radio
From the Home Page, touch the Audio icon
to display the active audio source page. Access Direct Tune by touching the Tune
Choose from the three most recently used icon on the infotainment display to bring up
sources listed at the left side of the display the keypad. Navigate through all frequencies
or touch the More option to display a list of From the AM, FM, or SXM (if equipped) using the arrows on the right side of the
available sources. Examples of available option, press 6 or 7 on the center stack Direct Tune display. Directly enter a station
sources may include AM, FM, SXM (if to search for the previous or next strong or channel using the keypad. When a new
equipped), USB, AUX (if equipped), and station or channel. station or channel is entered, the
Bluetooth. information about that station or channel
Browsing Stations
Infotainment System Sound Menu displays on the right side. This information
Touch the Browse option to list all available will update with each new valid frequency.
From any of the audio source main pages, stations or channels. Navigate up and down Touch H to save the station or channel as
touch Sound to display the following: through all stations by scrolling the list. a favorite.
Touch the station or channel you want to
Equalizer : Touch to adjust Bass, Midrange,
Treble, and Surround (if equipped) using the listen to. Touch H to save the station or
options on the infotainment display. channel as a favorite.

The keypad will gray out entries that do not AM, FM, and SXM Categories Favorites can also be stored by touching H
contribute to a valid frequency and will in a station or channel list. This will
automatically place a decimal point within highlight indicating that it is now saved as a
the frequency number. favorite.
Touch (X) to delete one number at a time. The number of favorites displayed is
Touch and hold (X) to delete all numbers. automatically adjusted by default, but can
A valid AM or FM station will automatically be manually adjusted in Settings in the
tune to the new frequency but not close the System tab under Favorites and then Set
Direct Tune display. When listening to SXM Number of Audio Favorites. It can also be
(if equipped), touch Go after entering the adjusted in Settings in the Apps tab under
channel. Touch the Back icon on the From the AM stations, if equipped with HD Audio and then Set Number of Audio
infotainment display or touch z to exit out Radio, FM, or SXM (if equipped) display, Favorites.
of Direct Tune. touch Categories at the top of the Browse
menu to access the categories list. The list HD Radio Technology
The tune arrows on the right side of the contains names associated with the AM or If equipped, HD Radio is a free service with
Direct Tune display will tune through the FM stations, or SXM channels. Touch a features such as digital quality sound, more
complete station or channel list one station category name to display a list of stations stations available on a single frequency such
step at a time per touch. A touch and hold or channels for that category. Touching a as HD2 and HD3, and display information
advances through stations or channels station or channel from the list will tune the such as artist and song title.
quickly. radio to that station or channel.
From the Now Playing display, touch the HD
If equipped, HD Radio multicast stations
Storing Radio Station Presets Radio icon to turn HD on or off.
cannot be tuned directly through the Direct
Tune feature. Only the analog or Favorites show in the area at the top of the Station Access
HD1 station can use that feature. Use the display. To access HD Radio stations:
display arrows to adjust to the multicast
stations. AM, FM, SXM (if equipped), and HD Radio 1. Tune the radio to the station. If HD
Stations (if equipped) : Press and hold a Radio is turned on and the station is
preset to store the current station or broadcasting in HD Radio, the radio will
channel as a favorite. Touch a saved favorite automatically tune to the HD version of
to recall a favorite station or channel. the current channel (HD1) after several

seconds. The radio will also display If the HD Radio signal loses reception while Satellite Radio
icons representing additional channels listening to stations HD2 to HD8, the radio
(HD2, ...HD8), that may be available. mutes until the signal can be recovered or SiriusXM Radio Service
When the radio successfully tunes to a until the station is changed. If equipped, vehicles with a valid SiriusXM
HD station, the HD logo will display and HD Radio can be disabled if driving in a radio subscription can receive SiriusXM
digital audio will play. weak signal area. Touch HD Radio On/Off to programming.
2. Touch the display arrows to tune to the toggle HD Radio reception on and off.
previous or next HD Radio station. SiriusXM radio has a wide variety of
Radio Data System (RDS) programming and commercial-free music,
There may be a delay before the station coast to coast, in digital-quality sound. In
starts playing. If equipped, RDS features are available for the U.S., see www.siriusxm.com or call
The HD Radio station number is indicated use only on FM stations that broadcast RDS 1-888-601-6296. In Canada, see
next to the HD logo. information. With RDS, the radio can: www.siriusxm.ca or call 1-877-438-9677.
. Group stations by Category (i.e., Program When SiriusXM is active, the channel name,
HD Radio stations can be saved as favorites. Type) such as Rock, Jazz, Classical, etc. number, song title, and artist appear on the
For a list of all stations, see . Display messages from radio stations. display.
www.hdradio.com.
This system relies on receiving specific SiriusXM with 360L
HD Radio Troubleshooting information from these stations and only
works when the information is available. SiriusXM with 360L interface has enhanced
Digital Audio Delay : Wait for the signal to
It is possible that a radio station could in-vehicle listening experience for
process. This can take several seconds.
broadcast incorrect information that causes subscribers. The experience now offers more
Volume Change, Audio Skip, Echo, Digital the radio features to work improperly. If this categories and system learned
Audio Lost : Station signal strength may be happens, contact the radio station. recommendations toward discovering more
weak, the station is out of range, or the personalized content.
station may be out of alignment. Verify When information is broadcast from a RDS
station, the station name or call letters To use the full SiriusXM 360L program,
proper reception on another station.
display on the audio screen. Radio text including streaming content and listening
If the HD Radio signal weakens while supporting the currently playing broadcast recommendations, OnStar Connected Access
listening to HD1, the radio will automatically may also appear. is required. Connected vehicle services vary
switch to the analog version of the radio
station.

by model and require a complete working SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service Multi-Band Antenna
electrical system, cell reception, and GPS
If equipped, SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service The roof antenna is for SiriusXM Satellite
signal. An active connected plan is required.
provides digital radio reception. Tall Radio, OnStar, and GPS (Global Positioning
Reference the SiriusXM user guide for use buildings or hills can interfere with satellite System), depending on the equipped
and subscription information. radio signals, causing the sound to fade in options. Keep clear of obstructions for clear
and out. In addition, traveling or standing reception. If the vehicle has a sunroof, and it
Radio Reception under heavy foliage, bridges, garages, is open, reception can also be affected.
Unplug electronic devices from the accessory or tunnels may cause loss of the SiriusXM
signal for a period of time. Some cellular
power outlets if there is interference or
static in the radio. services may interfere with SXM reception
Audio Players
causing loss of signal.
FM Avoiding Untrusted Media Devices
Mobile Device Usage When using media devices such as SD cards,
FM signals only reach about 16 to 65 km
(10 to 40 mi). Although the radio has a Mobile device usage, such as making or USB devices, and mobile devices, consider
built-in electronic circuit that automatically receiving calls, charging, or just having the the source. Untrusted media devices could
works to reduce interference, some static mobile device on may cause static contain files that affect system operation or
can occur, especially around tall buildings or interference in the radio. Unplug the mobile performance. Avoid use if the content or
hills, causing the sound to fade in and out. device or turn it off if this happens. origin cannot be trusted.
AM Fixed Mast Antenna USB Port

The range for most AM stations is greater The fixed mast antenna will go through This vehicle is equipped with two USB ports
than for FM, especially at night. The longer most car washes as long as it is securely in the center console under the armrest and
range can cause station frequencies to attached. If the antenna becomes slightly another two in the center stack. These ports
interfere with each other. Static can also bent, straighten it out by hand. If it is badly are for data and charging.
occur when things like storms and power bent, replace it. There may also be two USB ports for
lines interfere with radio reception. When Occasionally check that the antenna is tight charging only at the rear of the center
this happens, try reducing the treble on the at the base. If tightening is required, protect console.
radio. the paint from damage.

My Media Library d:
Caution
MyMedia is only available when more than . Press to seek to the next track.
To avoid vehicle damage, unplug all
one indexed device is connected. It allows . Press and hold to advance quickly
accessories and disconnect all accessory
access to content from all indexed media through playback. Release to return to
cables from the vehicle when not in use. sources. MyMedia will show as an available
Accessory cables left plugged into the playing speed. Elapsed time displays.
source in the Source page.
vehicle, unconnected to a device, could be Shuffle : Touch the shuffle icon to play
damaged or cause an electrical short if USB MP3 Player and USB Devices music in random order.
the unconnected end comes in contact The USB MP3 players and USB devices USB Menu
with liquids or another power source such connected must comply with the USB Mass
as the accessory power outlet. Storage Class specification (USB MSC). Touch the Menu icon to display the USB
menu. The following may be available:
to play a USB device:
Playing from a USB Shuffle : Touch to play the tracks randomly.
1. Connect the USB. Touch again to stop shuffle.
A USB mass storage device can be connected
2. Press MEDIA on the center stack until
to the USB port. Tone : Touch + or – to adjust the tone
the connected device is shown.
settings. See AM-FM Radio 0 155.
Gracenote
Use the following when playing an active
Auto Volume (If Equipped) : This feature
When plugging in a USB device, Gracenote USB source:
adjusts the volume based on the vehicle
service builds voice tags for music. Voice
tags allow artists, albums with hard to r : Touch to play the current media source. speed. See AM-FM Radio 0 155.
pronounce names, and nicknames to be used j : Touch to pause playback of the current Bose AudioPilot Noise Compensation
to play music through voice recognition. media source. Technology (If Equipped : This feature
adjusts the volume based on the noise in
While indexing, infotainment features are
available.
g: the vehicle and speed. See AM-FM Radio
. Press to seek to the beginning of the 0 155.
current or previous track. USB Browse Menu
. Press and hold to reverse quickly through
When a list of songs, albums, artists,
playback. Release to return to playing or other types of media displays, the up and
speed. Elapsed time displays. down arrows and A-Z appear on the left

side. Select A-Z to view a display that will Albums: Podcasts:
show all letters of the alphabet and select 1. Touch to view the albums on the USB. 1. Touch to view the podcasts on the USB.
the letter to go to.
2. Touch the album to view a list of all 2. Select a podcast.
Touch anywhere between the top and songs on the album. 3. Select an episode to start playback.
bottom menus or touch the Browse option 3. Touch a song from the list to begin
on the infotainment display to view the Composers:
playback.
Browse menu and the following options are 1. Touch to view the composers on
displayed near the bottom of the display: Songs: the USB.
Playlists: 1. Touch to display a list of all songs on 2. Touch Composers to view a list of
the USB. albums by that composer.
1. Touch to view the playlists stored on
the USB. 2. To begin playback, touch a song from 3. Touch an album to view a list of songs.
the list.
2. Touch a playlist to view the list of all 4. Touch a song from the list to begin
songs in that playlist. Genres: playback.
3. Touch a song from the list to begin 1. Touch to view the genres on the USB. Folder View:
playback. 2. Touch a genre to view a list of artists. 1. Touch to view the directories on
Supported Playlist extensions are m3u, pls, 3. Touch an artist to view albums by that the USB.
and wpl. artist. 2. Touch a folder to view a list of all files.
Artists: 4. Touch an album to view songs on the 3. Touch a file from the list to begin
1. Touch to view the list of artists stored album. playback.
on the USB. 5. Touch a song to start playback. Audiobooks:
2. Touch an artist name to view a list of all Podcasts, Composers, Audiobooks, and Folder 1. Touch to view the audiobooks stored on
albums by the artist. View (if equipped) are shown when the the USB.
3. To select a song, touch All Songs or More option is selected from near the
bottom of the display. 2. Touch an audiobook to get a list of
touch an album and then select a song chapters.
from the list.
3. Touch the chapter from the list to begin
playback.

Supported Apple Devices Auxiliary Jack
To view supported devices in USA, see If equipped, this vehicle may have an
my.chevrolet.com\learned. auxiliary input jack. This may be located in
Loss of Audio the center stack or center console under the
armrest. Possible auxiliary audio sources
If a phone currently paired over Bluetooth is
include:
plugged in with a USB cable, the system will
. Laptop computer
automatically mute the phone audio.
Playback can be resumed by changing the . Audio music player
When a list of songs, albums, artists, audio source from Bluetooth to USB cable. This jack is not an audio output. Do not
or other types of media display, a vertical Source USB from the Media icon on the plug headphones into the auxiliary input
keyboard appears on one side of the list and infotainment display to resume playback. jack. Set up an auxiliary device while the
a scroll bar on the other side. When using vehicle is in P (Park).
the vertical keyboard, touch the beginning Other phones such as Android phones may
character of the desired name to display the have a similar reaction. Connect a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable from the
zoom bubble of that character. Release the auxiliary device to the auxiliary input jack.
Bluetooth Streaming Audio and Voice When a device is connected, the system can
finger from the infotainment display and Recognition
the zoom bubble disappears. play audio from the device over the vehicle
See Bluetooth Audio 0 162 for information speakers.
Touch the scroll bar to move the list up using voice recognition with Bluetooth
and down. If an auxiliary device has already been
streaming audio. connected, but a different source is currently
File System and Naming Make sure all devices have the latest active, press MEDIA on the center stack or
The songs, artists, albums, and genres are software downloaded. touch the Media icon on the infotainment
taken from the file’s song information and display to scroll through audio source
are only displayed if present. The radio menus, until the AUX Input source appears.
displays the file name as the track name if Playing from the AUX Port
the song information is not available.
An auxiliary device is played through the
audio system and controlled through the
device itself.

AUX Menu Music can be launched by touching All devices launch audio differently. When
Press MENU on the center stack to display Bluetooth from the recent sources list on selecting Bluetooth as a source, the radio
the AUX Input menu and the following may the left of the display or by touching the may show as paused on the display. Press
display: More option and then touching the play on the device or touch p on the
Bluetooth device. display to begin playback.
Tone Settings : Touch to adjust Bass,
Midrange, Treble, Balance, Fade, and EQ To play music via Bluetooth: Browse functionality will be provided where
(Equalizer). See AM-FM Radio 0 155. 1. Power on the device, and pair to connect supported by the Bluetooth device. This
the device. media content will not be part of the
Auto Volume (If Equipped) : This feature MyMedia source mode.
adjusts the volume based on the vehicle 2. Once paired, touch Audio from the Home
speed. See AM-FM Radio 0 155. Page, then touch Bluetooth from the Some smartphones support sending
recent sources list on the left of the Bluetooth music information to display on
Bose AudioPilot Noise Compensation display. the radio. When the radio receives this
Technology (If Equipped) : This feature information, it will check to see if any is
adjusts the volume based on the noise in Bluetooth Sound Menu
available and display it. For more
the vehicle and speed. See “Bose AudioPilot” See “Infotainment System Sound Menu” information about supported Bluetooth
in AM-FM Radio 0 155. under AM-FM Radio 0 155. features, see my.chevrolet.com/learn.
Bluetooth Audio Manage Bluetooth Devices
Music may be played from a paired From the Home Page: OnStar System
Bluetooth device. See Bluetooth (Overview) 1. Touch Audio. 4G LTE
0 180 or 2. Touch More.
Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a Phone) 0 181 If equipped with 4G LTE, up to seven
3. Touch Bluetooth. devices, such as smartphones, tablets, and
for help pairing a device.
4. Touch Devices to add or delete devices. laptops, can be connected to high-speed
Volume and song selection may be Internet through the vehicle’s built-in Wi-Fi
controlled by using the infotainment When touching Bluetooth, the radio may hotspot.
controls or the mobile device. If Bluetooth is not be able to launch the audio player on
selected and no volume is present, check the the connected device to start playing. When Call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827) to
volume setting on the infotainment system. the vehicle is not moving, use the mobile connect to an OnStar Advisor for assistance.
device to begin playback. See www.onstar.com for vehicle availability,

details, and system limitations. Service and Account Wi-Fi Hotspot
connectivity may vary by make, model, The Account tab displays a snapshot of the Touch to display the Settings page, which
year, carrier, availability, and conditions. account linked with the vehicle. If there is shows the configurations for the vehicle
4G LTE service is available in select markets. no such account, this tab will show all hotspot and allows them to be changed.
4G LTE performance is based on industry values as ——. The advisor call icon will be
averages and vehicle systems design. Some For more information, see www.onstar.com.
active even if there is no active account.
services require a data plan.
The OnStar App
Advisor Call Navigation
Selecting Advisor Call is the same as
If equipped, the infotainment system has pressing Q or calling 1-888-4ONSTAR Using the Navigation System
OnStar controls in the embedded OnStar app (1-888-466-7827). The X option in the upper
on the Home Page. Most OnStar functions If equipped, launch the Nav application by
right corner of the screen does not end the touching the Nav icon on the Home Page or
that can be performed with the buttons can call, but returns to the previous screen. on the shortcut tray near the bottom of the
be done using the app. To open the app,
Turn-by-Turn Directions infotainment display.
touch the OnStar icon on the Home Page.
App updates require a corresponding service With a connected plan, an OnStar Advisor When the Nav application is launched for
plan. Features vary by region and model. can download a destination to the vehicle or the first time, a product walkthrough is
Features are subject to change. For more its embedded navigation system, available. Use of the feature requires the
information, see my.chevrolet.com/learn or if equipped. Select Turn-by-Turn Directions Terms and Conditions and the Privacy
press Q. from the Services tab of the OnStar app to statement to be confirmed. If available and
call an Advisor or select a recent or favorite signed into a profile, it is also suggested to
Services enable and confirm Predictive Navigation.
destination. Touch the navigation icons to
The Services tab displays the default view select home, address or place. A destination Predictive Navigation (If Equipped)
for the app. Use this page to launch the transfer from OnStar will show the detail
available OnStar services. Touch a service to view of the destination when it is If Predictive Navigation is available and
open its display. Touch Wi-Fi to launch the transferred from OnStar to the Navigation confirmed, this feature learns preferences by
connections manager. Turn-by-Turn and application. See www.onstar.com for a remembering where the vehicle has been.
Advisor Call are the other tiled options. coverage map. Services vary by model. Map It uses the locations and navigation history
coverage is available in the United States, to personalize routes and results.
Puerto Rico, and Canada.

Predictive Navigation may learn elements the top of the navigation map view. customized profile, the current location
such as: Manually close the search bar by touching symbol will show a customized icon. See
. Personalized routes based on preferred z. When the vehicle is moving, the } Navigation Symbols 0 167.
streets. (Search) icon will replace the search bar to Map and Navigation Settings
. Search results that provide best matches maximize the full map view.
at the top of the list. Touch A while in the map view to display
Destination Card Preferences options. The following may display:
. Predictive traffic.
From the Nav application, set up Home and . 3D Heading Up, 2D Heading Up, 2D North
. Local map content updating. Work addresses to enable one-touch . Show on Map
Predictive Navigation can also be enabled or navigation. To set up Home and Work
. Traffic Events (available with OnStar
disabled at a later time by touching A addresses, touch A and select Settings, Connected Navigation)
(Options). While in Options, touch Settings, then Map and Navigation Settings, and then
. Settings
then Map and Navigation Settings, and then Destination Card Preferences. Show My
Places on Map should be on by default. . Edit Destination (if a route has been set)
Predictive Navigation. See Settings 0 186.
Select and enter Home and/or Work address . Avoid on Route (if a route has been set)
Navigation Map View and save. Touch Settings to view Map and Navigation
Settings. The following may display:
. Destination Card Preferences
. Map Preferences
. Route Preferences
. Navigation Voice Control
. Traffic Preferences
. Alert Preferences
. Fuel Grade Preferences
After opening the Nav application for the If the vehicle’s system is not signed into a . Manage History
first time, the application will always open customized profile, the current location icon
in full map view displaying the vehicle’s . Predictive Navigation: See “Predictive
uses a generic symbol. Once signed into a Navigation (If Equipped)” previously in
current location. When the vehicle is
stopped, the search bar will appear along this section.

. About Auto-Zoom (Default is On) : Touch On or ‐ Tunnels
Off. When turned on, the system will ‐ Country Borders
To exit a list, touch z in the top right
automatically adjust the zoom level when
corner to return to the main map view. Navigation Voice Control
the vehicle is approaching a turn. After the
Make sure to set up preferences before turn is completed, the system automatically Touch to access the voice control setting
setting a destination and starting active brings the zoom back to the originally set display.
guidance. level. If the vehicle is approaching a turn . Navigation Volume – To adjust the
Map Preferences with the next turn occurring shortly after, volume level, touch the up and down
the Auto-Zoom will remain on until both arrows. If the voice guidance prompt is
Touch to choose between basic map feature turns are completed. being heard, volume can also be adjusted
configurations:
Route Preferences using the knob on the center stack or the
Map Colors volume switch on the steering wheel.
Touch to access the Route Preferences. The
. Auto – Touch to automatically change . Navigation Voice Prompt Level during a
choices are:
modes based on lighting conditions. Call. Options available are:
. Preferred Route – Choose from two
. Day (Light) ‐ Full Prompt (Selected by default)
different route options: Fastest or
. Night (Dark) Eco-Friendly. ‐ Tone Only
3D Landmark (Default is On) : Touch On or ‐ Fastest would be the route with the ‐ None
Off. When turned on, the system will shortest drive time.
display all 3D Landmarks on the map Traffic Events (If Equipped)
‐ Eco-Friendly would be the most
depending on the zoom level. fuel-efficient route. This feature provides a list of events that
3D Building (Default is Off) : Touch On or . Avoid on Current Route – Choose any of are on the route or nearby. Touch A and
Off. When turned on, the system will the road features to avoid while on route: then select Traffic Events. An OnStar
display all of the possible 3D building shapes connected Navigation service plan is
‐ Highways required.
on the map depending on the zoom level.
‐ Unpaved Roads
Show Terrain in 3D (Default is Off) : Traffic Preferences (If Equipped)
If equipped, touch On or Off. When turned ‐ Ferries
While in Map View, touch A, then Settings
on, the system will display terrain ‐ Carpool Lanes
and then Map and Navigation Settings to
information on the map in 3D view. ‐ Toll Roads access Traffic Preferences. When Show

Traffic on Map is turned on, the feature Manage History SD Card Error Messages
provides an overview of the traffic flow Touch Manage History to access the History The SD card only works for one unique
using different coded colors. The following options: vehicle. The SD card must pass
options are available for rerouting: authentication verification to be used for
. Clear Recent Destinations – Touch \ to
. Auto Reroute to Better Route – The that specific vehicle. Potential error scenarios
system will automatically reroute if the clear the recent destinations.
and messages include:
system detects there is a traffic issue . Clear Search History – Touch \ to clear
. The SD card has initialized for the first
ahead. the search history. time: “Once initialized, this SD card can
. Ask Before Rerouting (Default) – If the About only be used for navigation in this
system detects there is a traffic issue vehicle.”
ahead, it will display a pop-up with Touch to display software information,
such as: . The SD card is not working properly: “SD
details about the issue. Choose to reroute card is not functioning properly.
or cancel the alert. . Telenav Terms and Conditions
(Error Code).”
. Never Search for Better Route – The . Telenav Privacy Statement
. The SD card is not paired with the
system will not check for a better route . Navigation Version
existing system: “This SD card is not valid
until one of the above options is selected. in this vehicle for navigation. See Owner’s
Alert Preferences
Maps Manual for more detail or visit your
The Nav application requires a map database dealer. (Error Code).”
Set alerts on or off during both inactive and
to run. It is stored on an SD card that is . The SD card has been removed from the
active guidance views. The following alerts
connected to the infotainment system. If the slot: “SD card has been removed.
may be available:
map database is not available, a missing SD (Error Code).”
. Road Safety Alerts – Touch to display card error message will be displayed.
upcoming School Zones. Touch Continue to resume after the
. Traffic Camera Alerts initialization error message. For the other
messages, touch OK to return to the
Home Page.

Navigation Symbols The progress bar provides an overview of
the route progress and may show traffic and
Following are the most common symbols incidents along the way. As the route
that may appear in the Nav application. proceeds, the vehicle icon moves up the bar.
Touch the icon to zoom out on the map and
view the entire route. Touch it again to
The destination pin marks the location of return to the previous view.
the final destination. Touch the pin to view View the drive time by touching the
the destination address or to add it or estimated time of arrival (ETA).
remove it from the Favorites list. Hide the
This indicates the vehicle’s current location information by touching the pin one more Current Location
and direction on the map. time. It will automatically time out if no When the vehicle is parked and not in a
action is taken. Navigation session, the user icon is centered
on the map view, highlighting the current
location.
Destination
Receiving Destination Directions from
Different Sources
This is the vehicle’s current location icon
during inactive guidance mode. Once a user If equipped, smart Points of Interest (POIs) Destinations can be received or transferred
profile is created, the current location icon are places of interest for parking and gas from different sources to the Nav application
can be customized. stations. for route guidance. If equipped, some of
these sources may include:
This icon indicates the vehicle’s current
. Navigation from search results.
location and direction on the map.
. OnStar Advisor destination download.
. An address from the Contacts list.
. An application on the smartphone that
can send destinations to the vehicle.

. An application downloaded to the vehicle If the vehicle passes the waypoint or gets If there is only one address in the
such as OnStar Services that can send out of the current route, the system will destinations list, the system will
destinations to the navigation system. automatically reroute back to this waypoint. disable the move and delete
At the same time, it will show a Drive to functions. The system will not allow
Waypoints icon along with the next waypoint address the final destination to be deleted.
Add up to five waypoints, which are so the current waypoint can be skipped and
additional destinations, along the route. To guidance can resume to the next waypoint Map Information
add an additional stop or waypoint: or destination. Road network attributes are contained in the
1. From active guidance, touch }. Editing a Waypoint map database for map information.
Attributes include information such as street
2. Search for the destination using One-Box, When waypoints are added during active names, street addresses, and turn
Voice search, or the Quick Category guidance, the system allows a stop to be restrictions. A detailed area includes all
icons. deleted or the order to be changed. To edit major highways, service roads, and
3. Choose search results Along Route, a waypoint: residential roads. The detailed areas include
Nearby, or Near Destination. 1. Touch A. Places of Interest (POIs) such as restaurants,
4. Choose the desired waypoint and touch airports, banks, hospitals, police stations, gas
2. Touch Edit Destinations.
Add to Trip or replace the current stations, tourist attractions, and historical
. Modify destination order by touching monuments.
destination by touching New Destination. and holding the arrow until it is
Route options are not available for highlighted. Drag to move the If the vehicle does not have an applicable
waypoints. waypoint up or down the list. service plan, the map database may not
include data for newly constructed areas or
Arriving at a Waypoint . Delete a waypoint by touching Y.
map database corrections that are
When approaching a waypoint, the system A pop-up will appear to confirm completed after production. The navigation
will display a Destination Arrival view. To waypoint removal. Once the request system provides full route guidance in the
continue on to the next destination touch is confirmed, the system will remove detailed map areas.
the Drive to message on the infotainment the address from the destinations list.
display. Touch z on the top right corner so
the system can recalculate the route.

Zoom Control Mute . 2D North Up: 2D map with North pointing
up. In this mode, the current location icon
The zoom control display is shown on the When in active guidance, the audio prompts will shift as the vehicle turns left and
map view. A few ways to zoom in or while using navigation can be muted. Touch right.
out are: the speaker icon on the right side of the
. Touch + or – to zoom in or out on upper bar. A slash will appear on the Touch the icon to change the map type. The
the map. speaker to indicate voice guidance is muted. icon and label will also update accordingly.
. Double tap with one finger to zoom in or Active Guidance View Depending on the zoom level of the 2D
single tap with two fingers to zoom out Heading Up and 3D Heading Up maps, the
on the map. When a destination is chosen and a system may automatically switch to the 2D
. Use the index finger and thumb to zoom
navigation session is active, the navigation North Up map.
system enters into an Active Guidance
out by pinching and then zoom in by When in AGV, the entire route can be
View (AGV).
spreading those two fingers on the map. viewed in 2D North Up by touching the
Map Orientation traffic bar. The map will zoom out and
Map Gestures and Map Scale readjust to display the full route. When in
Touch A on the map to access map
Use the following gestures on the 2D North Up Route View, the Recenter icon
orientation settings. Map orientation is 3D
infotainment display to adjust the map scale will appear in the middle of the display.
Heading Up by default.
and display options. Touch either the Recenter icon or the traffic
. Pinch to zoom in or out. Available settings are: bar again to return to the previous view,
. Pan the map. . 3D Heading Up (Default): 3D map with either 2D or 3D.
. Use two fingers to tilt down and change
the vehicle pointing up. In this mode, the Lane Guidance
current location icon will always head up
from 2D to 3D. Tilt up to change back The map will display the lane information
and the map will rotate around it.
to 2D. for the upcoming maneuver if it is available.
. 2D Heading Up: 2D map with the vehicle
. Rotate the map.
pointing up. In this mode, the current Junction View
See Using the System 0 152. location icon will always head up and the When a vehicle is on the highway and
map will rotate around it. approaching the exit, an image displays the
lane that the vehicle must stay in to
complete the next maneuver.

Quick-Turn View Directions Highway Exits List
Touch the menu option next to the next
turn street name to display Directions.
Directions displays the turns and directions
from the current location to the final
destination.
Editing Directions
Directions can be edited by choosing y,
which expands the list to fill the display and
When the vehicle is approaching a turn with enters the Edit Mode. While in Edit Mode, Touch C to open the Exit list. This icon
the next turn following in quick succession, an unwanted route segment can be displays next to the current street name
a quick-turn list appears below the primary removed from the route by touching Y next near the bottom of the display. The icon
turn indicator. An audio prompt will to the segment. A pop-up appears to only appears when on a highway with
announce the quick turn. confirm segment removal. defined exits.
Auto-Zoom When the route segment has been removed, While traveling on roads with designated
When approaching a maneuver, the map all segments are replaced by an activity exits, an Exit list may be available. The Exit
will automatically zoom in to show both the indicator while the new route is list displays the exit number, distance to the
vehicle icon and the upcoming maneuver to recalculated. When the recalculation is exit from the current vehicle position, and
give a better view of the maneuver. Once complete, the activity indicator is replaced convenience stops that may be available,
the maneuver is complete, the system will with the new route segments. such as gas, coffee, food, and lodging.
zoom back to the previous zoom level. Next Maneuver Menu
Touch A on the map to access Settings,
When in Active Guidance, the Next
then touch Map Preferences to access Maneuver Turn Arrow, Street Name, and
Auto-Zoom. This feature can be enabled or Maneuver Distance are shown in the Next
disabled. Maneuver at the top of the display
overlaying the map. ETA, Distance to

Destination, and Traffic Indicator are Incident Reports (If Equipped) Accessing Favorites
displayed in a panel pinned on the right of Incident report icons, along with traffic flow In the Nav application, view the Favorites
the display. data, display on the map during both active list by touching H in the search bar along
Navigation Next Turn Maneuver Alert and inactive guidance. the top of the Nav map view. If the search
If the Navigation application is not open End Route bar is closed, touch } and select H.
when a near maneuver prompt is given, it is Touch Cancel at the top right corner to end Saving Favorites
shown as an alert. Touch the alert to go to active guidance and return to inactive
the main navigation view or touch z to Favorites can be added from a number of
guidance. If active guidance is canceled the system’s applications. Touch the
dismiss the alert. before the destination has been reached, a favorites icon to save content as a favorite.
Repeat Voice Guidance pop-up option to Resume Trip will appear.
Renaming Navigation Favorites
Resume Trip
1. Touch the Settings icon on the Home
The trip can be resumed if it was canceled Page and touch the System tab.
by touching the Resume Trip pop-up option.
2. Touch Favorites to access the Manage
If the system has determined that the Favorites option.
destination has been reached, either because 3. Touch a saved Navigation favorite to
the arrival view displayed or the destination access the edit icon. Touch the edit icon
This symbol indicates the next guidance has been passed, the Resume Trip option
maneuver. Touch it to repeat the last to rename the favorite.
will not appear.
spoken guidance instruction. 4. Touch Save to store the renamed
Favorites favorite.
Incident Alert (If Equipped)
The navigation favorites can have contacts,
During active guidance, if the system addresses, or POIs that have been saved
determines that there is an incident ahead through the favorite icon on the
but there is not a better route, the system details view.
will play a tone and show a Quick Notice.
This will only show once per incident.

Recents Smart POI Icons on Map (If Equipped) attempt to display nearby parking
destinations with pricing information,
Touch H to access a list of recent if available.
destinations.
Report an Issue Using POI Details (If
Recenter Position Icon Equipped)
Touch the Recenter Position arrow in the In the POI details page, a POI issue can be
middle of the map view to reset the map to reported if the data is not accurate or the
the current location. address is incorrect. Touch Report an Issue
Last Parked Location near the bottom of the display to access the
issue selection page. Touch one of the
The Last Parked Location is the last location The smart POI icons such as fuel stations predefined issues on the selection page,
the vehicle engine was turned off. That and parking may appear based on time, then touch Send. The system will send the
location is displayed in the first row of the location, driver search behavior, driving information for analysis.
Recents list. Touching the last Parked conditions, and vehicle conditions.
Location shows the Address Details view to Search
either save the address or drive to it. The Touch a smart POI icon to open the
Touch Search on the infotainment display to
Last Parked Location can be deleted by corresponding details:
open the search display. It has a search field
entering the Edit display. Once the Last . Left side: Name and address of the POI. entry box, quick category icon shortcuts,
Parked Location is deleted, it no longer . Right side: E + ETE (Estimated Time recents icon, favorites icon, and keyboard.
appears in the Recents list, unless the Enroute.)
vehicle is started at that location again. Auto Complete
Smart Fuel Station Icons Enter a partial location in the field entry box
Show POI Icons on the search display. Auto complete will
Fuel station prices are shown if available for
To see the POI categories, touch Options, nearby stations when the vehicle is low attempt to complete the destination based
then touch Show on Map. Up to eight on fuel. on what is being entered. Touch the
categories of icons can be selected. suggested item to search.
Smart Parking Icons
When reaching a densely populated
destination and the system determines that
parking may be limited, the system will

Search While in Motion with No Front Seat OnStar System If equipped, after touching the Turn-by-Turn
Passenger Present Directions icon, select destinations from
With a connected plan, an OnStar Advisor Recents or Favorites. Recents or Favorites
The search display will not allow changes or can download a destination to the vehicle or
text input with the keyboard when the will be empty if this is the first use. To find
into the built-in navigation system. new locations, touch OnStar Advisor, Home
vehicle is in motion. As a result, a display
showing three rows of the most commonly Directions, Place Voice Search, or Address
used categories appears. Touching the search Voice Search.
box will activate speech recognition. Lane Guidance
Search While in Motion with Front Seat
Passenger Present
If the system detects that the front seat
passenger is present with both driver and
passenger seat belts buckled, touching the
search icon will display an alert message Touch OnStar Services on the Home Page to
that allows the passenger to search for a access the OnStar menu. Touch Turn-by-Turn
destination as if the vehicle were stopped. Directions icon while on the Services tab of
Connected Navigation the OnStar menu.
When available, the system will show the
Connected Navigation is a subscription Turn-by-Turn Navigation best lane(s) to be in for the next maneuver.
service that enables certain capabilities Cancel a Route
within the navigation system, such as
Traffic, Smart Search/Routing, and Predictive If a route is in progress using either the
Navigation capabilities. The system will vehicle navigation system or the
show an alert when the subscription is Turn-by-Turn route, and a new route is
expiring and will ask to renew the plan. requested, the current route in progress will
be canceled.

Global Positioning System (GPS) Vehicle Positioning . The tire pressure for the tires is incorrect.
. This is the first navigation use after the
If equipped, the position of the vehicle is At times, the position of the vehicle on the map data is updated.
determined by using satellite signals, various map could be inaccurate due to one or more
. The 12-volt battery has been disconnected
vehicle signals, and map data. of the following reasons:
for several days.
At times, other interference such as the . The road system has changed.
. The vehicle is driving in heavy traffic
satellite condition, road configuration, . The vehicle is driving on slippery road
where driving is at low speeds, and the
condition of the vehicle, and/or other surfaces such as sand, gravel, or snow. vehicle is stopped and started repeatedly.
circumstances can affect the navigation . The vehicle is traveling on winding roads
system's ability to determine the accurate or long, straight roads. Problems with Route Guidance
position of the vehicle. . The vehicle is approaching a tall building Inappropriate route guidance can occur
The GPS shows the current position of the or a large vehicle. under one or more of the following
vehicle using signals sent by GPS satellites. . The surface streets run parallel to a conditions:
When the vehicle is not receiving signals freeway. . The turn was not made on the road
from the satellites, a symbol appears in the . The vehicle has been transferred by a indicated.
status bar. vehicle carrier or a ferry. . Route guidance might not be available
This system might not be available or . The current position calibration is set when using automatic rerouting for the
interference can occur if any of the incorrectly. next right or left turn.
following are true: . The vehicle is traveling at high speed. . The route might not be changed when
. Signals are obstructed by tall buildings, . The vehicle changes directions more than using automatic rerouting.
trees, large trucks, or a tunnel. once, or the vehicle is turning on a turn . There is no route guidance when turning
. Satellites are being repaired or improved. table in a parking lot. at an intersection.
For more information if the GPS is not . The vehicle is entering and/or exiting a . Plural names of places might be
functioning properly, see Problems with parking lot, garage, or a lot with a roof. announced occasionally.
Route Guidance 0 174 and . The GPS signal is not received. . It could take a long time to operate
If the System Needs Service 0 175. . A roof carrier is installed on the vehicle. automatic rerouting during high-speed
. Tire chains are installed on the vehicle. driving.
. The tires are replaced or worn.

. Automatic rerouting might display a route updated periodically, provided that the map
returning to the set waypoint if heading information has changed and the vehicle has
Voice Recognition
for a destination without passing through a relevant service plan. If equipped, voice recognition allows for
a set waypoint. hands-free operation within the navigation,
See www.gmnavdisc.com for details on
. The route prohibits the entry of a vehicle audio, phone, and weather applications. This
ordering, purchasing, and installing a new or
due to a regulation by time or season or replacement SD card. Features are subject to feature can be started by pressing g on the
any other regulation which may be given. change. For more information on this steering wheel or touching g on the
. Some routes might not be searched. feature, see my.chevrolet.com/learn. infotainment display.
. The route to the destination might not be If the vehicle is equipped with Connected However, not all features within these areas
shown if there are new roads, if roads Navigation, which is a subscription service are supported by voice commands.
have recently changed, or if certain roads that enables certain features of the Generally, only complex tasks that require
are not listed in the map data. See Maps navigation system, such as Traffic, Smart multiple manual interactions to complete
0 166. Search/Routing, and Predictive Navigation, are supported by voice commands.
To recalibrate the vehicle's position on the then the system will download the latest For example, tasks that take more than one
map, park with the vehicle running for two map data from the cloud. or two touches, such as a song or artist to
to five minutes, until the vehicle position play from a media device, would be
updates. Make sure the vehicle is parked in Database Coverage Explanations supported by voice commands. Other tasks,
a location that is safe and has a clear view Coverage areas vary with respect to the like adjusting the volume or seeking up or
of the sky and away from large level of map detail available for any given down, are audio features that are easily
obstructions. area. Some areas feature greater levels of performed by touching one or two options,
detail than others. If this happens, it does and are not supported by voice commands.
If the System Needs Service not mean there is a problem with the In general there are flexible ways to speak
If the navigation system needs service, see system. As the map data is updated, more commands for completing the tasks.
your dealer. detail can become available for areas that
previously had limited detail. See Map Data If your language supports it, try stating a
Map Data Updates Updates 0 175. one-shot command, such as “Directions to
address <number, street, city, state/
The map data in the vehicle is the most province>.” Do not include the ZIP code
up-to-date information available when the while stating the address during the
vehicle was produced. The map data is

command. Another example of a one-shot Once voice recognition is started, both the select. Manual interaction in the voice
Destination Entry command is, “Directions to infotainment display and instrument cluster recognition session is permitted. Interaction
Place of Interest at <hotel>.” If these show the selections and visual dialog during a voice session may be completed
commands do not work, try saying, “Take content. These displays can be turned on or entirely using voice commands while some
me to Place of Interest” or “Find address” off in the Tutorial Mode under Settings manual commands may expedite a task. If a
and the system will walk you through by 0 186. selection is made using a manual control,
asking additional questions. There are three voice prompt modes the voice recognition dialog will progress in
supported: the same way as if the selection were made
Hybrid Speech Recognition using a voice command. Once the system
. Informative verbal prompts: This type of
If equipped, this feature helps distinguish completes the task, or the session is
prompt will provide more information terminated, the voice recognition dialog
words by using Internet-based information
regarding the supported actions. stops.
along with the system’s voice recognition
database. This allows you to speak more . Short prompts: This type of prompt will
provide simple instructions about what An example of this type of manual
naturally when using voice recognition. intervention is touching an entry of a
can be stated.
Using Voice Recognition displayed number list instead of speaking
. Auto informative prompts: This type of
the number associated with the entry
Voice recognition becomes available once prompt plays during the first few speech desired.
the system has been initialized. This begins sessions, then automatically switches to
when the ignition is turned on. Initialization the short prompt after some experience Canceling Voice Recognition
may take a few moments. has been gained through using the . Touch or say “Cancel” or “Exit” to
system. terminate the voice recognition session
1. Press g on the steering wheel controls
to activate voice recognition. If a command is not spoken, the voice and show the display where voice
recognition system says a help prompt. recognition was initiated.
2. The audio system mutes and the system
plays a prompt. Prompts and Infotainment Displays . Press i on the steering wheel controls
to terminate the voice recognition session
3. Clearly speak one of the commands While a voice recognition session is active, and show the display where voice
described in this section. there may be corresponding options recognition was initiated.
A voice recognition system prompt can showing on the displays. A selection can be
be interrupted while it is playing by made by manually touching the option,
pressing g again. or by speaking the number for the option to

Natural Language Commands The system responds by requesting more If a cell phone number has been saved with
Most languages do not support natural details. For other POIs, say the name of a a name and a place, the direct command
language commands in sentence form. For category like “Restaurants,” “Shopping should include both, for example “Call
those languages, use direct commands like Malls,” or “Hospitals.” <name> at work.”
the examples shown on the display. . Navigating to a destination outside of the
Using Voice Recognition for List Options
current country takes more than one
Helpful Hints for Speaking Commands command. The first command is to tell When a list is displayed, a voice prompt will
Voice recognition can understand commands the system where the navigation will take ask to confirm or select an option from
that are naturally stated in sentence form or place, such as an Address, Intersection, that list.
direct commands that state the application POI, or Contact. If Address or Intersection When a display contains a list, there may be
and the task. is selected, the second command is to options that are available but not displayed.
say, “Change Country.” Once the system The list on a voice recognition screen
For best results: responds, say the country before saying functions the same as a list on other
. Listen for the prompt before saying a the rest of the address and/or displays. Scrolling or flinging can be used to
command or reply. intersection. help display other entries from the list.
. Speak the command naturally, not too If POI is asked for, say “Change Location,”
fast, not too slow. Manually scrolling or paging the list on a
then “Change Country.”
display during a voice recognition session
. Use direct commands without a lot of Direct commands might be more clearly suspends the current voice recognition event
extra words. For example, “Call <name> understood by the system. An example of a and plays the prompt “Please select
at work,” “Play” followed by the artist or direct command would be “Call <number>.” manually or touch the Back icon on the
song name, or “Tune” followed by the Examples of these direct commands are infotainment display to try again.”
radio station number. displayed on most of the screens while a
. Navigation destinations can be made in a If manual selection takes more than
voice session is active. If “Phone” or “Phone
single command using keywords. A few 15 seconds, the session terminates and
Commands,” is spoken, the system
examples are: “I want directions to an prompts that it has timed out. The display
understands that a phone call is requested
address,” “I need to find a place of returns to the display where voice
and will respond with questions until
interest or (POI),” or “Find contact.” recognition was initiated.
enough details are gathered to make a call.

The Back Command “Tune to <FM frequency> FM” : Tune to the “Play Artist <artist name>” : Begin playback
Say “Back” or touch the Back icon on the radio station whose frequency is identified of a specific artist.
infotainment display to go to the in the command (like “one oh one “Play Album” : Begin a dialog to enter a
previous menu. point one”). specific album name.
If in voice recognition, and “Back” is spoken “Tune to <AM frequency> AM HD” : Tune “Play Album <album name>” : Begin
all the way back to the starting display, and to the HD Radio station (if equipped) whose playback of a specific album.
then “Back” is spoken one more time, the frequency is identified in the command.
“Play Song” : Begin a dialog to enter a
voice recognition session will cancel. “Tune to <FM frequency> FM HD” : Tune to specific song name.
Help the HD Radio station (if equipped) whose
frequency is identified in the command. “Play Song <song name>” : Begin playback
Say “Help” on any voice recognition display of a specific song, if available.
and the help prompt for the display is “Tune to <FM frequency> FM HD <HD
channel number>” : Tune to the HD Radio “Play Genre” : Begin a dialog to enter a
played. specific genre.
station (if equipped) whose frequency and
Voice Recognition for the Radio HD channel are identified in the command. “Play Genre <genre name>” : Begin
If browsing the audio sources when voice is “Tune to SXM <SXM channel number>” : playback of a specific genre.
touched, the voice recognition commands Tune to the SiriusXM radio station whose “Play Playlist” : Begin a dialog to enter a
for AM, FM, and SiriusXM (if equipped) are channel number is identified in the specific playlist name.
available. command.
“Play Playlist <playlist name>” : Begin
“Switch to AM” : Switch bands to AM and “Tune to SXM <SXM channel name>” : Tune playback of a specific playlist.
tune to the last AM radio station. to the SiriusXM radio station whose channel
name is identified in the command. “Play <device name>” : Play music from a
“Switch to FM” : Switch bands to FM and specific device identified by name. The
tune to the last FM radio station. Voice Recognition for Audio MyMedia device name is the name displayed on the
“Switch to SXM” : Switch bands to SiriusXM The available voice recognition commands display when the device is first selected as
and tune to the last SiriusXM channel. for [browsing] MyMedia are: an audio source.
“Tune to <AM frequency> AM” : Tune to “Play Artist” : Begin a dialog to enter a “Play Chapter” : Begin a dialog to enter a
the radio station whose frequency is specific artist name. specific name.
identified in the command (like “nine fifty”).

“Play Chapter <chapter name>” : Begin Changes to voice commands due to media Once the number of files has exceeded
playback of a specific chapter. content limits are: approximately 24,000, there is no support
“Play Audiobook” : Begin a dialog to enter . Files including other individual files of all for accessing the songs directly through
a specific audiobook. media types such as songs, audiobook voice commands. There will still be access to
chapters, podcast episodes, and videos. the media content by using commands for
“Play Audiobook <audiobook name>” : playlists, artists, and genres.
. Album type folders including types such
Begin playback of a specific audiobook.
as albums and audiobooks. The access commands for playlists, artists,
“Play Episode” : Begin a dialog to enter a and genres are prohibited after the number
specific name. There are no restrictions if the number of
files and albums is fewer than 12,000. When of this type of media exceeds 12,000.
“Play Episode <episode name>” : Begin the number of files connected to the system The system will provide feedback the first
playback of a specific episode. is between 12,000 and 24,000, the content time voice recognition is initiated if it has
“Play Podcast” : Begin a dialog to enter a cannot be accessed directly with one become apparent that any of these limits
specific podcast. command like “Play <song name>.” are reached during a device initializing
The restriction is that the command “Play process.
“Play Podcast <podcast name>” : Begin
playback of a specific podcast. Song” must be spoken first; the system will Voice recognition performance will degrade
then ask for the song name. The reply to some extent based on many factors when
“My Media” : Begin a dialog to enter the command would be to say the name of the adding large amounts of data to recognize.
desired media content. song to play. If this is the case, perhaps accessing songs
Handling Large Amounts of Media Content Similar limits exist for album content. through playlists or artist name would work
If there are more than 12,000 albums, but better.
It is expected that large amounts of media
content will be brought into the vehicle. fewer than 24,000, the content cannot be Voice Recognition for Navigation (If
It may be necessary to handle large accessed directly with one command like, Equipped)
amounts of media content in a different “Play <album name>.” The command “Play
way than smaller amounts of media. The Album” must first be spoken; the system “Navigation” : Begin a dialog to enter
system may limit the options of voice will then ask for the album name. The reply specific destination information.
recognition by not allowing selection of files would be to say the name of the album “Navigation Commands” : Begin a dialog to
by voice at the highest level if the number to play. enter specific destination information.
of files exceeds the maximum limit.

“Address” : Begin a dialog to enter a “Call <contact> At Home,” “At Work,” “On Phone Assistant Voice Recognition
specific destination address, which includes Mobile,” or “On Other” : Initiate a call to a
the entire address consisting of the house stored contact and location at home, at Press and hold g on the steering wheel
number, street name, city, state/province, work, on mobile device, or on another controls to pass through and launch Google
and country. Do not include the ZIP code. phone. phone assistant or Siri.
“Place of Interest” : Begin a dialog to enter “Call <cell phone number>” : Initiate a call For the low radio, whether connected by
a destination Place of Interest category or to a cell phone number of seven digits, 10 Bluetooth or phone projection, the only
major brand name. digits, or three digit emergency numbers. available voice recognition is either Siri
(iPhone) or the Google Assistant (Android).
The name must be precisely spoken. “Pair Phone” : Begin the Bluetooth pairing
Nicknames or short names for the process. Follow the instructions on the
businesses will not likely be found. Lesser infotainment display. Phone
known businesses might have to be located
by category, such as fast food, hotels,
“Redial” : Initiate a call to the last dialed Bluetooth (Overview)
number.
or banks. The Bluetooth-capable system can interact
“Switch Phone” : Select a different with many mobile devices, allowing:
“Navigate to Contact” : Begin a dialog to connected cell phone for outgoing calls.
enter a specific destination contact name. . Placement and receipt of calls in a
“Voice Keypad” : Begin a dialog to enter hands-free mode.
“Cancel Route” : End route guidance. special numbers like international numbers. . Sharing of the device’s address book or
“Take Me Home” : Create a route to a The numbers can be entered in groups of contact list with the vehicle.
stored home location. digits with each group of digits being
repeated back by the system. If the group To minimize driver distraction, before
Voice Recognition for the Phone of digits is not correct, the command driving, and with the vehicle parked:
“Call <contact name>” : Initiate a call to a “Delete” will remove the last group of digits . Become familiar with the features of the
stored contact. The command may include and allow them to be re-entered. Once the mobile device. Organize the phone book
location if the contact has location numbers entire number has been entered, the and contact lists clearly and delete
stored. command “Call” will start dialing the duplicate or rarely used entries.
number. If possible, program speed dial or other
shortcuts.

. Review the controls and operation of the i : Press to end a call, decline a call, used. See the mobile device manufacturer's
infotainment system. or cancel an operation. Press to mute or user guide for Bluetooth functions before
. Pair mobile device(s) to the vehicle. The unmute the infotainment system when not pairing the device.
system may not work with all mobile on a call. Pairing Information
devices. See “Pairing” later in this section. Infotainment System Controls . If no mobile device has been connected,
Vehicles with a Bluetooth system can use a For information about how to navigate the the Phone main page on the infotainment
Bluetooth-capable mobile device with a menu system using the infotainment display will show the Connect Phone
Hands-Free Profile to make and receive controls, see Using the System 0 152. option. Touch this option to connect.
phone calls. The infotainment system and Another way to connect is to touch the
voice recognition are used to control the Audio System Phones tab at the top right of the display
system. The system can be used while the and then touch Add Phone.
ignition is on or in ACC/ACCESSORY. The When using the Bluetooth mobile device
system, sound comes through the vehicle's . A Bluetooth smartphone with music
range of the Bluetooth system can be up to capability can be paired to the vehicle as
9.1 m (30 ft). Not all mobile devices support front audio system speakers and overrides
the audio system. The volume level while on a smartphone and a music player at the
all functions and not all mobile devices work same time.
with the Bluetooth system. See a mobile device call can be adjusted by
pressing the steering wheel controls or the . Up to 10 devices can be paired to the
my.chevrolet.com for more information
volume control on the center stack. The Bluetooth system.
about compatible mobile devices.
adjusted volume level remains in memory . The pairing process is disabled when the
Controls for later calls. The volume cannot be vehicle is moving.
lowered beyond a certain level. . Pairing only needs to be completed once,
Use the controls on the center stack and the
steering wheel to operate the Bluetooth unless the pairing information on the cell
Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a phone changes or the cell phone is
system.
Phone) deleted from the system.
Steering Wheel Controls
Pairing . If multiple paired cell phones are within
g : Press to answer incoming calls and start range of the system, the system connects
voice recognition on your connected A Bluetooth-enabled mobile device must be to the paired cell phone that is set to
Bluetooth mobile device. paired to the Bluetooth system and then First to Connect. If there is no cell phone
connected to the vehicle before it can be set to First to Connect, it will link to the

cell phone which was used last. To link to for information on this process. Once the 2. Touch Settings, then touch System.
a different paired cell phone, see “Linking cell phone is paired, it will show under 3. Touch Phones to access all paired and all
to a Different Phone” later in this section. Connected. connected cell phones and mobile
Pairing a Phone 8. If the vehicle name does not appear on devices.
1. Make sure Bluetooth has been enabled your cell phone, there are a few ways to 4. Touch the information icon to the right
on the cell phone before the pairing start the pairing process over: of the cell phone to open the cell
process is started. . Turn the cell phone off and then phone’s settings menu.
back on. 5. Touch the First to Connect option, to
2. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page
or the phone icon on the shortcut tray . Go back to the beginning of the enable the setting for that device.
near the bottom of the display. Phone menus on the infotainment
display and restart the pairing Cell phones and mobile devices can be
3. Touch Phones at the top of the process. added, removed, connected, and
infotainment display. There is also a disconnected. A sub-menu will display
. Reset the cell phone, but this step
Connect Phones option in the middle of whenever a request is made to add or
the Phone display which will shortcut to should be done as a last effort. manage cell phones and mobile devices.
the Phone List menu. 9. If the cell phone prompts to accept
Secondary Phone
4. Touch Add Phone. connection or allow phone book
download, touch Always Accept and A cell phone can be enabled as a Secondary
5. Select the vehicle name shown on the Allow. The phone book may not be Phone by touching the information icon to
infotainment display from your cell available if not accepted. the right of the paired cell phone name to
phone’s Bluetooth Settings list. open the phone settings menu. If a cell
10. Repeat Steps 1−8 to pair additional cell
6. Follow the instructions on the cell phone phones. phone is enabled as a Secondary Phone, it
to confirm the six-digit code showing on can connect simultaneously alongside
the infotainment display and touch Pair. First to Connect Paired Phones another Bluetooth mobile device. In doing
The code on the cell phone and If multiple paired cell phones are within so, the Secondary Phone will be labeled as
infotainment display will need to be range of the system, the system connects to Incoming Calls. This means the mobile
acknowledged for a successful pair. the paired cell phone that is set as First to device can only receive calls. The Address
7. Start the pairing process on the cell Connect. To enable a paired cell phone as Book of a Secondary Phone will not be
phone to be paired to the vehicle. See the First to Connect phone: available and hands-free outgoing calls
the cell phone manufacturer's user guide cannot be placed using this cell phone.
1. Make sure the cell phone is turned on.

If needed, touch the Secondary Phone while 3. Touch the information icon next to the . While the active call is on the handset,
in the Phones list to swap it into the connected cell phone to display the cell touch the Handset option to switch to the
Outgoing and Incoming role. This role makes phone’s or mobile device’s information hands-free mode.
it possible to place outgoing calls from the display.
Contacts and Recents list. Making a Call Using Contacts and Recent
4. Touch Forget Device. Calls
Listing All Paired and Connected Phones Linking to a Different Phone Calls can be made through the Bluetooth
1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page To link to a different cell phone, the new system using personal cell phone contact
or the phone icon on the shortcut tray cell phone must be in the vehicle and paired information for all cell phones that support
near the bottom of the display. to the Bluetooth system. the Phone Book feature. Become familiar
2. Touch Phones. 1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page with the cell phone settings and operation.
Disconnecting a Connected Phone or the phone icon on the shortcut tray Verify the cell phone supports this feature.
1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page. near the bottom of the display. The Contacts menu accesses the phone book
2. Touch Phones. 2. Touch Phones. stored in the cell phone.
3. Touch the information icon next to the 3. Touch the new cell phone to link to from The Recents menu accesses the recents call
connected cell phone or mobile device to the not connected phone list. See “First list from your cell phone.
show the cell phone’s or mobile device’s to Connect Paired Phones” and To make a call using the Contacts menu:
information display. “Secondary Phone” previously in this
section. 1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page.
4. Touch Disconnect. 2. Touch Contacts.
Deleting a Paired Phone Switching to Handset or
3. The Contacts list can be searched by
Handsfree Mode
1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page using the first character. Touch A-Z on
or the phone icon on the shortcut tray To switch between handset or the infotainment display to scroll
near the bottom of the display. handsfree mode: through the list of names.
2. Touch Phones. . While the active call is hands-free, touch Touch the name to call.
the Handset option to switch to the 4. Touch the desired contact number to call.
handset mode.
The mute icon will not be available or
functional while Handset mode is active.

To make a call using the Recents menu: Accepting a Call Switching Between Calls (Call Waiting
1. Touch Phone on the Home Page. There are two ways to accept a call: Calls Only)
2. Touch Recents. . Press g on the steering wheel controls. To switch between calls, touch Phone on the
3. Touch the name or number to call. Home Page to display Call View. While in
. Touch Answer on the infotainment
Call View, touch the call information of the
display. call on hold to change calls.
Making a Call Using the Keypad
Declining a Call
To make a call by dialing the numbers: Three-Way Calling
1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page. There are two ways to decline a call:
Three-way calling must be supported on the
2. Touch Keypad and enter a phone . Press i on the steering wheel controls. Bluetooth cell phone and enabled by the
number. . Touch Ignore on the infotainment display. wireless service carrier to work.
3. Touch # on the infotainment display to Call Waiting To start a three-way call while in a
start dialing the number. current call:
Call waiting must be supported on the
Searching Contacts Using the Keypad Bluetooth cell phone and enabled by the 1. In the Call View, touch Add Call to add
wireless service carrier to work. another call.
To search for contacts using the keypad: 2. Initiate the second call by selecting from
1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page. Accepting a Call
Recents, Contacts, or Keypad.
2. Touch Keypad and enter partial phone Press g to answer, then touch Switch on 3. When the second call is active, touch the
numbers or contact names using the the infotainment display. merge icon to conference the three-way
digits on the keypad to search. Declining a Call call together.
Results will show on the right side of the
Press i to decline, then touch Ignore on Ending a Call
display. Touch one to place a call.
the infotainment display . Press i on the steering wheel controls.
Accepting or Declining a Call
. Touch # on the infotainment display,
When an incoming call is received, the next to a call, to end only that call.
infotainment system mutes and a ring tone
is heard in the vehicle.

Dual Tone Multi-Frequency (DTMF) Tones 3. When the phone is first connected to USB data port. For best performance,
activate Apple CarPlay or Android Auto, it is highly recommended to use the
The in-vehicle Bluetooth system can send
accept the terms and conditions on both device’s factory-provided USB cable,
numbers during a call. This is used when
the infotainment system and the phone. which should be replaced after
calling a menu-driven phone system. Use the
4. Follow the instructions on the phone. significant wear to maintain
Keypad to enter the number.
connection quality. Aftermarket or
The Android Auto and Apple CarPlay icons third-party cables may not work.
Apple CarPlay and Android Auto on the Home Page will illuminate depending . Connecting the phone over Bluetooth.
If equipped, Android Auto and/or Apple on the smartphone. Android Auto and/or
See Bluetooth (Overview) 0 180 or
CarPlay capability may be available through Apple CarPlay may automatically launch
Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a Phone)
a compatible smartphone. If available, the upon USB connection. If not, touch the
0 181.
Android Auto and Apple CarPlay icons will Android Auto or Apple CarPlay icon on the
change from gray to color on the Home Home Page to launch. 3. Make sure wireless is turned on the
Page of the infotainment display. phone for wireless projection to work.
Press { on the center stack to return to the
4. When the phone is first connected to
To use Android Auto and/or Apple CarPlay: Home Page. activate Apple CarPlay or Android Auto,
For Wired Phone Projection For Wireless Phone Projection agree to the terms and conditions on
1. Download the Android Auto app to your Verify your phone is wireless compatible by both the infotainment system and the
smartphone from the Google Play store. visiting the Google Android Auto or Apple phone.
There is no app required for Apple CarPlay support page. 5. Follow the instructions on the phone.
CarPlay.
1. Download the Android Auto app to your The Android Auto and Apple CarPlay icons
2. Connect your Android phone or Apple smartphone from the Google Play store. on the Home Page will illuminate depending
iPhone by using the factory-provided There is no app required for Apple on the smartphone. Android Auto and/or
phone USB cable and plugging into a CarPlay. Apple CarPlay may automatically launch
USB data port. For best performance, it is upon wireless connection. If not, touch the
2. For first time connection, there are two
highly recommended to use the device’s Android Auto or Apple CarPlay icon on the
ways to set up wireless projection:
factory-provided USB cable, which should Home Page to launch.
be replaced after significant wear to . Connect your Android phone or Apple
maintain connection quality. Aftermarket iPhone by using the factory-provided
or third-party cables may not work. phone USB cable and plugging into a

Wireless Carplay and/or Wireless Android at any time. Android Auto, Android, Google, Refer to the User Terms and Privacy
Auto may experience occasional service Google Play, and other marks are Statement for important details. To view,
disruption due to outside Wi-Fi interference. trademarks of Google Inc.; Apple CarPlay is a touch the Settings icon on the Home Page
To disconnect the phones wireless trademark of Apple Inc. of the infotainment display.
projection: Press { on the center stack to exit Android The settings menu may be organized into
1. Select Settings from the Home Page. Auto or Apple CarPlay. To enter back into four categories. Select the desired category
Android Auto or Apple CarPlay, press and by touching System, Apps, Vehicle,
2. Select Phones or Personal.
hold { on the center stack.
3. Touch 4 next to the phone to be To access the personalization menus:
disconnected. Apple CarPlay and Android Auto can be
disabled from the infotainment system. To 1. Touch Settings on the Home Page on the
4. Turn off Apple CarPlay or Android Auto. infotainment display.
do this, touch Home, Settings, and then
Press { on the center stack to return to the touch the Apps tab along the top of the 2. Touch the desired category to display a
Home Page. display. Use the On/Off toggled to turn off list of available options.
Apple CarPlay or Android Auto. 3. Touch to select the desired feature
Features are subject to change. For further
information on how to set up Android Auto setting.
and Apple CarPlay in the vehicle, see Settings 4. Touch the options on the infotainment
my.chevrolet.com. Certain settings can be managed in the display to disable or enable a feature.
Android Auto is provided by Google and is Owner Center sites when an account is 5. Touch z to go to the top level of the
subject to Google’s terms and privacy policy. established, and may be modified if other Settings menu.
Apple CarPlay is provided by Apple and is users have accessed the vehicle or created
subject to Apple’s terms and privacy policy. accounts. This may result in changes to the
Data plan rates apply. For Android Auto security or functionality of the infotainment
support and to see if your phone is system. Some settings may also be
compatible, see https://support.google.com/ transferred to a new vehicle, if equipped. For
androidauto. For Apple CarPlay support and instructions, in the U.S. see
to see if your phone is compatible, see my.chevrolet.com or in Canada see
www.apple.com/ios/carplay/. Apple or mychevrolet.ca or monchevrolet.ca.
Google may change or suspend availability

System Language . Wi-Fi Name: Touch to change the vehicle
Wi-Fi name.
The menu may contain the following: This will set the display language used on
the infotainment display. It may also use . Wi-Fi Password: Touch to change the
Time / Date vehicle Wi-Fi password.
the selected language for voice recognition
Use the following features to set the clock: and audio feedback. Touch Language and . Connected Devices: Touch to show
. Automatic Time and Date: Touch Off or touch the appropriate language. connected devices.
On to enable or disable automatic update Phones . Share Hotspot Data: Touch On to allow
of the time and date. When this feature devices to use the vehicle hotspot and its
is on, the time and date cannot be Touch to connect to a different cell phone or data, or touch Off to allow devices to
manually set. mobile device source, disconnect a cell only use the vehicle hotspot but not
. Set Time: Touch to manually set the time
phone or media device, or delete a cell its data.
phone or media device.
using the controls on the infotainment Privacy
display. Wi-Fi Networks
. Set Date: Touch to manually set the date This will show connected and available Wi-Fi . Location Services: This setting enables or
using the controls on the infotainment networks.
display. disables sharing of vehicle location
If a 4G LTE data package is not active on the outside the vehicle. Emergency services
. Automatic Time Zone (If Equipped): Touch
vehicle, the infotainment system can be will not be affected when Off is selected.
Off or On to disable or enable automatic connected to an external protected Wi-Fi . Data Services: If equipped, this setting
update of the time zone based on vehicle network, such as a mobile device or home
location. When this feature is on, the determines if data sharing can be used by
hotspot, to utilize connected services. features including Wi-Fi, Hotspot, and
time zone cannot be manually set.
Wi-Fi Hotspot applications. Touch Off to disable data
. Select Time Zone: Touch to manually set
services. Emergency services and phone
the time zone. Touch a time zone from Touch and the following may display: calls, such as calls with OnStar Advisors or
the list. . Wi-Fi Services: This allows devices to use others, will not be affected when Off is
. Use 24-hour Format: Touch to specify the the vehicle hotspot. selected.
clock format shown. Touch the controls on the infotainment . Voice Recognition Sharing: This setting
Touch Off or On to disable or enable. display to disable or enable. determines if voice commands can be
shared with a cloud-based voice

recognition system. Touch Off to prevent . Calibrate Touchscreen: Touch to calibrate . Audible Touch Feedback: This setting
the sharing and possible recording of your the infotainment display and follow the determines if a sound plays when
voice commands with this system. This prompts. touching the infotainment display or
may limit the system’s ability to . Turn Display Off: Touch to turn the radio controls. This feature can be turned
understand your voice commands and display off. Touch anywhere on the off or on.
may disable some features. infotainment display or press any Voice
. Types: This setting lists all infotainment control on the center stack
Android-defined as dangerous permissions again to turn the display on. Touch and the following may display:
currently used by the infotainment . Confirm More/Less: This setting specifies
Sounds how often the voice recognition system
system, the number of applications that
have requested this permission, and the Touch and the following may display: confirms commands. Touch Confirm More
number of applications that are allowed . Maximum Startup Volume: This feature to have the system check with you more
to use this permission. adjusts the maximum volume of the often before acting on your commands.
. Used By Applications: This setting lists all infotainment system when you start your . Prompt Length: This setting specifies the
applications that are requested or are vehicle. To set the maximum startup amount of detail the voice recognition
using Android-defined as dangerous volume, touch the controls on the system provides when giving you
permissions. Only requested and active infotainment display to increase or feedback. Touch Auto to have the system
permissions are shown. decrease. automatically adjust to your speech
. Audio Cues: This feature determines if habits. Touch Informative, Short, or Auto.
Display
sounds play when the infotainment . Audio Feedback Speed: Touch Slow,
Touch and the following may display: system starts up and shuts down. This Medium, or Fast to adjust how quickly
. Mode: This adjusts the appearance of the feature can be turned off or on. the voice recognition system speaks.
navigation map view and any . Set Audio Cue Volume: This setting . Friendly Prompts: This setting adjusts the
downloaded apps optimized for day or controls the volume of Audio Cues played formality of voice prompts. Touch Off for
night time conditions. Set to Auto for the on startup and shut down. Touch the shorter prompts. Touch On to hear
display to automatically adjust based on controls on the infotainment display to prompts with more personality. Touch
bright/dark conditions. increase or decrease. Auto to have the prompt match your
Touch Auto, Day, or Night to adjust the command style.
display.

. Tutorial Mode: Touch Off or On to Updates active. If required, data plans are provided
provide tutorial feedback on the display. by a third party. Optionally, a secure Wi-Fi
If equipped, the vehicle can download and
. Allow Prompt Interruptions: This setting install select software updates over a hotspot such as a compatible mobile device
controls whether voice commands can be wireless connection. The system will prompt hotspot, home hotspot, or public hotspot
spoken before voice prompts finish. Turn for certain updates to be downloaded and can be used. Applicable data rates may
this on to speak commands without installed. There is also an option to check apply.
hearing the full prompt. Speaking while for updates manually. To connect the infotainment system to a
the prompt is still playing will secured mobile device hotspot, home
immediately stop playing the current To manually check for updates, touch
Settings on the Home Page and select the hotspot, or public hotspot, touch Settings on
prompt and recognize your command. the Home Page, select the System tab,
Background noise may cause accidental System tab. Go to the Vehicle Software
section and touch Updates. Follow the followed by Wi-Fi Networks. Select the
interruptions. Touch Off or On. appropriate Wi-Fi network, and follow the
on-screen prompts. The steps to check for,
Favorites download, and install updates may vary by on-screen prompts. Download speeds
vehicle. may vary.
. Manage Favorites: Touch to display a list The vehicle can be used normally during the On most compatible mobile devices,
of Audio, Phone, and Navigation favorites. software download. Once the download is activation of the Wi-Fi hotspot is in the
complete, there may be a prompt to accept Settings menu under Mobile Network
Favorites can be moved, renamed, Sharing, Personal Hotspot, Mobile Hotspot,
or deleted. the installation of the update upon the next
ignition cycle or the next time the vehicle is or similar.
To move, touch and hold the favorite, and
shifted into P (Park). For most updates, the Availability of Over-the-Air software updates
then drag up or down to rearrange the
vehicle will be disabled and cannot be driven varies by vehicle and country. Features are
position.
during the installation. The system will subject to change. For more information on
. Set Number of Audio Favorites: Touch to deliver messages indicating success or error this feature, see my.chevrolet.com/learn.
select how many favorites pages can be during and after the download and
viewed from the audio application. The Preferences
installation processes.
Auto setting will automatically adjust this Touch the controls on the infotainment
number based on the number of favorites Downloading Over-the-Air vehicle software display to disable or enable the download of
you have saved. Touch Auto, 5, 10, 15, 20, updates requires Internet connectivity, which new updates in the background.
25, 30, 35, or 40. can be accessed through the vehicle’s
built-in 4G LTE connection, if equipped and

About Apps Audio
Touch to view the infotainment system The menu may contain the following: Depending on the current audio source,
software information. different options will be available.
Android Auto
Running Applications Touch and the following may display:
This feature allows you to interact directly
Touch to see a complete list of applications with your mobile device on the infotainment . Tone Settings: Touch to adjust Equalizer,
that are currently running on the display. See Apple CarPlay and Android Auto Fade/Balance, or Sound Mode. See
infotainment system. 0 185. “Infotainment System Sound Menu” in
AM-FM Radio 0 155.
Return to Factory Settings Touch the controls on the infotainment . Auto Volume: This feature adjusts the
Touch and the following may display: display to disable or enable.
volume based on the vehicle speed.
. Reset Vehicle Settings: Resets all vehicle Apple CarPlay Touch Off, Low, Medium-Low, Medium,
settings for the current user. This feature allows you to interact directly Medium-High, or High.
Touch Reset or Cancel. with your mobile device on the infotainment . Bose AudioPilot Noise Compensation
. Erase Settings and Personal Data: Erases display. See Apple CarPlay and Android Auto Technology (If Equipped): This feature
app data settings, user profiles, and 0 185. adjusts the volume based on the noise in
personal data including navigation and Touch the controls on the infotainment the vehicle and the speed.
mobile device data. display to disable or enable. Touch Off or On.
Touch Erase or Cancel. Apps . Manage Favorites: Touch to display a list
. Clear Default Applications: Resets of Audio, Mobile Devices, and Navigation
preferred applications that have been set Touch and the following may display: favorites.
to open when selecting a function. No . Update Apps Automatically: This allows
Favorites can be moved, renamed,
application data will be lost. downloaded applications to be updated or deleted.
automatically.
Touch Clear or Cancel. To move, touch and hold the favorite, and
Touch the controls on the infotainment then drag up or down to rearrange the
display to disable or enable. position.
. About Apps: Touch to view the versions
of the shop software.

. Set Number of Audio Favorites: Touch to Climate Touch the controls on the infotainment
select how many favorites pages can be display to disable or enable.
viewed from the audio application. The . Auto Rear Defog: This setting
Auto setting will automatically adjust this . Auto Fan Speed: This setting specifies the
amount of airflow when the climate automatically turns the rear window
number based on the number of favorites defogger on when the vehicle engine is
you have saved. Touch Auto, 5, 10, 15, 20, control fan setting is Auto Fan.
started.
25, 30, 35, or 40. Touch Low, Medium, or High.
Touch the controls on the infotainment
. RDS: This allows the Radio Data System . Air Quality Sensor: This setting switches
display to disable or enable.
(RDS) to be turned on or off. the system into Recirculation Mode based
on the quality of the outside air. Navigation
Touch the controls on the infotainment
display to disable or enable. Touch Off, Low Sensitivity, or High Touch and the following may display:
. HD Radio: This allows HD Radio reception Sensitivity. . Destination Card Preferences
to be turned on or off. . Auto Cooled Seats: This setting . Map Preferences
Touch the controls on the infotainment automatically turns on and regulates the . Route Preferences
display to disable or enable. ventilated seats when the cabin . Navigation Voice Control
.
temperature is warm.
Explicit Content Filter: This setting allows . Traffic Preferences
access to explicit content SiriusXM Touch the controls on the infotainment
. Alert Preferences
channels. display to disable or enable.
. Fuel Grade Preferences
Touch Off or On. . Auto Heated Seats: This setting
automatically turns on and regulates the . Manage History
. Manage Phones: Select to connect to a
heated seats when the cabin temperature . Predictive Navigation (if equipped)
different phone source, disconnect a
is cool. The auto heated seats can be . About
phone, or delete a phone.
turned off by using the heated seat
. Reset Music Index: This allows the music See Using the Navigation System 0 163.
controls on the center stack.
index to be reset if you are having Phone
difficulty accessing all of the media Touch the controls on the infotainment
content on your device. display to disable or enable. Touch and the following may display:
. Auto Defog: This setting automatically . My Number: Displays the cell phone
Touch Yes or No.
turns the front defogger on when the number of the Bluetooth connected
vehicle engine is started. device.

. Active Call View: Shows active call display Personal Touch Vehicle Key 1 and/or Vehicle Key 2.
when answering a call.
If equipped, this menu allows adjustment of If the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
Touch the controls on the infotainment different user profile settings. See “Users” in transmitter is lost or stolen, see your dealer.
display to disable or enable. Using the System 0 152 for information on Security
. Privacy: Only show call alerts in the setting up user profiles.
instrument cluster. Touch to have your profile secured with
The menu may contain the following: a PIN.
Touch Off or On.
Name Touch No or Yes.
. Sort Contacts: Touch to sort by first or
last name. Touch to edit your user name that will be Vehicle Name
. Re-sync Device Contacts: displayed in the vehicle.
Touch to edit your vehicle name.
This allows the device contacts to re-sync Vehicle Account Information
if you are having difficulty accessing all of Vehicle Account
Touch to view the vehicle account
the contacts on your cell phone. information and to change the account Touch to view the vehicle account
. Delete All Vehicle Contacts: Touch to password. information and to change the account
delete all vehicle stored contacts. password.
An “unverified user account” pop-up will
. OnStar Phone TTY Mode: This enables display until the account information Delete Profile
OnStar cell phone TTY mode. verification process has been completed on Touch to remove the profile from the
Touch Disable or Enable. the Internet. Check your registered e-mail vehicle.
account for an activation e-mail to complete
Vehicle the verification process. Touch Remove or Cancel.
This menu allows adjustment of different Profile Picture Teen Driver
vehicle features. See Vehicle Personalization
0 131. Touch to choose or change your profile If equipped, this allows multiple keys to be
picture. registered for beginner drivers to encourage
Profile Identifiers safe driving habits. When the vehicle is
started with a Teen Driver key, it will
Touch to have the vehicle recognize the automatically activate certain safety
identifier you choose. systems, allow setting of some features, and

limit the use of others. The Report Card will 2. For automatic transmissions, the vehicle longer registered. A confirmation
record vehicle data about driving behavior must be in P (Park). For manual message displays, and Teen Driver
that can be viewed later. When the vehicle transmissions, the vehicle must be restrictions will not be applied if this
is started with a registered key, the Driver stopped with the parking brake set. transmitter key is used to operate
Information Center (DIC) displays a message 3. From the Settings menu, touch Vehicle the vehicle.
that Teen Driver is active. and then Teen Driver. In vehicles with a pushbutton start system,
To access: 4. Enter the PIN. if a Teen Driver and a non-Teen Driver key
1. Touch Settings on the Home Page, then 5. Place the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) are both present at start up, the vehicle will
touch Vehicle, and then Teen Driver. transmitter key you wish to register in recognize the non-Teen Driver key to start
the transmitter pocket. The key does not the vehicle. The Teen Driver settings will not
2. Create a Personal Identification Number be active.
(PIN) by choosing a four-digit PIN. need to be the one that started the
Re-enter the PIN to confirm. To change vehicle. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) For a keyed ignition system:
the PIN, touch Change PIN. System Operation (Key Access) 0 10 or 1. Start the engine.
The PIN is required to: Operation (Keyless Access) 0 13 for 2. For automatic transmissions, the vehicle
. Register or unregister keys. transmitter pocket location. must be in P (Park). For manual
. Change Teen Driver settings. transmissions, the vehicle must be
6. From the Teen Driver menu, touch stopped with the parking brake set.
. Change or clear the Teen Driver PIN. Setup Keys.
. Access or delete Report Card data.
3. From the Settings menu, touch Vehicle
. If the transmitter key has not
and then Teen Driver.
Register keys to activate Teen Driver and previously been registered, the option
to add the key displays. Touch Setup 4. Enter the PIN.
assign restrictions to the key:
and a confirmation message displays. 5. Touch Setup Keys. The system displays
Any vehicle key can be registered, up to a Teen Driver restrictions will be instructions for registering or
maximum of eight keys. Label the key to applied whenever this key is used to unregistering a key. A confirmation
tell it apart from the other keys. operate the vehicle. message displays.
For a pushbutton start system: . If the transmitter key has already
1. Start the engine. been registered, the option to
remove the key displays. If Remove is
touched, the transmitter key is no

Manage Settings Set Teen Driver Speed Warning : Displays a If this happens, remove the object from
Audio Volume Limit : Allows the audio warning in the DIC when exceeding a the seat. See Passenger Sensing System
volume limit to be turned on or off. Touch selectable speed. Choose the desired speed 0 66.
Set Audio Volume Limit to choose the warning level. The speed warning does not . Some safety systems, such as Forward
maximum allowable audio volume level. limit the speed of the vehicle. Collision Alert, if equipped, cannot be
SiriusXM Explicit Content Filter (if turned off.
Set Audio Volume Limit : Allows a
equipped) : Allows the SiriusXM Explicit . The gap setting for the Forward Collision
maximum radio volume to be set. Use the
arrows to choose the maximum allowable Content Filter to be turned ON or OFF. Alert and Adaptive Cruise Control,
level for the audio volume. When ON, the teen driver will not be able if equipped, cannot be changed.
to listen to SiriusXM stations that contain . When trying to change a safety feature
Teen Driver Speed Limiter : Limits the explicit content, and the Explicit Content that is not configurable in Teen Driver,
maximum speed of the vehicle. When the Filter selection in the Audio Settings will be the DIC displays a message indicating
speed limiter is turned on and the vehicle is unavailable for change. that Teen Driver is active and the action
started with a Teen Driver key, the DIC is not available.
displays a message that the top speed is When Teen Driver is Active:
. If equipped with Buckle to Drive, shifting . Super Cruise, if equipped, is not available.
limited.
out of P (Park) will be prevented if the . Enhanced Low Fuel Warning (if equipped)
On certain vehicles, when the Speed Limiter driver seat belt, and in some vehicles the – When the vehicle is low on fuel, the
is turned ON, the vehicle’s maximum front passenger seat belt, is not buckled. low fuel light on the instrument cluster
acceleration will be limited. The DIC will flashes and the DIC low fuel warning
. The radio will mute when the driver seat
display a message that the acceleration is cannot be dismissed.
limited. belt, and in some vehicles the front
passenger seat belt, is not buckled. The . Do not tow a trailer.
Teen Driver Speed Warning : Allows the audio from any device paired to the Report Card
speed warning to be turned on or off. Touch vehicle will also be muted.
Set Teen Driver Speed Warning to set the . An object placed on the front passenger The vehicle owner must secure the driver’s
warning speed. seat, such as a briefcase, handbag, consent to record certain vehicle data when
grocery bag, laptop, or other electronic the vehicle is driven with a registered Teen
device, could cause the passenger sensing Driver key. There is one Report Card per
system to falsely sense an unbuckled
front passenger and mute the radio.

vehicle. Data is only recorded when a . Reverse Automatic Braking (if equipped) – To delete Report Card data, do one of the
registered Teen Driver key is used to the number of times the vehicle detected following:
operate the vehicle. that a rearward collision was imminent . From the Report Card display, touch
and applied the brakes. Reset.
The Report Card data is collected from the
time Teen Driver is activated or the last . Traction Control – the number of times . Touch Clear All Teen Keys and PIN from
time the Report Card was reset. The the Traction Control System activated to the Teen Driver menu. This will also
following items may be recorded: reduce wheel spin or loss of traction. unregister any Teen Driver keys and
. Distance Driven – the total distance . Stability Control – the number of events delete the PIN.
driven. which required the use of electronic
Forgotten PIN
. Maximum Speed – the maximum vehicle
stability control.
. Antilock Braking System Active – The See your dealer to reset the PIN.
speed detected.
. Overspeed Warnings – the number of
number of Antilock Brake System
times the speed warning setting was
activations. Trademarks and License
. Tailgating Alerts – the number of times
exceeded.
the driver was alerted for following a
Agreements
. Wide Open Throttle – the number of
vehicle ahead too closely. FCC Information
times the accelerator pedal was pressed
nearly all the way down. Report Card Data See Radio Frequency Statement 0 436.
. Forward Collision Alerts – the number of Cumulative Data is saved for all trips until
times the driver was notified when the Report Card is reset or until the
approaching a vehicle ahead too quickly maximum count is exceeded. If the
and at potential risk for a crash. maximum count is exceeded for a Report
. Forward Automatic Braking, also called Card line item, that item will no longer be
Automatic Emergency Braking (if updated in the Report Card until it is reset.
equipped) – the number of times the Each item will report a maximum of
vehicle detected that a forward collision 1,000 counts. The distance driven will report "Made for iPod," and "Made for iPhone,"
was imminent and applied the brakes. a maximum of 64 374 km (40,000 mi). mean that an electronic accessory has been
designed to connect specifically to iPod or
iPhone, respectively, and has been certified
by the developer to meet Apple

performance standards. Apple is not Agreement available at www.siriusxm.com. rights including patent rights, copyrights,
responsible for the operation of this device SiriusXM service is only available in the and trade secrets of Digital Voice
or its compliance with safety and regulatory 48 contiguous United States and Canada. Systems, Inc.
standards. Please note that the use of this In Canada: Some deterioration of service General Requirements:
accessory with iPod or iPhone may affect may occur in extreme northern latitudes.
wireless performance. iPhone, iPod, iPod 1. A License Agreement from SiriusXM is
This is beyond the control of SiriusXM required for any product that
classic, iPod nano, iPod shuffle, and iPod Satellite Radio.
touch are trademarks of Apple Inc., incorporates SiriusXM Technology and/or
registered in the U.S. and other countries. Explicit Language Notice: Channels with for use of any of the SiriusXM marks to
frequent explicit language are indicated with be manufactured, distributed,
an “XL” preceding the channel name. or marketed in the SiriusXM
Channel blocking is available for SiriusXM Service Area.
Satellite Radio receivers by notifying 2. For products to be distributed, marketed,
SiriusXM: and/or sold in Canada, a separate
. USA Customers — See www.siriusxm.com agreement is required with Canadian
or call 1-888-601–6296. Satellite Radio Inc. (operating as SiriusXM
If you decide to continue service after your . Canada Customers — See Canada).
trial, your selected subscription plan will www.siriusxm.ca or call 1-877-438-9677.
automatically renew thereafter. You will be
It is prohibited to copy, decompile,
charged at then-current rates. Fees and taxes
disassemble, reverse engineer, hack,
apply. Please see the SiriusXM Customer
manipulate, or otherwise make available any
Agreement at siriusxm.com for complete
technology or software incorporated in
terms and how to cancel, which includes
receivers compatible with the SiriusXM
calling SiriusXM at 1-866-635-2349. All fees
Satellite Radio System or that support the
and programming are subject to change. TouchSense Technology and TouchSense
SiriusXM website, the Online Service or any
Fees and Taxes: Subscription fee, taxes, one of its content. Furthermore, the AMBER voice System 1000 Series Licensed from
time activation fee, and other fees may compression software included in this Immersion Corporation. TouchSense System
apply. Subscription fee is consumer only. All product is protected by intellectual property 1000 protected under one or more of the
fees and programming subject to change.
Subscriptions subject to Customer

U.S. Patents at the following address Java Gracenote" logo are either registered
www.immersion.com/patent-marking.html Java is a registered trademark of Oracle trademarks or trademarks of Gracenote in
and other patents pending. and/or its affiliates. the United States and/or other countries.
Bose Gracenote Terms of Use
Schedule I: Gracenote EULA
Bose AudioPilot and Bose Centerpoint This application or device contains software
surround are registered trademarks of Bose from Gracenote, Inc. of Emeryville, California
Corporation in the U.S. and other countries. ("Gracenote"). The software from Gracenote
HD Radio Technology (the "Gracenote Software") enables this
application to do disc or file identification
and obtain music-related information,
including name, artist, track, and title
information ("Gracenote Data") from online
Music recognition technology and related
servers or embedded databases (collectively,
data are provided by Gracenote. Gracenote
"Gracenote Servers") and to perform other
is the industry standard in music recognition
functions. You may use Gracenote Data only
technology and related content delivery. For
by means of the intended End-User
HD Radio Technology manufactured under more information see www.gracenote.com.
functions of this application or device.
license from iBiquity Digital Corporation. U.S. Music-related data from Gracenote, Inc.,
and Foreign patents. HD Radio and the HD, This application or device may contain
copyright © 2000 to present Gracenote.
HD Radio, and “Arc” logos are proprietary content belonging to Gracenote’s providers.
Gracenote Software, copyright © 2000 to
trademarks of iBiquity Digital Corp. If so, all of the restrictions set forth herein
present Gracenote. One or more patents
with respect to Gracenote Data shall also
Bluetooth owned by Gracenote may apply to this
apply to such content and such content
product and service. See the Gracenote
The Bluetooth word mark and logos are providers shall be entitled to all of the
website for a non-exhaustive list of
owned by the Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any benefits and protections set forth herein
applicable Gracenote patents. Gracenote,
use of such marks by General Motors is that are available to Gracenote.
CDDB, MusicID, MediaVOCS, the Gracenote
under license. Other trademarks and trade You agree that you will use Gracenote Data,
logo and logotype, and the "Powered by
names are those of their respective owners. the Gracenote Software, and Gracenote
Servers for your own personal
non-commercial use only. You agree not to

assign, copy, transfer or transmit the more information, see the web page for the NO CASE WILL GRACENOTE BE LIABLE FOR
Gracenote Software or any Gracenote Data Gracenote Privacy Policy for the Gracenote ANY CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL
to any third party. YOU AGREE NOT TO USE service. DAMAGES OR FOR ANY LOST PROFITS OR
OR EXPLOIT GRACENOTE DATA, THE The Gracenote Software and each item of LOST REVENUES.
GRACENOTE SOFTWARE, OR GRACENOTE Gracenote Data are licensed to you "AS IS." © 2014. Gracenote, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
SERVERS, EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PERMITTED Gracenote makes no representations or
HEREIN. MPEG4–AVC (H.264)
warranties, express or implied, regarding the
You agree that your non-exclusive license to accuracy of any Gracenote Data. Gracenote THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED UNDER THE AVC
use the Gracenote Data, the Gracenote reserves the right to delete data from the PATENT PORTFOLIO LICENSE FOR THE
Software, and Gracenote Servers will Gracenote Servers or to change data PERSONAL AND NON-COMMERCIAL USE OF A
terminate if you violate these restrictions. categories for any cause that Gracenote CONSUMER TO (i) ENCODE VIDEO IN
If your license terminates, you agree to deems sufficient. No warranty is made that COMPLIANCE WITH THE AVC STANDARD
cease any and all use of the Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software or Gracenote Servers (“AVC VIDEO”) AND/OR (ii) DECODE AVC
the Gracenote Software, and Gracenote are error-free or that functioning of VIDEO THAT WAS ENCODED BY A
Servers. Gracenote reserves all rights in Gracenote Software or Gracenote Servers CONSUMER ENGAGED IN A PERSONAL AND
Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software, will be uninterrupted. Gracenote is not NON-COMMERCIAL ACTIVITY AND/OR WAS
and the Gracenote Servers, including all obligated to provide you with new enhanced OBTAINED FROM A VIDEO PROVIDER
ownership rights. Under no circumstances or additional data types or categories that LICENSED TO PROVIDE AVC VIDEO. NO
will Gracenote become liable for any Gracenote may provide in the future and is LICENSE IS GRANTED OR SHALL BE IMPLIED
payment to you for any information that free to discontinue its services at any time. FOR ANY OTHER USE. ADDITIONAL
you provide. You agree that Gracenote may INFORMATION MAY BE OBTAINED
GRACENOTE DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES FROM MPEG LA, LLC. SEE
enforce its rights under this Agreement EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
against you directly in its own name. HTTP://WWW.MPEGLA.COM.
LIMITED TO, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
The Gracenote service uses a unique MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A VC-1
identifier to track queries for statistical PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE, AND THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED UNDER THE VC-1
purposes. The purpose of a randomly NON-INFRINGEMENT. GRACENOTE DOES NOT PATENT PORTFOLIO LICENSE FOR THE
assigned numeric identifier is to allow the WARRANT THE RESULTS THAT WILL BE PERSONAL AND NON-COMMERCIAL USE OF A
Gracenote service to count queries without OBTAINED BY YOUR USE OF THE GRACENOTE CONSUMER TO (i) ENCODE VIDEO IN
knowing anything about who you are. For SOFTWARE OR ANY GRACENOTE SERVER. IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE VC-1 STANDARD

(“VC-1 VIDEO”) AND/OR (ii) DECODE VC-1 Map End User License Agreement TERMS AND CONDITIONS
VIDEO THAT WAS ENCODED BY A Personal Use Only: You agree to use this
END USER TERMS
CONSUMER ENGAGED IN A PERSONAL AND Data for the solely personal, noncommercial
NON-COMMERCIAL ACTIVITY AND/OR WAS The Map Data SD card (“Data”) is provided
purposes for which you were licensed, and
OBTAINED FROM A VIDEO PROVIDER for your personal, internal use only and not
not for service bureau, timesharing or other
LICENSED TO PROVIDE VC-1 VIDEO. NO for resale. It is protected by copyright, and
similar purposes. Except as otherwise set
LICENSE IS GRANTED OR SHALL BE IMPLIED is subject to the following terms (this “End
forth herein, you agree not to otherwise
FOR ANY OTHER USE. ADDITIONAL User License Agreement”) and conditions
reproduce, copy, modify, decompile,
INFORMATION MAY BE OBTAINED which are agreed to by you, on the one
disassemble or reverse engineer any portion
FROM MPEG LA, LLC. SEE hand, and HERE North America, LLC (“HERE”)
of this Data, and may not transfer or
HTTP://WWW.MPEGLA.COM. and its licensors (including their licensors
distribute it in any form, for any purpose,
and suppliers) on the other hand.
MPEG4–Visual except to the extent permitted by
The Data for areas of Canada includes mandatory laws. You may transfer the Data
USE OF THIS PRODUCT IN ANY MANNER
information taken with permission from and all accompanying materials on a
THAT COMPLIES WITH THE MPEG-4 VISUAL
Canadian authorities, including: © Her permanent basis if you retain no copies and
STANDARD IS PROHIBITED, EXCEPT FOR USE
Majesty the Queen in Right of Canada, © the recipient agrees to the terms of this End
BY A CONSUMER ENGAGING IN PERSONAL
Queen's Printer for Ontario, © Canada Post User License Agreement. Multi-disc sets may
AND NON-COMMERCIAL ACTIVITIES.
Corporation, GeoBase®. only be transferred or sold as a complete
MP3 set as provided to you and not as a subset
HERE holds a nonexclusive license from the
MPEG Layer-3 audio coding technology United States Postal Service® to publish and thereof.
licensed from Fraunhofer IIS and Thomson. sell ZIP+4® information. Restrictions
WMV/WMA © United States Postal Service 2013. Prices Except where you have been specifically
This product includes technology owned by are not established, controlled, or approved licensed to do so by HERE and without
Microsoft Corporation and under a license by the United States Postal Service. The limiting the preceding paragraph, you may
from Microsoft Licensing, GP. Use or following trademarks and registrations are not (a) use this Data with any products,
distribution of such technology outside of owned by the USPS: United States Postal systems, or applications installed or
this product is prohibited without a license Service, USPS, and ZIP+4. otherwise connected to or in communication
from Microsoft Corporation and/or Microsoft with vehicles capable of vehicle navigation,
Licensing, GP as applicable. positioning, dispatch, real time route

guidance, fleet management or similar Disclaimer of Warranty POSSESSION OF THIS DATA; OR FOR ANY
applications; or (b) with, or in THE DATABASE IS PROVIDED ON AN “AS IS” LOSS OF PROFIT, REVENUE, CONTRACTS OR
communication with, including without AND “WITH ALL FAULTS BASIS” AND SAVINGS, OR ANY OTHER DIRECT, INDIRECT,
limitation, cellular phones, palmtop and HARMAN (AND THEIR LICENSORS AND INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL
handheld computers, pagers, and personal SUPPLIERS) EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM ALL OTHER DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF YOUR USE OF OR
digital assistants or PDAs. WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INABILITY TO USE THIS DATA, ANY DEFECT IN
Warning INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE THIS DATA, OR THE BREACH OF THESE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF TERMS OR CONDITIONS, WHETHER IN AN
This Data may contain inaccurate or ACTION IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR BASED
incomplete information due to the passage NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY,
SATISFACTORY QUALITY, ACCURACY, TITLE ON A WARRANTY, EVEN IF HERE OR ITS
of time, changing circumstances, sources LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE
used, and the nature of collecting AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
NO ORAL OR WRITTEN ADVICE OR POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. Some
comprehensive geographic data, any of States, Territories, and Countries do not
which may lead to incorrect results. INFORMATION PROVIDED BY HARMAN (OR
ANY OF THEIR LICENSORS, AGENTS, allow certain liability exclusions or damages
No Warranty EMPLOYEES, OR THIRD PARTY PROVIDERS) limitations, so to that extent the above may
SHALL CREATE A WARRANTY, AND YOU ARE not apply to you.
This Data is provided to you “as is,” and you
agree to use it at your own risk. HERE and NOT ENTITLED TO RELY ON ANY SUCH Export Control
its licensors (and their licensors and ADVICE OR INFORMATION. THIS DISCLAIMER You agree not to export from anywhere any
suppliers) make no guarantees, OF WARRANTIES IS AN ESSENTIAL CONDITION part of the Data provided to you or any
representations, or warranties of any kind, OF THIS AGREEMENT. direct product thereof except in compliance
express or implied, arising by law or Disclaimer of Liability with, and with all licenses and approvals
otherwise, including but not limited to, required under, applicable export laws, rules
content, quality, accuracy, completeness, HERE AND ITS LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR
LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) SHALL NOT BE and regulations. Entire Agreement: These
effectiveness, reliability, fitness for a terms and conditions constitute the entire
particular purpose, usefulness, use or results LIABLE TO YOU IN RESPECT OF ANY CLAIM,
DEMAND OR ACTION, IRRESPECTIVE OF THE agreement between HERE (and its licensors,
to be obtained from this Data, or that the including their licensors and suppliers) and
Data or server will be uninterrupted or NATURE OF THE CAUSE OF THE CLAIM,
DEMAND OR ACTION ALLEGING ANY LOSS, you pertaining to the subject matter hereof,
error free. and supersedes in their entirety any and all
INJURY OR DAMAGES, DIRECT OR INDIRECT,
WHICH MAY RESULT FROM THE USE OR

written or oral agreements previously the Contracting Officer, federal government
existing between us with respect to such agency, or any federal official must notify
subject matter. HERE prior to seeking additional or
Governing Law alternative rights in the Data.
The above terms and conditions shall be Unicode

governed by the laws of the State of Illinois, Copyright © 1991-2010 Unicode, Inc.
without giving effect to (i) its conflict of All rights reserved. Distributed under the
laws provisions, or (ii) the United Nations Terms of Use in http://www.unicode.org/
Convention for Contracts for the copyright.html.
NOTICE OF USE
International Sale of Goods, which is Free Type Project
explicitly excluded. You agree to submit to CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/ SUPPLIER)
the jurisdiction of the State of Illinois for Portions of this software are
NAME:
any and all disputes, claims, and actions copyright © 2010 The FreeType Project
arising from or in connection with the Data HERE North America, LLC (http://www.freetype.org). All rights
provided to you hereunder. CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/SUPPLIER) reserved.
Government End Users ADDRESS: Open Source SW
If the Data is being acquired by or on behalf 425 West Randolph Street, Chicago, IL Further information concerning the OSS
of the United States government or any 60606. licenses is shown in the infotainment
other entity seeking or applying rights display.
similar to those customarily claimed by the This Data is a commercial item as defined in
FAR 2.101 and is subject to the End User QNX
United States government, this Data is a
“commercial item” as that term is defined at License Agreement under which this Data Portions of this software are
48 C.F.R. (“FAR”) 2.101, is licensed in was provided. copyright © 2008-2011, QNX Software
accordance with this End User License © 2014 HERE North America, LLC. All rights Systems. All rights reserved.
Agreement, and each copy of Data delivered reserved. Part C – EULA
or otherwise furnished shall be marked and
If the Contracting Officer, federal Copyright © 2011, Software Systems
embedded as appropriate with the following
government agency, or any federal official GmbH & Co. KG. All Rights Reserved.
“Notice of Use,” and be treated in
refuses to use the legend provided herein,
accordance with such Notice:

The product you have purchased ("Product") contained on the original; and (2) not to CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE, FOR DAMAGES,
contains Software (Runtime Configuration export the Product or the Software in INCLUDING ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL,
No. 505962; "Software") which is distributed contravention of applicable export INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
by or on behalf of the Product manufacturer control laws. OF ANY CHARACTER ARISING AS A RESULT OF
"Manufacturer") under license from Software EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT OTHERWISE THIS LICENSE OR OUT OF THE USE OR
Systems Co. ("QSSC"). You may only use the REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW, QSSC AND INABILITY TO USE THE PRODUCT (INCLUDING
Software in the Product and in compliance ITS LICENSORS PROVIDE THE SOFTWARE ON BUT NOT LIMITED TO DAMAGES FOR LOSS
with the license terms below. AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, PRODUCT
Subject to the terms and conditions of this CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL
License, QSSC hereby grants you a limited, OR IMPLIED INCLUDING, WITHOUT OTHER COMMERCIAL DAMAGES OR LOSSES),
non-exclusive, non-transferable license to use LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OR EVEN IF QSSC, ITS AFFILIATES OR THEIR
the Software in the Product for the purpose CONDITIONS OF TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE
intended by the Manufacturer. If permitted MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
by the Manufacturer, or by applicable law, PARTICULAR PURPOSE. ANY WARRANTIES OR WMA
you may make one backup copy of the OTHER PROVISIONS OFFERED BY THE This product is protected by certain
Software as part of the Product software. MANUFACTURER OR ITS DISTRIBUTOR(S) intellectual property rights of Microsoft. Use
QSSC and its licensors reserve all license+C31 THAT DIFFER FROM THIS LICENSE ARE or distribution of such technology outside of
rights not expressly granted herein, and OFFERED BY THE MANUFACTURER OR ITS this product is prohibited without a license
retain all right, title and interest in and to DISTRIBUTOR(S) ALONE AND NOT BY QSSC, from Microsoft.
all copies of the Software, including all ITS AFFILIATES OR THEIR LICENSORS. YOU
intellectual property rights therein. Unless ASSUME ANY RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH YOUR For more information on the Software,
required by applicable law you may not USE OF THE SOFTWARE UNDER THIS LICENSE. including any open source software license
reproduce, distribute or transfer, terms (and available source code) as well as
EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT OTHERWISE copyright attributions applicable to the
or de-compile, disassemble or otherwise REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW (SUCH AS IN
attempt to unbundle, reverse engineer, Runtime Configuration indicated above,
THE CASE OF DELIBERATE OR GROSSLY please contact the Manufacturer or contact
modify or create derivative works of, the NEGLIGENT ACTS), IN NO EVENT SHALL QSSC,
Software. You agree: (1) not to remove, QSSC at 175 Terence Matthews Crescent,
ITS AFFILIATES OR THEIR LICENSORS BE Kanata, Ontario, Canada K2M 1W8
cover or alter any proprietary notices, labels LIABLE TO YOU UNDER ANY LEGAL THEORY,
or marks in or on the Software, and to (licensing@qnx.com).
WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE),
ensure that all copies bear any notice

Linotype
Helvetica is a trademark of Linotype Corp.
registered in the U.S. Patent and Trademark
Office and may be registered in certain
other jurisdictions in the name of Linotype
Corp. or its licensee Linotype GmbH.
Usage in text form of each of the Licensed
Trademarks is:
The trademark attribution requirements for
the Licensed Trademarks may be viewed at
http://www.linotype.com/2061-19414/
trademarks.html.
END USER NOTICE
The marks of companies displayed by this
product to indicate business locations are
the marks of their respective owners. The
use of such marks in this product does not
imply any sponsorship, approval,
or endorsement by such companies of this
product.
204 Climate Controls

Climate Controls Climate Control Systems
Climate Control Systems The heating, cooling, and ventilation in the vehicle can be controlled with this system.
Climate Control Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Dual Automatic Climate Control
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Air Vents
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Maintenance
Passenger Compartment Air Filter . . . . . 209
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
1. Fan Control 9 : Turn clockwise or counterclockwise to

2. MAX Defrost increase or decrease the fan speed. Turn the
3. Air Delivery Mode Controls knob all the way counterclockwise to turn
the fan off.
4. A/C (Air Conditioning)
TEMP : Turn clockwise or counterclockwise
5. TEMP (Temperature Control) to increase or decrease the temperature
6. Recirculation inside the vehicle.
7. Rear Window Defogger (If Equipped) or
Heated Mirrors (If Equipped)
Climate Controls 205

Air Delivery Mode Controls : Press z, Y, 0 MAX : Air is directed to the windshield Rear Window Defogger
or [ to change the direction of the and the fan runs at a higher speed if not
already above a medium fan speed. This 1 REAR : If equipped, press to turn the
airflow. Any combination of the three rear window defogger on or off. An indicator
controls can be selected. An indicator light mode overrides the previous mode selected
and clears fog or frost from the windshield light on the button comes on to show that
comes on in the selected mode button. the rear window defogger is on.
more quickly. When the control is pressed
To change the current mode, select one or again, the system returns to the previous The rear window defogger only works when
more of the following. An indicator light will mode setting and fan speed. the engine is running. The defogger turns
illuminate: off if the ignition is turned off or to ACC/
For best results, clear all snow and ice from
z : Air is directed to the windshield, the windshield before defrosting. ACCESSORY.
outboard a/c outlets, and side window If equipped with heated outside mirrors,
outlets. @ : Press to turn on recirculation. An press f to turn them on or off. See Heated
indicator light comes on. Air is recirculated
Y : Air is directed to the a/c outlets. to quickly cool the inside of the vehicle. Mirrors 0 37.
It can also be used to help reduce outside Caution
[ : Air is directed to the floor outlets, air and odors that enter the vehicle.
with some air directed to the windshield, Using a razor blade or sharp object to
outboard a/c outlets, and side window Avoid using recirculation for long periods of clear the inside rear window can damage
outlets. time in cold or damp conditions. Using
the rear window defogger. Repairs would
recirculation in cold or damp conditions can
result in window fogging. not be covered by the vehicle warranty.
Do not clear the inside rear window with
A/C : Press to turn the air conditioning on sharp objects.
or off. An indicator light comes on to show
that the air conditioning is enabled. If the
fan is turned off, the air conditioner will not
run. The A/C light will stay on even if the
outside temperatures are below freezing.

Dual Automatic Climate Control System Climate Control Display
The heating, cooling, and ventilation in the vehicle can be controlled with this system.
1. Driver and Passenger Temperature

Settings
Uplevel Shown 2. Fan Control
3. Driver and Passenger Temperature
1. Driver and Passenger Temperature 6. Recirculation Controls
Controls 7. Power Button 4. Sync (Synchronized Temperature)
2. MAX Defrost 8. Fan Control 5. Recirculation
3. Air Delivery Mode Controls 9. Rear Window Defogger (If Equipped) or 6. Air Delivery Mode Controls
4. A/C (Air Conditioning) Heated Mirrors (If Equipped) 7. Auto (Automatic Operation)
5. SYNC (Synchronized Temperature) 10. AUTO (Automatic Operation) 8. A/C (Air Conditioning)
9. On/Off (Power)

The fan, air delivery mode, air conditioning, Automatic Operation selected, a small amount of air may still
driver and passenger temperatures, and Sync The system automatically controls the fan come out of the outlets depending on
settings can be controlled by touching speed, air delivery, air conditioning, and vehicle speed. If any buttons are pressed or
CLIMATE on the infotainment Home Page or recirculation in order to heat or cool the knobs are turned, the climate control system
the climate button in the climate control vehicle to the desired temperature. will turn on and operate at the current
display application tray. A selection can then setting.
be made on the front climate control page When AUTO is lit, all four functions operate
automatically. Each function can also be Press AUTO to return to automatic
displayed. operation.
manually set and the selected setting is
Climate Control Status Display displayed. Functions not manually set will Driver and Passenger Temperature Control :
continue to be automatically controlled, The temperature can be adjusted separately
even if the AUTO indicator is not lit. for the driver and passenger.
For automatic operation: Turn the knob clockwise or counterclockwise
1. Press AUTO. to increase or decrease the driver or
passenger temperature setting. On some
2. Set the temperature. Allow the system models, the driver side or passenger side
time to stabilize. Adjust the temperature temperature display shows the temperature
as needed for best comfort. setting increasing or decreasing.
To improve fuel efficiency and to cool the SYNC : Press to link the passenger
vehicle faster, recirculation may be temperature setting to the driver setting.
automatically selected in warm weather. The SYNC indicator light will turn on. When
The recirculation light will not come on the passenger setting is adjusted, the SYNC
The climate control status display appears when automatically controlled. See @ indicator light will turn off.
briefly when the center stack climate under “Manual Operation” for more details. Air Delivery Mode Control : Press z, Y,
controls are adjusted.
Manual Operation or [ to change the direction of the
airflow. Any combination of the three
9 : Turn clockwise or counterclockwise to controls can be selected. An indicator light
increase or decrease the fan speed. Press the comes on in the selected mode button.
knob to turn the fan off. When off is

Changing the mode cancels the automatic @ : Press to turn on recirculation. An Caution
operation and the system goes into manual indicator light comes on. Air is recirculated
mode. Press AUTO to return to automatic to quickly cool the inside of the vehicle. Using a razor blade or sharp object to
operation. It can also be used to help reduce outside clear the inside rear window can damage
To change the current mode, select one or air and odors that enter the vehicle. the rear window defogger. Repairs would
more of the following: not be covered by the vehicle warranty.
Avoid using recirculation for long periods of
Do not clear the inside rear window with
z : Air is directed to the windshield, time in cold or damp conditions. Using
recirculation in cold or damp conditions can sharp objects.
outboard a/c outlets, and side window
outlets. result in window fogging.
Remote Start Climate Control Operation :
A/C : Press to turn the air conditioning on If equipped with remote start, the climate
Y : Air is directed to the a/c outlets. or off. An indicator light comes on to show control system may run when the vehicle is
[ : Air is directed to the floor outlets, that the air conditioning is enabled. If the started remotely. If equipped with heated or
with some air directed to the windshield, fan is turned off, the air conditioner will not ventilated seats or a heated steering wheel,
outboard a/c outlets, and side window run. The A/C light will stay on even if the these features may come on during a
outlets. outside temperatures are below freezing. remote start. See Remote Vehicle Start 0 20,
Heated and Ventilated Front Seats 0 52, and
0 MAX : Air is directed to the windshield Rear Window Defogger Heated Steering Wheel 0 100.
and the fan runs at a higher speed if not 1 REAR : If equipped, press to turn the
already above a medium fan speed. This Sensors
rear window defogger on or off. An indicator
mode overrides the previous mode selected light on the button comes on to show that
and clears fog or frost from the windshield the rear window defogger is on.
more quickly. When the control is pressed
again, the system returns to the previous The rear window defogger only works when
mode setting and fan speed. the engine is running. The defogger turns
off if the ignition is turned off or to ACC/
For best results, clear all snow and ice from ACCESSORY.
the windshield before defrosting.
If equipped with heated outside mirrors,
press f to turn them on or off. See Heated
Mirrors 0 37.

The solar sensor, on top of the instrument Operation Tips Maintenance
panel near the windshield, monitors the . Clear away any ice, snow, or leaves from
solar heat. air inlets at the base of the windshield Passenger Compartment Air Filter
The climate control system uses the sensor that could block the flow of air into the
vehicle. The filter reduces the dust, pollen, and other
information to adjust the temperature, fan airborne irritants from outside air that is
speed, recirculation, and air delivery mode . Clear snow off the hood to improve
pulled into the vehicle.
for best comfort. visibility and help decrease moisture
drawn into the vehicle. The filter should be replaced as part of
Do not cover the sensor; otherwise the routine scheduled maintenance. See
automatic climate control system may not . Keep the path under the front seats clear
of objects to help circulate the air inside Maintenance Schedule 0 409. To find out
work properly. what type of filter to use, see Maintenance
of the vehicle more effectively.
Replacement Parts 0 419.
Air Vents . Use of non-GM approved hood deflectors
can adversely affect the performance of
Use the sliding knobs on the center and side the system. Check with your dealer
air vents to change the direction of the before adding equipment to the outside
airflow. of the vehicle.
Air vents blow warm air on the side . Do not attach any devices to the air vent
windows in cold weather. If Floor, Defog, slats. This will restrict airflow and may
or Defrost modes are selected, a small cause damage to the air vents.
amount of air will come from the vents
close to the window.
To close the front a/c vents, move the
sliding knobs to the full down position.
To close the rear a/c vents, move the sliding 1. Open the lower glove box door
knobs to the full inboard position. completely.

3. Press the sides of the glove box door Service
inward and rotate the door downward to
remove. All vehicles have a label underhood that
identifies the refrigerant used in the vehicle.
The refrigerant system should only be
serviced by trained and certified technicians.
The air conditioning evaporator should never
be repaired or replaced by one from a
salvage vehicle. It should only be replaced
by a new evaporator to ensure proper and
safe operation.
During service, all refrigerants should be
reclaimed with proper equipment. Venting
2. Push the dampener arm to the left until refrigerants directly to the atmosphere is
it releases the glovebox. harmful to the environment and may also
create unsafe conditions based on
4. Pull lever on left side of the filter door inhalation, combustion, frostbite, or other
and slide left, then remove the door. health-based concerns.
Remove the old filter. The air conditioning system requires periodic
5. Install the new air filter. maintenance. See Maintenance Schedule
6. Reinstall the filter door. 0 409.
7. Reverse the steps to reinstall the
glove box.
See your dealer if additional assistance is
needed.
Driving and Operating 211

Driving and Operating Parking over Things That Burn . . . . . . . . . 237
Active Fuel Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Cruise Control
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Extended Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237 Adaptive Cruise Control (Camera) . . . . . . 256
Driving Information
Driving for Better Fuel Economy . . . . . . . 212 Engine Exhaust Driver Assistance Systems
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237 Driver Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 Running the Vehicle While Parked . . . . . 238 Assistance Systems for Parking or
Impaired Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 Backing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 Automatic Transmission Assistance Systems for Driving . . . . . . . . 274
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 Automatic Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214 Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214 Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 Automatic Emergency
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 Drive Systems Braking (AEB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Off-Road Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 Four-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB)
Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 Brakes Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 Electric Brake Boost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221 Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . 246 Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Truck-Camper Loading Information . . . . 226 Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247 Fuel
Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247 Top Tier Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
Starting and Operating Recommended Fuel (Except 6.2L
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228 Ride Control Systems V8 Engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
Ignition Positions (Key Access) . . . . . . . . 229 Traction Control/Electronic Stability Recommended Fuel (6.2L
Ignition Positions (Keyless Access) . . . . . 230 Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248 V8 Engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 Hill Descent Control (HDC) . . . . . . . . . . . . 249 Prohibited Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Stop/Start System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233 Driver Mode Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Engine Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234 Limited-Slip Differential . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253 Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Retained Accessory Power (RAP) . . . . . . . 235 Locking Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254 E85 or FlexFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235 Filling the Tank (Pickup Model) . . . . . . . . 285
Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
212 Driving and Operating

Filling the Tank (Chassis Cab Driving Information Distracted Driving
Model) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
Filling a Portable Fuel Container . . . . . . . 288 Distraction comes in many forms and can
Driving for Better Fuel Economy take your focus from the task of driving.
Trailer Towing Driving habits can affect fuel mileage. Here Exercise good judgment and do not let other
General Towing Information . . . . . . . . . . 288 are some driving tips to get the best fuel activities divert your attention away from
Driving Characteristics and economy possible: the road. Many local governments have
Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288 . Set the climate controls to the desired enacted laws regarding driver distraction.
Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292 temperature after the engine is started, Become familiar with the local laws in
Towing Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296 or turn them off when not required. your area.
Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
. Avoid fast starts and accelerate smoothly. To avoid distracted driving, keep your eyes
Trailering App . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
. Brake gradually and avoid abrupt stops. on the road, keep your hands on the
Conversions and Add-Ons . Avoid idling the engine for long periods steering wheel, and focus your attention on
Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . 317 driving.
of time.
Adding a Snow Plow or Similar . When road and weather conditions are
. Do not use a phone in demanding driving
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317 situations. Use a hands-free method to
appropriate, use cruise control.
Pickup Conversion to Chassis Cab . . . . . . 319 place or receive necessary phone calls.
. Always follow posted speed limits or
. Watch the road. Do not read, take notes,
drive more slowly when conditions
or look up information on phones or
require.
other electronic devices.
. Keep vehicle tires properly inflated.
. Designate a front seat passenger to
. Combine several trips into a single trip.
handle potential distractions.
. Replace the vehicle's tires with the same . Become familiar with vehicle features
TPC Spec number molded into the tire's before driving, such as programming
sidewall near the size. favorite radio stations and adjusting
. Follow recommended scheduled climate control and seat settings. Program
maintenance. all trip information into any navigation
device prior to driving.

. Wait until the vehicle is parked to . Assume that other road users Control of a Vehicle
retrieve items that have fallen to the (pedestrians, bicyclists, and other drivers)
floor. are going to be careless and make Braking, steering, and accelerating are
. Stop or park the vehicle to tend to mistakes. Anticipate what they may do important factors in helping to control a
children. and be ready. vehicle while driving.
. Allow enough following distance between
. Keep pets in an appropriate carrier or
you and the driver in front of you.
Braking
restraint.
. Avoid stressful conversations while . Focus on the task of driving. Braking action involves perception time and
reaction time. Deciding to push the brake
driving, whether with a passenger or on a
cell phone. Impaired Driving pedal is perception time. Actually doing it is
reaction time.
Death and injury associated with impaired
{ Warning driving is a global tragedy. Average driver reaction time is about
three-quarters of a second. In that time, a
Taking your eyes off the road too long or
too often could cause a crash resulting in { Warning vehicle moving at 100 km/h (60 mph) travels
20 m (66 ft), which could be a lot of
injury or death. Focus your attention on Drinking alcohol or taking drugs and then distance in an emergency.
driving. driving is very dangerous. Your reflexes,
perceptions, attentiveness, and judgment Helpful braking tips to keep in mind include:
Refer to the infotainment section for more can be affected by even a small amount . Keep enough distance between you and
information on using that system and the of alcohol or drugs. You can have a the vehicle in front of you.
navigation system, if equipped, including serious — or even fatal — collision if you . Avoid needless heavy braking.
pairing and using a cell phone. drive after drinking or taking drugs. . Keep pace with traffic.
Defensive Driving Do not drive while under the influence of If the engine ever stops or a brake fault
alcohol or drugs, or ride with a driver occurs, the brakes may lose power assist.
Defensive driving means “always expect the More effort will be required to stop the
unexpected.” The first step in driving who has been drinking or is impaired by
drugs. Find alternate transportation vehicle. It may take longer to stop.
defensively is to wear the seat belt. See
Seat Belts 0 54. home; or if you are with a group,
designate a driver who will remain sober.

Steering If power steering assist is lost due to a . Holding both sides of the steering wheel
system malfunction, the vehicle can be allows you to turn 180 degrees without
Caution steered, but may require increased effort. removing a hand.
If the steering assist is used for an extended . The Antilock Brake System (ABS) allows
To avoid damage to the steering system,
do not drive over curbs, parking barriers, period of time while the vehicle is not steering while braking.
or similar objects at speeds greater than moving, power assist may be reduced.
Off-Road Recovery
3 km/h (1 mph). Use care when driving If the steering wheel is turned until it
over other objects such as lane dividers reaches the end of its travel and is held
and speed bumps. Damage caused by against that position for an extended period
misuse of the vehicle is not covered by of time, power steering assist may be
the vehicle warranty. reduced.
Normal use of the power steering assist
should return when the system cools down.
See your dealer if there is a problem.
Curve Tips
. Take curves at a reasonable speed.
. Reduce speed before entering a curve.
. Maintain a reasonable steady speed
The vehicle's right wheels can drop off the
through the curve. edge of a road onto the shoulder while
. Wait until the vehicle is out of the curve driving. Follow these tips:
before accelerating gently into the 1. Ease off the accelerator and then,
straightaway. if there is nothing in the way, steer the
Electric Power Steering Steering in Emergencies vehicle so that it straddles the edge of
. There are some situations when steering the pavement.
The vehicle has electric power steering.
It does not have power steering fluid. around a problem may be more effective
Regular maintenance is not required. than braking.

2. Turn the steering wheel about . Slow down and adjust your driving
one-eighth of a turn, until the right front according to weather conditions. Stopping { Warning
tire contacts the pavement edge. distance can be longer and vehicle control When driving off-road, bouncing and
3. Turn the steering wheel to go straight can be affected when traction is reduced quick changes in direction can easily
down the roadway. by water, snow, ice, gravel, or other throw you out of position. This could
material on the road. Learn to recognize cause you to lose control and crash. You
Loss of Control warning clues — such as enough water, and your passengers should always wear
ice, or packed snow on the road to make
Skidding seat belts.
a mirrored surface — and slow down
There are three types of skids that when you have any doubt.
Before Driving Off-Road
correspond to the vehicle's three control . Try to avoid sudden steering, acceleration,
. Have all necessary maintenance and
systems: or braking, including reducing vehicle
speed by shifting to a lower gear. Any service work completed.
. Braking Skid — wheels are not rolling. . Fuel the vehicle, fill fluid levels, and check
sudden changes could cause the tires to
. Steering or Cornering Skid — too much inflation pressure in all tires, including the
slide.
speed or steering in a curve causes tires spare, if equipped.
to slip and lose cornering force. Remember: Antilock brakes help avoid only
. Read all the information about
. Acceleration Skid — too much throttle the braking skid.
four-wheel-drive vehicles in this manual.
causes the driving wheels to spin.
Off-Road Driving . Remove any underbody air deflector,
Defensive drivers avoid most skids by taking if equipped. Re-attach the air deflector
reasonable care suited to existing conditions, Four-wheel-drive vehicles can be used for after off-road driving.
and by not overdriving those conditions. But off-road driving. Vehicles without four-wheel
. Know the local laws that apply to off-road
skids are always possible. drive and vehicles not equipped with All
Terrain (AT) or On-Off Road (OOR) tires must driving.
If the vehicle starts to slide, follow these not be driven off-road except on a level, To gain more ground clearance if needed, it
suggestions: solid surface. For contact information about may be necessary to remove the front fascia
. Ease your foot off the accelerator pedal the original equipment tires, see the lower air dam, if equipped. However, driving
and steer the way you want the vehicle warranty manual. without the air dam reduces fuel economy.
to go. The vehicle may straighten out. Be One of the best ways for successful off-road
ready for a second skid if it occurs. driving is to control the speed.

For more information about loading the Before driving on a hill, assess the
Caution vehicle, see Vehicle Load Limits 0 222 and steepness, traction, and obstructions. If the
Operating the vehicle for extended Tires 0 361. terrain ahead cannot be seen, get out of the
periods without the front fascia lower air vehicle and walk the hill before driving
dam installed can cause improper airflow Environmental Concerns further.
to the engine. Reattach the front fascia . Always use established trails, roads, and
When driving on hills:
air dam after off-road driving. areas that have been set aside for public
off-road recreational driving and obey all . Use a low gear and keep a firm grip on
posted regulations. the steering wheel.
Loading the Vehicle for Off-Road Driving
. Do not damage shrubs, flowers, trees, . Maintain a slow speed.
{ Warning or grasses or disturb wildlife. . When possible, drive straight up or down
. Unsecured cargo on the load floor can . Do not park over things that burn. See the hill.
be tossed about when driving over Parking over Things That Burn 0 237. . Slow down when approaching the top of
rough terrain. You or your passengers the hill.
Driving on Hills . Use headlamps even during the day to
can be struck by flying objects. Secure
the cargo properly. Driving safely on hills requires good make the vehicle more visible.
. Keep cargo in the cargo area as far judgment and an understanding of what the
forward and as low as possible. The vehicle can and cannot do. { Warning
heaviest things should be on the floor, Driving to the top of a hill at high speed
forward of the rear axle. { Warning can cause a crash. There could be a
. Heavy loads on the roof raise the Many hills are simply too steep for any drop-off, embankment, cliff, or even
vehicle's center of gravity, making it vehicle. Driving up hills can cause the another vehicle. You could be seriously
more likely to roll over. You can be vehicle to stall. Driving down hills can injured or killed. As you near the top of a
seriously or fatally injured if the cause loss of control. Driving across hills hill, slow down and stay alert.
vehicle rolls over. Put heavy loads can cause a rollover. You could be injured
inside the cargo area, not on the roof. or killed. Do not drive on steep hills. . Never go downhill forward or backward
with either the transmission or transfer
case in N (Neutral). The brakes could
overheat and you could lose control.

. Never try to turn the vehicle around.
{ Warning Warning (Continued) If the hill is steep enough to stall the
If the vehicle has the two-speed Apply the brakes lightly when descending vehicle, it is steep enough to cause it
automatic transfer case, shifting the a hill and use a low gear to keep vehicle to roll over.
transfer case to N (Neutral) can cause speed under control. . If you cannot make it up the hill,
your vehicle to roll even if the back straight down the hill.
transmission is in P (Park). This is because If a brake fade condition is detected, a DIC . Never back down a hill in N (Neutral)
the N (Neutral) position on the transfer warning message is displayed. Adjust brake using only the brake. The vehicle can
case overrides the transmission. You or pedal use and shift to a lower transmission roll backward quickly and you could
someone else could be injured. If leaving gear to reduce braking. lose control.
the vehicle, set the parking brake and If the brakes continue to fade to a severe . If driving downhill when the vehicle
shift the transmission to P (Park). Shift condition, additional DIC messages are stalls, shift to a lower gear, release
the transfer case to any position but displayed. The brake system warning light the parking brake, and drive straight
N (Neutral). will illuminate, and the vehicle speed may down the hill.
be limited. See Brake System Warning Light 3. If the vehicle cannot be restarted after
. When driving down a hill, keep the 0 117. stalling, set the parking brake, shift into
vehicle headed straight down. Use a low If the vehicle stalls on a hill: P (Park), and turn the vehicle off.
gear because the engine will work with
1. Apply the brakes to stop the vehicle, and 3.1. Leave the vehicle and seek help.
the brakes to slow the vehicle and help
keep the vehicle under control. then apply the parking brake. 3.2. Stay clear of the path the vehicle
2. Shift into P (Park) and then restart the would take if it rolled downhill.
{ Warning engine. . Avoid turns that take the vehicle across
. If driving uphill when the vehicle the incline of the hill. A hill that can be
Heavy braking when going down a hill
stalls, shift to R (Reverse), release the driven straight up or down might be too
can cause your brakes to overheat and steep to drive across. Driving across an
fade. This could cause loss of control and parking brake, and back
straight down. incline puts more weight on the downhill
you or others could be injured or killed. wheels, which could cause a downhill
(Continued) slide or a rollover.

. Surface conditions can be a problem. Traction changes when driving on sand. On
Loose gravel, muddy spots, or even wet loose sand, such as on beaches or sand Warning (Continued)
grass can cause the tires to slip sideways, dunes, the tires tend to sink into the sand. ground from under your tires. Traction
downhill. If the vehicle slips sideways, it This affects steering, accelerating, and could be lost, and the vehicle could roll
can hit something that will trip it — a braking. Drive at a reduced speed and avoid over. Do not drive through rushing water.
rock, a rut, etc. — and roll over. sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers.
. Hidden obstacles can make the steepness Traction is reduced on hard packed snow
of the incline more severe. If a rock is and ice and it is easy to lose control. Reduce Caution
driven across with the uphill wheels, or if vehicle speed when driving on hard packed Do not drive through standing water if it
the downhill wheels drop into a rut or snow and ice. is deep enough to cover the wheel hubs,
depression, the vehicle can tilt even more. axles, or exhaust pipe. Deep water can
. If an incline must be driven across, and { Warning damage the axle and other vehicle parts.
the vehicle starts to slide, turn downhill.
This should help straighten out the Driving on frozen lakes, ponds, or rivers
can be dangerous. Ice conditions vary If the standing water is not too deep, drive
vehicle and prevent the side slipping. through it slowly. At faster speeds, water
greatly and the vehicle could fall through
can get into the engine and cause it to stall.
{ Warning the ice; you and your passengers could Stalling can occur if the exhaust pipe is
drown. Drive your vehicle on safe under water. Do not turn off the ignition
Getting out of the vehicle on the surfaces only.
downhill side when stopped across an when driving through water. If the exhaust
incline is dangerous. If the vehicle rolls pipe is under water, the engine will not
Driving in Water start. When going through water, the brakes
over, you could be crushed or killed.
get wet and it may take longer to stop. See
Always get out on the uphill side of the
vehicle and stay well clear of the
{ Warning “Driving on Wet Roads” later in this section.
rollover path. Driving through rushing water can be After Off-Road Driving
dangerous. Deep water can sweep your
vehicle downstream and you and your Remove any brush or debris that has
Driving in Mud, Sand, Snow, or Ice collected on the underbody or chassis,
passengers could drown. If it is only
Use a low gear when driving in mud — the shallow water, it can still wash away the or under the hood. These accumulations can
deeper the mud, the lower the gear. Keep (Continued) be a fire hazard. Re-install underbody air
the vehicle moving to avoid getting stuck. deflector and air dam if removed.

After operation in mud or sand, have the Other Rainy Weather Tips
brake linings cleaned and checked. These Warning (Continued)
Besides slowing down, other wet weather
substances can cause glazing and uneven After driving through a large puddle of driving tips include:
braking. Check the body structure, driveline, water or a car/vehicle wash, lightly apply
steering, suspension, wheels, tires, and . Allow extra following distance.
the brake pedal until the brakes work
exhaust system for damage and check the . Pass with caution.
normally.
fuel lines and cooling system for any . Keep windshield wiping equipment in
leakage. Flowing or rushing water creates strong good shape.
forces. Driving through flowing water . Keep the windshield washer fluid reservoir
More frequent maintenance service is
could cause the vehicle to be carried filled.
required. See the Maintenance Schedule
0 409. away. If this happens, you and other
. Have good tires with proper tread depth.
vehicle occupants could drown. Do not
See Tires 0 361.
Driving on Wet Roads ignore police warnings and be very
. Turn off cruise control.
cautious about trying to drive through
Rain and wet roads can reduce vehicle
flowing water. Hill and Mountain Roads
traction and affect your ability to stop and
accelerate. Always drive slower in these Driving on steep hills or through mountains
Hydroplaning
types of driving conditions and avoid driving is different than driving on flat or rolling
through large puddles and deep-standing or Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water can build terrain. Tips include:
flowing water. up under the vehicle's tires so they actually
. Keep the vehicle serviced and in good
ride on the water. This can happen if the
shape.
{ Warning road is wet enough and you are going fast
. Check all fluid levels and brakes, tires,
enough. When the vehicle is hydroplaning, it
Wet brakes can cause crashes. They has little or no contact with the road. cooling system, and transmission.
might not work as well in a quick stop . Shift to a lower gear when going down
and could cause pulling to one side. You There is no hard and fast rule about
hydroplaning. The best advice is to slow steep or long hills.
could lose control of the vehicle.
(Continued) down when the road is wet.

Winter Driving . Turn off cruise control.
{ Warning
Driving on Snow or Ice Blizzard Conditions
Using the brakes to slow the vehicle on a
long downhill slope can cause brake Snow or ice between the tires and the road Stop the vehicle in a safe place and signal
overheating, can reduce brake creates less traction or grip, so drive for help. Stay with the vehicle unless there
performance, and could result in a loss of carefully. Wet ice can occur at about 0 °C is help nearby. If possible, use Roadside
braking. Shift the transmission to a lower (32 °F) when freezing rain begins to fall. Assistance. See Roadside Assistance Program
gear to let the engine assist the brakes Avoid driving on wet ice or in freezing rain 0 431. To get help and keep everyone in the
until roads can be treated. vehicle safe:
on a steep downhill slope.
. Turn on the hazard warning flashers.
For Slippery Road Driving:
. Tie a red cloth to an outside mirror.
. Accelerate gently. Accelerating too quickly
{ Warning causes the wheels to spin and makes the
Coasting downhill in N (Neutral) or with surface under the tires slick.
{ Warning
the ignition off is dangerous. This can . Turn on Traction Control. See Traction Snow can trap engine exhaust under the
cause overheating of the brakes and loss Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 248. vehicle. This may cause exhaust gases to
of steering assist. Always have the engine . The Antilock Brake System (ABS) improves get inside. Engine exhaust contains
running and the vehicle in gear. vehicle stability during hard stops, but carbon monoxide (CO), which cannot be
the brakes should be applied sooner than seen or smelled. It can cause
. Drive at speeds that keep the vehicle in unconsciousness and even death.
when on dry pavement. See Antilock
its own lane. Do not swing wide or cross Brake System (ABS) 0 246.
the center line. If the vehicle is stuck in snow:
. Allow greater following distance and . Clear snow from the base of the
. Be alert on top of hills; something could
watch for slippery spots. Icy patches can vehicle, especially any blocking the
be in your lane (e.g., stalled car, crash). occur on otherwise clear roads in shaded
. Pay attention to special road signs (e.g., exhaust pipe.
areas. The surface of a curve or an
falling rocks area, winding roads, long overpass can remain icy when the . Open a window about 5 cm (2 in) on
grades, passing or no-passing zones) and surrounding roads are clear. Avoid sudden the vehicle side that is away from the
take appropriate action. steering maneuvers and braking while wind, to bring in fresh air.
on ice. (Continued)

The Traction Control/Electronic Stability Turn the steering wheel left and right to
Warning (Continued) Control can often help to free a stuck clear the area around the front wheels. Then
. Fully open the air outlets on or under vehicle. See Traction Control/Electronic make sure the wheels are pointed straight
the instrument panel. Stability Control 0 248. If TC/ESC cannot free ahead. For four-wheel-drive vehicles, shift
. Adjust the climate control system to the vehicle, see “Rocking the Vehicle to Get into Four-Wheel Drive High. Turn the TCS
circulate the air inside the vehicle and it Out” following. off. Shift back and forth between R (Reverse)
set the fan speed to the highest and a forward gear, spinning the wheels as
setting. See “Climate Control Systems.” { Warning little as possible. To prevent transmission
wear, wait until the wheels stop spinning
For more information about CO, see If the vehicle's tires spin at high speed,
before shifting gears. Slowly spinning the
Engine Exhaust 0 237. they can explode, and you or others wheels in the forward and reverse directions
could be injured. The vehicle can causes a rocking motion that could free the
To save fuel, run the engine for short overheat, causing an engine compartment vehicle. If that does not get the vehicle out
periods to warm the vehicle and then shut fire or other damage. Spin the wheels as after a few tries, it might need to be towed
the engine off and partially close the little as possible and avoid going above out. See Towing the Vehicle 0 394. Recovery
window. Moving about to keep warm also 56 km/h (35 mph). hooks can be used, if the vehicle has them.
helps.
For information about using tire chains on Recovery Hooks
If it takes time for help to arrive, when
the vehicle, see Tire Chains 0 379.
running the engine, push the accelerator
pedal slightly so the engine runs faster than Rocking the Vehicle to Get It Out
{ Warning
the idle speed. This keeps the battery Never pull on recovery hooks from the
charged to restart the vehicle and to signal Caution side. The hooks could break and you and
for help with the headlamps. Do this as Do not hold the steering wheel at full others could be injured. When using
little as possible, to save fuel. recovery hooks, always pull the vehicle
rotation for more than 15 seconds and/or
at an elevated RPM. Damage may occur from the front.
If the Vehicle Is Stuck
to the power steering system and there
Slowly and cautiously spin the wheels to may be loss of power steering assist.
free the vehicle when stuck in sand, mud,
ice, or snow. See “Rocking the Vehicle to Get
It Out” later in this section.

Vehicle Load Limits Tire and Loading Information Label
It is very important to know how much

weight the vehicle can carry. This
weight is called the vehicle capacity
weight and includes the weight of all
occupants, cargo, and all
nonfactory-installed options. Two labels
on the vehicle may show how much
weight it was designed to carry: the
Tire and Loading Information label and
the Certification/Tire label.
Caution
Never use recovery hooks to tow the
{ Warning Label Example
vehicle. The vehicle could be damaged, Do not load the vehicle any heavier A vehicle-specific Tire and Loading
and the repairs would not be covered by than the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating Information label is attached to the
the vehicle warranty. (GVWR), or either the maximum center pillar (B-pillar). The Tire and
front or rear Gross Axle Weight Loading Information label shows the
If equipped, there are recovery hooks at the Rating (GAWR). This can cause number of occupant seating
front of the vehicle. Use them if the vehicle systems to break and change the
is stuck off-road and needs to be pulled positions (1), and the maximum vehicle
way the vehicle handles. This could capacity weight (2) in kilograms and
some place to continue driving.
cause loss of control and a crash. pounds.
Overloading can also reduce stopping
performance, damage the tires, and The Tire and Loading Information label
shorten the life of the vehicle. also shows the size of the original
equipment tires (3) and the
recommended cold tire inflation

pressures (4). For more information on if the "XXX" amount equals 1400 lbs.
tires and inflation see Tires 0 361 and and there will be five 150 lb
Tire Pressure 0 367. passengers in your vehicle, the
There is also important loading amount of available cargo and
information on the vehicle Certification/ luggage load capacity is 650 lbs.
Tire label. It may show the Gross (1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)
Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) and the 5. Determine the combined weight of
Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) for luggage and cargo being loaded on
the front and rear axles. See the vehicle. That weight may not
“Certification/Tire Label” later in this safely exceed the available cargo and
section. luggage load capacity calculated in
Step 4. Example 1
“Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit–
1. Locate the statement "The combined 6. If your vehicle will be towing a
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 1
weight of occupants and cargo trailer, load from your trailer will be = (453 kg) (1,000 lb)
should never exceed XXX kg or transferred to your vehicle. Consult 2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 68 kg
XXX lbs." on your vehicle’s placard. this manual to determine how this (150 lb) × 2 = 136 kg (300 lb)
reduces the available cargo and 3. Available Occupant and Cargo Weight
2. Determine the combined weight of luggage load capacity of your = 317 kg (700 lb)
the driver and passengers that will vehicle.”
be riding in your vehicle.
See Trailer Towing 0 292 for important
3. Subtract the combined weight of the
information on towing a trailer, towing
driver and passengers from XXX kg safety rules, and trailering tips.
or XXX lbs.
4. The resulting figure equals the
available amount of cargo and
luggage load capacity. For example,

Certification/Tire Label
Example 2 Example 3
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 2 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 3 A vehicle-specific Certification/Tire label
= 453 kg (1,000 lb) = 453 kg (1,000 lb) is attached to the center pillar (B-pillar).
2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 68 kg 2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 91 kg The label may show the size of the
(150 lb) × 5 = 340 kg (750 lb) (200 lb) × 5 = 453 kg (1,000 lb) vehicle's original tires and the inflation
3. Available Cargo Weight = 113 kg 3. Available Cargo Weight = 0 kg (0 lb) pressures needed to obtain the gross
(250 lb) weight capacity of the vehicle. This is
Refer to the Tire and Loading
Information label for specific called Gross Vehicle Weight
information about the vehicle's capacity Rating (GVWR). The GVWR includes the
weight and seating positions. The weight of the vehicle, all occupants,
combined weight of the driver, fuel, and cargo.
passengers, and cargo should never The Certification/Tire label also may
exceed the vehicle's capacity weight. show the maximum weights for the
front and rear axles, called Gross Axle
Weight Rating (GAWR). To determine

the actual loads on the front and rear Using heavier suspension components There is also important loading
axles, weigh the vehicle at a weigh to get added durability might not information for off-road driving in this
station. Your dealer can help with this. change the weight ratings. Ask your manual. See “Loading the Vehicle for
Be sure to spread the load equally on dealer to help load the vehicle the Off-Road Driving“ under Off-Road
both sides of the centerline. right way. Driving 0 215.
The Certification/Tire label also contains Two-Tiered Loading
important information about the Front { Warning
Things you put inside the vehicle can Depending on the model of the pickup,
Axle Reserve Capacity. See Adding a
strike and injure people in a sudden an upper load platform can be created
Snow Plow or Similar Equipment 0 317.
stop or turn, or in a crash. by positioning three or four 5 cm (2 in)
by 15 cm (6 in) wooden planks across
{ Warning . Put things in the cargo area of the
the width of the pickup box. The planks
In the case of a sudden stop or vehicle. Try to spread the weight must be inserted in the pickup box
collision, things carried in the bed of evenly. depressions.
your truck could shift forward and . Never stack heavier things, like
come into the passenger area, When using this upper load platform,
suitcases, inside the vehicle so be sure the load is securely tied down
injuring you and others. If you put that some of them are above the
things in the bed of your truck, you to prevent it from shifting. The load's
tops of the seats. center of gravity should be positioned
should make sure they are properly
. Do not leave an unsecured child in a zone over the rear axle. The zone is
secured.
restraint in the vehicle. located in the area between the front
. When you carry something inside of each wheel well and the rear of each
Caution the vehicle, secure it whenever wheel well. The center of gravity height
Overloading the vehicle may cause you can. must not extend above the top of the
damage. Repairs would not be covered by pickup box flareboard.
. Do not leave a seat folded down
the vehicle warranty. Do not overload the
vehicle. unless you need to.

Any load that extends beyond the 1. Primary Load Points
* Equipment Maximum Weight
vehicle's taillamp area must be properly 2. Secondary Load Areas
marked according to local laws and Ladder Rack and 340 kg (750 lb) 3. GM Approved Accessory Mounting
regulations. Cargo Points
Remember not to exceed the Gross Axle Cross Toolbox and 181 kg (400 lb) Structural members (1) and (2) are included
Cargo in the pickup box design. Additional
Weight Rating (GAWR) of the front or accessories should use these load points.
rear axle. Side Boxes and 113 kg per side Depending on the accessory design, use a
Add-On Equipment Cargo (250 lb per side) spacer under the accessory at the load
points to remove gap. The holes for GM
When carrying removable items, a limit * The combined weight for all approved accessories (3) are not intended for
on how many people carried inside the rail-mounted equipment should not aftermarket equipment. See
vehicle may be necessary. Be sure to exceed 454 kg (1,000 lb). www.gmupfitter.com for additional pickup
weigh the vehicle before buying and box load bearing structural information.
installing the new equipment. Loading Points
Truck-Camper Loading Information
Caution A vehicle-specific Truck-Camper Loading
Overloading the vehicle may cause Information label is attached to the
damage. Repairs would not be covered by inside of the vehicle's glove box. This
the vehicle warranty. Do not overload the label indicates if a slide-in camper can
vehicle. be carried, how much of a load the
vehicle can carry, and how to correctly
Remember not to exceed the Gross Axle spread out the load. It will help to
Weight Rating (GAWR) of the front or match the right slide-in camper to the
rear axle. vehicle.

Your dealer can help make a good The total cargo load must not be more Here is an example of proper truck and
vehicle-camper match and help than the vehicle's CWR. camper match:
determine the Cargo Weight Refer to the Truck-Camper Loading
Rating (CWR). Information label in the glove box for
When installing and loading a slide-in dimensions A and B as shown in the
camper, check the manufacturer's following illustration.
instructions.
When carrying a slide-in camper, the
total cargo load of the vehicle is the
weight of the camper plus:
. Everything added to the camper after
it left the factory.
. Everything in the camper.
. All the people inside. 1. Camper Center of Gravity
The CWR is the maximum weight of the Use the rear edge of the load floor for 2. Recommended Center of Gravity
load the vehicle can carry. It does not measurement purposes. The Location Zone
include the weight of the people inside. recommended location for the cargo
When the truck is used to carry a
But, use about 68 kg (150 lb) for center of gravity is in zone C for the
slide-in camper, the total cargo load of
each seat. CWR. It is the point where the mass of
the truck consists of the manufacturer's
a body is concentrated and,
camper weight figure, the weight of
if suspended at that point, would
installed additional camper equipment
balance the front and rear.
not included in the manufacturer's
camper weight figure, the weight of
camper cargo, and the weight of
passengers in the camper. The total

cargo load should not exceed the truck's given on the Certification/Tire label Caution (Continued)
cargo weight rating, and the camper's attached to the B-pillar. See . Do not drive at any one constant
center of gravity (1) should fall within “Certification/Tire Label” under Vehicle speed, fast or slow, for the first
the truck's recommended center of Load Limits 0 222. If weight ratings are 805 km (500 mi). Do not make
gravity zone (2) when installed. exceeded, move or remove items to full-throttle starts. Avoid downshifting
Any accessories or other equipment bring all weights below the ratings. to brake or slow the vehicle.
that are added to the vehicle must be See your dealer for more information . Avoid making hard stops for the first
weighed. Then, subtract this extra on curb weights, cargo weights, Cargo 322 km (200 mi) or so. During this
weight from the CWR. This extra weight Weight Rating, and the correct center of time the new brake linings are not yet
may shorten the center of gravity zone gravity zone. broken in. Hard stops with new linings
can mean premature wear and earlier
of the vehicle. replacement. Follow this breaking-in
If the slide-in camper and its load Starting and Operating guideline every time you get new
weighs less than the CWR, the center of brake linings.
gravity zone for the vehicle may be
New Vehicle Break-In . Do not tow a trailer during break-in.
larger. Caution See Trailer Towing 0 292 for the
trailer towing capabilities of the
Secure loose items to prevent weight The vehicle does not need an elaborate vehicle and more information.
shifts that could affect the balance of break-in. But it will perform better in the
the vehicle. When the truck-camper is long run if you follow these guidelines: Following break-in, engine speed and load
loaded, drive to a scale and weigh on can be gradually increased.
. Keep the vehicle speed at 88 km/h
the front and on the rear wheels (55 mph) or less for the first 805 km
separately to determine axle loads. (500 mi).
Individual axle loads should not exceed (Continued)
either of the gross axle weight ratings
(GAWR). The total axle loads should not
exceed the vehicle's gross vehicle
weight rating (GVWR). These ratings are

Ignition Positions (Key Access) 0 (Stopping the Engine/LOCK/OFF) : This 5. Remove the key.
position turns off the vehicle. It also locks 6. Release the brake pedal.
the ignition, the transmission, and the
steering column, if equipped with a locking See your dealer if the key can be removed
steering column. in any other position.
Retained Accessory Power (RAP) will remain
active. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
0 235.
A warning chime will sound when the driver
door is opened and the key is in the
ignition.
If equipped with a locking steering column,
the steering can bind with the front wheels
turned off center, which may prevent key
0. Stopping the Engine/LOCK/OFF rotation out of LOCK/OFF. If this happens,
1. ACC/ACCESSORY move the steering wheel from right to left
while turning the key to ACC/ACCESSORY.
2. ON/RUN
To turn off the vehicle: If this does not work, then the vehicle needs
3. START service.
1. Make sure that the vehicle is stopped.
The ignition switch has four positions.
2. Shift to P (Park). { Warning
To shift out of P (Park), the ignition must be 3. Continue to hold the brake pedal, then
ON/RUN and the brake pedal must be Turning off the vehicle while moving may
set the parking brake. See Electric
applied. cause loss of power assist in the brake
Parking Brake 0 246.
and steering systems and disable the
4. Push the key all the way in toward the airbags. While driving, turn off the
steering column, then turn the key to vehicle only in an emergency.
LOCK/OFF.

In an emergency, if the vehicle cannot be be used for service and diagnostics, and to
pulled over and must be turned off while
Caution verify the proper operation of the
driving: Use the correct key, make sure it is all malfunction indicator lamp as may be
1. Push the key all the way in toward the the way in — or pushed all the way in required for emission inspection purposes.
steering column, then turn the key to toward the steering column when turning The switch stays in this position when the
ACC/ACCESSORY. off the vehicle — and turn it only with engine is running. The transmission is also
your hand. unlocked in this position.
2. Brake using firm and steady pressure. Do
not pump the brakes repeatedly. This If the key is left in ON/RUN with the engine
1 (ACC/ACCESSORY) : This position allows off, the battery could drain and the vehicle
may deplete power assist, requiring
features such as the infotainment system to may not start.
increased brake pedal force.
operate while the vehicle is off. It also
3. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral). This can unlocks the steering column, if equipped 3 (START) : This is the position that starts
be done while the vehicle is moving. with a locking steering column. Use this the engine. When the engine starts, release
Continue braking and steer the vehicle to position if the vehicle must be pushed or the key. The ignition returns to ON/RUN for
a safe location. towed. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) driving.
4. Come to a complete stop. 0 235.
Ignition Positions (Keyless Access)
5. Shift to P (Park). From ON/RUN, push the key all the way in
6. Push the key all the way in toward the toward the steering column, then turn the
steering column (1), then turn the key to ACC/ACCESSORY.
ignition to LOCK/OFF (2). If the key is left in ACC/ACCESSORY with the
7. Set the parking brake. See Electric engine off, the battery could drain and the
Parking Brake 0 246. vehicle may not start.
8. Remove the key. A warning chime will sound when the driver
9. Release the brake pedal. door is opened and the key is in the
ignition.
2 (ON/RUN) : This position can be used to
operate the electrical accessories and to
display some instrument cluster warning
and indicator lights. This position can also

Vehicles equipped with Keyless Access have If the vehicle is in P (Park), the ignition will If the vehicle must be shut off in an
pushbutton starting. turn off, and Retained Accessory Power (RAP) emergency:
The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter will remain active. See Retained Accessory 1. If the vehicle cannot be pulled over, and
must be in the vehicle for the system to Power (RAP) 0 235. must be shut off while driving, press and
operate. If the pushbutton start is not If the vehicle is not in P (Park), the ignition hold ENGINE START/STOP button for
working, the vehicle may be near a strong will return to ACC/ACCESSORY and display longer than two seconds, or press twice
radio antenna signal causing interference to the message SHIFT TO PARK in the Driver in five seconds.
the Keyless Access system. See Remote Information Center (DIC). When the vehicle is 2. Brake using a firm and steady pressure.
Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation (Key shifted into P (Park), the ignition system will Do not pump the brakes repeatedly. This
Access) 0 10 or turn off. may deplete power assist, requiring
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System The vehicle may have an electric steering increased brake pedal force.
Operation (Keyless Access) 0 13. column lock. The lock is activated when the 3. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral). This can
To shift out of P (Park), the ignition must be ignition is turned off and driver door is be done while the vehicle is moving.
on or in Service Mode, and the brake pedal opened. A sound may be heard as the lock After shifting to N (Neutral), firmly apply
must be applied. actuates or releases. The steering column the brakes and steer the vehicle to a
lock may not release with the wheels turned safe location.
{ Warning off center. If this happens, the vehicle may 4. Come to a complete stop, shift to
not start. Move the steering wheel from left P (Park), and make sure engine is off.
Turning off the vehicle while moving may
to right while attempting to start the The shift lever must be in P (Park) to
cause loss of power assist in the brake vehicle. If this does not work, the vehicle
and steering systems and disable the turn the ignition off.
needs service.
airbags. While driving, only shut the 5. Set the parking brake. See Electric
vehicle off in an emergency. Unless an emergency exists, do not turn the Parking Brake 0 246.
engine off when the vehicle is moving. This
Stopping the Engine/LOCK/OFF (No Indicator will cause a loss of power assist in the brake
Lights) : When the vehicle is stopped, press and steering systems and disable the
ENGINE START/STOP once to turn the airbags.
engine off.

Service Mode Move the shift lever to P (Park) or
{ Warning This power mode is available for service and N (Neutral). To restart the engine when the
Turning off the vehicle while moving may diagnostics, and to verify the proper vehicle is already moving, use
cause loss of power assist in the brake operation of the malfunction indicator lamp N (Neutral) only.
and steering systems and disable the as may be required for emission inspection
airbags. While driving, only shut the
Caution
purposes. With the vehicle off, and the
vehicle off in an emergency. brake pedal not applied, pressing and Do not try to shift to P (Park) if the
holding the ENGINE START/STOP button for vehicle is moving. If you do, you could
ACC/ACCESSORY (Amber Indicator Light) : more than five seconds will place the vehicle damage the transmission. Shift to P (Park)
This mode allows some electrical accessories in Service Mode. The instruments and audio only when the vehicle is stopped.
to be used when the engine is off. systems will operate as they do when the
With the ignition off, pressing the ENGINE ignition is on, but the vehicle will not be Starting Procedure
START/STOP button one time without the able to be driven. The engine will not start 1. For Key Access vehicles, turn the ignition
brake pedal applied will place the ignition in Service Mode. Press the ENGINE START/ key to Start. When the engine starts, let
system in ACC/ACCESSORY. STOP button again to turn the ignition off. go of the key. For Keyless Access
vehicles, the RKE transmitter must be in
The ignition will switch from ACC/ Starting the Engine the vehicle. Press ENGINE START/STOP
ACCESSORY to off after five minutes to
prevent battery rundown. If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the with the brake pedal applied. When the
Duramax diesel supplement. engine begins cranking, let go of the
ON/RUN/START (Green Indicator Light) : This button.
mode is for driving and starting. With the Caution The driver may observe a minor, and
ignition off, and the brake pedal applied, If you add electrical parts or accessories, temporary, brake pedal kickback when
pressing ENGINE START/STOP button once you could change the way the engine starting the vehicle. This is normal.
will turn the ignition on. Once engine
operates. Any resulting damage would The idle speed will go down as the
cranking begins, release the button. Engine
cranking will continue until the engine not be covered by the vehicle warranty. engine gets warm. Do not race the
starts. See Starting the Engine 0 232. See Add-On Electrical Equipment 0 317. engine immediately after starting it.
Operate the engine and transmission
gently to allow the oil to warm up and
lubricate all moving parts.

When the low fuel warning light is on but then stops again, do the same thing. the brake pedal is released or the
and the FUEL LEVEL LOW message is This clears the extra gasoline from the accelerator pedal is pressed, the engine will
displayed in the Driver Information engine. Do not race the engine restart.
Center (DIC), hold the ignition switch in immediately after starting it. Operate To maintain vehicle performance, other
the START position to continue engine the engine and transmission gently until conditions may cause the engine to
cranking. the oil warms up and lubricates all automatically restart before the brake pedal
moving parts. is released.
Caution
Cranking the engine for long periods of Stop/Start System Auto Stops may not occur and/or Auto
time, by returning the ignition to the Starts may occur because:
If equipped and enabled, the Stop/Start
START position immediately after system will shut off the engine to help . The climate control settings require the
cranking has ended, can overheat and conserve fuel. It has components designed engine to be running to cool or heat the
damage the cranking motor, and drain for the increased number of starts. vehicle interior.
the battery. Wait at least 15 seconds . The vehicle battery charge is low.
between each try, to let the cranking { Warning . The vehicle battery has recently been
motor cool down. The automatic engine Stop/Start feature disconnected.
causes the engine to shut off while the . Minimum vehicle speed has not been
2. If the engine does not start after five to vehicle is still on. Do not exit the vehicle reached since the last Auto Stop.
10 seconds, especially in very cold before shifting to P (Park). The vehicle . The accelerator pedal is pressed.
weather (below −18 °C or 0 °F), it could . The engine or transmission is not at the
may restart and move unexpectedly.
be flooded with too much gasoline. Try
Always shift to P (Park), and then turn required operating temperature.
pushing the accelerator pedal all the way
to the floor and holding it there while the ignition off before exiting the vehicle. . The outside temperature is not in the
holding the key in START or ENGINE required operating range.
START/STOP for up to a maximum of Auto Engine Stop/Start . The vehicle is in any gear other than
15 seconds. Wait at least 15 seconds When the brakes are applied and the vehicle D (Drive).
between each try, to allow the cranking is at a complete stop, the engine may turn . Tow/Haul Mode or other driver modes
motor to cool down. When the engine off. When stopped, the tachometer displays have been selected.
starts, let go of the key or button and AUTO STOP. See Tachometer 0 110. When . The vehicle is on a steep hill or grade.
accelerator. If the vehicle starts briefly

. The driver door has been opened or the Engine Heater
driver seat belt has been unbuckled.
. The hood has been opened. If equipped, the engine heater can provide
easier starting and better fuel economy
. The Auto Stop has reached the maximum
during engine warm-up in cold weather
allowed time. conditions at or below −18 °C (0 °F). Vehicles
Auto Stop Disable Switch with an engine heater should be plugged in
at least four hours before starting. An
internal thermostat in the plug-end of the
cord may exist, which will prevent engine
heater operation at temperatures above
−18 °C (0 °F).
{ Warning To Use the Engine Heater

Do not plug in the engine block heater 1. Turn off the engine.
while the vehicle is parked in a garage or 2. Check the heater cord for damage. If it is
under a carport. Property damage or damaged, do not use it. See your dealer
personal injury may result. Always park for a replacement. Inspect the cord for
the vehicle in a clear open area away damage yearly.
from buildings or structures. 3. Plug the heater cord into the connector
If equipped, the automatic engine Stop/Start
feature can be disabled and enabled by on the vehicle.
pressing the switch with the h symbol. 4. Plug the cord into a grounded 110-volt
Auto Stop is enabled each time you start AC outlet that is protected by a ground
the vehicle. fault detection function.
When h is illuminated, the system is
enabled.

. Audio System
{ Warning Warning (Continued) . OnStar System
Improper use of the heater cord or an
extension cord can damage the cord and
. Before starting the vehicle, unplug the Shifting Into Park
cord, reattach the cover to the plug,
may result in overheating and fire.
. Plug the cord into a three-prong
and securely fasten the cord. Keep the { Warning
cord away from any moving parts.
electrical utility receptacle that is It can be dangerous to get out of the
protected by a ground fault detection 5. Before starting the engine, be sure to vehicle if the shift lever is not fully in
function. An ungrounded outlet could unplug and store the cord. P (Park) with the parking brake firmly set.
cause an electric shock. The vehicle can roll. If you have left the
The length of time the heater should remain engine running, the vehicle can move
. Use a weatherproof, heavy-duty, plugged in depends on several factors. Ask a
15 amp-rated extension cord if needed. suddenly. You or others could be injured.
dealer in the area where you will be parking
Failure to use the recommended the vehicle for the best advice on this. To be sure the vehicle will not move,
extension cord in good operating even when you are on fairly level ground,
condition, or using a damaged heater Retained Accessory Power (RAP) use the steps that follow. With
or extension cord, could make it four-wheel drive, if the transfer case is in
overheat and cause a fire, property When the ignition is turned from on to off,
N (Neutral), the vehicle will be free to
damage, electric shock, and injury. the following features (if equipped) will
roll, even if the shift lever is in P (Park).
continue to function for up to 10 minutes,
. Do not operate the vehicle with the or until the driver door is opened. These Be sure the transfer case is in a drive
heater cord permanently attached to features will also work when the ignition is gear. If towing a trailer, see Driving
the vehicle. Possible heater cord and in RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY: Characteristics and Towing Tips 0 288.
thermostat damage could occur. . Infotainment System
. While in use, do not let the heater 1. Hold the brake pedal down, then set the
. Power Windows (during RAP this parking brake. See Electric Parking Brake
cord touch vehicle parts or sharp functionality will be lost when any door
edges. Never close the hood on the 0 246.
is opened)
heater cord. 2. Move the shift lever into P (Park) by
. Sunroof (during RAP this functionality will
(Continued) pulling the shift lever toward you and
be lost when any door is opened) moving it up as far as it will go.
. Auxiliary Power Outlet

3. Be sure the transfer case, if equipped, is When you are ready to drive, move the
in a drive gear, not in N (Neutral). Warning (Continued) shift lever out of P (Park) before you release
4. Turn the ignition off. For Key Access, And, if you leave the vehicle with the the parking brake.
push the ignition key in, toward the engine running, it could overheat and If torque lock does occur, you may need to
steering column, and then turn the even catch fire. You or others could be have another vehicle push yours a little
ignition off. injured. Do not leave the vehicle with the uphill to take some of the pressure from the
5. For Key Access, remove the key and take engine running unless you have to. parking pawl in the transmission. You will
it with you. If you can leave the vehicle then be able to pull the shift lever out of
with the ignition key in your hand, the If you have to leave the vehicle with the P (Park).
vehicle is in P (Park). engine running, be sure the vehicle is in
For Keyless Access, take the Remote
P (Park) and the parking brake is firmly set Shifting out of Park
before you leave it. After moving the shift This vehicle is equipped with an electronic
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter with you.
lever into P (Park), hold the regular brake shift lock release system. The system is
Leaving the Vehicle with the Engine pedal down. Then, see if you can move the designed to prevent movement of the shift
Running shift lever away from P (Park) without first lever out of P (Park), unless the brake pedal
pulling it toward you. If you can, it means is applied and the ignition is on or in
that the shift lever was not fully locked into
{ Warning P (Park).
Service Mode.
It can be dangerous to leave the vehicle The shift lock release is always functional
with the engine running. The vehicle Torque Lock except in the case of an uncharged or low
could move suddenly if the shift lever is If you are parking on a hill and you do not voltage – less than 9 volt – battery.
not fully in P (Park) with the parking shift the transmission into P (Park) properly, If the vehicle has an uncharged or low
brake firmly set. the weight of the vehicle may put too much voltage battery, try charging or jump
force on the parking pawl in the starting the battery. See Jump Starting -
If you have four-wheel drive and the
transmission. You may find it difficult to pull North America 0 391.
transfer case is in N (Neutral), the vehicle
the shift lever out of P (Park). This is called
will be free to roll, even if the shift lever torque lock. To prevent torque lock, set the To shift out of P (Park):
is in P (Park). So be sure the transfer case parking brake and then shift into P (Park) 1. Apply the brake pedal.
is in a drive gear – not in N (Neutral). properly before you leave the driver seat. 2. Release the parking brake if it is applied.
(Continued) See Electric Parking Brake 0 246.

3. Pull the shift lever toward you, then number of cylinders, depending on the If the vehicle is left parked and running with
move it to the desired position, and driving conditions. When less power is the RKE transmitter outside the vehicle, it
release. required, such as cruising at a constant will continue to run for up to half an hour.
If the vehicle still cannot be shifted out of vehicle speed, the system will enable If the vehicle is left parked and running with
P (Park): reduced cylinder operation, allowing the the RKE transmitter inside the vehicle, it will
vehicle to achieve better fuel economy. continue to run for up to an hour.
1. Ease the pressure on, or release the shift When greater power is required, such as
lever. accelerating from a stop, passing, The vehicle could turn off sooner if it is
2. While holding the brake pedal, push the or merging onto a freeway, the system will parked on a hill, due to lack of
shift lever all the way into P (Park). maintain full-cylinder operation. available fuel.
3. Pull the shift lever toward you, then Dynamic Fuel Management The timer will reset if the vehicle is taken
move it to the desired position, and out of P (Park) while it is running.
release. If equipped, Dynamic Fuel Management
calculates the number of cylinders needed to
If there is still a problem shifting, have the maximize fuel economy and meet the Engine Exhaust
vehicle serviced soon. driving demands. Dynamic Fuel Management
Parking over Things That Burn
allows the engine to operate in multiple { Warning
possible configurations ranging from Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide
zero-cylinder up to the full 8-cylinder
(CO), which cannot be seen or smelled.
{ Warning operation.
Exposure to CO can cause
Things that can burn could touch hot unconsciousness and even death.
exhaust parts under the vehicle and
Extended Parking
ignite. Do not park over papers, leaves, It is best not to park with the vehicle Exhaust may enter the vehicle if:
dry grass, or other things that can burn. running. If the vehicle is left running, be . The vehicle idles in areas with poor
sure it will not move and there is adequate ventilation (parking garages, tunnels,
Active Fuel Management ventilation. deep snow that may block underbody
See Shifting Into Park 0 235 and airflow or tail pipes).
If equipped, Active Fuel Management allows
a V8, V6, or L4 gasoline engine to operate Engine Exhaust 0 237. . The exhaust smells or sounds strange
on either all of its cylinders, or a reduced or different.
(Continued)

If the vehicle is left with the engine running, P : This position locks the rear wheels. Use
Warning (Continued) follow the proper steps to be sure the P (Park) when starting the engine because
. The exhaust system leaks due to vehicle will not move. See Shifting Into Park the vehicle cannot move easily.
corrosion or damage. 0 235 and When parked on a hill, especially when the
. The vehicle exhaust system has been Engine Exhaust 0 237. vehicle has a heavy load, you might notice
modified, damaged, or improperly If parking on a hill and pulling a trailer, see an increase in the effort to shift out of
repaired. Driving Characteristics and Towing Tips P (Park). See “Torque Lock” under Shifting
. There are holes or openings in the 0 288. Into Park 0 235.
vehicle body from damage or
aftermarket modifications that are not Automatic Transmission { Warning
completely sealed. It is dangerous to get out of the vehicle
If equipped, there is an electronic shift lever
If unusual fumes are detected or if it is position indicator within the instrument if the shift lever is not fully in P (Park)
suspected that exhaust is coming into the cluster. This display comes on when the with the parking brake firmly set. The
vehicle: ignition is in ACC/ACCESSORY, on or vehicle can roll.
. Drive it only with the windows service mode. Do not leave the vehicle when the engine
completely down. There are several different positions for the is running. If you have left the engine
. Have the vehicle repaired immediately. shift lever. running, the vehicle can move suddenly.
You or others could be injured. To be
Never park the vehicle with the engine sure the vehicle will not move, even
running in an enclosed area such as a when you are on fairly level ground,
garage or a building that has no fresh air always set the parking brake and move
ventilation. the shift lever to P (Park). See Shifting
Into Park 0 235 and
Running the Vehicle While Parked Driving Characteristics and Towing Tips
It is better not to park with the engine See Driver Mode Control 0 250 and “Range 0 288.
running. Selection Mode” under Manual Mode 0 240.

N : In this position, the engine does not
{ Warning connect with the wheels. To restart the
Caution
If equipped with four-wheel drive, the engine when the vehicle is already moving, A transmission hot message may display
vehicle will be free to roll if the transfer use N (Neutral) only. if the automatic transmission fluid is too
case is in N (Neutral), even when the shift Also, use N (Neutral) when the vehicle is hot. Driving under this condition can
lever is in P (Park). You or someone else being towed. damage the vehicle. Stop and idle the
could be seriously injured. Be sure the engine to cool the automatic
transfer case is in a drive gear — 2 m, 4 m, { Warning transmission fluid. This message clears
when the transmission fluid has cooled
or 4 n — or set the parking brake before Shifting into a drive gear while the sufficiently.
placing the transfer case in N (Neutral). engine is running at high speed is
See Four-Wheel Drive 0 241. dangerous. Unless your foot is firmly on D : This position is for normal driving.
the brake pedal, the vehicle could move It provides the best fuel economy. If more
R : Use this gear to back up. very rapidly. You could lose control and power is needed for passing, press the
hit people or objects. Do not shift into a accelerator pedal down.
Caution drive gear while the engine is running at . When going less than about 55 km/h
Shifting to R (Reverse) while the vehicle is high speed. (35 mph), push the accelerator pedal
moving forward could damage the about halfway down.
transmission. The repairs would not be . When going about 55 km/h (35 mph) or
covered by the vehicle warranty. Shift to Caution more, push the accelerator all the
R (Reverse) only after the vehicle is Shifting out of P (Park) or N (Neutral) with way down.
stopped. the engine running at high speed may By doing this, the vehicle shifts down to
damage the transmission. The repairs the next gear and has more power.
To rock the vehicle back and forth to get would not be covered by the vehicle
out of snow, ice, or sand without damaging warranty. Be sure the engine is not Use D (Drive) and Tow/Haul Mode when
the transmission, see If the Vehicle Is Stuck towing a trailer, carrying a heavy load,
running at high speed when shifting the
0 221. driving on steep hills, or driving off-road.
vehicle.
Shift the transmission to a lower gear if the
transmission shifts too often.

Downshifting the transmission in slippery During this adaptive shift control process, Manual Mode
road conditions could result in skidding. See shifting might feel different as the
“Skidding” under Loss of Control 0 215. transmission determines the best settings. Electronic Range Select (ERS)
The vehicle has a shift stabilization feature When temperatures are very cold, the Caution
that adjusts the transmission shifting to the transmission's gear shifting could be delayed
current driving conditions in order to reduce providing more stable shifts until the engine Driving with the engine at a high rpm
rapid upshifts and downshifts. This shift warms up. Shifts could be more noticeable without upshifting while using Manual
stabilization feature is designed to with a cold transmission. This difference in Mode, could damage the vehicle. Always
determine, before making an upshift, if the shifting is normal. upshift when necessary while using
engine is able to maintain vehicle speed by If equipped with the 2.7L L4 engine, engine Manual Mode.
analyzing things such as vehicle speed, speeds may be increased while driving at
throttle position, and vehicle load. If the highway speeds while the engine is still
shift stabilization feature determines that a warming up.
current vehicle speed cannot be maintained,
the transmission does not upshift and L : This position allows selection of a range
instead holds the current gear. In some of gears appropriate for current driving
cases, this could appear to be a delayed conditions. If equipped, see “Range Selection
shift, however the transmission is operating Mode” under Manual Mode 0 240.
normally. Electronic Range Select (ERS), or Manual
Caution Mode, allows for the selection of the range
The transmission uses adaptive shift of gear positions. Use this mode when
controls. The adaptive shift control process Spinning the tires or holding the vehicle
in one place on a hill using only the driving downhill or towing a trailer to limit
continually compares key shift parameters the top gear and vehicle speed. The shift
to pre-programmed ideal shifts stored in the accelerator pedal may damage the
position indicator within the Driver
transmission’s computer. The transmission transmission. The repair will not be
Information Center (DIC) will display a
constantly makes adjustments to improve covered by the vehicle warranty. If the
number next to the L indicating the highest
vehicle performance according to how the vehicle is stuck, do not spin the tires. available gear.
vehicle is being used, such as with a heavy When stopping on a hill, use the brakes
load or when the temperature changes. to hold the vehicle in place.

To enter Electronic Range Select or be completed. Slow the vehicle, then tap the For vehicles without Driver Mode Control,
Manual Mode: left steering wheel control to the desired press the Tow/Haul button on the center
1. With the vehicle in D (Drive), pull back lower gear range. stack.
on the shift lever to activate L (Low). The Cruise control can be used while in ERS. If equipped, the Stop/Start system will
L in the shift pattern will illuminate in become unavailable when Tow/Haul Mode is
red, and the D will switch to white. Tow/Haul Mode active.
2. Tap the left steering wheel control to The Tow/Haul Mode adjusts the If equipped with Active Hydraulic Assist, the
reduce the highest gear available, or the transmission shift pattern to reduce shift vehicle will provide a stiffer steering
right control to increase the highest gear cycling. This provides increased performance, response when Tow/Haul mode is engaged
available. vehicle control, and enhanced transmission to provide enhanced steering functionality.
3. To exit, pull back on the shift lever a and engine cooling when driving down steep
second time. The D in the shift pattern hills or mountain grades, when towing, Tow/Haul Mode Grade Braking
will illuminate in red, and the L will or when hauling heavy loads. See Driver Tow/Haul Mode Grade Braking is only
switch to white. Mode Control 0 250 to activate Tow/ enabled while the Tow/Haul Mode is
Haul Mode. selected and the vehicle is not in the Range
When shifting to L (Low), the transmission
will shift to a preset lower gear range. For Selection Mode. See Manual Mode 0 240.
this preset range, the highest gear available Tow/Haul Mode Grade Braking assists in
will be displayed next to the L in the DIC. maintaining desired vehicle speeds when
All gears below that number are available to driving on downhill grades by using the
use. For example, when 4 (Fourth) is shown engine and transmission to slow the vehicle.
next to the L, 1 (First) through 4 (Fourth) See Towing Equipment 0 296.
gears are shifted automatically. To shift to 5
(Fifth) gear, tap the right steering wheel Drive Systems
control or shift into D (Drive).
L (Low) will prevent shifting to a lower gear Four-Wheel Drive
range if the engine speed is too high. If the
If equipped, four-wheel drive engages the
vehicle speed is not reduced within the time
front axle for extra traction.
allowed, the lower gear range shift will not

Read the appropriate section for transfer If equipped, the transfer case controls are
case operation before using.
Caution used to shift into and out of four-wheel
Extended high-speed operation in 4 n drive.
Caution may damage or shorten the life of the To shift the transfer case, press the desired
Do not drive on clean, dry pavement in drivetrain. button. The graphic in the instrument
4 m and 4 n (if equipped) for an extended cluster will flash while a shift is in progress.
period of time. These conditions may An engagement noise and bump is normal The graphic displayed will change to indicate
cause premature wear on the vehicle’s when shifting between 4 n and 4 m or the setting requested.
powertrain. N (Neutral), with the engine running.
When the shift is complete the graphic will
Shifting into 4 n will turn Traction Control stop flashing. The DIC message turns off
Driving on clean, dry pavement in 4 m or and StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control once the shift is complete. If the transfer
4 n may: (ESC) off. See Traction Control/Electronic case cannot complete a shift request, it will
. Cause a vibration to be felt in the Stability Control 0 248. go back to its last chosen setting.
steering system. Automatic Transfer Case The settings are:
. Cause tires to wear faster. N (Neutral) : Use only when the vehicle
Two-Speed Transfer Case
needs to be towed. See Recreational Vehicle
{ Warning Towing 0 395 or
If equipped with four-wheel drive, the Towing the Vehicle 0 394.
vehicle will be free to roll if the transfer 2 m (Two-Wheel Drive High) : Use for driving
case is in N (Neutral), even when the shift on most streets and highways. The front
lever is in P (Park). You or someone else axle is not engaged. This setting provides
could be seriously injured. Be sure the the best fuel economy.
transfer case is in a drive gear — 2 m, 4 m, AUTO (Automatic Four-Wheel Drive) : Use
or 4 n — or set the parking brake before when road surface conditions are variable.
placing the transfer case in N (Neutral). When driving in AUTO, the front axle is
See Shifting Into Park 0 235. engaged, and the vehicle's power is sent to
the front and rear wheels automatically

based on driving conditions. This setting Once the 4x4 shift has completed, the DIC Once the 4x4 shift has completed, the
provides slightly lower fuel economy message disappears, the 4x4 graphic stops DIC message disappears, the 4x4 graphic
than 2 m. flashing, and the current setting is indicated. stops flashing and the current setting is
indicated.
4 m (Four-Wheel Drive High) : Use this When a shift to 2 m is completed successfully
setting when extra traction is needed, such while in P (Park), the parking brake will If vehicle speed is higher when shift request
as when driving on snowy or icy roads, engage. To resume driving, shift the occurs, a DIC message displays. Reduce
when off-roading, or when plowing snow. transmission to the desired gear and vehicle speed.
manually release the parking brake or press If the transmission is not in N (Neutral)
4 n (Four-Wheel Drive Low) : This setting the accelerator pedal to begin driving. See when shift request occurs, a DIC message
engages the front axle and delivers extra Electric Parking Brake 0 246. displays. The vehicle will allow 20 seconds
torque. Choose 4 n when driving off-road in for the shift to occur. After this time, a
If equipped, use 4 n, AUTO, or 4 m to provide
deep sand, deep mud, or deep snow, and graphic in the instrument cluster will
while climbing or descending steep hills. additional traction when parking on a steep
grade with poor traction such as ice, snow, indicate that the transfer case is in 4 n.
While driving in 4 n, keep vehicle speed mud, or gravel.
below 72 km/h (45 mph). Caution
Shifting Into 4 n Shifting the transmission into gear before
Shifting into 4 n will turn Traction Control
and StabiliTrak/ESC off. See Traction Control/ 1. The ignition must be on and the vehicle the requested mode indicator light has
Electronic Stability Control 0 248. must be stopped or moving less than stopped flashing could damage the
5 km/h (3 mph) with the transmission in transfer case.
Shifts between 2m, 4 m, and AUTO N (Neutral). It is best for the vehicle to
Any of these shifts can be made at normal be moving 1.6 to 3.2 km/h (1 to 2 mph). If the transmission is not shifted into
driving speed. 2. Press 4 n. The actual 4x4 shift request is N (Neutral) or the vehicle has not slowed to
only made after the button is released. 5 km/h (3 mph) within 20 seconds, the
The actual 4x4 shift request is only made transfer case will remain in its original state.
after the button is released. The 4x4 graphic The 4x4 graphic will remain flashing
until the shift request has completed. This will be indicated in the instrument
will remain flashing until the shift request cluster.
has completed. A DIC message displays to A DIC message displays to indicate that
indicate that the 4x4 transfer case has been the 4x4 transfer case has been requested
requested to shift to the new desired state. to shift to the new desired state.

With the vehicle moving less than If the parking brake and/or brake pedal
5 km/h (3 mph) and the transmission in
Caution is not applied within 20 seconds, the
N (Neutral), attempt the shift again. Shifting the transmission into gear before transfer case will remain in the original
the requested mode indicator light has state.
Shifting Out of 4 n stopped flashing could damage the 6. If the transmission is not shifted into
1. The vehicle must be stopped or moving transfer case. N (Neutral) or the vehicle has not slowed
less than 5 km/h (3 mph) with the to 5 km/h (3 mph) within 20 seconds,
transmission in N (Neutral) and the If the transmission is not shifted into the transfer case will remain in its
ignition on. It is best for the vehicle to N (Neutral) or the vehicle has not slowed to original state. This will be indicated in
be moving 1.6 to 3.2 km/h (1 to 2 mph). 5 km/h (3 mph) within 20 seconds, the the instrument cluster.
2. Press 4 m, AUTO, or 2 m. The actual 4x4 transfer case will remain in its original state.
This will be indicated in the instrument Shifting Out of N (Neutral)
shift request is only made after the
button is released. The 4x4 graphic will cluster. To shift out of N (Neutral):
remain flashing until the shift request With the vehicle moving less than 5 km/h 1. Turn the ignition on with the engine off.
has completed. A DIC message displays (3 mph), and the transmission in N (Neutral), See Ignition Positions (Keyless Access)
to indicate the state of the request. attempt the shift again. 0 230 or
Once the 4x4 shift has completed, the Shifting Into N (Neutral) Ignition Positions (Key Access) 0 229.
DIC message disappears, the 4x4 graphic 2. Set the parking brake. See Electric
stops flashing, and the current setting is To shift into N (Neutral): Parking Brake 0 246.
indicated. 1. Start the vehicle. 3. Shift the transmission to N (Neutral).
If vehicle speed is higher when shift 2. Shift the transmission to N (Neutral).
4. Shift the transfer case to 2 m. Transfer
request occurs, a DIC message displays. 3. Shift the transfer case to 2 m. case shifts out of N (Neutral) can only be
Reduce vehicle speed.
4. Apply the parking brake and/or brake made into 2 m. When the shift to 2 m is
If the transmission is not in N (Neutral) pedal. complete, the graphic in the instrument
when shift request occurs, DIC messages will cluster will stop flashing. If the transfer
display. The vehicle will allow 20 seconds for 5. Press 2 m five times in 10 seconds until
the N (Neutral) graphic starts flashing in case cannot complete a shift, the graphic
this shift to occur. After this time, a graphic will return to the previously selected
in the instrument cluster will indicate that the instrument cluster. When the shift is
complete, the graphic stops flashing. setting.
the transfer case is in 4 n.

Single Speed Transfer Case The settings are: Once the 4x4 shift has completed, the DIC
message disappears, the 4x4 graphic stops
2 m (Two-Wheel Drive High) : Use for driving flashing, and the current setting is indicated.
on most streets and highways. The front
axle is not engaged. This setting provides The actual 4x4 shift request is only made
the best fuel economy. after the button is released. The 4x4 graphic
will remain flashing until the shift request
4 m (Four-Wheel Drive High) : Use this has completed.
setting when extra traction is needed, such
as when driving on snowy or icy roads, A DIC message displays. Once the 4x4 shift
when off-roading, or when plowing snow. has completed, the DIC message disappears,
the 4x4 graphic stops flashing, and the
AUTO (Automatic Four-Wheel Drive) current setting is indicated.
Use when road surface conditions are
variable. When driving in AUTO, the front Brakes
If equipped, the transfer case controls are axle is engaged, and the vehicle's power is
used to shift into and out of four-wheel sent to the front and rear wheels Electric Brake Boost
drive. automatically based on driving conditions.
Vehicles equipped with electric brake boost
This setting provides slightly lower fuel
To shift the transfer case, press the desired have hydraulic brake circuits that are
button. The graphic in the instrument economy than 2 m. electronically controlled when the brake
cluster will flash while a shift is in progress. Shifts between 2 m, 4 m, and AUTO pedal is applied during normal operation.
The graphic displayed will change to indicate The system performs routine tests and turns
the setting requested. Any of these shifts can be made at normal off within a few minutes after the vehicle is
driving speed. turned off. Noise may be heard during this
When the shift is complete the graphic will
The actual 4x4 shift request is only made time. If the brake pedal is pressed during
stop flashing. The DIC message turns off
after the button is released. The 4x4 graphic the tests or when the electric brake boost
once the shift is complete. If the transfer
will remain flashing until the shift request system is off, a noticeable change in pedal
case cannot complete a shift request, it will
has completed. A DIC message displays. force and travel may be felt. This is normal.
go back to its last chosen setting.

Antilock Brake System (ABS) Using ABS cannot be applied or released. To prevent
draining the battery, avoid unnecessary
The Antilock Brake System (ABS) helps Do not pump the brakes. Just hold the brake
repeated cycles of the EPB.
prevent a braking skid and maintain steering pedal down firmly. Hearing or feeling ABS
while braking hard. operate is normal. The system has a red parking brake status
light and an amber service parking brake
ABS performs a system check when the Braking in Emergencies warning light. See Electric Parking Brake
vehicle is first driven. A momentary motor Light 0 118 and
ABS allows steering and braking at the same
or clicking noise may be heard while this Service Electric Parking Brake Light 0 118.
time. In many emergencies, steering can
test is going on, and the brake pedal may There are also parking brake-related Driver
help even more than braking.
move slightly. This is normal. Information Center (DIC) messages.
Electric Parking Brake Before leaving the vehicle, check the red
parking brake status light to ensure that the
parking brake is applied.
EPB Apply
To apply the EPB:
If there is a problem with ABS, this warning 1. Be sure the vehicle is at a complete stop.
light stays on. See Antilock Brake System 2. Press the EPB switch momentarily.
(ABS) Warning Light 0 118.
The red parking brake status light will flash
ABS does not change the time needed to and then stay on once the EPB is fully
get a foot on the brake pedal and does not applied. If the red parking brake status light
always decrease stopping distance. If you flashes continuously, then the EPB is only
get too close to the vehicle ahead, there will partially applied or there is a problem with
not be enough time to apply the brakes if The Electric Parking Brake (EPB) can always the EPB. A DIC message will display. Release
that vehicle suddenly slows or stops. Always be applied, even if the vehicle is off. In case the EPB and try to apply it again. If the
leave enough room ahead to stop, even of insufficient electrical power, the EPB light does not come on, or keeps flashing,
with ABS.

have the vehicle serviced. Do not drive the 3. Press the EPB switch momentarily. Brake Assist
vehicle if the red parking brake status light The EPB is released when the red parking
is flashing. See your dealer. Brake Assist detects rapid brake pedal
brake status light is off. applications due to emergency braking
If the amber service parking brake warning If the amber service parking brake warning situations and provides additional braking to
light is on, press the EPB switch. Continue to light is on, release the EPB by pressing and activate the Antilock Brake System (ABS) if
hold the switch until the red parking brake holding the EPB switch. Continue to hold the the brake pedal is not pushed hard enough
status light remains on. If the amber service switch until the red parking brake status to activate ABS normally. Minor noise, brake
parking brake warning light is on, see your light is off. If either light stays on after pedal pulsation, and/or pedal movement
dealer. release is attempted, see your dealer. during this time may occur. Continue to
If the EPB is applied while the vehicle is apply the brake pedal as the driving
moving, the vehicle will decelerate as long Caution situation dictates. Brake Assist disengages
as the switch is pressed. If the switch is Driving with the parking brake on can when the brake pedal is released.
pressed until the vehicle comes to a stop, overheat the brake system and cause
the EPB will remain applied. Hill Start Assist (HSA)
premature wear or damage to brake
The vehicle may automatically apply the EPB system parts. Make sure that the parking
in some situations when the vehicle is not brake is fully released and the brake
{ Warning
moving. This is normal, and is done to warning light is off before driving. Do not rely on the HSA feature. HSA does
periodically check the correct operation of not replace the need to pay attention
the EPB system, or at the request of other If you are towing a trailer and parking on a and drive safely. You may not hear or
safety functions that utilize the EPB. hill, see Driving Characteristics and Towing feel alerts or warnings provided by this
If the EPB fails to apply, block the rear Tips 0 288. system. Failure to use proper care when
wheels to prevent vehicle movement. driving may result in injury, death,
Automatic EPB Release
or vehicle damage. See Defensive Driving
EPB Release The EPB will automatically release if the 0 213.
To release the EPB: vehicle is running, placed into gear, and an
attempt is made to drive away. Avoid rapid When the vehicle is stopped on a grade, Hill
1. Turn the ignition on or to ACC/ acceleration when the EPB is applied, to Start Assist (HSA) prevents the vehicle from
ACCESSORY. preserve parking brake lining life. rolling in an unintended direction during the
2. Apply and hold the brake pedal. transition from brake pedal release to

accelerator pedal apply. The brakes release TCS activates if it senses any of the drive It is recommended to leave both systems on
when the accelerator pedal is applied. If the wheels are spinning or beginning to lose for normal driving conditions, but it may be
accelerator pedal is not applied within a few traction. When this happens, TCS applies the necessary to turn TCS off if the vehicle gets
minutes, the Electric Parking Brake will brakes to the spinning wheels and reduces stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. See If the
apply. The brakes may also release under engine power to limit wheel spin. Vehicle Is Stuck 0 221 and “Turning the
other conditions. Do not rely on HSA to hold StabiliTrak/ESC activates when the vehicle Systems Off and On” later in this section.
the vehicle. senses a difference between the intended When the transfer case (if equipped) is in
HSA is available when the vehicle is facing path and the direction the vehicle is actually Four-Wheel Drive Low, the stability system
uphill in a forward gear, or when facing traveling. StabiliTrak/ESC selectively applies is automatically disabled, g comes on, and
downhill in R (Reverse). The vehicle must braking pressure to any one of the vehicle the appropriate message will appear on the
come to a complete stop on a grade for HSA wheel brakes to assist the driver in keeping Driver Information Center (DIC). Both
to activate. the vehicle on the intended path. Trailer traction control and StabiliTrak/ESC are
Sway Control (TSC) is also on automatically automatically disabled in this condition.
Ride Control Systems when the vehicle is started. See Trailer Sway
Control (TSC) 0 305.
Traction Control/Electronic If cruise control is being used and traction
Stability Control control or StabiliTrak/ESC begins to limit
wheel spin, cruise control will disengage.
System Operation Cruise control may be turned back on when
The vehicle has a Traction Control System road conditions allow.
The indicator light for both systems is in the
(TCS) and StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Both systems come on automatically when instrument cluster. This light will:
Control (ESC) system. These systems help the vehicle is started and begins to move. . Flash when TCS is limiting wheel spin.
limit wheel spin and assist the driver in The systems may be heard or felt while
maintaining control, especially on slippery they are operating or while performing . Flash when StabiliTrak/ESC is activated.
road conditions. diagnostic checks. This is normal and does . Turn on and stay on when either system
not mean there is a problem with the is not working.
vehicle. If either system fails to turn on or to
activate, a message displays in the Driver
Information Center (DIC), and d comes on

and stays on to indicate that the system is StabiliTrak/ESC will automatically turn on if
inactive and is not assisting the driver in
Caution the vehicle exceeds 56 km/h (35 mph).
maintaining control. The vehicle is safe to Do not repeatedly brake or accelerate Traction control will remain off.
drive, but driving should be adjusted heavily when TCS is off. The vehicle
The vehicle has a Trailer Sway Control (TSC)
accordingly. driveline could be damaged. feature and a Hill Start Assist (HSA) feature.
If d comes on and stays on: See Trailer Sway Control (TSC) 0 305 or
To turn off only TCS, press and release g. Hill Start Assist (HSA) 0 247.
1. Stop the vehicle. The traction off light i displays in the
2. Turn the engine off and wait 15 seconds. Adding accessories can affect the vehicle
instrument cluster. The appropriate message
performance. See Accessories and
3. Start the engine. will display in the DIC. To turn TCS on again,
Modifications 0 322.
press and release g. The traction off light
Drive the vehicle. If d comes on and stays
on, the vehicle may need more time to i displayed in the instrument cluster will Hill Descent Control (HDC)
diagnose the problem. If the condition turn off. If equipped, Hill Descent Control (HDC) sets
persists, see your dealer. If TCS is limiting wheel spin when g is and maintains vehicle speed while driving
pressed, the system will not turn off until down steep grades in a forward or reverse
Turning the Systems Off and On gear. The HDC switch is on the center stack,
the wheels stop spinning.
below the climate controls.
To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC,
press and hold g until the traction off light Press 5 to enable or disable HDC. Vehicle
i and the StabiliTrak/ESC OFF light g speed must be below 50 km/h (31 mph).
come on and stay on in the instrument
cluster, then release. The appropriate
message will display in the DIC.
The button for TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC is on
the center stack. To turn TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC on again,
press and release g. The traction off light
i and the StabiliTrak/ESC OFF light g in
the instrument cluster turn off. When enabled, the HDC light displays on
the instrument cluster.

A blinking HDC light indicates the system is 5 must be pressed again to re-enable HDC. Mode Activation
actively applying the brakes to maintain HDC may disable after an extended period
vehicle speed. HDC can maintain vehicle of use. If this happens, HDC will require
speeds between 1 and 22 km/h (1 and time to cool down. The length of time HDC
14 mph) on grades greater than or equal remains active depends on road conditions,
to 10%. grade, set speed, vehicle loading, and
If HDC is to be used for more than outside temperature.
three minutes or on grades steeper than When enabled, if the vehicle speed is above
25%, the transfer case should be put into 30 km/h (19 mph) and below 60 km/h
Four-Wheel Drive Low (4 n) to reduce the (37 mph), a DIC message will display.
possibility of brake overheating.
Driver Mode Control
Noise from the Electronic Brake Control
Module (EBCM) is normal when HDC is Driver Mode Control (DMC) allows the driver
active. to adjust the overall driving experience to
To activate Tow/Haul Mode turn the knob
better suit preference by adjusting multiple
When HDC is activated, the initial HDC counterclockwise. To activate other drive
systems to fit specific driving needs. Drive
speed is set to the current driving speed. modes turn the knob clockwise.
mode availability and affected vehicle
It can be increased or decreased by pressing subsystems are dependent upon vehicle trim
+RES or SET- on the steering wheel, or by level, region, and optional features.
applying the accelerator or brake pedal. This
adjusted speed becomes the new set speed.
HDC will remain enabled between 30 and
60 km/h (19 and 37 mph); however, vehicle
speed cannot be set or maintained in this
range. HDC will automatically disable if the
vehicle speed is above 80 km/h (50 mph) or
above 60 km/h (37 mph) for at least
30 seconds.

8 Sport Mode : Use where road conditions 7 Off-Road Mode : Use this mode for
or personal preference demand a more off-road recreational driving. Off-Road Mode
controlled response. should be used to improve driving at
When you enter this mode, you will moderate speeds, on grass, gravel, dirt,
immediately feel a down shift. In this mode unpaved roads, or snow-covered roads. The
the vehicle also monitors driving behaviors accelerator pedal is tuned for off-road use.
and automatically enables Performance Shift This mode modifies pedal mapping,
Features when spirited driving is detected. All-Wheel Drive (AWD), ride height, Antilock
These features maintain lower transmission Brake System (ABS), StabiliTrak/Electronic
gears to increase available engine braking Stability Control (ESC), and Traction Control
and improve acceleration response. The System (TCS) performance.
vehicle will exit these features and return to For more information on off-road driving see
If equipped, select Terrain Mode by normal operation after a short period when Off-Road Driving 0 215.
pressing the g below the 4 m transfer spirited driving is no longer detected. If the
vehicle has Magnetic Ride Control, the _ Tow/Haul Mode : Use this mode
case button. when hauling heavy loads to provide
suspension will change to provide better
increased performance and vehicle control.
Modes: cornering performance.
Tow/Haul Mode adjusts the transmission
Normal Mode : Use for normal city and 6 Snow/Ice Mode : Snow/Ice Mode shift pattern, AWD, and ESC performance.
highway driving to provide a smooth ride. improves vehicle acceleration on snow and If the vehicle is turned off with Tow/Haul
This setting provides balance between ice covered roads. When active, Snow/Ice Mode active and then restarted within four
comfort and handling. This is the standard/ Mode will adjust acceleration to optimize hours or less, Tow/Haul will remain active.
default mode. There is no persistent traction on slippery surfaces. This can Otherwise, the vehicle will start in
indicator in the instrument cluster for compromise the acceleration on dry asphalt. Normal Mode.
this mode.
This feature is not intended for use when
the vehicle is stuck in sand, mud, ice, snow,
or gravel. If the vehicle becomes stuck, see If
the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 221.

If the vehicle has a diesel engine, exhaust g Terrain Mode : Use for finer control When in Terrain Mode, the vehicle will shift
braking is automatically activated when during low speed, off-road driving. When automatically but may hold a lower gear
Tow/Haul Mode is selected. It maintains using this mode it will mimic the longer to maximize engine torque. The
vehicle speed by automatically characteristics of four-wheel-drive low (4 n) steering will change to provide more precise
implementing a shift pattern that uses the without the torque capabilities. control. A unique pedal map, transmission
engine and the transmission to slow the shift pattern, and rpm control are utilized to
vehicle. The system will command Use when: give better control at lower speeds and over
downshifts and use the turbocharger on the . Traveling on very rough roads at very low rough terrain. When the vehicle comes to a
engine to reduce vehicle speed when the speeds, such as a two-track or heavily stop, Vehicle Hold is engaged. TCS will be
brake is applied. The normal tow/haul shift rutted road. optimized for maximum torque transfer
pattern will return once the vehicle is on a . Traveling slowly in grassy fields. across axles, and Active Braking During Lift
low grade or when the accelerator pedal is . Pulling a boat out of the water on a Throttle will be engaged.
pressed. trailer. Active Braking During Lift Throttle:
While in the Electronic Range Select (ERS) . Using the vehicle for public off-road . Automatically applies light braking,
Mode (see “manual mode”), grade breaking recreational driving. See Off-Road Driving similar to heavy engine braking of
is deactivated, allowing the driver to select a 0 215 and four-wheel-drive low.
range and limiting the highest gear Hill and Mountain Roads 0 219. . Applies light braking in D (Drive) until the
available. vehicle is at idle speeds. In Manual L1 and
For more information on trailer weight Manual L2, moderate braking may stop
specifications, see Towing Equipment 0 296. the vehicle.
. Reduces trailer braking.

Terrain Mode Drive Terrain Mode is only available on vehicles
Select Expected Vehicle Behavior Ideal Terrain equipped with the single speed
transfer case.
Minor deceleration when off
Grassy fields, Terrain Mode can only be active when:
throttle and mild ability to
mild two tracks, . Vehicle speed is less than 80 km/h
Drive (L3-Lx) modulate throttle; mimics
rutted roads, (50 mph).
performance of 4 n without torque
large rolling hills,
multiplication. . The transfer case is in 4 m.
Moderate deceleration when off Frequent use of this mode may cause brake
Mild rock crawling,
throttle and moderate ability to wear due to the light braking.
L2 heavy ruts,
modulate throttle; will bring vehicle
short, steeper grades, The vehicle will automatically exit the mode
to a stop in most cases.
if the brakes get too hot. Terrain Mode can
Significant deceleration when off be turned back on after the brakes have
throttle and significant ability to cooled.
L1 Rock crawling downhill
modulate throttle; will bring vehicle When Terrain Mode is selected:
to a stop in most cases.
. Auto Engine Start/Stop will be disabled.
. The Terrain Mode indicator displays on
Active Braking During Lift Throttle will . When the vehicle is in forward gear on a the instrument cluster.
reduce the back and forth between the decline, the vehicle is allowed to creep
accelerator and brake pedals. down the hill when the brake pedal is
Limited-Slip Differential
released without pressing the accelerator If equipped, the limited-slip differential can
Vehicle Hold Features:
pedal. The vehicle will also creep forward give more traction on snow, mud, ice, sand,
. When the vehicle comes to a stop on an on flat ground. or gravel. It works like a standard axle most
incline grade in forward gear or on a . If the driver seat belt is removed and the of the time, but when traction is low, this
decline grade in reverse gear, Vehicle feature allows the drive wheel with the
driver door is opened while the vehicle is
Hold is engaged until the accelerator most traction to move the vehicle. For
being held, EPB will be engaged.
pedal is pressed. vehicles with the limited-slip differential,
. EPB will engage if the vehicle is held for
an extended period.

driven under severe conditions, the rear axle If equipped with cruise control, a speed of
fluid should be changed. See Maintenance about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more can be
Schedule 0 409. maintained without keeping your foot on
the accelerator. Cruise control does not work
Locking Rear Axle at speeds below about 40 km/h (25 mph).
Vehicles with a locking rear axle can give If the cruise control is being used and the
more traction on snow, mud, ice, sand, Traction Control System (TCS) or StabiliTrak/
or gravel. It works like a standard axle most Electronic Stability Control (ESC) begins to
of the time, but when traction is low, this limit wheel spin, the cruise control will
feature will allow the rear wheel with the automatically disengage. See Traction
most traction to move the vehicle. Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 248.
If a collision alert occurs when cruise control
Cruise Control is activated, cruise control is disengaged. See 5 : Press to turn cruise control on or off.
Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System 0 274. A white indicator comes on or off in the
When road conditions allow you to safely
{ Warning use it again, cruise control can be turned
instrument cluster.
Cruise control can be dangerous where back on. +RES : If there is a set speed in memory,
you cannot drive safely at a steady press the control up briefly to resume to
Turning off the TCS or StabiliTrak/ESC that speed or press and hold to accelerate.
speed. Do not use cruise control on system will disengage the cruise control.
winding roads or in heavy traffic. If cruise control is already engaged, use to
If the brakes are applied, cruise control increase vehicle speed.
Cruise control can be dangerous on disengages.
slippery roads. On such roads, fast SET− : Press the control down briefly to set
changes in tire traction can cause the speed and activate cruise control.
excessive wheel slip, and you could lose If cruise control is already engaged, use to
decrease vehicle speed.
control. Do not use cruise control on
slippery roads. * : Press to disengage cruise control
without erasing the set speed from memory.

Setting Cruise Control . To increase vehicle speed in small the release to override cruise control, briefly
increments, press +RES up briefly. For pressing SET– will result in cruise control set
If 5 is on when not in use, SET− or +RES each press, the vehicle goes about 1 km/h to the current vehicle speed.
could get pressed and go into cruise when (1 mph) faster.
not desired. Keep 5 off when cruise is not Using Cruise Control on Hills
The speedometer reading can be displayed
being used. How well the cruise control works on hills
in either English or metric units. See
1. Press 5 to turn the cruise system on. depends on the vehicle speed, the load, and
Instrument Cluster 0 106. The increment
the steepness of the hills. When going up
2. Get up to the desired speed. value used depends on the units displayed.
steep hills, pressing the accelerator pedal
3. Press and release SET−. Reducing Speed While Using Cruise Control may be necessary to maintain vehicle speed.
4. Remove your foot from the accelerator. Do one of the following: While going downhill, cruise braking helps
The cruise control indicator on the . Press and hold SET– down until the maintain driver selected speed.
instrument cluster turns green after cruise desired lower speed is reached, then Cruise Grade Braking is enabled when the
control has been set to the desired speed. release it. vehicle is started and cruise control is active.
See Instrument Cluster 0 106. . To slow down in small increments, press It is not enabled in Range Selection Mode.
Resuming a Set Speed SET– down briefly. For each press, the It assists in maintaining driver selected
vehicle goes about 1 km/h (1 mph) slower. speed when driving on downhill grades by
If the cruise control is set at a desired speed using the engine and transmission to slow
and then the brakes are applied or * is in either English or metric units. See the vehicle.
pressed, the cruise control is disengaged Instrument Cluster 0 106. The increment For other forms of descent control, see Hill
without erasing the set speed from memory. value used depends on the units displayed. Descent Control (HDC) 0 249, Automatic
Once the vehicle reaches about 40 km/h Passing Another Vehicle While Using Cruise Transmission 0 238, and Tow/Haul Mode
(25 mph) or more, press RES+ up briefly. The Control 0 241.
vehicle returns to the previously set speed.
Use the accelerator pedal to increase the Ending Cruise Control
Increasing Speed While Using Cruise Control vehicle speed. When you take your foot off There are four ways to end cruise control:
Do one of the following: the pedal, the vehicle will slow down to the . Step lightly on the brake pedal.
. Press and hold +RES up until the desired previously set cruise speed. While pressing
the accelerator pedal or shortly following . Press *.
speed is reached, then release it.

. Shift the transmission to N (Neutral). disengage. See Traction Control/Electronic
. To turn off cruise control, press 5. Stability Control 0 248. When road { Warning
conditions allow ACC to be safely used, ACC ACC will not detect or brake for children,
Erasing Speed Memory can be turned back on. Disabling the TCS or pedestrians, animals, or other objects.
The cruise control set speed is erased from StabiliTrak/ESC system will disengage and
prevent engagement of ACC. Do not use ACC when:
memory if 5 is pressed or the ignition is
turned off. . On winding and hilly roads or when
ACC can reduce the need for you to
frequently brake and accelerate, especially the camera sensor is blocked by snow,
Adaptive Cruise Control (Camera) when used on expressways, freeways, and ice, or dirt. The system may not
interstate highways. When used on other detect a vehicle ahead. Keep the
If equipped, Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) windshield and headlamps clean.
allows the cruise control set speed and roads, you may need to take over the
following gap to be selected. Read this control of braking or acceleration more . When visibility is poor due to rain,
entire section before using this system. The often. snow, fog, dirt, insect residue, or dust;
following gap is the following time between when other foreign objects obscure
your vehicle and a vehicle detected directly { Warning the camera’s view; or when the
ahead in your path, moving in the same vehicle in front or oncoming traffic
ACC has limited braking ability and may
direction. If no vehicle is detected in your causes additional environmental
not have time to slow the vehicle down obstructions, such as road spray. ACC
path, ACC works like regular cruise control. enough to avoid a collision with another
ACC uses a windshield mounted front performance is limited under these
vehicle you are following. This can occur conditions.
camera sensor.
when vehicles suddenly slow or stop
. On slippery roads where fast changes
If a vehicle is detected in your path, ACC can ahead, or enter your lane. Also see
apply acceleration or limited, moderate in tire traction can cause excessive
“Alerting the Driver” later in this section.
braking to maintain the selected following wheel slip
Complete attention is always required
gap. To disengage ACC, apply the brake. while driving and you should be ready to . With extremely heavy cargo loaded in
If ACC is controlling the vehicle speed when take action and apply the brakes. See the cargo area or rear seat
the Traction Control System (TCS) or Defensive Driving 0 213. . When towing a trailer
StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
system activates, ACC may automatically

* : Press to disengage ACC without erasing regular cruise control is engaged, a green
the selected set speed. J indicator will be lit on the instrument
cluster; the following gap will not display.
[ : Press to select a following gap setting
for ACC of Far, Medium, or Near. When the vehicle is turned on, the cruise
control mode will be set to the last mode
used before the vehicle was turned off.
in either English or metric units. See
Instrument Cluster 0 106. The increment
value used depends on the units displayed. { Warning
Switching Between ACC and Regular Cruise Always check the cruise control indicator
Control on the instrument cluster to determine
which mode cruise control is in before
To switch between ACC and regular cruise using the feature. If ACC is not active, the
J : Press to turn the system on or off. The control, press and hold *. A Driver vehicle will not automatically brake for
indicator turns white on the instrument Information Display (DIC) message displays.
cluster when ACC is turned on. other vehicles, which could cause a crash
See Vehicle Messages 0 130. if the brakes are not applied manually.
RES+ : Press briefly to resume the previous You and others could be seriously injured
set speed or to increase vehicle speed if ACC or killed.
is already activated. To increase speed by
about 1 km/h (1 mph), press RES+ briefly. To Setting Adaptive Cruise Control
increase speed to the next 5 km/h (5 mph)
mark on the speedometer, hold RES+. If J is on when not in use, SET–/RES+
ACC Indicator Regular Cruise Control could be pressed by mistake and engage
SET– : Press briefly to set the speed and
activate ACC or to decrease vehicle speed if Indicator ACC when not desired. Keep J off when
ACC is already activated. To decrease speed cruise is not being used.
by about 1 km/h (1 mph), press SET– briefly. When ACC is engaged, a green o indicator Select the set speed desired for ACC. This is
To decrease speed to the next 5 km/h will be lit on the instrument cluster and the the vehicle speed when no vehicle is
(5 mph) mark on the speedometer, following gap will be displayed. When the detected in your path.
hold SET–.

While the vehicle is moving, ACC will not set Be mindful of speed limits, surrounding Increasing Speed While ACC Is at a Set Speed
at a speed less than 5 km/h (3 mph), traffic speeds, and weather conditions when If ACC is already activated, do one of the
although it can be resumed. The minimum selecting the set speed. following:
allowable set speed is 25 km/h (15 mph). Resuming a Set Speed . Use the accelerator to get to the higher
To set ACC while moving: If the ACC is set at a desired speed and then speed. Press SET–. Release SET– and the
1. Press J. the brakes are applied, ACC is disengaged accelerator pedal. The vehicle will now
without erasing the set speed from memory. cruise at the higher speed.
2. Get up to the desired speed.
To begin using ACC again, press RES+ up When the accelerator pedal is pressed,
3. Press and release SET–. ACC will not brake because it is
briefly.
4. Remove foot from the accelerator. overridden. The ACC indicator will turn
. If the vehicle is moving more than 5 km/h
After ACC is set, it may immediately apply blue on the instrument cluster and HUD,
(3 mph), it returns to the previous set if equipped.
the brakes if a vehicle ahead is detected speed.
closer than the selected following gap. . Press and hold RES+ until the desired set
. If the vehicle is stopped with the brake
speed is displayed, then release it.
ACC can also be set while the vehicle is pedal applied, press RES+ and release the
stopped if ACC is on and the brake pedal is . To increase vehicle speed in smaller
brake pedal. ACC will hold the vehicle
applied. until RES+ or the accelerator pedal is increments, press RES+ briefly. For each
pressed. press, the vehicle goes about 1 km/h
(1 mph) faster.
A green ACC indicator and the set speed . To increase vehicle speed in larger
display on the instrument cluster. The increments, hold RES+. While holding
vehicle ahead indicator may be flashing if a RES+, the vehicle speed increases to the
vehicle ahead was present and moved. See next 5 km/h (5 mph) step, then continues
“Approaching and Following a Vehicle” later to increase by 5 km/h (5 mph) at a time.
in this section.
The ACC indicator displays in the instrument The set speed can also be increased while
cluster and Head-Up Display (HUD), Once ACC has resumed, if there is no vehicle the vehicle is stopped.
if equipped. When ACC is turned on, the ahead, if the vehicle ahead is beyond the
. If stopped with the brake pedal applied,
indicator will be lit white. When the ACC is selected following gap, or if the vehicle has
active, the indicator turns green. exited a sharp curve, then the vehicle speed press RES+ until the desired set speed is
will increase to the set speed. displayed.

. If ACC is holding the vehicle at a stop and . To decrease the vehicle speed in larger speed. The faster the vehicle speed, the
there is another vehicle directly ahead, increments, hold SET−. While holding further back your vehicle will follow a
pressing RES+ will increase the set speed. SET−, the vehicle speed decreases to the vehicle detected ahead. Consider traffic and
. Pressing RES+ when there is no longer a next 5 km/h (5 mph) step, then continues weather conditions when selecting the
vehicle ahead or the vehicle ahead is to decrease by 5 km/h (5 mph) at a time. following gap. The range of selectable gaps
pulling away and the brake is not applied The set speed can also be decreased while may not be appropriate for all drivers and
with cause the ACC to resume. the vehicle is stopped. driving conditions.
When it is determined that there is no . If stopped with the brake applied, press Changing the gap setting automatically
vehicle ahead or the vehicle ahead is beyond or hold SET− until the desired set speed is changes the alert timing sensitivity (Far,
the selected following gap, then the vehicle displayed. Medium, or Near) for the Forward Collision
speed will increase to the set speed. Alert (FCA) feature. See Forward Collision
Selecting the Follow Distance Gap Alert (FCA) System 0 274.
Reducing Speed While ACC Is at a Set Speed When a slower moving vehicle is detected Alerting the Driver
If ACC is already activated, do one of the ahead within the selected following gap,
following: ACC will adjust the vehicle's speed and
. Use the brake to get to the desired lower attempt to maintain the follow distance gap
speed. Release the brake and press SET–. selected.
The vehicle will now cruise at the lower Press [ on the steering wheel to adjust
speed. the following gap. Each press cycles the gap
. Press and hold SET– until the desired button through three settings: Far, Medium,
lower speed is reached, then release it. or Near. With Head-Up Display
. To decrease the vehicle speed in smaller
When pressed, the current gap setting
increments, press SET− briefly. For each displays briefly on the instrument cluster
press, the vehicle goes about 1 km/h and HUD, if equipped. The gap setting will
(1 mph) slower. be maintained until it is changed.
Since each gap setting corresponds to a
following time (Far, Medium, or Near), the
following distance will vary based on vehicle Without Head-Up Display

If ACC is engaged, driver action may be following gap. The vehicle speed increases or Stationary or Very Slow-Moving Objects
required when ACC cannot apply sufficient decreases to follow a detected vehicle in
braking because of approaching a vehicle front of your vehicle when that vehicle is { Warning
too rapidly. traveling slower than your vehicle set speed.
ACC may not detect and react to stopped
When this condition occurs, the collision It may apply limited braking, if necessary.
When braking is active, the brake lamps will or slow-moving vehicles ahead of you. For
alert symbol will flash on the windshield. example, the system may not brake for a
Either eight beeps will sound from the front, come on. The automatic braking may feel or
sound different than if the brakes were vehicle it has never detected moving. This
or both sides of the Safety Alert Seat, can occur in stop-and-go traffic or when a
if equipped, will pulse five times. See applied manually. This is normal.
vehicle suddenly appears due to a vehicle
“Collision/Detection Systems” under Vehicle Passing a Vehicle While Using ACC ahead changing lanes. Your vehicle may
Personalization 0 131. If the set speed is high enough, and the left not stop and could cause a crash. Use
See Defensive Driving 0 213. turn signal is used to pass a vehicle ahead caution when using ACC. Your complete
Approaching and Following a Vehicle in the selected following gap, ACC may attention is always required while driving
assist by gradually accelerating the vehicle and you should be ready to take action
prior to the lane change. and apply the brakes.
{ Warning Irregular Objects Affecting ACC

When using ACC to pass a vehicle or ACC may have difficulty detecting the
perform a lane change, the following following objects:
distance to the vehicle being passed may . Vehicles in front of your vehicle that have
The vehicle ahead indicator is in the be reduced. ACC may not apply sufficient a rear aspect that is low, small,
instrument cluster. It only displays when a acceleration or braking when passing a or irregular
vehicle is detected in your vehicle’s path vehicle or performing a lane change.
moving in the same direction. If this symbol . An empty truck or trailer that has no
Always be ready to manually accelerate cargo in the cargo bed
is not displaying, ACC will not respond to or
or brake to complete the pass or lane . Vehicles with cargo extending from the
brake for vehicles ahead.
change. back end
ACC automatically slows the vehicle down
and adjusts vehicle speed to follow a
detected vehicle ahead at the selected

. Non-standard shaped vehicles, such as . A DIC message displays to indicate that driver seat belt is unbuckled, the ACC
vehicle transport, vehicles with a side car ACC is temporarily unavailable. automatically applies the Electric Parking
fitted, or horse carriages The ACC indicator will turn white when ACC Brake (EPB) to hold the vehicle. The EPB
. Vehicles that are low to the road surface is no longer active. status light will turn on. See Electric Parking
. Objects that are close to the front of your Brake 0 246.
In some cases, when ACC is temporarily
vehicle A DIC warning message may display
unavailable, regular cruise control may be
. Vehicles on which extremely heavy cargo used. See “Switching Between ACC and indicating to shift to P (Park) before exiting
is loaded in the cargo area or rear seat Regular Cruise Control” previously in this the vehicle. See Vehicle Messages 0 130.
section. Always consider driving conditions
before using either cruise control system. { Warning
Notification to Resume ACC If ACC has stopped the vehicle, and if ACC
is disengaged, turned off, or canceled, the
ACC will maintain a follow gap behind a vehicle will no longer be held at a stop.
detected vehicle and slow your vehicle to a
The vehicle can move. When ACC is
stop behind that vehicle.
holding the vehicle at a stop, always be
If the stopped vehicle ahead has driven prepared to manually apply the brakes.
away and ACC has not resumed, the vehicle
ACC Automatically Disengages ahead indicator will flash as a reminder to
ACC may automatically disengage and the
check traffic ahead before proceeding. In { Warning
addition, the left and right sides of the
driver will need to manually apply the Safety Alert Seat will pulse three times, Leaving the vehicle without placing it in
brakes to slow the vehicle if: or three beeps will sound. See ”Alert Type” P (Park) can be dangerous. Do not leave
. The front camera is blocked or visibility is and “Adaptive Cruise Go Notifier” in the vehicle while it is being held at a
reduced. “Collision/Detection Systems” under Vehicle stop by ACC. Always place the vehicle in
. The Traction Control System (TCS) or Personalization 0 131. P (Park) and turn off the ignition before
StabiliTrak/ESC system has activated or leaving the vehicle.
When the vehicle ahead drives away, press
been disabled. RES+ or the accelerator pedal to resume
. There is a fault in the system. ACC. If stopped for more than two minutes
or if the driver door is opened and the

ACC Override When following a vehicle and entering a
If using the accelerator pedal while ACC is
{ Warning curve, ACC may not detect the vehicle ahead
active, the ACC indicator turns blue on the On curves, ACC may respond to a vehicle and accelerate to the set speed. When this
instrument cluster and in the HUD, in another lane, or may not have time to happens, the vehicle ahead indicator will not
if equipped, to indicate that automatic react to a vehicle in your lane. You could appear.
braking will not occur. ACC will resume crash into a vehicle ahead of you, or lose
operation when the accelerator pedal is not control of your vehicle. Give extra
being pressed. attention in curves and be ready to use
the brakes if necessary. Select an
{ Warning appropriate speed while driving in curves.
The ACC will not automatically apply the
ACC may operate differently in a sharp
brakes if your foot is resting on the
curve. It may reduce the vehicle speed if the
accelerator pedal. You could crash into a curve is too sharp. ACC automatically slows
vehicle ahead of you. the vehicle down while navigating the curve ACC may detect a vehicle that is not in your
and may increase speed out of the curve, lane and apply the brakes.
Curves in the Road but will not exceed the set speed.
ACC may occasionally provide an alert and/
{ Warning or braking that is considered unnecessary.
On curves, ACC may not detect a vehicle It could respond to vehicles in different
ahead in your lane. You could be startled lanes or stationary objects when entering or
if the vehicle accelerates up to the set exiting a curve. This is normal operation.
The vehicle does not need service.
speed, especially when following a vehicle
exiting or entering exit ramps. You could
lose control of the vehicle or crash. Do
not use ACC while driving on an entrance
or exit ramp. Always be ready to use the
brakes if necessary.

Other Vehicle Lane Changes Do Not Use ACC on Hills and When Towing a Weather Conditions Affecting ACC
Trailer If the interior temperature is extremely
high, the instrument cluster may indicate
that ACC is temporarily unavailable. This can
be caused by extreme hot weather
conditions with direct sunlight on the front
camera. ACC will return to normal operation
once the cabin temperature is lower.
Conditions that are associated with low
visibility, such as fog, rain, snow, or road
ACC will not detect a vehicle ahead until it spray, may limit ACC performance. Water
is completely in the lane. The brakes may Do not use ACC when driving on steep hills droplets from rain or snow that remain on
need to be manually applied. or when towing a trailer. ACC will not detect the windshield may also limit ACC’s ability
Objects Not Directly in Front of Your Vehicle a vehicle in the lane while driving on steep to detect objects.
hills. If the brakes are applied, ACC
The detection of objects in front of the
vehicle may not be possible if:
disengages. { Warning
Disengaging ACC Camera visibility may be limited and the
. The vehicle or object ahead is not within
There are three ways to disengage ACC: ACC system may not work properly if the
your lane.
. Step lightly on the brake pedal. windshield is not clear. Do not use ACC if
. The vehicle ahead is shifted, not centered,
moisture is present on the inside of the
or is shifted to one side of the lane. . Press *.
windshield or the windshield washer is
Driving in Narrow Lanes . Press J. used in cold weather. Turn on the front
Vehicles in adjacent traffic lanes or roadside Erasing Speed Memory defroster and make sure the windshield is
objects may be incorrectly detected when clear before using ACC. Before driving,
The ACC set speed is erased from memory if check that the windshield wipers are in
located along the roadway.
J is pressed or if the ignition is turned off. good condition and replace them if worn.

Lighting Conditions Affecting ACC Do not install objects on top of the vehicle Driver Assistance Systems
The ACC front camera can be affected by that overhang and obstruct the front
camera, such as a canoe, kayak, or other This vehicle may have features that work
poor lighting conditions, and ACC may have
items that can be transported on the together to help avoid crashes or reduce
limited performance when:
vehicle roof. crash damage while driving, backing, and
. There are changes in brightness, such as parking. Read this entire section before
entering and exiting tunnels, bridges, and Do not modify the hood, headlamps, or fog
using these systems.
overpasses. lamps, as this may limit the camera’s ability
to detect an object.
. Low sun angles cause the camera to not { Warning
detect objects, or it is more difficult to Cleaning the Sensing System
detect objects in the same traffic lane. Do not rely on the Driver Assistance
The camera sensor on the windshield behind Systems. These systems do not replace
. Lighting is poor in the evening or early the rearview mirror can become blocked by the need for paying attention and driving
morning snow, ice, dirt, mud, or debris. This area safely. You may not hear or feel alerts or
. There are multiple changes in brightness needs to be cleaned for ACC to operate warnings provided by these systems.
or shadows along the vehicle roadway. properly.
Failure to use proper care when driving
. In a tunnel without the headlamps on, The vehicle headlamps may need to be may result in injury, death, or vehicle
or in a tunnel when there is a vehicle in cleaned due to dirt, snow, or ice. Objects damage. See Defensive Driving 0 213.
front that does not have its taillamps on. that are not illuminated correctly may be
. Subjected to strong light from opposing difficult to detect. Under many conditions, these systems
lane traffic in the front of the vehicle, will not:
If ACC will not operate, regular cruise control
such as high-beam headlamps from may be available. See “Switching Between . Detect children, pedestrians, bicyclists,
oncoming traffic. ACC and Regular Cruise Control” previously or animals.
Accessory Installations and Vehicle in this section. Always consider driving . Detect vehicles or objects outside the
Modifications conditions before using either cruise control area monitored by the system.
Do not install or place any object around system. . Work at all driving speeds.
the front camera windshield area that would For cleaning instructions, see “Washing the . Warn you or provide you with enough
obstruct the front camera view. Vehicle” under Exterior Care 0 398. time to avoid a crash.
(Continued)

If equipped with the Safety Alert Seat, the
Warning (Continued) driver seat cushion may provide a vibrating
. Work under poor visibility or bad pulse alert instead of beeping. To change
weather conditions. this, see “Collision/Detection Systems” under
. Work if the detection sensor is not Vehicle Personalization 0 131.
cleaned or is covered by ice, snow, Cleaning
mud, or dirt.
Depending on vehicle options, keep these
. Work if the detection sensor is areas of the vehicle clean to ensure the best
covered up, such as with a sticker, driver assistance feature performance. Driver
magnet, or metal plate. Information Center (DIC) messages may
. Work if the area surrounding the display when the systems are unavailable or
detection sensor is damaged or not blocked.
. Front and rear bumpers and the area
properly repaired. below the bumpers
Complete attention is always required . Front grille and headlamps
while driving, and you should be ready to . Front camera lens in the front grille or
take action and apply the brakes and/or near the front emblem
steer the vehicle to avoid crashes. . Front side and rear side panels
. Outside of the windshield in front of the
Audible or Safety Alert Seat
rearview mirror
Some driver assistance features alert the . Side camera lens on the bottom of the
driver of obstacles by beeping. To change outside mirrors
the volume of the warning chime, see
. Rear side corner bumpers
“Comfort and Convenience” under Vehicle
Personalization 0 131. . Rear Vision Camera in the tailgate handle
. Rear Camera Mirror and Cargo View
Camera in the Center High-Mounted
Stoplamp

Radio Frequency while in D (Drive), reach a vehicle speed of 1. View Displayed by the Rear Vision
approximately 12 km/h (8 mph). The rear Camera
This vehicle may be equipped with driver
assistance systems that operate using radio vision camera is in the tailgate handle. 2. Corners of the Rear Bumper
frequency. See Radio Frequency Statement Displayed images may be farther or closer
0 436. than they appear. The area displayed is
limited and objects that are close to either
Assistance Systems for Parking or corner of the bumper or under the bumper
Backing do not display.
If equipped, the Rear Vision Camera (RVC), A warning triangle may display to show
Surround Vision, Rear Park Assist (RPA), that Rear Park Assist (RPA) has detected an
Front Park Assist (FPA), and Rear Cross object. This triangle changes from amber to
Traffic Alert (RCTA) may help the driver park red and increases in size the closer the
or avoid objects. Always check around the object.
vehicle when parking or backing. If equipped with Hitch View, see “Surround
The RVC, RPA, and Surround Vision will not Vision” following.
work properly if the tailgate is down. If the 1. View Displayed by the Rear Vision Surround Vision
tailgate is down, do not use these systems. Camera
If equipped the Surround Vision system can
Rear Vision Camera (RVC) display various views surrounding the
When the vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse), vehicle in the infotainment display. See
the RVC displays an image of the area below for camera view descriptions and
behind the vehicle in the infotainment more information.
display. The previous screen displays when
the vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse) after { Warning
a short delay. To return to the previous The Surround Vision cameras have blind
screen sooner, press any button on the spots and will not display all objects near
infotainment system, shift into P (Park), or, the corners of the vehicle. Folding outside
(Continued)

1. Views Displayed by the Surround Camera Views
Warning (Continued) Vision Cameras
mirrors that are out of position may not 2. Area Not Shown
display surround view correctly. Always
check around the vehicle when parking or { Warning
backing. The camera(s) do not display children,
pedestrians, bicyclists, crossing traffic,
animals, or any other object outside of
the cameras’ field of view, below the
bumper, or under the vehicle. Shown
distances may be different from actual
distances. Do not drive or park the
vehicle using only these camera(s).
Always check behind and around the Touch the camera view buttons along the
vehicle before driving. Failure to use bottom of the infotainment display to
proper care may result in injury, death, access each view (if equipped):
1. Views Displayed by the Surround or vehicle damage.
Vision Cameras 1. Front/Rear Standard View
2. Area Not Shown Displays an image of the area in front
or behind the vehicle. To select, touch
Front/Rear Standard View on the
infotainment display when a camera
view is active. Touch the button to
toggle between front and rear camera
views.
When the hitch guidance is selected,
Rear Standard View will remain visible
across gear changes, otherwise the

view will toggle between Front and when a camera view is active. Touch 6. Guidance Lines/Hitch Guidance
Rear Standard View based on gear the button to toggle between front Guidance Lines displays available
position. and rear camera views. Park Assist and guidelines, including Standard and
If equipped, the front view camera RCTA overlays are not available when Hitch Guidance. A grayed-out icon
also displays when the Park Assist Front/Rear Side View is active. indicates that guidelines are not
system detects an object within The Turn Signal Activated View works available. To enable, touch Guidance
30 cm (12 in). with Rear Side View to provide a Lines on the infotainment display
2. Front/Rear Overhead View rearward view of the left or right side when a camera view is active.
Displays a front or rear overhead view of the vehicle and trailer. Views are Touching the button multiple times
of the vehicle. To select, touch Front/ provided based on turn signal will toggle through Standard
Rear Top-Down View on the activation with the right-side view Guidelines, Hitch Guidance and no
infotainment display when a camera being shown when the right turn guidelines. Standard guidelines are
view is active. Touch the button to signal is active and the left side view available in Front/Rear Standard
toggle between front and rear camera being shown when the left turn signal Views, Front/Rear Top-Down Views
views. is active. The feature is available when and Surround View.
3. Rear Bowl View a trailer is connected. The feature can Hitch Guidance displays a single
be enabled or disabled. See Vehicle centered guideline on the
Displays a perspective view of the Personalization 0 131. Touch X to exit.
vehicle from the front looking infotainment display to assist with
5. Surround View aligning the vehicle’s hitch ball with a
rearward. To select, touch Rear Bowl
View on the infotainment display Displays an image of the area trailer coupler. Touch the Hitch
when a camera view is active. Park surrounding the vehicle. Surround Guidance icon, then align the trailer
Assist and Rear Cross Traffic Alert View is available as part of the Front/ guidance line over the trailer coupler.
(RCTA) overlays are not available when Rear Standard Views, the Front/Rear Continuously steer the vehicle to keep
bowl view is active. Top-Down Views and the Front/Rear the guideline centered on the coupler
Side Views. In these views Surround when backing. Park Assist overlays will
4. Front/Rear side View
View can be enabled by touching not display when the trailer guidance
Displays a view that shows objects Surround View on the infotainment line is active. Hitch Guidance is
next to the front or rear sides of the display when the camera view is available in Rear Standard View.
vehicle. To select, touch Front/Rear active.
Side View on the infotainment display

the Interior Trailer View icon. The view 12 km/h (8 mph), touch CAMERA on
{ Warning will close after 8 seconds and can be the infotainment display and touch
Use Hitch Guidance only to help back the closed early by touching X. the Bed View icon. The view will close
vehicle to a trailer hitch or, when 8. Hitch View after 8 seconds and can be closed
traveling above 12 km/h (8 mph), to Assists with connecting to a trailer by early by touching X.
briefly check the status of your trailer. Do providing a zoomed-in view of the 10. Transparent Trailer View
not use for any other purpose, such as hitch to help align the vehicle’s hitch Provides a view that allows the driver
making lane change decisions. Before ball with the trailer coupler, or to to virtually “see through” the trailer.
making a lane change, always check the monitor the trailer connection. To The feature is available when a
mirrors and glance over your shoulder. select, touch Hitch View on the compatible trailer is connected and a
Improper use could result in serious infotainment display when a camera profile is configured and selected via
injury to you or others. view is active. To access this view the Trailering App. See Trailering App
when in a forward gear above 0 306. The feature requires user
7. Interior Trailer View 12 km/h (8 mph), touch CAMERA on installation of an accessory trailer
the infotainment display and touch camera on the rear exterior surface of
Provides a view of the interior of the the Cargo Bed View icon. The view the trailer per the accessory trailer
trailer. The feature is available when a will close after 8 seconds and can be camera installation instructions (see
trailer is connected. The feature closed early by touching X. Shifting your dealer for accessory trailer
requires user installation of an into P (Park) while in this view will camera(s) and information). To select,
accessory trailer camera on the automatically engage the Electric touch Transparent Trailer View on the
interior of the trailer per the accessory Parking Brake (EPB). infotainment display when a camera
trailer camera installation instructions view is active. To access this view
9. Bed View
(see your dealer for accessory trailer when in a forward gear above
camera(s) and information). To select, Provides a view of the truck bed and
the area behind the vehicle to assist 12 km/h (8 mph), touch CAMERA on
touch Interior Trailer View on the the infotainment display and touch
infotainment display when a camera in cargo or hitch monitoring or
hitching to a fifth wheel or gooseneck the Transparent Trailer View icon.
view is active. To access this view Touch X to exit.
when in a forward gear above trailer. To select, touch Bed View on
12 km/h (8 mph), touch CAMERA on the infotainment display when a When the system is calibrated and the
the infotainment display and touch camera view is active. To access this trailer position is known, one of three
view when in a forward gear above views will be shown; Transparent

Trailer View, Left Transparent Trailer infotainment display when a View, trailer tow Mirror view and
View or Right Transparent Trailer camera view is active. Each touch Combo View. To access this view
View. The Transparent Trailer View is will toggle through the Rear Trailer when in a forward gear above
shown when the position of the trailer View, Trailer Tow Mirror View and 12 km/h (8 mph), Touch CAMERA
is relatively straight behind the Combo View. To access this view on the infotainment display and
vehicle. The Left or Right Transparent when in a forward gear above touch the Rear Trailer View/Rear
Trailer View is shown when the 12 km/h (8 mph), touch CAMERA Side View with Available
position of the trailer is too far to the on the infotainment display and Articulation Functionality/
left or right. When the system is not touch the Interior Rear Trailer Picture-in-Picture Side icon. Touch X
calibrated or trailer position is not View/Rear Side View with Available to exit.
known the Transparent Trailer Articulation Functionality/ . Provides a rearward split view of
Picture-in-Picture View will be shown. Picture-in-Picture Side View icon. the left and right sides of the
11. Rear Trailer View/Rear Side View with Touch X to exit. vehicle and trailer with an overlay
Available Articulation Functionality/ . Rear Side View with Available view of the area behind the trailer.
Picture-in-Picture Side View Articulation Functionality provides The feature is available when a
. Rear Trailer View provides a view a rearward split view of the left trailer is connected. the feature
of the area behind the trailer. the and right sides of the vehicle and requires user installation of an
feature is available when a trailer trailer. When in a forward gear the accessory trailer camera on the
is connected. The feature requires view well automatically pan to rear exterior surface of the trailer
user installation of an accessory show more of the left or right side per the accessory trailer camera
trailer camera on the rear exterior based on the position of the installation instructions (see your
surface of the trailer per the trailer. The feature is available dealer for accessory trailer
accessory trailer camera when a trailer is connected. To camera(s) and information). To
installation instructions (see your select, touch Rear trailer View/Rear select, touch Rear Trailer View/Rear
dealer for accessory trailer Side View with Available Side View with Available
camera(s) and information). To Articulation Functionality/ Articulation Functionality/
select, touch Rear Trailer View/Rear Picture-in-Picture Side View on the Picture-in-Picture Side view on the
Side View with Available infotainment display when a infotainment display when a
Articulation Functionality/ camera view is active. Each touch camera view is active. Each press
Picture-in-Pictue Side View on the will toggle through the Rear Trailer of the button will toggle through

the Rear Trailer View, Trailer Tow R (Reverse). To return to the previous screen Surround Vision (360 Degrees)
mirror View and Combo View. To when not in reverse, touch the Home or If equipped, the Surround Vision system can
access this view when in a forward Back buttons on the infotainment display. display various views surrounding the
gear above 12 km/h (8 mph), touch Certain trailer views require a compatible vehicle in the infotainment display using
CAMERA on the infotainment trailer profile be configured and selected. four cameras mounted around the vehicle.
display and touch the Rear Trailer A compatible trailer is a box type trailer The front camera is in the grille under the
View/Rear Side View with Available (cargo, camper, etc.) with a conventional front emblem, the side cameras are on the
Articulation Functionality/ hitch. bottom of the outside mirrors, and the rear
Picture-in-Picture Side View icon. camera is in the tailgate handle.
Touch X to exit. Available camera views:
. Front/Rear Standard View The Surround Vision system can be accessed
HD Surround Vision with Trailer Camera by selecting CAMERA in the infotainment
Provisions . Front/Rear Top-Down View
display or when the vehicle is shifted into
. Rear Bowl View
If equipped, this feature provides additional R (Reverse). To return to the previous screen
views to aid in trailering/towing. The . Front/Rear Side View sooner, when not in R (Reverse), press the
system shows multiple views in the . Hitch View Home or Back button on the infotainment
infotainment display using five cameras . Bed View system, shift into P (Park), or, while in D
mounted around the vehicle and up to two . Rear trailer View (Drive), reach a vehicle speed of
additional accessory cameras that can be . Rear Side view with a available
approximately 12 km/h (8 mph).
mounted on or in a trailer. The front camera Available camera views:
articulation functionality
is in the grille under the front emblem, the
. Picture-in-Picture Side View . Front/Rear Standard View
side cameras are on the bottom of the
outside mirrors, the rear camera is in the . Interior Trailer View . Front/Rear Top-Down View
tailgate handle and the bed camera is . Transparent trailer View . Rear Bowl View
mounted on the rear of the cab. . Surround View . Front/Rear Side View
Additionally, up to two accessory cameras . Guidance Lines . Hitch View
can be mounted to the rear and/or interior
. Hitch Guidance . Surround View
of the trailer. See your dealer for accessory
trailer cameras. To access, touch CAMERA on . Guidance Lines
the infotainment display or shift to . Hitch Guidance

Surround Vision Troubleshooting . The accessory trailer camera is mounted,
angled or rotated outside of the defined
If equipped, this feature provides, additional The Transparent Trailer calibration may take
mounting location (see camera
views to aid in trailering/towing. The Front longer than expected or not calibrate if:
installation instructions).
Vision Camera and Surround Vision cameras . The vehicle is driven too fast during
are not supported. The system can show calibration. Speed should be maintained Distortion may be observed in the calibrated
various views in the infotainment display below 50 km/h (31 mph). Transparent Trailer View if:
using cameras mounted in and around the . The vehicle is not driven straight during . The accessory trailer camera is mounted,
vehicle and trailer. The rear camera is in the calibration. Steering should be maintained angled or rotated outside of the defined
tailgate handle and the cargo bed camera is as straight as possible, excessive steering mounting location (see camera
mounted on the rear of the cab. Up to two during calibration may extend installation instructions).
accessory cameras can be mounted to the calibration time.
rear and/or interior of the trailer. See your The Transparent Trailer icon may appear
dealer for these accessory cameras. . The calibration is attempted in low light. grayed out if:
Calibration should be attempted when . A compatible trailer profile is not
The system can be accessed by selecting there is enough light. configured or a non-compatible trailer
CAMERA in the infotainment display or . The calibration is attempted during profile is selected.
when the vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse). adverse weather conditions. Calibration . The vehicle is in R (Reverse).
To return to the previous screen sooner, during conditions such as snow or heavy
when not in R (Reverse), press the Home or . The trailer is not connected.
rain should be avoided. . The accessory rear trailer camera is not
Back button on the infotainment system or
. The road surface is not ideal for connected or connected to the incorrect
shift into P (Park).
calibration. Calibration should be input.
Available camera views: attempted on an alternate road surface.
. Rear Standard View . The accessory trailer cameras are The preview may not be provided or the
. Hitch View wrong preview may be provided if:
swapped at the hitch connector. Ensure
that the camera mounted to the rear of . The accessory cameras are not recognized.
. Bed View
the trailer is connected to the rear trailer Ensure that the accessory camera(s) are
. Rear Trailer View
camera input. connected and power cycle the vehicle.
. Interior Trailer View
. Guidance Lines
. Hitch Guidance

. The accessory trailer cameras are be shorter during warmer or humid weather. The instrument cluster may have a Park
swapped at the hitch connector. Ensure Blocked sensors will not detect objects and Assist display with bars that show “distance
that the accessory camera(s) are can also cause false detections. Keep the to object” and object location information
connected to the correct input. sensors clean of mud, dirt, snow, ice, and for the Front and Rear Park Assist system.
. The accessory trailer camera(s) are slush; and clean sensors after a car wash in As the object gets closer, more bars light up
connected to the correct camera input. freezing temperatures. and the bars change color from yellow to
. The accessory trailer camera(s) are not amber to red.
installed according to the installation { Warning When an object is first detected in the rear,
instructions. The Park Assist system does not detect one beep will be heard from the rear,
A feature may be unavailable or not children, pedestrians, bicyclists, animals, or both sides of the Safety Alert Seat will
activating as expected if: or objects located below the bumper or pulse two times. When an object is very
that are too close or too far from the close — <0.4 m (1.5 ft) in the vehicle rear or
. The customization is disabled. Check the
vehicle. It is not available at speeds <0.3 m (1 ft) in the vehicle front — a
customization settings where applicable. continuous beep will sound from the rear or
. The accessory trailer cameras are greater than 8 km/h (5 mph). To prevent
injury, death, or vehicle damage, even front depending on object location, or both
swapped at the hitch connector. Ensure sides of the Safety Alert Seat will pulse five
that the accessory camera(s) are with Park Assist, always check the area
times. Beeps for FPA are higher pitched than
connected to the correct camera input. around the vehicle and check all mirrors for RPA.
before moving forward or backing.
A view may switch automatically if: Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
. The vehicle is shifted to another gear.
If equipped, when the vehicle is shifted into
Park Assist R (Reverse), RCTA shows a red warning
triangle with a left or right pointing arrow
With Front and Rear Park Assist, as the on the infotainment display to warn of
vehicle moves at speeds of less than 8 km/h traffic coming from the left or right. This
(5 mph) the sensors on the bumpers may system detects objects coming from up to
detect objects up to 1.2 m (4 ft) in front and 20 m (65 ft) from the left or right side of
2.5 m (8 ft) behind the vehicle within a zone the vehicle. When an object is detected,
25 cm (10 in) high off the ground and below either three beeps sound from the left or
bumper level. These detection distances may

right or three Safety Alert Seat pulses occur Front and Rear Park Assist can be turned Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
on the left or right side, depending on the Off, On, or On with Towbar. See “Park
direction of the detected vehicle. Assist” under Vehicle Personalization 0 131. System
Use caution while backing up when towing If Park Assist is turned off through vehicle If equipped, the FCA system may help to
a trailer, as the RCTA detection zones that personalization, the Park Assist button will avoid or reduce the harm caused by
extend out from the back of the vehicle do be disabled. To turn Park Assist on again, front-end crashes. When approaching a
not move further back when a trailer is select On in vehicle personalization. The On vehicle ahead too quickly, FCA provides a
towed. with Towbar setting allows Park Assist to red flashing alert on the windshield and
work properly with a trailer hitch. Some rapidly beeps or pulses the driver seat. FCA
RCTA is disabled when the trailer connection larger trailer hitches may not be compatible. also lights an amber visual alert if following
status is displayed. another vehicle much too closely.
Turn off Park Assist when towing a trailer.
RCTA can be turned off. See “Collision/ FCA detects vehicles within a distance of
Detection Systems” under Vehicle To turn the RPA symbols on or off, see
“Rear Camera Park Assist Symbols” under approximately 60 m (197 ft) and operates at
Personalization 0 131. speeds above 8 km/h (5 mph).
Vehicle Personalization 0 131.
Turning the Features On or Off
Assistance Systems for Driving { Warning
If equipped, when driving the vehicle in a FCA is a warning system and does not
forward gear, Forward Collision Alert (FCA), apply the brakes. When approaching a
Lane Departure Warning (LDW), Lane Keep slower-moving or stopped vehicle ahead
Assist (LKA), Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA), too rapidly, or when following a vehicle
Lane Change Alert (LCA), Automatic too closely, FCA may not provide a
Emergency Braking (AEB), and/or the Front warning with enough time to help avoid
Press X on the center stack to turn on or Pedestrian Braking (FPB) System can help to a crash. It also may not provide any
off the Front and Rear Park Assist. The avoid a crash or reduce crash damage. warning at all. FCA does not warn of
indicator light next to the button comes on pedestrians, animals, signs, guardrails,
when the features are on and turns off bridges, construction barrels, or other
when the features have been disabled.
(Continued)

Warning (Continued) { Warning
objects. Be ready to take action and FCA does not provide a warning to help
apply the brakes. See Defensive Driving avoid a crash, unless it detects a vehicle.
0 213. FCA may not detect a vehicle ahead if
the FCA sensor is blocked by dirt, snow,
FCA can be disabled through vehicle or ice, or if the windshield is damaged. Without Head-Up Display
personalization. See “Collision/Detection It may also not detect a vehicle on
Systems” under Vehicle Personalization winding or hilly roads, or in conditions When your vehicle approaches another
0 131. that can limit visibility such as fog, rain, detected vehicle too rapidly, the red FCA
or snow, or if the headlamps or display will flash on the windshield. Also,
Detecting the Vehicle Ahead eight rapid high-pitched beeps will sound
windshield are not cleaned or in proper
from the front, or both sides of the Safety
condition. Keep the windshield, Alert Seat will pulse five times. When this
headlamps, and FCA sensors clean and in Collision Alert occurs, the brake system may
good repair. prepare for driver braking to occur more
rapidly which can cause a brief, mild
Collision Alert deceleration. Continue to apply the brake
pedal as needed. Cruise control may be
FCA warnings will not occur unless the FCA disengaged when the Collision Alert occurs.
system detects a vehicle ahead. When a
vehicle is detected, the vehicle ahead Tailgating Alert
indicator will display green. Vehicles may
not be detected on curves, highway exit
ramps, or hills, due to poor visibility; or if a
vehicle ahead is partially blocked by With Head-Up Display
pedestrians or other objects. FCA will not
detect another vehicle ahead until it is
completely in the driving lane.

The vehicle ahead indicator will display Following Distance Indicator Automatic Emergency
amber when you are following a vehicle
ahead much too closely.
The following distance to a moving vehicle Braking (AEB)
ahead in your path is indicated in following
If the vehicle has Forward Collision Alert
Selecting the Alert Timing time in seconds on the Driver Information
(FCA), it also has AEB, which includes
Center (DIC). The minimum following time is
The Collision Alert control is on the steering 0.5 seconds away. If there is no vehicle Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA). When the
wheel. Press [ to set the FCA timing to system detects a vehicle ahead in your path
detected ahead, or the vehicle ahead is out
Far, Medium, or Near. The first button press that is traveling in the same direction that
of sensor range, dashes will be displayed.
shows the current setting on the DIC. you may be about to crash into, it can
Additional button presses will change this Unnecessary Alerts provide a boost to braking or automatically
setting. The chosen setting will remain until brake the vehicle. This can help avoid or
FCA may provide unnecessary alerts for lessen the severity of crashes when driving
it is changed and will affect the timing of turning vehicles, vehicles in other lanes,
both the Collision Alert and the Tailgating in a forward gear. Depending on the
objects that are not vehicles, or shadows. situation, the vehicle may automatically
Alert features. The timing of both alerts will These alerts are normal operation and the
vary based on vehicle speed. The faster the brake moderately or hard. This automatic
vehicle does not need service. emergency braking can only occur if a
vehicle speed, the farther away the alert will
occur. Consider traffic and weather Cleaning the System vehicle is detected. This is shown by the FCA
conditions when selecting the alert timing. vehicle ahead indicator being lit. See
If the FCA system does not seem to operate Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System 0 274.
The range of selectable alert timings may properly, this may correct the issue:
not be appropriate for all drivers and driving The system works when driving in a forward
. Clean the outside of the windshield in
conditions. gear between 8 km/h (5 mph) and 80 km/h
front of the rearview mirror.
If your vehicle is equipped with Adaptive (50 mph). It can detect vehicles up to
. Clean the entire front of the vehicle. approximately 60 m (197 ft).
Cruise Control (ACC), changing the FCA
. Clean the headlamps.
timing setting automatically changes the
following gap setting (Far, Medium, { Warning
or Near). AEB is an emergency crash preparation
feature and is not designed to avoid
crashes. Do not rely on AEB to brake the
(Continued)

AEB and IBA can be disabled. See “Collision/
Warning (Continued) { Warning Detection Systems” under Vehicle
vehicle. AEB will not brake outside of its AEB may automatically brake the vehicle Personalization 0 131.
operating speed range and only responds suddenly in situations where it is
to detected vehicles. unexpected and undesired. It could { Warning
AEB may not: respond to a turning vehicle ahead, Using AEB or IBA while towing a trailer
guardrails, signs, and other non-moving could cause you to lose control of the
. Detect a vehicle ahead on winding or objects. To override AEB, firmly press the vehicle and crash. Turn the system to
hilly roads. accelerator pedal, if it is safe to do so. Alert or Off when towing a trailer.
. Detect all vehicles, especially vehicles
with a trailer, tractors, muddy Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA) A system unavailable message may
vehicles, etc. display if:
IBA may activate when the brake pedal is
. Detect a vehicle when weather limits applied quickly by providing a boost to . The front of the vehicle or windshield is
visibility, such as in fog, rain, or snow. braking based on the speed of approach and not clean.
. Detect a vehicle ahead if it is partially distance to a vehicle ahead. . Heavy rain or snow is interfering with
blocked by pedestrians or other Minor brake pedal pulsations or pedal object detection.
objects. movement during this time is normal and . There is a problem with the StabiliTrak/
Complete attention is always required the brake pedal should continue to be Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system.
while driving, and you should be ready to applied as needed. IBA will automatically The AEB system does not need service.
take action and apply the brakes and/or disengage only when the brake pedal is
steer the vehicle to avoid crashes. released. Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB)
System
AEB may slow the vehicle to a complete { Warning
stop to try to avoid a potential crash. If this If equipped, the FPB system may help avoid
IBA may increase vehicle braking in or reduce the harm caused by front-end
happens, AEB may engage the Electric situations when it may not be necessary.
Parking Brake (EPB) to hold the vehicle at a crashes with nearby pedestrians when
You could block the flow of traffic. If this driving in a forward gear. FPB displays an
stop. Release the EPB or firmly press the occurs, take your foot off the brake pedal
accelerator pedal. amber indicator, ~, when a nearby
and then apply the brakes as needed. pedestrian is detected ahead. When

approaching a detected pedestrian too FPB alerts and automatic braking will not
quickly, FPB provides a red flashing alert on Warning (Continued) occur unless the FPB system detects a
the windshield and rapidly beeps or pulses . Due to poor visibility, including pedestrian. When a nearby pedestrian is
the driver seat. FPB can provide a boost to nighttime conditions, fog, rain, detected in front of the vehicle, the
braking or automatically brake the vehicle. or snow. pedestrian ahead indicator will display
This system includes Intelligent Brake Assist . If the FPB sensor is blocked by dirt, amber.
(IBA), and the Automatic Emergency Braking snow, or ice.
(AEB) system may also respond to Front Pedestrian Alert
pedestrians. See Automatic Emergency . If the headlamps or windshield are not
Braking (AEB) 0 276. cleaned or in proper condition.
The FPB system can detect and alert to Be ready to take action and apply the
pedestrians in a forward gear at speeds brakes. For more information, see
between 8 km/h (5 mph) and 80 km/h Defensive Driving 0 213. Keep the
(50 mph). During daytime driving, the windshield, headlamps, and FPB sensor
system detects pedestrians up to a distance clean and in good repair. With Head-Up Display
of approximately 40 m (131 ft). During
nighttime driving, system performance is FPB can be set to Off, Alert, or Alert and
very limited. Brake through vehicle personalization. See
“Collision/Detection Systems” under Vehicle
{ Warning Personalization 0 131.
FPB does not provide an alert or Detecting the Pedestrian Ahead
automatically brake the vehicle, unless it Without Head-Up Display
detects a pedestrian. FPB may not detect
pedestrians, including children: When the vehicle approaches a pedestrian
. When the pedestrian is not directly ahead too rapidly, the red FPB alert display
ahead, fully visible, or standing will flash on the windshield. Eight rapid
upright, or when part of a group. high-pitched beeps will sound from the
front, or both sides of the Safety Alert Seat
(Continued)
will pulse five times. When this Pedestrian

Alert occurs, the brake system may prepare Cleaning the System
for driver braking to occur more rapidly { Warning
If FPB does not seem to operate properly,
which can cause a brief, mild deceleration. FPB may alert or automatically brake the cleaning the outside of the windshield in
Continue to apply the brake pedal as vehicle suddenly in situations where it is front of the rearview mirror may correct the
needed. Cruise control may be disengaged unexpected and undesired. It could falsely issue.
when the Front Pedestrian Alert occurs. alert or brake for objects similar in shape
Automatic Braking or size to pedestrians, including shadows. Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)
This is normal operation and the vehicle If equipped, the SBZA system is a
If FPB detects it is about to crash into a does not need service. To override
pedestrian directly ahead, and the brakes lane-changing aid that assists drivers with
Automatic Braking, firmly press the avoiding crashes that occur with moving
have not been applied, FPB may
accelerator pedal, if it is safe to do so. vehicles in the side blind zone, or blind spot
automatically brake moderately or brake
hard. This can help to avoid some very low areas. When the vehicle is in a forward gear,
Automatic Braking can be disabled through the left or right side mirror display will light
speed pedestrian crashes or reduce vehicle personalization. See “Front Pedestrian
pedestrian injury. FPB can automatically up if a moving vehicle is detected in that
Detection” in “Collision/Detection Systems” blind zone. If the turn signal is activated and
brake to detected pedestrians between under Vehicle Personalization 0 131.
8 km/h (5 mph) and 80 km/h (50 mph). a vehicle is also detected on the same side,
Automatic braking levels may be reduced the display will flash as an extra warning
under certain conditions, such as higher { Warning not to change lanes. Since this system is
speeds. Using the Front Pedestrian Braking part of the Lane Change Alert (LCA) system,
system while towing a trailer could cause read the entire LCA section before using this
If this happens, Automatic Braking may feature.
engage the Electric Parking Brake (EPB) to you to lose control of the vehicle and
hold the vehicle at a stop. Release the EPB. crash. Turn the system to Alert or Off Lane Change Alert (LCA)
A firm press of the accelerator pedal will when towing a trailer.
also release Automatic Braking and the EPB. If equipped, the LCA system is a
lane-changing aid that assists drivers with
avoiding lane change crashes that occur with
moving vehicles in the side blind zone (or
spot) areas or with vehicles rapidly
approaching these areas from behind. The

LCA warning display will light up in the The LCA sensor covers a zone of When the vehicle is started, both outside
corresponding outside side mirror and will approximately one lane over from both mirror LCA displays will briefly come on to
flash if the turn signal is on. sides of the vehicle, or 3.5 m (11 ft). The indicate the system is operating. When the
height of the zone is approximately between vehicle is in a forward gear, the left or right
{ Warning 0.5 m (1.5 ft) and 2 m (6 ft) off the ground. side mirror display will light up if a moving
The Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) warning vehicle is detected in the next lane over in
LCA does not alert the driver to vehicles
area starts at approximately the middle of that blind zone or rapidly approaching that
outside of the system detection zones, the vehicle and goes back 5 m (16 ft). Drivers zone. If the turn signal is activated in the
pedestrians, bicyclists, or animals. It may are also warned of vehicles rapidly same direction as a detected vehicle, this
not provide alerts when changing lanes approaching from up to 70 m (230 ft) behind display will flash as an extra warning not to
under all driving conditions. Failure to use the vehicle. change lanes.
proper care when changing lanes may
result in injury, death, or vehicle damage. How the System Works LCA can be disabled through vehicle
personalization. When you disable LCA, SBZA
Before making a lane change, always The LCA symbol lights up in the side mirrors is also disabled. See Vehicle Personalization
check mirrors, glance over your shoulder, when the system detects a moving vehicle 0 131. If LCA is disabled by the driver, the
and use the turn signals. in the next lane over that is in the side LCA mirror displays will not light up.
blind zone or rapidly approaching that zone
LCA Detection Zones from behind. A lit LCA symbol indicates it When the System Does Not Seem to
may be unsafe to change lanes. Before Work Properly
making a lane change, check the LCA
display, check mirrors, glance over your The LCA system requires some driving for
shoulder, and use the turn signals. the system to calibrate to maximum
performance. This calibration may occur
more quickly if the vehicle is driving on a
straight highway road with traffic and
roadside objects (e.g., guardrails, barriers).
LCA displays may not come on when
passing a vehicle quickly, for a stopped
1. SBZA Detection Zone Left Side Mirror Right Side Mirror vehicle, or when towing a trailer. The LCA
2. LCA Detection Zone Display Display detection zones that extend back from the

side of the vehicle do not move further back If the LCA displays do not light up when
when a trailer is towed. Use caution while moving vehicles are in the side blind zone or { Warning
changing lanes when towing a trailer. LCA are rapidly approaching this zone and the The LKA system does not continuously
may alert to objects attached to the vehicle, system is clean, the system may need steer the vehicle. It may not keep the
such as a trailer, bicycle, or object extending service. Take the vehicle to your dealer. vehicle in the lane or give a Lane
out to either side of the vehicle. Attached Departure Warning (LDW) alert, even if a
objects may also interfere with the Radio Frequency Information
lane marking is detected.
detection of vehicles. This is normal system See Radio Frequency Statement 0 436.
operation; the vehicle does not need service. The LKA and LDW systems may not:
LCA may not always alert the driver to
Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . Provide an alert or enough steering
vehicles in the next lane over, especially in If equipped, LKA may help avoid crashes due assist to avoid a lane departure or
wet conditions or when driving on sharp to unintentional lane departures. This crash.
curves. The system does not need to be system uses a camera to detect lane . Detect lane markings under poor
serviced. The system may light up due to markings between 60 km/h (37 mph) and weather or visibility conditions. This
guardrails, signs, trees, shrubs, and other 180 km/h (112 mph). It may assist by gently can occur if the windshield or
non-moving objects. This is normal system turning the steering wheel if the vehicle headlamps are blocked by dirt, snow,
operation; the vehicle does not need service. approaches a detected lane marking. It may or ice; if they are not in proper
LCA may not operate when the LCA sensors also provide a Lane Departure Warning condition; or if the sun shines directly
in the left or right corners of the rear (LDW) alert if the vehicle crosses a detected into the camera.
bumper are covered with mud, dirt, snow, lane marking. LKA can be overridden by . Detect road edges.
ice, or slush, or in heavy rainstorms. For turning the steering wheel. This system is
not intended to keep the vehicle centered in . Detect lanes on winding or hilly roads.
cleaning instructions, see "Washing the
Vehicle" under Exterior Care 0 398. If the the lane. LKA will not assist and alert if the If LKA only detects lane markings on one
DIC still displays the system unavailable turn signal is active in the direction of lane side of the road, it will only assist or
message after cleaning both sides of the departure, or if it detects that you are provide an LDW alert when approaching
vehicle toward the rear corners of the accelerating, braking or actively steering.
the lane on the side where it has
vehicle, see your dealer. detected a lane marking. Even with LKA
and LDW, you must steer the vehicle.
(Continued)

To turn LKA on and off, press A on the When the System Does Not Seem to
Warning (Continued)
center stack. If equipped, the indicator light Work Properly
Always keep your attention on the road on the button comes on when LKA is on and The system performance may be
and maintain proper vehicle position turns off when LKA is disabled. affected by:
within the lane, or vehicle damage,
When on, A is white, if equipped, . Close vehicles ahead.
injury, or death could occur. Always keep
indicating that the system is not ready to . Sudden lighting changes, such as when
the windshield, headlamps, and camera
assist. A is green if LKA is ready to driving through tunnels.
sensors clean and in good repair. Do not
assist. LKA may assist by gently turning the . Banked roads.
use LKA in bad weather conditions or on
steering wheel if the vehicle approaches a . Roads with poor lane markings, such as
roads with unclear lane markings, such as
construction zones. detected lane marking. A is amber when two-lane roads.
assisting. It may also provide a Lane
Departure Warning (LDW) alert by flashing If the LKA system is not functioning
properly when lane markings are clearly
{ Warning A amber if the vehicle crosses a visible, cleaning the windshield may help.
detected lane marking. Additionally, there
Using LKA while towing a trailer or on may be three beeps, or the driver seat may A camera blocked message may display if
slippery roads could cause loss of control pulse three times, on the right or left, the camera is blocked. Some driver
of the vehicle and a crash. Turn the depending on the lane departure direction. assistance systems may have reduced
system off. performance or not work at all. An LKA or
Take Steering LDW unavailable message may display if the
How the System Works The LKA system does not continuously steer systems are temporarily unavailable. This
LKA uses a camera sensor installed on the the vehicle. If LKA does not detect active message could be due to a blocked camera.
windshield ahead of the rearview mirror to driver steering, an alert and chime may be The LKA system does not need service. Clean
detect lane markings. It may provide brief provided. Steer the vehicle to dismiss. LKA the outside of the windshield behind the
steering assist if it detects an unintended may become temporarily unavailable after rearview mirror.
lane departure. It may further provide an repeated take steering alerts. LKA assistance and/or LDW alerts may occur
audible alert or the driver seat may pulse due to tar marks, shadows, cracks in the
indicating that a lane marking has been road, temporary or construction lane
crossed. markings, or other road imperfections. This

is normal system operation; the vehicle does Recommended Fuel (Except 6.2L Recommended Fuel (6.2L
not need service. Turn LKA off if these
conditions continue. V8 Engine) V8 Engine)
For diesel engine vehicles, see “Fuel for
Fuel Diesel Engines” in the Duramax diesel
supplement.
Top Tier Fuel
GM recommends the use of TOP TIER
Detergent Gasoline to keep the engine clean,
reduce engine deposits, and maintain Premium unleaded gasoline meeting ASTM
optimal vehicle performance. Look for the specification D4814 with a posted octane
TOP TIER Logo or see www.toptiergas.com rating of 93 — (R+M)/2 — is highly
for a list of TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline If the vehicle has a yellow fuel cap or a recommended for best performance and fuel
marketers and applicable countries. yellow sticker on the fuel door, E85 or economy. Unleaded gasoline with an octane
FlexFuel can be used. If the vehicle does not rated as low as 87 can be used. Using
have a yellow fuel cap or yellow sticker, do unleaded gasoline rated below 93 octane,
not use gasoline with ethanol levels greater however, will lead to reduced acceleration
than 15% by volume. See E85 or FlexFuel and fuel economy. If knocking occurs, use a
0 284. gasoline rated at 93 octane as soon as
possible, otherwise, the engine could be
Use regular unleaded gasoline meeting damaged. If heavy knocking is heard when
ASTM specification D4814 with a posted using gasoline with a 93 octane rating, the
octane rating of 87 — (R+M)/2 — or higher. engine needs service.
Do not use gasoline with a posted octane
rating of less than 87, as this may cause Do not use any fuel labeled E85 or FlexFuel.
engine knock and will lower fuel economy. Do not use gasoline with ethanol levels
greater than 15% by volume.

Prohibited Fuels Fuels in Foreign Countries The use of E85 or FlexFuel is encouraged
when the vehicle is designed to use it. E85
Caution The U.S., Canada, and Mexico post fuel or FlexFuel is made from renewable sources.
octane ratings in anti-knock index (AKI). For
Do not use fuels with any of the fuel not to use in a foreign country, see To help locate fuel stations that carry E85 or
following conditions; doing so may Prohibited Fuels 0 284. FlexFuel, the U.S. Department of Energy has
damage the vehicle and void its an alternative fuel website. See
warranty: Fuel Additives www.afdc.energy.gov/afdc/locator/stations.
. For vehicles that are not FlexFuel, fuel TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is highly E85 or FlexFuel should meet ASTM
labeled greater than 15% ethanol by recommended for use with your vehicle. Specification D 5798 or CAN/CGSB–3.512 in
volume, such as mid-level ethanol If your country does not have TOP TIER Canada. Do not use the fuel if the ethanol
blends (16–50% ethanol), E85, Detergent Gasoline, add ACDelco Fuel content is greater than 85%. Fuel mixtures
or FlexFuel. System Treatment Plus−Gasoline to the that do not meet ASTM or CGSB
vehicle’s gasoline fuel tank at every oil specifications can affect driveability and
. Fuel with any amount of methanol,
change or 15 000 km (9,000 mi), whichever could cause the malfunction indicator lamp
methylal, ferrocene, and aniline. These to come on.
fuels can corrode metal fuel system occurs first. TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline and
parts or damage plastic and rubber ACDelco Fuel System Treatment Plus The starting characteristics of E85 or FlexFuel
parts. −Gasoline will help keep your vehicle’s make it unsuitable for use when
engine fuel deposit free and performing temperatures fall below −18 °C (0 °F). Use
. Fuel containing metals such as optimally. gasoline or add gasoline to the E85 or
methylcyclopentadienyl manganese
FlexFuel.
tricarbonyl (MMT), which can damage E85 or FlexFuel
the emissions control system and Because E85 or FlexFuel has less energy per
spark plugs. Vehicles with a yellow fuel sticker on the liter (gallon) than gasoline, the vehicle will
fuel door can use either unleaded gasoline need to be refilled more often. See Filling
. Fuel with a posted octane rating of or fuel containing up to 85% ethanol (E85).
less than the recommended fuel. Using the Tank (Pickup Model) 0 285 or
All other vehicles should use only the Filling the Tank (Chassis Cab Model) 0 286.
this fuel will lower fuel economy and unleaded gasoline as described in
performance, and may decrease the Recommended Fuel (Except 6.2L V8 Engine)
life of the emissions catalyst. 0 283 or
Recommended Fuel (6.2L V8 Engine) 0 283.

The only GM approved aftermarket additive Filling the Tank (Pickup Model) Warning (Continued)
is ACDelco Fuel System Treatment
Plus-FlexFuel. Follow the instructions on the If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the . Keep children away from the fuel
bottle for proper use. This product is Duramax diesel supplement. pump and never let children
available at your GM dealer. An arrow on the fuel gauge indicates which pump fuel.
side of the vehicle the fuel door is on. See . Before touching the fill nozzle, touch a
Caution Fuel Gauge 0 110. metallic object to discharge static
Some additives are not compatible with electricity from your body.
E85 or FlexFuel and can harm the { Warning . Fuel can spray out if the fill nozzle is
vehicle's fuel system. Use only additives Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn violently inserted too quickly. This spray can
approved by GM for E85 or FlexFuel and can cause injury or death. happen if the tank is nearly full, and is
vehicles. Damage caused by unapproved more likely in hot weather. Insert the
additives would not be covered by the Follow these guidelines to help avoid
fill nozzle slowly and wait for any hiss
vehicle warranty. injuries to you and others: noise to stop before beginning to
. Read and follow all the instructions on flow fuel.
the fuel pump island.
Caution
. Turn off the engine when refueling.
Do not use fuel containing methanol.
. Keep sparks, flames, and smoking
It can corrode metal parts in the fuel
materials away from fuel.
system and also damage plastic and
rubber parts. That damage would not be . Do not leave the fuel pump
covered under the vehicle warranty. unattended.
. Avoid using electronic devices while
To help keep the engine running efficiently, refueling.
fill the tank with gasoline, up to E15, after . Do not re-enter the vehicle while
filling the tank with E85 one or two times.
pumping fuel.
(Continued)

The capless refueling system does not have Filling the Tank with a Portable Fuel Filling the Tank (Chassis Cab
a fuel cap. Fully insert and latch the fill Container
nozzle, begin fueling. Model)
If the vehicle runs out of fuel and must be
filled from a portable fuel container: An arrow on the fuel gauge indicates which
{ Warning side of the vehicle the fuel door is on. See
Overfilling the fuel tank by more than Fuel Gauge 0 110.
three clicks of a standard fill nozzle may
cause: { Warning
. Vehicle performance issues, including Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn violently
engine stalling and damage to the fuel and can cause injury or death.
system. Follow these guidelines to help avoid
1. Locate the capless funnel adapter.
. Fuel spills. injuries to you and others:
2. Insert and latch the funnel into the
. Under certain conditions, fuel fires. capless fuel system. . Read and follow all the instructions on
the fuel pump island.
Be careful not to spill fuel. Wait five seconds
after you have finished pumping before
{ Warning . Turn off the engine when refueling.
Attempting to refuel from a portable fuel . Keep sparks, flames, and smoking
removing the fill nozzle. Clean fuel from
painted surfaces as soon as possible. See container without using the funnel materials away from fuel.
Exterior Care 0 398. Push the fuel door adapter may cause fuel spillage and . Do not leave the fuel pump
closed. damage the capless fuel system. This unattended.
could cause a fire. You or others could be . Avoid using electronic devices while
{ Warning badly burned and the vehicle could be refueling.
damaged.
If a fire starts while you are refueling, do . Do not re-enter the vehicle while
not remove the fill nozzle. Shut off the 3. Remove and clean the funnel adapter pumping fuel.
flow of fuel by shutting off the pump or and return it to the storage location. (Continued)
by notifying the station attendant. Leave
the area immediately.

Use the fuel cap key to unlock the fuel cap
Warning (Continued) then turn the fuel cap counterclockwise to { Warning
. Keep children away from the fuel remove. Fully insert and latch the fill nozzle, If a fire starts while you are refueling, do
pump and never let children begin fueling. not remove the fill nozzle. Shut off the
pump fuel. flow of fuel by shutting off the pump or
. Before touching the fill nozzle, touch a { Warning by notifying the station attendant. Leave
metallic object to discharge static Overfilling the fuel tank by more than the area immediately.
electricity from your body. three clicks of a standard fill nozzle may
. Fuel can spray out if the fuel cap is cause:
Caution
opened too quickly. This spray can . Vehicle performance issues, including
happen if the tank is nearly full, and is engine stalling and damage to the fuel If a new fuel cap is needed, get the right
more likely in hot weather. Open the system. type of cap from your dealer. The wrong
fuel cap slowly and wait for any hiss type of fuel cap may not fit properly,
. Fuel spills.
noise to stop, then unscrew the cap all may turn on the malfunction indicator
the way. . Under certain conditions, fuel fires. lamp, and could damage the fuel system
and emissions system. See Malfunction
Be careful not to spill fuel. Wait five seconds Indicator Lamp (Check Engine Light) 0 116.
after you have finished pumping before
removing the fill nozzle. Clean fuel from
painted surfaces as soon as possible. See
Exterior Care 0 398. Reinstall the cap by
turning it clockwise until it clicks.

Filling a Portable Fuel Container Trailer Towing Warning (Continued)
{ Warning General Towing Information trailer only if all the steps in this section
have been followed. Ask your dealer for
Never fill a portable fuel container while Only use towing equipment that has been advice and information about towing a
it is in the vehicle. Static electricity designed for the vehicle. Contact your dealer
trailer with the vehicle.
discharge from the container can ignite or trailering dealer for assistance with
the fuel vapor. You or others could be preparing the vehicle to tow a trailer. Read
Driving with a Trailer
badly burned and the vehicle could be the entire section before towing a trailer.
damaged. To help avoid injury to you Trailering is different than just driving the
To tow a disabled vehicle, see Towing the
and others: vehicle by itself. Trailering means changes in
Vehicle 0 394. To tow the vehicle behind
handling, acceleration, braking, durability,
. Dispense fuel only into approved another vehicle such as a motor home, see
and fuel economy. Successful, safe trailering
containers. Recreational Vehicle Towing 0 395.
takes correct equipment, and it has to be
. Do not fill a container while it is Driving Characteristics and used properly.
inside a vehicle, in a vehicle's trunk, in
a pickup bed, or on any surface other
Towing Tips The following information has many
time-tested, important trailering tips and
than the ground. safety rules. Many of these are important
. Bring the fill nozzle in contact with
{ Warning for your safety and that of your passengers.
the inside of the fill opening before You can lose control when towing a Read this section carefully before pulling a
operating the nozzle. Maintain contact trailer if the correct equipment is not trailer.
until filling is complete. used or the vehicle is not driven properly.
When towing a trailer:
. Keep sparks, flames, and smoking For example, if the trailer is too heavy or
. Become familiar with and follow all state
materials away from fuel. the trailer brakes are inadequate for the
load, the vehicle may not stop as and local laws that apply to trailer
. Avoid using electronic devices while towing. These requirements vary from
expected. You and others could be
pumping fuel. state to state.
seriously injured. The vehicle may also be
damaged, and the repairs would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty. Pull a
(Continued)

. State laws may require the use of If equipped, the following driver assistance
extended side view mirrors. Even if not features should be turned off when towing { Warning
required, you should install extended side a trailer: To prevent serious injury or death from
view mirrors if your visibility is limited or . Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) carbon monoxide (CO), when towing a
restricted while towing. . Super Cruise Control trailer:
. Do not tow a trailer during the first . Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . Do not drive with the liftgate, trunk/
800 km (500 mi) of vehicle use to prevent
. Park Assist hatch, or rear-most window open.
damage to the engine, axle, or other
parts. . Automatic Parking Assist (APA) . Fully open the air outlets on or under
. It is recommended to perform the first oil . Reverse Automatic Braking (RAB) the instrument panel.
change before heavy towing. If equipped, the following driver assistance . Adjust the climate control system to a
. During the first 800 km (500 mi) of trailer features should be turned to alert or off setting that brings in only outside air.
towing, do not drive over 80 km/h when towing a trailer: See “Climate Control Systems” in the
(50 mph) and do not make starts at full . Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) Index.
throttle. . Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA) For more information about carbon
. Vehicles can tow in D (Drive). Tow/Haul . Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB) monoxide, see Engine Exhaust 0 237.
Mode is recommended for heavier trailers.
See Tow/Haul Mode 0 241. If the If equipped with Lane Change Alert (LCA), Towing a trailer requires experience. The
transmission downshifts too often, a the LCA detection zones that extend back combination of the vehicle and trailer is
lower gear may be selected using Manual from the side of the vehicle do not move longer and not as responsive as the vehicle
Mode. See Manual Mode 0 240. further back when a trailer is towed. Use itself. Get used to the handling and braking
caution while changing lanes when towing a of the combination by driving on a level
trailer. road surface before driving on public roads.
If equipped with Rear Cross Traffic Alert The trailer structure, the tires, and the
(RCTA), use caution while backing up when brakes must all be rated to carry the
towing a trailer, as the RCTA detection zones intended cargo. Inadequate trailer
that extend out from the back of the vehicle equipment can cause the combination to
do not move further back when a trailer is operate in an unexpected or unsafe manner.
towed. Before driving, inspect all trailer hitch parts

and attachments, safety chains, electrical beyond the passed vehicle before returning Driving on Grades
connectors, lamps, tires, and mirrors. See to the lane. Pass on level roadways. Avoid
Reduce speed and shift to a lower gear
Towing Equipment 0 296. If the trailer has passing on hills if possible.
before starting down a long or steep
electric brakes, start the combination
Backing Up downhill grade. If the transmission is not
moving and then manually apply the trailer
shifted down, the brakes may overheat and
brake controller to check that the trailer Hold the bottom of the steering wheel with result in reduced braking efficiency.
brakes work. During the trip, occasionally one hand. To move the trailer to the left,
check that the cargo and trailer are secure move that hand to the left. To move the The vehicle can tow in D (Drive). Shift the
and that the lamps and any trailer brakes trailer to the right, move that hand to the transmission to a lower gear if the
are working. right. Always back up slowly and, if possible, transmission shifts too often under heavy
have someone guide you. loads and/or hilly conditions.
Towing with a Stability Control System
Making Turns When towing at higher altitudes, engine
When towing, the stability control system coolant will boil at a lower temperature
might be heard. The system reacts to than at lower altitudes. If the engine is
vehicle movement caused by the trailer, Caution
turned off immediately after towing at high
which mainly occurs during cornering. This is Turn more slowly and make wider arcs altitude on steep uphill grades, the vehicle
normal when towing heavier trailers. when towing a trailer to prevent damage could show signs similar to engine
to your vehicle. Making very sharp turns overheating. To avoid this, let the engine
Following Distance could cause the trailer to contact the run, preferably on level ground, with the
Stay at least twice as far behind the vehicle vehicle. transmission in P (Park) for a few minutes
ahead as you would when driving without a before turning the engine off. If the
trailer. This can help to avoid heavy braking Make wider turns than normal when towing, overheat warning comes on, see Engine
and sudden turns. so the trailer will not go over soft shoulders, Overheating 0 337.
over curbs, or strike road signs, trees,
Passing or other objects. Always signal turns well in Viewing Systems
More passing distance is needed when advance. Do not steer or brake suddenly. If equipped, the viewing systems on the
towing a trailer. The combination of the vehicle can improve visibility while hitching,
vehicle and trailer will not accelerate as backing, and driving with a trailer. See
quickly and is much longer than the vehicle Driver Assistance Systems 0 264.
alone. It is necessary to go much farther

Parking on Hills 2. Let up on the brake pedal.
Warning (Continued)
3. Drive slowly until the trailer is clear of
{ Warning the chocks. . Do not move the vehicle if someone is
in the path of the trailer. Some parts
To prevent serious injury or death, 4. Stop and have someone pick up and of the trailer might be underwater and
always park your vehicle and trailer on a store the chocks. not visible to people who are assisting
level surface when possible. in launching the boat.
Launching and Retrieving a Boat
When parking your vehicle and your trailer Backing the Trailer into the Water Disconnect the wiring to the trailer before
on a hill: backing the trailer into the water to prevent
1. Press the brake pedal, but do not shift { Warning damage to the electrical circuits on the
into P (Park) yet. Turn the wheels into . Have all passengers get out of the trailer. Reconnect the wiring to the trailer
the curb if facing downhill or into traffic vehicle before backing onto the sloped after removing the trailer from the water.
if facing uphill. part of the ramp. Lower the driver and If the trailer has electric brakes that can
2. Have someone place chocks under the passenger side windows before function when the trailer is submerged, it
trailer wheels. backing onto the ramp. This will might help to leave the electrical trailer
provide a means of escape in the connector attached to maintain trailer brake
3. Gradually release the brake pedal to functionality while on the boat ramp.
unlikely event the vehicle slides into
allow the chocks to absorb the load of
the water. To back the trailer into the water:
the trailer.
. If the boat launch surface is slippery, 1. If equipped, place the vehicle in
4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then apply the
parking brake and shift into P (Park). have the driver remain in the vehicle four-wheel-drive high.
with the brake pedal applied while the
5. Release the brake pedal. 2. Slowly back down the boat ramp until
boat is being launched. The boat
the boat is floating, but no further than
Leaving After Parking on a Hill launch can be especially slippery at
necessary.
low tide when part of the ramp was
1. Apply and hold the brake pedal. previously submerged at high tide. Do 3. Press and hold the brake pedal, but do
. Start the engine. not back onto the ramp to launch the not shift into P (Park) yet.
. Shift into a gear. boat if you are not sure the vehicle 4. Have someone place chocks under the
. Release the parking brake. can maintain traction. front wheels of the vehicle.
(Continued)

5. Gradually release the brake pedal to
allow the chocks to absorb the load of
Caution Caution
the trailer. If the vehicle tires begin to spin and the Towing a trailer improperly can damage
6. Reapply the brake pedal. Then apply the vehicle begins to slide toward the water, the vehicle and result in costly repairs
parking brake and shift into P (Park). remove your foot from the accelerator not covered by the vehicle warranty. To
pedal and apply the brake pedal. Seek tow a trailer correctly, follow the
7. Release the brake pedal.
help to have the vehicle towed up directions in this section and see your
Pulling the Trailer from the Water the ramp. dealer for important information about
To pull the trailer out of the water: towing a trailer with the vehicle.
Maintenance when Trailer Towing
1. Press and hold the brake pedal. Trailering is different than just driving the
2. Start the engine and shift into gear. The vehicle needs service more often when
vehicle by itself. Trailering means changes in
used to tow trailers. See Maintenance
3. Release the parking brake. handling, acceleration, braking, durability,
Schedule 0 409. It is especially important to
4. Let up on the brake pedal. and fuel economy. Successful, safe trailering
check the engine oil, axle lubricant, belts,
takes correct equipment, and it has to be
5. Drive slowly until the tires are clear of cooling system, and brake system before
used properly.
the chocks. and during each trip.
The following information has many
6. Stop and have someone pick up and Check periodically to see that all nuts and
time-tested, important trailering tips and
store the chocks. bolts on the trailer hitch are tight.
safety rules. Many of these are important
7. Slowly pull the trailer from the water. Engine Cooling When Trailer Towing for your safety and that of your passengers.
8. Once the vehicle and trailer have been Read this section carefully before pulling a
The cooling system may temporarily trailer.
driven from the sloped part of the boat
overheat during severe operating conditions.
ramp, the vehicle can be shifted from
four-wheel-drive high. Shift into the drive
See Engine Overheating 0 337. Trailer Weight
mode that is appropriate for the road Trailer Towing
conditions. { Warning
If equipped with a diesel engine, see the Never exceed the towing capacity for
Duramax diesel supplement. your vehicle.

Safe trailering requires monitoring the The only way to be sure the weight is not the GCWR for your vehicle. The GCWR for
weight, speed, altitude, road grades, outside exceeding any of these ratings is to weigh the vehicle is on the Trailering Information
temperature, and how frequently the vehicle the tow vehicle and trailer combination, Label.
is used to tow a trailer. fully loaded for the trip, getting individual To check that the weight of the vehicle and
weights for each of these items. trailer are within the GCWR for the vehicle,
Trailer Weight Ratings
A trailering information label on the B-pillar follow these steps:
When towing a trailer, the combined weight shows tow rating information for the
of the vehicle, vehicle contents, trailer, and 1. Start with the "curb weight" from the
vehicle. Trailering Information Label.
trailer contents must be below all of the
maximum weight ratings for the vehicle, 2. Add the weight of the trailer loaded with
including:
{ Warning cargo and ready for the trip.
. GCWR: Gross Combined Weight Rating You and others could be seriously injured 3. Add the weight of all passengers.
. GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
or killed if the trailer is too heavy or the
4. Add the weight of all cargo in the
trailer brakes are inadequate for the load.
. Maximum Trailer Weight Rating vehicle.
The vehicle may be damaged, and the
. GAWR-RR: Gross Axle Weight Rating-Rear repairs would not be covered by the 5. Add the weight of hitch hardware such
. Maximum Trailer Tongue Weight Rating vehicle warranty. as a draw bar, ball, load equalizer bars,
or sway bars.
See “Weight-Distributing Hitch and Only tow a trailer if all the steps in this
Adjustment” under Towing Equipment 0 296 6. Add the weight of any accessories or
section have been followed. Ask your aftermarket equipment added to the
to determine if equalizer bars are required dealer for advice and information about
to obtain the maximum trailer weight vehicle.
towing a trailer.
rating. The resulting weight cannot exceed the
See “Trailer Brakes” under Towing Gross Combined Weight Rating (GCWR) GCWR value on the Trailering Information
Equipment 0 296 to determine if brakes are Label.
GCWR is the total allowable weight of the
required based on your trailer's weight. The gross combined weight can also be
completely loaded vehicle and trailer
including any fuel, passengers, cargo, confirmed by weighing the truck and trailer
equipment, and accessories. Do not exceed on a public scale. The truck and trailer
should be loaded for the trip with
passengers and cargo.

the trailer weight to stay within the GCWR,
GVWR, maximum trailer tongue load,
or GAWR-RR for the vehicle.
Use the Tow Rating Guide
(my.chevrolet.com/learn) to determine how
much the trailer can weigh, based on the
vehicle model and options.
Weights listed apply for conventional trailers
and gooseneck/fifth-wheel trailers unless
otherwise noted.
A step bumper trailer hitch can only support
a total trailer weight up to 2 271 kg
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) The Maximum Trailer Tongue Weight Rating
(5,000 lb). If a trailer hitch ball is added to
for a conventional trailer hitch or a fifth
For information about the vehicle's the step bumper, check the hitch ball rating
wheel/gooseneck hitch is shown on the
maximum load capacity, see Vehicle Load to be sure it is higher than the total trailer
Trailering Information Label.
Limits 0 222. When calculating the GVWR weight.
with a trailer attached, the trailer tongue Do not exceed a maximum trailer tongue
weight must be included as part of the Maximum Trailer Tongue Weight Rating weight of 567 kg (1,250 lb) for a conventional
weight the vehicle is carrying. The Maximum Trailer Tongue Weight Rating trailer hitch.
is the allowable trailer tongue weight that The trailer tongue weight contributes to the
Maximum Trailer Weight the vehicle can support using a conventional Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW). GVW includes
The maximum trailer weight rating is trailer hitch. It may be necessary to reduce the curb weight of your vehicle, any
calculated assuming the tow vehicle has a the overall trailer weight to stay within the passengers, cargo, equipment and the trailer
driver, a front seat passenger, and all maximum trailer tongue weight rating while tongue weight. Vehicle options, passengers,
required trailering equipment. This value still maintaining the correct trailer load cargo, and equipment reduce the maximum
represents the heaviest trailer the vehicle balance. A fifth-wheel or gooseneck hitch allowable tongue weight the vehicle can
can tow, but it may be necessary to reduce may support a higher tongue weight. carry, which also reduces the maximum
allowable trailer weight.

Trailer Load Balance The trailer load balance percentage is Rear Gross Axle Weight Rating
calculated as: weight (1) divided by (GAWR-RR)
The correct trailer load balance must be
weight (2) times 100.
maintained to ensure trailer stability. The GAWR-RR is the total weight that can be
Incorrect load balance is a leading cause of After loading the trailer, separately weigh supported by the rear axle of the vehicle. Do
trailer sway. the trailer and then the trailer tongue and not exceed the GAWR-RR for the vehicle,
calculate the trailer load balance percentage with the tow vehicle and trailer fully loaded
to see if the weights and distribution are for the trip including the weight of the
appropriate for your vehicle. If the trailer trailer tongue. If using a weight-distributing
weight is too high, it may be possible to hitch, do not exceed the GAWR-RR before
transfer some of the cargo into your vehicle. applying the weight distribution spring bars.
If the trailer tongue weight is too high or
too low, it may be possible to rearrange
some of the cargo inside of the trailer.
Do not exceed the maximum allowable
tongue weight for your vehicle. Use the
shortest hitch extension available to position
the hitch ball closer to your vehicle. This will
help reduce the effect of the trailer tongue
The trailer tongue weight (1) should be 10– weight on the trailer hitch and the rear axle.
15% and fifth-wheel or gooseneck tongue
If a cargo carrier is used in the trailer hitch
weight should be 15–25% of the total loaded
receiver, choose a carrier that positions the
trailer weight (2). Some specific trailer types,
load as close to the vehicle as possible.
such as boat trailers, fall outside of this
Make sure the total weight, including the
range. Always refer to the trailer owner’s The GAWR-RR for the vehicle is on the
carrier, is no more than half of the
manual for the recommended trailer tongue Trailering Information Label.
maximum allowable tongue weight for the
weight for each trailer. Never exceed the
vehicle or 227 kg (500 lb), whichever is less. Ask your dealer for trailering information or
maximum loads for the vehicle, hitch, and
assistance.
trailer.

Towing Equipment Gooseneck Hitch tongue weight between your vehicle and
A gooseneck hitch is designed to be coupled trailer axles. Fifth-wheel and gooseneck
Hitches to a special hitch leveraging a hitch ball, and hitches may also be used. See “Maximum
is mounted over the rear axle in the Trailer Tongue Weight” under Trailer Towing
{ Warning truck bed. 0 292 for weight limits with various hitch
types.
In order to avoid serious injury or Fifth-Wheel Hitch
property damage, always follow the hitch Avoid sharp turns when using a step-bumper
manufacturer's instructions when securing A fifth-wheel hitch is mounted over the rear hitch to prevent damage. Make wider turns
your draw bar/coupling device to the axle in the truck bed, and leverages a to prevent contact between your trailer and
hinged plate — the same type of hitch your bumper.
vehicle's hitch receiver.
leveraged by semi trucks. Generally,
Ensure that the draw bar/coupling device fifth-wheel hitches accommodate large Consider using mechanical sway controls
is secured with a locking retainer pin or trailers with as many as one, two, or three with any trailer. Ask a trailering professional
axles. about sway controls or refer to the trailer
other means such that rotation of the pin
manufacturer's recommendations and
or locking mechanism will not cause the Always use the correct hitch equipment for instructions.
pin to back out or loosen during use. your vehicle. Crosswinds, large trucks going
Failure to correctly secure the draw bar/ by, and rough roads can affect the trailer Weight-Distributing Hitch and
coupling device to the receiver can result and the hitch. Adjustment
in separation of the hitch/receiver while A weight-distributing hitch may be useful
Proper hitch equipment for your vehicle
towing. helps maintain control of the vehicle-trailer with some trailers. Use the following
combination. Many trailers can be towed guidelines to determine if a
Conventional Hitch weight-distributing hitch should be used.
using a weight-carrying hitch which has a
A conventional hitch is bolted to the frame coupler latched to the hitch ball, or a tow
or cross member of the tow vehicle, and is eye latched to a pintle hook. Other trailers
generally rated Class 2, 3, or 4. may require a weight-distributing hitch that
uses spring bars to distribute the trailer

Vehicle Series Trailer Weight Weight-Distributing Hitch Usage Hitch Distribution
1500 Up to 3 175 kg (7,000 lb) Not Required 50%
1500 Over 3 175 kg (7,000 lb) Required 50%
Towing with Model 1500 Series Trucks 5. Install and adjust the tension in the
1. Position the truck so that the trailer is weight-distributing bars per the
ready to connect (keep the trailer manufacturers’ recommendations so that
detached). the height of the front fender is
approximately H2−[(H2−H1)/2] (halfway
2. Measure the height of the top of the between the two measured ride heights).
front wheel opening at the fender to the
ground (H1). 6. Visually inspect the trailer and
weight-distributing hitch to ensure that
3. Attach the vehicle to the trailer, do not the manufacturers’ recommendations
attach weight distribution bars at have been met.
this time.
4. Measure the height of the top of the
front wheel opening on the fender to
1. Front of Vehicle the ground (H2).
2. H1/H2 Body to Ground Distance

Measurement Height Example 1500 (mm)
H1 1 000
H2 1 050
H2−H1 50
(H2−H1)/2 25
H2−[(H2−H1)/2] 1 025
Tires specified in the trailering chart for the Safety Chains

. Do not tow a trailer while using a vehicle. See “Trailer Weight" under Trailer
Towing 0 292. Always attach safety chains between the
compact spare tire on the vehicle. vehicle and the trailer. Instructions about
. Tires must be properly inflated to support The hitch should be in the pickup bed so safety chains may be provided by the hitch
loads while towing a trailer. See Tires that its centerline is over or slightly in front manufacturer or by the trailer manufacturer.
0 361 for instructions on proper tire of the rear axle. Take care that it is not so
If the trailer being towed weighs up to
inflation. far forward that it will contact the back of
2 271 kg (5,000 lb) with a factory-installed
the cab in sharp turns. This is especially
Fifth-Wheel and Gooseneck Trailering step bumper, safety chains may be attached
important for short box pickups. Trailer pin
to the attaching points on the bumper;
Fifth-wheel and gooseneck trailers can be box extensions and sliding fifth-wheel hitch
otherwise, safety chains should be attached
used with many pickup models. These assemblies may be used. There should be at
to holes on the trailer hitch.
trailers place a larger percentage of the least 15 cm (6 in) of clearance between the
weight (kingpin weight) on the tow vehicle top of the pickup box and the bottom of the Cross the safety chains under the tongue of
than conventional trailers. Make sure this trailer shelf that extends over the box. the trailer to help prevent the tongue from
weight does not cause the vehicle to exceed contacting the road if it becomes separated
Make sure the hitch is attached to the tow
GAWR or GVWR. Fifth-wheel or gooseneck from the hitch. Always leave enough slack in
vehicle frame rails. Do not use the pickup
kingpin weight should be 15–25% of the the safety chains to allow the combination
box for support.
trailer weight up to the maximum amount to turn. Never allow safety chains to drag
on the ground.

Trailer Brakes Locate the auxiliary battery connector under Use only a round, seven-wire connector with
the hood on the driver side of the vehicle, flat blade terminals meeting SAE J2863
Loaded trailers over 900 kg (2,000 lb) must
next to the engine compartment fuse block. specifications for proper electrical
be equipped with brake systems and with
Follow the proper installation instructions connectivity.
brakes for each axle. Trailer braking
included with any electrical equipment that The seven-wire harness contains the
equipment conforming to Canadian
is installed. following trailer circuits:
Standards Association (CSA) requirement
CAN3-D313, or its equivalent, is Caution Stop/Turn
recommended. Yellow/Blue
To prevent draining the auxiliary battery, Signal Left
State or local regulations may require always turn off electrical equipment Stop/Turn Signal
trailers to have their own braking system if Green/Violet
when not in use and do not use any Right
the loaded weight of the trailer exceeds equipment that may exceed the
certain minimums that can vary from state Tail/Parking Lamps Gray/Brown
maximum amperage rating of 30 amps.
to state. Read and follow the instructions for Reverse Lamps White/Green
the trailer brakes so they are installed,
adjusted, and maintained properly. Never
Trailer Wiring Harness Battery Feed Red/Green
attempt to tap into your vehicle's hydraulic Basic Trailer Wiring Ground White
brake system. If you do, both the vehicle If the vehicle is not equipped with a trailer
antilock brakes and the trailer brakes may Electric Trailer Brake Blue
connector on the rear bumper, a 7-wire
not function, which could result in a crash. trailering harness is tied to the vehicles If equipped, the trailer wiring harness, with
Auxiliary Battery frame. The harness requires the installation a 7-pin connector and a 4-pin connector, is
of a trailer connector, which is available mounted on the vehicle's rear bumper.
If equipped, the vehicle's auxiliary battery through your dealer.
can be used to supply electrical power to
additional equipment that may be added,
such as a slide-in camper.

3. Left Turn/Brake on the top left hand side (A) and the rear
4. Right Turn/Brake trailer auxiliary camera (B) should be
installed on the top right hand side.
The trailer connectors contain the following

circuits.
1. Left Turn/Brake
2. Tail Lamps If equipped with the fifth wheel/ gooseneck
trailer package, the harness connector is
3. Reverse Lamps mounted on the inside of the pickup bed
4. Battery Feed behind the rear wheel.
5. Right Turn/Brake
6. Electric Brakes
7. Ground
If equipped, trailering camera connectors are
available in the bumper trailer receptacle in
place of the four pin connector. The inside
1. Ground trailer auxiliary camera should be installed
2. Tail Lamps

Reverse Lamps White/Green Pressing START LIGHT TEST in the Trailering
App automatically activates the trailer
Battery Feed Red/Green lamps. The Trailering App is not a substitute
Ground White for manually inspecting your trailer lamps.
See Trailering App 0 306.
Electric Trailer Brake Blue
Turn Signals When Towing a Trailer
If equipped with the heavy-duty trailering When properly connected, the trailer turn
option, see “Heavy-Duty Trailer Wiring signals will illuminate to indicate the vehicle
Harness Package” earlier in this section. is turning, changing lanes, or stopping.
When the camper-wiring harness is ordered When towing a trailer, the arrows on the
without the heavy-duty trailering package, a instrument cluster will illuminate even if the
seven-wire harness with a seven-pin trailer is not properly connected or the bulbs
Camper/Fifth-Wheel Trailer Wiring Package connector is at the rear of the vehicle and is are burned out.
For vehicles without the fifth wheel/ tied to the vehicle's frame.
gooseneck trailer package, the seven-wire Tow/Haul Mode
Trailer Lamps
camper harness is under the rear bumper, For instructions on how to enter Tow/Haul
attached to the frame near the rear Always check that all trailer lamps are Mode, see Driver Mode Control 0 250.
crossmember. A connector must be added to working at the beginning of each trip, and
periodically on longer trips. Tow/Haul assists when pulling a heavy
the wiring harness that connects to the
trailer or a large or heavy load. See Tow/
camper. If equipped, the Trailering App will monitor Haul Mode 0 241.
The harness contains the following camper/ the RH turn/brake lamp circuit, LH turn/
brake lamp circuit, running lamp circuit, and Tow/Haul Mode is designed to be most
trailer circuits:
reverse lamp circuits on the trailer. DIC effective when the vehicle and trailer
Stop/Turn combined weight is at least 75% of the
Yellow/Blue messages and Trailering App alerts may be
Signal Left vehicle's Gross Combined Weight Rating
displayed if lighting circuit issues are
Stop/Turn Signal detected on the trailer. (GCWR). See “Trailer Weight” under Trailer
Green/Violet Towing 0 292.
Right
Tail/Parking Lamps Gray/Brown

Tow/Haul Mode is most useful when towing This symbol is on the Trailer Brake Control
a heavy trailer or carrying a large or Panel on vehicles with an ITBC system. The { Warning
heavy load: power output to the trailer brakes is Connecting a trailer that has an air brake
. Through rolling terrain. proportional to the amount of vehicle system may result in reduced or
. In stop-and-go traffic. braking. This available power output to the complete loss of trailer braking, including
trailer brakes can be adjusted to a wide increased stopping distance or trailer
. In busy parking lots.
range of trailering situations. instability which could result in serious
Operating the vehicle in Tow/Haul Mode The ITBC system is integrated with the injury, death, or property damage. Only
when lightly loaded or not towing will not vehicle’s brake, antilock brake, and use the ITBC system with electric or
cause damage; however, it is not StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
recommended and may result in unpleasant electric over hydraulic trailer brake
systems. In trailering conditions that cause systems.
engine and transmission driving the vehicle’s antilock brake or StabiliTrak/
characteristics, heavy or light steering ESC systems to activate, power sent to the
efforts, and reduced fuel economy. Trailer Brake Control Panel
trailer's brakes will be automatically
Integrated Trailer Brake Control System adjusted to minimize trailer wheel lock-up.
This does not imply that the trailer has
The vehicle may have an Integrated Trailer StabiliTrak/ESC.
Brake Control (ITBC) system for use with
electric trailer brakes or most electric over If the vehicle’s brake, antilock brake,
hydraulic trailer brake systems. These or StabiliTrak/ESC systems are not
instructions apply to both types of electric functioning properly, the ITBC system may
trailer brakes. not function fully or at all. Make sure all of
these systems are fully operational to allow
the ITBC system to function properly.
The ITBC system is powered through the
vehicle's electrical system. Turning the
ignition off will also turn off the ITBC
system. The ITBC system is fully functional 1. Manual Trailer Brake Apply Lever
only when the ignition is in on. 2. Trailer Symbol
3. Trailer Gain Adjustment Buttons

The trailer symbol on the control panel will the Trailer Gain (+) or (-) to adjust. Press and Manual Trailer Brake Apply Lever
light amber when a trailer with electric hold to continuously adjust the Trailer Gain.
Slide this lever right to apply the trailer’s
brakes is connected. To turn the output to the trailer off, adjust
electric brakes independent of the vehicle’s
The ITBC control panel is on the center the Trailer Gain setting to 0.0. This setting
brakes. Use this lever to adjust the Trailer
stack. See Instrument Panel Overview 0 4. can be adjusted from 0.0 to 10.0 with a
Gain to achieve proper power output to the
The control panel allows adjustment to the trailer connected or disconnected.
trailer brakes. Under certain circumstances,
amount of output, referred to as Trailer TRAILER OUTPUT: This displays anytime a this lever can also be used to apply
Gain, available to the trailer brakes and trailer with electric brakes is connected. additional trailer braking. The trailer and
allows manual application of the trailer Output to the trailer brakes is based on the vehicle brake lamps will come on when
brakes. Use the ITBC control panel and the amount of vehicle braking present and either the vehicle brakes or trailer brakes are
DIC trailer brake display page to adjust and relative to the Trailer Gain setting. Output is applied and properly connected.
display power output to the trailer brakes. displayed from 0 to 100% for each gain
setting. Trailer Gain Adjustment Procedure
Trailer Brake DIC Display Page
The Trailer Output will indicate “- - - - - -” on Trailer Gain should be set for a specific
The ITBC display page indicates: the Trailer Brake Display Page whenever the trailering condition and it must be
. Trailer Gain setting following occur: readjusted anytime vehicle loading, trailer
. Output to the trailer brakes . No trailer is connected. loading, or road surface conditions change.
. Trailer connection . A trailer without electric brakes is
. System operational status connected. No DIC message displays. { Warning
. A trailer with electric brakes has become Trailer brakes that are over-gained or
To display:
disconnected. A CHECK TRAILER WIRING under-gained may not stop the vehicle
. Scroll through the DIC menu pages
message displays on the DIC. and the trailer as intended and can result
. Press a Trailer Gain (+) or (−) button in a crash. Always follow the instructions
. There is a fault present in the wiring to
. Activate the Manual Trailer Brake Apply to set the Trailer Gain for the proper
the trailer brakes. A CHECK TRAILER
Lever WIRING message displays on the DIC. trailer stopping performance.
TRAILER GAIN: Press a Trailer Gain button to . The ITBC system is not working due to a
recall the current Trailer Gain setting. Each fault. A SERVICE TRAILER BRAKE SYSTEM
press and release of the gain buttons will message displays in the DIC.
then change the Trailer Gain setting. Press

To adjust Trailer Gain for each towing Other ITBC-Related DIC Messages . There is an electrical fault in the wiring to
condition: the trailer brakes. This message will
TRAILER CONNECTED: This message will continue as long as there is an electrical
1. Drive the vehicle with the trailer briefly display when a trailer with electric
attached on a level road surface fault in the trailer wiring. This message
brakes is first connected to the vehicle. This will also turn off if it is acknowledged.
representative of the towing condition message will automatically turn off in about
and free of traffic at about 32–40 km/h 10 seconds. This message can be To determine whether the electrical fault is
(20–25 mph) and fully apply the Manual acknowledged before it automatically on the vehicle side or trailer side of the
Trailer Brake Apply Lever. turns off. trailer wiring harness connection:
Adjusting Trailer Gain at speeds lower CHECK TRAILER WIRING: This message will 1. Disconnect the trailer wiring harness
than 32–40 km/h (20–25 mph) may display if: from the vehicle.
result in an incorrect gain setting. 2. Turn the ignition off.
. The ITBC system first determines
2. Adjust the Trailer Gain, using the Trailer connection to a trailer with electric brakes 3. Wait 10 seconds, then turn the ignition
Gain (+) or (−) adjustment buttons, to and then the trailer harness becomes back to RUN.
just below the point of trailer wheel disconnected from the vehicle.
lock-up, indicated by trailer wheel squeal 4. If the CHECK TRAILER WIRING message
or tire smoke when a trailer wheel locks. If the disconnect occurs while the vehicle reappears, the electrical fault is on the
is stationary, this message will vehicle side.
Trailer wheel lock-up may not occur if automatically turn off in about
towing a heavily loaded trailer. Adjust If the CHECK TRAILER WIRING message only
30 seconds. This message will also turn
the Trailer Gain to the highest allowable reappears when connecting the trailer wiring
off if it is acknowledged or if the trailer
setting for the towing condition. harness to the vehicle, the electrical fault is
harness is reconnected.
on the trailer side.
3. Readjust Trailer Gain anytime vehicle If the disconnect occurs while the vehicle
loading, trailer loading, or road surface is moving, this message will continue SERVICE TRAILER BRAKE SYSTEM: This
conditions change or if trailer wheel until the ignition is turned off. This message will display when there is a
lock-up is noticed at any time while message will also turn off if it is problem with the ITBC system. If this
towing. acknowledged or if the trailer harness is message continues over multiple ignition
reconnected. cycles, have the vehicle serviced.

If either the CHECK TRAILER WIRING or Control (ITBC) system, and the trailer has an
SERVICE TRAILER BRAKE SYSTEM message electric brake system, StabiliTrak/ESC may { Warning
displays while driving, the ITBC system may also apply the trailer brakes. Trailer sway can result in a crash and in
not be fully functional or may not function serious injury or death, even if the
at all. When traffic conditions allow, vehicle is equipped with TSC.
carefully pull the vehicle over to the side of
the road and turn the ignition off. Check the If the trailer begins to sway, reduce
wiring connection to the trailer and turn the vehicle speed by gradually removing your
ignition back on. If either of these messages foot from the accelerator. Then pull over
continues, either the vehicle or trailer needs to check the trailer and vehicle to help
service. correct possible causes, including an
A GM dealer may be able to diagnose and improperly or overloaded trailer,
repair problems with the trailer. However, unrestrained cargo, improper trailer hitch
any diagnosis and repair of the trailer is not configuration, or improperly inflated or
covered under the vehicle warranty. Contact incorrect vehicle or trailer tires. See
your trailer dealer for assistance with trailer Towing Equipment 0 296 for trailer
repairs and trailer warranty information. If TSC is enabled, the Traction Control ratings and hitch setup recommendations.
System (TCS)/StabiliTrak/ESC warning light
Trailer Sway Control (TSC) will flash on the instrument cluster. Reduce Aftermarket Electronic Trailer Sway
Vehicles with StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability vehicle speed by gradually removing your Control Devices
Control (ESC) have a Trailer Sway Control foot from the accelerator. If trailer sway
Some trailers may come equipped with an
(TSC) feature. Trailer sway is unintended continues, StabiliTrak/ESC can reduce engine
electronic device designed to reduce or
side-to-side motion of a trailer while towing. torque to help slow the vehicle. TSC will not
control trailer sway. Aftermarket equipment
If the vehicle is towing a trailer and the TSC function if StabiliTrak/ESC is turned off. See
manufacturers also offer similar devices that
detects that sway is increasing, the vehicle Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control
connect to the wiring between the trailer
brakes are selectively applied at each wheel, 0 248.
and the vehicle. These devices may interfere
to help reduce excessive trailer sway. with the vehicle’s trailer brake or other
If equipped with the Integrated Trailer Brake systems, including integrated anti-sway
systems, if equipped. Messages related to

trailer connections or trailer brakes could If the vehicle is equipped with a trailer tire
appear on the DIC. The effects of these Warning (Continued) pressure monitoring system, see the trailer
aftermarket devices may have on vehicle manual trailer brake apply lever. Also, tire pressure monitoring system description
handling or trailer brake performance is not check the trailer brake lamps and and the trailering app.
known. other lamps are functioning correctly. Trailer tires deteriorate over time. The trailer
. If the trailer brakes are not operating tire sidewall will show the week and year
{ Warning properly at any time, or if a DIC the tire was manufactured. Many trailer tire
Use of aftermarket electronic trailer sway message indicates problems with the manufacturers recommend replacing tires
control devices could result in reduced trailer connections or trailer brakes, more than six years old.
trailer brake performance, loss of trailer carefully pull the vehicle over to the Overloading is another leading cause of
brakes, or other malfunctions, and result side of the road when traffic trailer tire blow-outs. Never load your trailer
in a crash. You or others could be conditions allow. with more weight than the tires are
seriously injured or killed. Before using designed to support. The load rating is
one of these devices: Trailer Tires located on the trailer tire sidewall.
. Ask the device or trailer manufacturer Special Trailer (ST) tires differ from vehicle Always know the maximum speed rating for
if the device has been thoroughly tires. Trailer tires are designed with stiff the trailer tires before driving. This may be
tested for compatibility with the sidewalls to help prevent sway and to significantly lower than the vehicle tire
make, model, and year of your vehicle support heavy loads. These features can speed rating. The speed rating may be on
and any optional equipment installed make it difficult to determine if the trailer the trailer tire sidewall. If the speed rating is
on your vehicle. tire pressures are low only based on a visual not shown, the default trailer tire speed
inspection. rating is 105 km/h (65 mph).
. Before driving, check the trailer brakes
are working properly, if equipped. Always check all trailer tire pressures before
Drive the vehicle with the trailer each trip when the tires are cool. Low trailer Trailering App
attached on a level road surface that tire pressure is a leading cause of trailer tire
blow-outs.
Trailer Lights App
is free of traffic at about 32-40 km/h
(20-25 mph) and fully apply the If equipped, the Trailer Lights App is on the
(Continued) Home Page of the infotainment display.

Touch Start to cycle the trailer lamps on and Trailering App listed, or load the Guest Trailer Profile by
off to determine if they are working. The selecting GUEST TRAILER. Touching
If equipped, the Trailering App is on the
test follows this sequence: Accessory/No trailer will select Accessory/No
Home Page of the infotainment display.
1. The running lights turn on first and trailer as the active Trailer Profile and will
remain on throughout the sequence. If equipped this feature allows profiles for dismiss the pop- up. Shifting the vehicle
connected trailers to be created to view from P (Park) will select Guest Trailer as the
2. The brake lights turn on for about status, to store and track trailer usage active Trailer Profile and will dismiss the
two seconds. information, and to set up towing assistance pop-up.
3. The left turn signal light flashes three features.
times. Create a Trailer Profile
The Trailering App Preview will appear when 1. Touch Create Profile on the trailer
4. The right turn signal light flashes three the Trailering App is opened for the first
times. detection pop-up or touch + Add Trailer
time from the Home Page. Touch GET Profile in the Trailering App.
5. The reverse lights turn on for about STARTED in the Trailering App to go into
two seconds. the app. 2. Create a name for the trailer.
6. Steps 2–5 repeat for approximately 3. Select the trailer type.
When a trailer is electrically connected and
one minute and 45 seconds, or until the a trailer profile has not been created, there 4. Select Save Profile.
test deactivates. will be an option to create a profile, use a A pop-up will indicate the setup is complete.
Touch Stop to stop the test. The test will guest profile, or select Accessory/No trailer. Touch DONE to complete the process or
automatically end after one minute and After the pop-up is displayed three times, touch TRAILER FEATURE SETUP to set up the
45 seconds. Don’t Remind Me will display and touching Tow/Haul Mode reminder, Trailer Tire
that will turn off the trailer detection Pressure Monitoring System, if equipped,
The sequence also deactivates when any of pop-up. To turn the Trailer Detection Alert maintenance reminders, or towing
the following occur: on, select ON in the Settings tab. assistance, if equipped.
. The ignition is turned off.
When a trailer is electrically connected and Import a Trailer Profile
. The transmission is shifted out of P (Park). after a Trailer Profile has been created, the
. The brake pedal is pressed. trailer detection pop-up will appear with a A trailer profile saved to an OnStar account
. The turn signal is activated. list of all of the custom Trailer Profiles made can be imported to the vehicle.
. The hazard warning lights are activated. on the vehicle. To load an existing Trailer 1. Touch + Add Trailer Profile in the
Profile, select one of the Trailer Profiles Trailering App

2. Touch Import Profile on the pop-up. A trailer must be electrically connected to trailer tires are rotated or replaced. See
3. Select a trailer profile from the list. the vehicle before starting the “Editing a Trailer Profile” later in this section
sensor-to-vehicle learn process. for tire pressure sensor relearn information.
4. Touch IMPORT.
After selecting Start from the Learn Sensors Tool Method: A TTPMS activation tool can
A pop-up will indicate the import was screen, use the Tool Method or the Manual be purchased separately to learn the sensor
successful. Touch OK to return to the trailer Method (described below) to learn each tire locations.
list and select the trailer profile. The Tow/ sensor, during which the current tire number
Haul Mode reminder, Brake Gain Setting and Manual Method: Without the tool, the air
will be highlighted. pressure can be increased or decreased in
Trailer Tire Pressure sensor learning,
if equipped, do not import. Each sensor has a minimum of two minutes each tire for 10 seconds. Do not exceed the
to learn, shown by a timer. After a sensor is maximum inflation pressure found on the
Trailer Feature Setup learned, a checkmark appears next to the tire sidewalls. Make sure to re-adjust tire
Tow/Haul Mode Reminder tire, the vehicle horn will sound, the pressure to the recommended level when
vehicle’s brake lamps will flash, and all the process is complete.
To turn the Tow/Haul Mode Reminder working trailer lamps will flash. It then
setting on, touch Yes. To turn it off, Sensor Learning Steps
moves to the next sensor.
touch No. To complete the sensor-to-vehicle learn
To cancel the process touch Stop. process:
Trailer Tire Pressure Setup
The recommended tire pressure must be 1. Touch Start on the Learn Sensors screen.
If the Trailer Tire Pressure Monitoring entered for the trailer tires. This allows the
System (TTPMS) is detected, touch the Tire The horn chirps twice and the Learning
vehicle to alert when the tire pressure is Active screen appears on the
Pressure Monitoring icon to set up tire high or low.
pressure monitoring. Touch Yes to set up infotainment display.
the sensors or touch No to return to the TTPMS must learn the location of the 2. Start with the driver side front
previous screen. installed tire sensors to show correct air trailer tire.
pressure and temperature for each tire. To 3. Activate the tool near the valve stem or
The trailer tire pressure sensors can transmit set up, use one of the following options or
up to 7 m (23 feet) from the hitch receiver of adjust the air pressure of this tire until
see a tire or trailer dealer for service. The the horn chirps and all working vehicle
the vehicle. learning process must be repeated when the and trailer lights flash.

The process stops without saving the Transparent Trailer Setup (if equipped) 3. Follow instructions to drive forward to
sensor locations if this step takes more complete calibration.
To complete setup for transparent trailer:
than two minutes.
. Trailer Length: 300 cm (118.1 in) – 970 cm Rear Trailer Guidance Setup (if equipped)
4. Move to the next tire and repeat Step 3
(381.8 in). Measure from center of coupler A rear trailer camera must be mounted on
for each sensor. The horn chirps twice
to furthest rear point on the trailer. the trailer and electrically connected to the
when all sensors are completed.
. Trailer Width: 120 cm (47.2 in) – 260 cm vehicle before transparent trailer feature can
5. Return to the vehicle to complete the (102.3 in). Measure from left edge to
setup. be used. See Assistance Systems for Parking
right edge. or Backing 0 266.
Maintenance Reminders . Trailer Height: 1 cm (0.39 in) – 450 cm
Trailer dimensions must be in range to
(177.1 in). Measure from ground to tallest enable this feature.
To set up maintenance reminders, touch the
point.
Trailer Maintenance icon. Select Yes to set . Trailer Length: 300 cm (118.1 in) – 970 cm
up the maintenance reminders for the . Hitching Point Length: 180 cm (70.8 in) –
(381.8 in). Measure from center of coupler
Trailer Profile. Follow the on-screen prompts. 970 cm (381.8 in). Measure from center of to furthest rear point on the trailer.
The maximum number of reminders is 50. coupler to middle of tires.
1. If trailer dimensions are out of range,
Select No to return to the previous screen. . Trailer Tongue Length: 50 cm (19.6 in) –
this feature will be unavailable.
220 cm (86.6 in). Measure from center of
Towing Assistance coupler to trailer front wall. 2. Ensure rear trailer camera is connected.
To set up towing assistance features, . Vehicle Hitch Height: 10 cm (3.9 in) – 3. Follow instructions to drive forward to
if equipped, touch the Towing 100 cm (39.3 in). Measure from ground to complete calibration.
Assistance icon. top of coupler.
Jack-Knife Alert Setup (if equipped)
Touch Yes to begin set up or touch No to . Vehicle Hitch Length: 10 cm (3.9 in) –
100 cm (39.3 in). Measure from hitch Follow instructions to drive forward to
return to the previous screen.
receiver to center of ball. complete calibration.
1. Select the number of axles on the trailer.
1. If trailer dimensions are out of range, Trailer Length Indicator Setup (if
2. Enter trailer dimensions as prompted.
this feature will be unavailable. equipped)
3. Follow the on-screen instructions to
2. Ensure rear trailer camera is connected. Follow instructions to drive forward to
complete setup for available features.
complete calibration.

Trailer Side Blind Zone Alert Setup (if Vehicle Connections
equipped)
Trailer dimensions must be in range to
enable this feature.
. Trailer Length: 300 cm (118.1 in) –
1200 cm (472.4 in). Measure from center
of coupler to furthest rear point on the
trailer.
If trailer dimensions are out of range, this
feature will be unavailable.
Status View
The Status view shows:
. Vehicle 1. Transmission Fluid Temperature 1. Light Test Start Button
. Connections 2. Average Fuel Economy with Trailer 2. Trailer Electrical Diagnostics
. Tires Profile Connections: OK
. Maintenance Transmission Temperature If a trailer connection is detected, the view
. Cameras View the temperature of the transmission will display OK.
Upon entry, the most recent items will be fluid by looking at the graphic. The graphic Trailer Connections Status
shown. Select MORE to view all options. will indicate a dangerous level if the
temperature is at 130 °C–150 °C (270 °F– When a trailer is connected, the Trailering
300 °F). App System detects the trailer connection
using the Park and Stop/Turn Signal lighting
Average Fuel Economy circuits and alerts the driver by requesting a
Touch to view the average fuel economy of trailer profile setup through the Trailering
the vehicle while the Trailer Profile is active. App System on the infotainment screen. The
Trailer Detection Alert setting must be
enabled for the alert to display when a

trailer is connected. When a trailer is Connection Trailer Lighting Faults Detected Light Test
connected and the ignition is off, the The Trailering App System monitors for Touch Start Light Test to cycle the trailer
Trailering App System will periodically pulse electrical faults on the trailer lights. lights on and off to determine if they are
the lighting circuits of the trailer to verify it A message about the lighting issue will working. The test follows this sequence:
is still connected. The trailer lights may appear on the DIC. The infotainment display
periodically flash as a result of this trailer 1. The running lights turn on first and
will also show the lighting issue in the remain on throughout the sequence.
connection detection. These flashes may be Connection Status view. Repair your trailer
more visible in dark ambient light lights if needed. A trailer lighting issue is 2. The brake lights turn on for about
environments. The flashing or flickering not covered by your GM warranty. two seconds.
lights are a normal condition and the 3. The left turn signal light flashes three
Trailering App System has built-in Diagnose View times.
protections to prevent the battery from Touch Diagnose to see more information
draining. When Theft Alert is also enabled 4. The right turn signal light flashes three
about the connection problem. times.
the frequency and pattern of this flashing
will change. This view will display the names of the 5. The reverse lights turn on for about
trailer connector pins, a graphic of the trailer two seconds.
Connection Problem connector, and a graphic of the back of the 6. Steps 2–5 repeat for approximately
If any of the trailer connections are lost, a trailer. one minute and 45 seconds, or until the
message about the connection issue will Any connector pin that failed will be amber test deactivates.
appear on the Driver Information Center color, and the location of the corresponding
(DIC). The infotainment display will also Touch Stop to stop the test. The test will
connection will be highlighted on the automatically end after one minute and
show the connection issue in the Connection graphic of the back of the trailer.
Status view. 45 seconds.
The Running Lights connection may not The sequence also deactivates when any of
If a trailer connection is not detected, the detect partial outages. Activate the light test
Trailering App will not display the the following occur:
to check all trailer lamps. See “Light Test”
Connection Status screen. . The ignition is turned off.
following.
. The transmission is shifted out of P (Park).
. The brake pedal is pressed.
. The turn signal is activated.

. The hazard warning lights are activated. Maintenance Maintenance Notifications
. Touch Service Complete to reset the
Tires
maintenance reminder.
. Touch Remind Me Later to delay the
reminder.
. Touch X next to Upcoming Alerts (90%)
to dismiss the alert. It will not appear
again.
. Touch X next to Maintenance Due (100%)
to delay the alert to the next ignition
cycle.
Always follow all of the maintenance
instructions that came with your trailer.
1. List of Maintenance Reminders Cameras
1. Trailer Tire Pressure/Temperature 2. Add a New Maintenance Reminder
Tire Pressure and Temperature The Maintenance Status view displays

reminders. Touch a reminder to edit.
If the TTPMS sensor-to-vehicle learn process
was completed, the status view will display Touch + New Maintenance Reminder to go
the current tire pressure and temperature of to the Select New Reminder view.
the trailer tires related to the active Trailer The progress bar turns yellow when the
Profile. If a tire’s pressure is low or high, the maintenance item reaches 90% complete.
color of the pressure value will be amber. The progress bar turns red when the
If a sensor malfunctions, the values are maintenance item reaches 100% complete.
dashed lines. If the screen displays “Service
Tire Pressure Monitoring System”, the
vehicle needs to be taken to a dealer for
service.

Guest Trailer Status View Touch Clear All to clear the completed All personalization features are based on the
statuses from all items in the current settings for each driver in vehicle
Touch the Guest Trailer Profile for the status
checklist. personalization. The list of Trailer Profiles is
views.
based on vehicle personalization settings.
The Guest Trailer Profile Status view shows: Custom Checklist Items
Guest Trailer
. Vehicle For each of the Trailer Profile checklists,
. Connections there is an option to create custom items to If the Guest Trailer Profile is the active
view in the checklist. The custom item will Trailer Profile, trailer detection, connections
. Cameras, if equipped status, theft, and the Tow/Haul reminder
appear at the bottom of the checklist.
The Trailer Status view displays mileage alerts can be sent. The system will not track
information. Touch to edit, and follow the Guest Trailer and No Trailer Connected total mileage or fuel economy, but the
on-screen prompts. Mileage and fuel If Guest Trailer Profile is active or if no system will track trip mileage and fuel
economy will reset after the trailer trailer is connected, the checklist will show economy if the Guest Trailer Profile is active.
disconnects. all of the checklists associated with Custom The Trailer Tire Pressure Monitoring System
Trailer Profiles in addition to default or maintenance reminders cannot be set up
Accessory/No Trailer Status View for a Guest Trailer Profile. The Guest Trailer
checklists.
If the Accessory/No Trailer profile is active, Profile cannot be edited.
trailer status information is not available. Trailers View
Touch p to learn more about the Guest
Checklist View Touch the Trailers tab to view, activate, Trailer option.
create, edit, or delete Trailer Profiles.
This view shows the recommended steps to Accessory/No Trailer
take before towing a trailer. If a trailer is connected, touch the Trailer
Profile name to activate a Trailer Profile. If the Accessory/No Trailer Profile is active,
Touch the box next to each item if that step alerts will not be sent and the system will
has been completed. There can be up to five Custom Trailer not track mileage or fuel economy. The
Profiles on the vehicle. Trailer Tire Pressure Monitoring System or
Touch p to access a detailed view of The Custom Trailer Profiles and Guest Trailer maintenance reminders cannot be set up for
each step. Within each detailed view, touch are in order of the most frequently used. the Accessory/No Trailer Profile. The
Next and Previous to navigate between The Accessory/No Trailer profile is shown Accessory/No Trailer profile cannot be
steps. below the Custom Trailer Profiles and Guest edited.
Trailer Profile.

No Trailer Connected Editing a Trailer Profile Tire Pressure Setup
When there is no trailer connected, Trailer Trailer Profile View Touch to set up the Trailer Tire Pressure
Profiles cannot be activated but most Monitoring System (TTPMS) for the Trailer
Touch to edit any of the following options
options can be edited. Profile. See “Trailer Tire Pressure Setup”
in the Trailer Profile view:
Trailer Brake Gain Memory previously in this section for details on the
. Trailer Name setup. Also, touch Tire Pressure Setup if the
The system can memorize the brake gain . Towing Assistance Setup, if equipped trailer tires were rotated or if the tire
setting of a Trailer Profile or a Guest Trailer . Tire Pressure Setup, if equipped pressure sensors in the tires were replaced
Profile. When a Trailer Profile or Guest . Trailer Maintenance for this Trailer Profile. The vehicle will need
Trailer Profile is selected, and a brake gain to relearn the tire sensors and their
. Edit Mileage
setting is set for that Trailer Profile, a quick locations.
notice will appear to indicate that the . Reset Average Fuel Economy
system has recalled that profile’s brake gain If TTPMS had been set up previously, the
Touch Save to save the new value to the Select Number of Sensors screen will appear
setting. Trailer Profile. Touching Back will still save after touching Tire Pressure Setup. If the
If a Trailer Profile is already active and the the previously entered information. number of sensors has changed, select the
brake gain setting had been set for that Trailer Name number and touch Next.
Trailer Profile, the quick notice will trigger
whenever the ignition is turned on. Touch to edit the Trailer Profile’s name. Use If a new number of sensors is selected, the
at least one character and no spaces. Relearn Sensors pop-up will appear. Touch
If there was an error in setting the brake Touch Save. Cancel to go back or touch Relearn to
gain for a Trailer Profile, there will be a overwrite the current sensors and begin the
notification. This pop-up will not appear if Towing Assistance Setup
relearning process. See “Trailer Tire Pressure
the Guest Trailer Profile is active or if there A trailer should be connected to complete Setup” previously in this section.
is no trailer connected. this portion of profile setup.
If number of sensors has not changed, touch
Trailer brake gain should be set for a specific Touch to set up towing assistance features Next and the Learn sensors screen will
trailering condition and must be adjusted for the Trailer Profile. See "Towing appear.
anytime vehicle loading, trailer loading, Assistance" for details on the setup.
or road surface conditions change.

On the Learn Sensors screen. Touch Relearn Edit Reminder Effect on Maintenance Reminders
to overwrite the current sensors and begin Touch to edit the mileage or time settings If the mileage is reset or changed, and
the relearning process. See “Trailer Tire for the reminder. Touch Save to save the mileage has already accumulated, any
Pressure Setup” previously in this section. new settings to the Trailer Profile. maintenance reminders that have been set
On the Learn Sensors screen, touch Next to Delete Reminder up will be adjusted accordingly.
go to the Edit Recommended Tire Pressure Reset Average Fuel Economy
screen. Touch to delete the maintenance reminder.
On the pop-up, touch Delete to delete the Touch to reset the average fuel economy for
On the Edit Recommended Tire Pressure reminder or touch Cancel to return to the the Trailer Profile. Touch Reset to change,
screen, touch a number on the keypad to previous view and nothing will change. or touch Cancel to go back to the
change the previous view.
New Maintenance Reminder
Recommended Tire Pressure for the trailer’s Delete/Remove Trailer
tires. This will change the number at which Touch + New Maintenance Reminder to set
the vehicle displays alerts related to trailer up a new reminder. Suggested reminders Touch to remove the Trailer Profile and all
tire pressure. Touch Done to return to the that were previously set will have of its settings.
Trailer Profile view. checkmarks next to them. Suggested On the pop-up, touch Remove to remove the
reminders that have not been set will have Trailer Profile from the vehicle. Touch Cancel
Trailer Maintenance empty boxes next to them. The maximum to dismiss the pop-up and return to the
Touch to view a list of maintenance number of reminders is 50. previous view.
reminders for the Trailer Profile. Edit Mileage Remove will be displayed if there is a
Touch a reminder to view, reset, delete, Touch to edit the Trailer Profile’s mileage. connected OnStar plan active with the
or edit it. Touch Reset to reset trailer mileage to zero, vehicle. Removing a trailer profile will
Reset Reminder or enter a new value and touch Save. remove the profile from the vehicle but the
Touching back will return to the Trailer profile will still be associated with the user
Touch Maintenance Complete in the Profile view. account. However, if there is not a
reminder view to reset the reminder. On the connected OnStar plan then the remove
pop-up, touch Reset to reset the time and button will read DELETE and the profile will
mileage values for the reminder. Touch be deleted permanently.
Cancel to return to the previous view and
nothing will change.

Settings View turned on or off. Touch a profile to view A smartphone will receive a notification that
more information or adjust the setting for the trailer related to the selected Trailer
Within the Trailering App, touch the Settings
that profile. Profile is disconnected from the vehicle,
tab to modify the following settings:
The setting will be on by default for each if the setting is on for the active Trailer
. Trailer Detection Alert Profile, the vehicle has an OnStar or
. Maintenance Alerts
profile. All Maintenance Alerts for that active
Trailer Profile will be received. connected service plan and the smartphone
. Theft Alert number has been added to the account for
. Tow/Haul Mode Reminder Turn a setting off to not receive any of the this notification.
Maintenance Alerts when that Trailer Profile
. Trailer Length Indicator
is active. If the setting is turned off for a given Trailer
Profile, the smartphone will not receive this
Trailer Detection Alert Theft Alert security notification even if the Trailer
The Trailer Detection Alert setting will be on Profile is active.
A theft alert can be set if a trailer is
by default. Turn it off to disable the Trailer connected and the alert is enabled. When
Detection pop-up from displaying when a
Tow/Haul Mode Reminder
the trailer is disconnected and the vehicle is
trailer is connected. The Guest Trailer Profile off, an alarm will sound. This is a reminder to turn on the Tow/Haul
will become the active Trailer Profile, unless Mode when towing a trailer. See Tow/Haul
another Trailer Profile is selected manually Touch Theft Alert in Settings to view the Mode 0 241.
through the Trailering App. If this setting is Theft Alert settings page. These alerts are
based on the Trailer Profile, so the settings Touch Tow/Haul Mode Reminder in Settings
disabled while a Custom Trailer Profile is to view the Tow/Haul Mode Reminder
active, that Trailer Profile will remain the for each Trailer Profile must be turned on or
off. Touch a profile to view more settings page. These alerts are based on the
active profile until the trailer is Trailer Profile, so the settings for each
disconnected. information or adjust the setting for that
profile. Trailer Profile must be turned on or off.
Maintenance Alerts Touch a profile to view more information or
This setting will be off by default for each to adjust the setting for that profile.
Touch Maintenance Alerts to view the Trailer Profile, including the Guest Trailer
Maintenance Alerts settings page. These Profile. This setting will default to OFF for each
alerts are based on the Trailer Profile, so the Trailer Profile, including the Guest Trailer
settings for each Trailer Profile must be Profile.

If Tow/Haul Mode is off and this setting is Conversions and Add-Ons The vehicle has an airbag system. Before
on for a Trailer Profile, each time the attempting to add anything electrical to the
ignition is turned on a reminder will appear Add-On Electrical Equipment vehicle, see Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
to turn on Tow/Haul Mode when the Trailer Vehicle 0 69 and
Profile is active. Adding Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped
{ Warning Vehicle 0 69.
If Tow/Haul Mode is on and this setting is
The Data Link Connector (DLC) is used for
on for a Trailer Profile, the reminder will not For information on wiring auxiliary switches,
appear when the Trailer Profile is active. vehicle service and Emission Inspection/ see www.gmupfitter.com or contact your
Maintenance testing. See Malfunction dealer.
Trailer Length Indicator Indicator Lamp (Check Engine Light) 0 116.
Touch Trailer Length Indicator to view the A device connected to the DLC — such as Adding a Snow Plow or Similar
Trailer Length Indicator settings page. If this an aftermarket fleet or driver-behavior Equipment
setting is ON a guideline is displayed in the tracking device — may interfere with
side mirror camera view to indicate the rear vehicle systems. This could affect vehicle Caution
of the attached trailer. If this setting is OFF operation and cause a crash. Such devices
Do not exceed 72 km/h (45 mph) with a
the guideline will not be displayed. may also access information stored in the
snow plow mounted to the vehicle. The
This setting will default to OFF if the trailer vehicle’s systems.
vehicle could overheat and be damaged.
length indicator feature is not set up. See
"Towing Assistance" for details on the setup. Caution Before installing a snow plow on the vehicle,
follow these guidelines:
Some electrical equipment can damage
the vehicle or cause components to not Caution
work and would not be covered by the If the vehicle does not have the snow
vehicle warranty. Always check with your plow prep package, RPO VYU, adding a
dealer before adding electrical equipment. plow can damage the vehicle, and the
repairs would not be covered by the
Add-on equipment can drain the vehicle's
vehicle warranty. Unless the vehicle was
12-volt battery, even if the vehicle is not
operating. built to carry a snow plow, do not add
(Continued)

coolant to overheat. Move or angle the any other cargo. This is the amount of
Caution (Continued) snow plow blade to allow increased weight that can be added to the front axle
one to the vehicle. If the vehicle has RPO airflow to the radiator. before reaching the Front GAWR.
VYU, then the payload the vehicle can . To increase the airflow, move the snow To calculate the amount of weight any front
carry will be reduced when a snow plow plow blade position. accessory, such as a snow plow, is adding to
is installed. The vehicle can be damaged . If driving more than 24 km/h (15 mi), the front axle, use this formula:
if either the front or rear axle ratings or angle the plow blade position.
the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) . Make sure the weight on the front and
are exceeded. rear axles does not exceed the axle rating
for each.
The plow the vehicle can carry depends on
many things, such as: . Follow the snowplow manufacturer’s
. The options the vehicle came with, and
recommendations for any rear ballast that
may be required. Rear ballast may be
the weight of those options.
required to ensure a proper front and rear
. The weight and number of passengers to weight distribution ratio even though the
be carried. actual weight at the front axle may be
. The weight of items added to the vehicle, less than the front axel rating.
like a tool box or truck cap. . The snowplow manufacturer or installer
. The total weight of any additional cargo can assist in determining the amount of
to be carried. rear ballast required to ensure that the (W x (A + W.B.)) /W.B.= Weight the accessory
vehicle with the attached snowplow does is adding to the front axle.
To safely carry a snow plow on the vehicle:
not exceed the GVW rating, the front and Where:
. With a snow plow attached, the engine
rear axle ratings, or the front and rear
coolant temperature gauge may show a IW = Weight of added accessory
weight distribution ratio.
higher temperature than while driving IA = Distance that the accessory is in
without one. The snow plow could block Front axle reserve capacity is the difference
front of the front axle
the airflow to the radiator. This could be between the Front Gross Axle Weight
more noticeable as vehicle speed Rating (GAWR) and the front axle weight of IW.B. = Vehicle Wheelbase
increases. At speeds above 72 km/h the vehicle with full fuel, passengers, and
(45 mph), this may cause the engine

For example, adding a 318 kg (700 lb) snow
{ Warning Pickup Conversion to Chassis Cab
plow actually adds more than 318 kg (700 lb)
to the front axle. Using the formula, if the On some vehicles that have certain front We are aware that some vehicle owners
snow plow is 122 cm (4 ft) in front of the might consider having the pickup box
mounted equipment, such as a snow
front axle and the wheelbase is 305 cm removed and a commercial or recreational
plow, it may be possible to load the front
(10 ft), then: body installed. Owners should be aware
axle to the front Gross Axle Weight that, as manufactured, there are differences
IW = 318 kg (700 lb) Rating (GAWR) but not have enough between a chassis cab and a pickup with the
IA = 122 cm (4 ft) weight on the rear axle to have proper box removed which could affect vehicle
braking performance. If the brakes cannot safety. The components necessary to adapt
IW.B. = 305 cm (10 ft) work properly, the vehice could crash. a pickup to permit its safe use with a
(W x (A + W.B.)/W.B. = (318 x (122 + 305))/305 Always follow the snow plow specialized body should be installed by the
= 445 kg (980 lb) manufacturer or installer's body builder.
This means if the front axle reserve capacity recommendation for rear ballast to
is more than 445 kg (980 lb), the snow plow ensure a proper front and rear weight
could be added without exceeding the distribution ratio. Maintaining a proper
front GAWR. front and rear weight distribution ratio is
necessary to provide proper braking
Heavier equipment can be added on the
performance.
front of the vehicle if less cargo or fewer
passengers are carried, or by positioning See your dealer for additional advice and
cargo toward the rear. This reduces the load information about using a snow plow on the
on the front. However, the front GAWR, rear vehicle. Also, see Vehicle Load Limits 0 222.
GAWR, and Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating (GVWR) must never be exceeded.
320 Vehicle Care

Vehicle Care Four-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
Front Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
Electrical System
Electrical System Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345 Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
General Information Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346 Engine Compartment Fuse Block . . . . . . . 353
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321 Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Instrument Panel Fuse Block (Left) . . . . . 357
California Proposition 65 Warning . . . . . 321 Control Function Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346 Instrument Panel Fuse Block (Right) . . . 358
California Perchlorate Materials Ignition Transmission Lock Check . . . . . . 346
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321 Park Brake and P (Park) Mechanism Wheels and Tires
Accessories and Modifications . . . . . . . . . 322 Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347 All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
Vehicle Checks Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
Doing Your Own Service Work . . . . . . . . . 322 Glass Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
Windshield Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347 All-Terrain Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322 Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
Engine Compartment Overview . . . . . . . . 324 Gas Strut(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329 Headlamp Aiming Tire Terminology and Definitions . . . . . . 365
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331 Front Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349 Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
Automatic Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . . 332 Tire Pressure Monitor System . . . . . . . . . 368
Engine Air Filter Life System . . . . . . . . . . . 332 Bulb Replacement Tire Pressure Monitor Operation . . . . . . 369
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349 Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334 Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349 Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337 LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349 When It Is Time for New Tires . . . . . . . . 375
Overheated Engine Protection Headlamps, Front Turn Signal, Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
Operating Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339 Sidemarker, and Parking Lamps . . . . . 349 Different Size Tires and Wheels . . . . . . . . 377
Engine Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339 Taillamps, Turn Signal, Stoplamps, and Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . . . . . . . . 377
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339 Back-Up Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350 Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance . . . . 379
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340 Center High-Mounted Stoplamp Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
Brake Pad Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341 (CHMSL) and Cargo Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . 352 Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342 License Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352 If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
Battery - North America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342 Tire Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
Full-Size Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391
Vehicle Care 321

Jump Starting General Information
Jump Starting - North America . . . . . . . . 391
Warning (Continued)
For service and parts needs, visit your cancer and birth defects or other
Towing the Vehicle dealer. You will receive genuine GM parts reproductive harm. Engine exhaust, many
Towing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394 and GM-trained and supported service parts and systems, many fluids, and
Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . . . . . . . . 395 people. some component wear by-products
Appearance Care Genuine GM parts have one of these marks: contain and/or emit these chemicals. For
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398 more information go to
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403 www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/
Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405 passenger-vehicle.
See Battery - North America 0 342 and

Jump Starting - North America 0 391 and the
back cover.
California Perchlorate Materials

Requirements
Certain types of automotive applications,
such as airbag initiators, seat belt
pretensioners, and lithium batteries
California Proposition 65 Warning contained in electronic keys, may contain
perchlorate materials. Perchlorate Material –
{ Warning special handling may apply. See
Most motor vehicles, including this one, www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/
perchlorate.
as well as many of its service parts and
fluids, contain and/or emit chemicals
known to the State of California to cause
(Continued)
322 Vehicle Care

Accessories and Modifications Also, see Adding Equipment to the If equipped with remote vehicle start, open
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 69. the hood before performing any service
Adding non-dealer accessories or making work to prevent remote starting the vehicle
modifications to the vehicle can affect
vehicle performance and safety, including Vehicle Checks accidentally. See Remote Vehicle Start 0 20.
such things as airbags, braking, stability, Keep a record with all parts receipts and list
ride and handling, emissions systems,
Doing Your Own Service Work the mileage and the date of any service
aerodynamics, durability, and electronic work performed. See Maintenance Records
systems like antilock brakes, traction control, { Warning 0 422.
and stability control. These accessories or It can be dangerous to work on your
modifications could even cause malfunction Caution
vehicle if you do not have the proper
or damage not covered by the vehicle knowledge, service manual, tools, Even small amounts of contamination can
warranty. or parts. Always follow owner’s manual cause damage to vehicle systems. Do not
Damage to suspension components caused procedures and consult the service allow contaminants to contact the fluids,
by modifying vehicle height outside of manual for your vehicle before doing any reservoir caps, or dipsticks.
factory settings will not be covered by the service work.
vehicle warranty. Hood
Damage to vehicle components resulting If doing some of your own service work, use
from modifications or the installation or use the proper service manual. It tells you much { Warning
of non-GM certified parts, including control more about how to service the vehicle than For vehicles with auto engine stop/start,
module or software modifications, is not this manual can. To order the proper service
turn the vehicle off before opening the
covered under the terms of the vehicle manual, see Publication Ordering
Information 0 436. hood. If the vehicle is on, the engine will
warranty and may affect remaining start when the hood is opened. You or
warranty coverage for affected parts. This vehicle has an airbag system. Before others could be injured.
GM Accessories are designed to complement attempting to do your own service work,
and function with other systems on the see Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle
vehicle. See your dealer to accessorize the 0 69.
vehicle using genuine GM Accessories
installed by a dealer technician.
Vehicle Care 323

2. Go to the front of the vehicle and locate
{ Warning the secondary release lever under the { Warning
Components under the hood can get hot front center of the hood. Push the Do not drive the vehicle if the hood is
from running the engine. To help avoid secondary hood release lever to the right not latched completely. The hood could
the risk of burning unprotected skin, to release. open fully, block your vision, and cause a
never touch these components until they 3. After you have partially lifted the hood, crash. You or others could be injured.
have cooled, and always use a glove or the gas strut system will automatically Always close the hood completely before
towel to avoid direct skin contact. lift the hood and hold it in the fully driving.
open position.
Clear any snow from the hood before To close the hood: The Driver Information Center (DIC) will
opening. display a message if the hood is not fully
1. Before closing the hood, be sure all filler closed, and the vehicle is moving. Stop and
To open the hood: caps are on properly, and all tools are turn off the vehicle, check the hood for
1. Pull the hood release lever with the removed. obstructions, and close the hood again.
i symbol. It is on the lower left side 2. Pull the hood down until the strut Check to see if the message still appears on
of the instrument panel. system is no longer holding up the hood. the DIC.
3. Allow the hood to fall. Check to make
sure the hood is latched completely.
Repeat this process with additional force
if necessary.
324 Vehicle Care

Engine Compartment Overview
2.7L L4 Engine (L3B)

Vehicle Care 325

1. Remote Negative (–) Location. See Jump
Starting - North America 0 391.
2. Positive (+) Terminal (Under Cover). See
Jump Starting - North America 0 391.
3. Battery - North America 0 342.
4. Engine Compartment Fuse Block 0 353.
5. Engine Cooling Fans (Out of View). See
Cooling System 0 334.
6. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See “When to Add
Engine Oil” under Engine Oil 0 329.
7. Engine Oil Dipstick. See “Checking Engine
Oil” under Engine Oil 0 329.
8. Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure Cap.
See Cooling System 0 334.
9. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 333.
10. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See Brake Fluid
0 342.
11. Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir. See
“Adding Washer Fluid” under Washer
Fluid 0 339.
326 Vehicle Care
4.3L V6 Engine (LV3)

Vehicle Care 327

1. Remote Negative (–) Location. See Jump
Starting - North America 0 391.
2. Positive (+) Terminal (Under Cover). See
Jump Starting - North America 0 391.
4. Engine Compartment Fuse Block 0 353.
5. Engine Cooling Fans (Out of View). See
Cooling System 0 334.
6. Engine Oil Dipstick. See “Checking Engine
Oil” under Engine Oil 0 329.
7. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See “When to Add
Engine Oil” under Engine Oil 0 329.
See Cooling System 0 334.
10. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See Brake Fluid
0 342.
11. Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir. See
“Adding Washer Fluid” under Washer
Fluid 0 339.
328 Vehicle Care
5.3L V8 Engine (L84) Shown, 5.3L V8 Engine (L82) and 6.2L V8 Engine (L87) Similar
Vehicle Care 329

1. Remote Negative (–) Location. See Jump To ensure proper engine performance and
Starting - North America 0 391. long life, careful attention must be paid to { Warning
2. Positive (+) Terminal (Under Cover). See engine oil. Following these simple, but The engine oil dipstick handle may be
Jump Starting - North America 0 391. important steps will help protect your hot; it could burn you. Use a towel or
investment: glove to touch the dipstick handle.
. Use engine oil approved to the proper
4. Engine Compartment Fuse Block 0 353. specification and of the proper viscosity If a low oil Driver Information Center (DIC)
5. Engine Oil Dipstick. See “Checking Engine grade. See “Selecting the Right Engine message displays, check the oil level.
Oil” under Engine Oil 0 329. Oil” in this section. Follow these guidelines:
6. Engine Cooling Fans (Out of View). See . Check the engine oil level regularly and
. To get an accurate reading, park the
Cooling System 0 334. maintain the proper oil level. See vehicle on level ground. Check the engine
7. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See “When to Add “Checking Engine Oil” and “When to Add oil level after the engine has been off for
Engine Oil” under Engine Oil 0 329. Engine Oil” in this section. at least two hours. Checking the engine
. Change the engine oil at the appropriate oil level on steep grades or too soon after
See Cooling System 0 334. time. See Engine Oil Life System 0 331. engine shutoff can result in incorrect
. Always dispose of engine oil properly. See readings. Accuracy improves when
“What to Do with Used Oil” in this checking a cold engine prior to starting.
10. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See Brake Fluid section. Remove the dipstick and check the level.
0 342. . If unable to wait two hours, the engine
11. Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir. See Checking Engine Oil
must be off for at least 15 minutes if the
“Adding Washer Fluid” under Washer Check the engine oil level regularly, every engine is warm, or at least 30 minutes if
Fluid 0 339. 650 km (400 mi), especially prior to a long the engine is not warm. Pull out the
trip. The engine oil dipstick handle is a loop. dipstick, wipe it with a clean paper towel
Engine Oil See Engine Compartment Overview 0 324 for or cloth, then push it back in all the way.
For diesel engine vehicles, see “Engine Oil” the location. Remove it again, keeping the tip down,
in the Duramax diesel supplement. and check the level.
330 Vehicle Care

When to Add Engine Oil Caution (Continued)
damaged. Drain the excess oil or limit
driving of the vehicle, and seek a service
professional to remove the excess oil.
See Engine Compartment Overview 0 324 for

the location of the engine oil fill cap. Caution
If the oil is below the cross-hatched area at Add enough oil to put the level somewhere Failure to use the recommended engine
the tip of the dipstick and the engine has in the proper operating range. Push the oil or equivalent can result in engine
been off for at least 15 minutes, add 1 L dipstick all the way back in when through. damage not covered by the vehicle
(1 qt) of the recommended oil and then warranty.
recheck the level. See “Selecting the Right Selecting the Right Engine Oil
Engine Oil” later in this section for an Selecting the right engine oil depends on Viscosity Grade
explanation of what kind of oil to use. For both the proper oil specification and
engine oil crankcase capacity, see Capacities viscosity grade. See Recommended Fluids Use SAE 0W-20 viscosity grade engine oil for
and Specifications 0 424. and Lubricants 0 418. the 5.3L and 6.2L V8 engines.
Specification Use SAE 5W-30 viscosity grade engine oil for

Caution the 2.7L L4, and 4.3L V6 engines. Cold
Do not add too much oil. Oil levels above Use full synthetic engine oils that meet the Temperature Operation: In an area of
or below the acceptable operating range dexos1 specification. Engine oils that have extreme cold, where the temperature falls
shown on the dipstick are harmful to the been approved by GM as meeting the below −29 °C (−20 °F), use SAE 0W-30 oil. An
engine. If the oil level is above the dexos1 specification are marked with the oil of this viscosity grade will provide easier
dexos1 approved logo. cold starting for the engine at extremely
operating range (i.e., the engine has so
much oil that the oil level gets above the low temperatures.
cross-hatched area that shows the proper When selecting an oil of the appropriate
operating range), the engine could be viscosity grade, it is recommended to select
(Continued) an oil of the correct specification. See
“Specification” earlier in this section.
Vehicle Care 331

Engine Oil Additives/Engine Oil Flushes Engine Oil Life System will perform this work and reset the system.
It is also important to check the oil regularly
Do not add anything to the oil. The When to Change Engine Oil over the course of an oil drain interval and
recommended oils meeting the dexos1
This vehicle has a computer system that keep it at the proper level.
specification are all that is needed for good
performance and engine protection. indicates when to change the engine oil and If the system is ever reset accidentally, the
filter. This is based on a combination of oil must be changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi)
Engine oil system flushes are not
factors which include engine revolutions, since the last oil change. Remember to reset
recommended and could cause engine
engine temperature, and miles driven. Based the oil life system whenever the oil is
damage not covered by the vehicle
on driving conditions, the mileage at which changed.
warranty.
an oil change is indicated can vary
considerably. For the oil life system to work How to Reset the Engine Oil Life System
What to Do with Used Oil
properly, the system must be reset every Reset the system whenever the engine oil is
Used engine oil contains certain elements time the oil is changed. changed so that the system can calculate
that can be unhealthy for your skin and
On some vehicles, when the system has the next engine oil change. Always reset the
could even cause cancer. Do not let used oil
calculated that oil life has been diminished, engine oil life to 100% after every oil
stay on your skin for very long. Clean your
a CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message comes change. It will not reset itself. To reset the
skin and nails with soap and water, or a
on to indicate that an oil change is engine oil life system:
good hand cleaner. Wash or properly
dispose of clothing or rags containing used necessary. Change the oil as soon as 1. Display the oil life percentage on the
engine oil. See the manufacturer's warnings possible within the next 1 000 km (600 mi). DIC. See Driver Information Center (DIC)
about the use and disposal of oil products. It is possible that, if driving under the best (Base Level) 0 124 or
conditions, the oil life system might indicate Driver Information Center (DIC) (Midlevel
Used oil can be a threat to the environment. that an oil change is not necessary for up to and Uplevel) 0 125.
If you change your own oil, be sure to drain a year. The engine oil and filter must be
all the oil from the filter before disposal. 2. Press the thumbwheel on the steering
changed at least once a year and, at this wheel, or the trip odometer reset stem if
Never dispose of oil by putting it in the time, the system must be reset. For vehicles
trash or pouring it on the ground, into the vehicle does not have DIC controls,
without the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON for several seconds. When the
sewers, or into streams or bodies of water. message, an oil change is needed when the
Recycle it by taking it to a place that confirmation message displays, select
REMAINING OIL LIFE percentage is near 0%. YES. The oil life will change to 100%.
collects used oil. Your dealer has trained service people who
332 Vehicle Care

The oil life system can also be reset as in these vehicles. Because this procedure is When to Change the Engine Air Filter
follows: difficult, this should be done at the dealer.
When the Driver Information Center (DIC)
1. Display the oil life percentage on the Contact the dealer for additional information
displays a message to replace the engine air
DIC. See Driver Information Center (DIC) or the procedure can be found in the service
filter at the next oil change, follow this
(Base Level) 0 124 or manual. See Publication Ordering
timing.
Driver Information Center (DIC) (Midlevel Information 0 436.
and Uplevel) 0 125. When the DIC displays a message to replace
Caution the engine air filter soon, replace the engine
2. Fully press the accelerator pedal slowly air filter at the earliest convenience.
three times within five seconds. Use of the incorrect automatic
transmission fluid may damage the The system must be reset after the engine
3. If the display changes to 100%, the
vehicle, and the damage may not be air filter is changed.
system is reset.
covered by the vehicle warranty. Always If the DIC displays a message to check the
If the vehicle has a CHANGE ENGINE OIL use the correct automatic transmission engine air filter system, see your dealer.
SOON message and it comes back on when fluid. See Recommended Fluids and
the vehicle is started and/or the oil Lubricants 0 418. How to Reset the Engine Air Filter Life
life percentage is near 0%, the engine oil System
life system has not been reset. Repeat the Change the fluid and filter at the scheduled
procedure. To reset:
maintenance intervals listed in Maintenance
Schedule 0 409. Be sure to use the 1. Place the vehicle in P (Park).
Automatic Transmission Fluid transmission fluid listed in Recommended 2. Display the Air Filter Life on the DIC. See
When to Check and Change Automatic Fluids and Lubricants 0 418. Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base
Transmission Fluid Level) 0 124 or
Engine Air Filter Life System Driver Information Center (DIC) (Midlevel
It is usually not necessary to check the If equipped, this feature provides the engine and Uplevel) 0 125.
transmission fluid level. The only reason for air filter’s remaining life and best timing for
fluid loss is a transmission leak or 3. Press T on the steering wheel, or press
a change. The timing to change an engine the trip odometer reset stem if the
overheated transmission. This vehicle is not air filter depends on driving and
equipped with a transmission fluid level vehicle does not have DIC controls, to
environmental conditions. move to the Reset/Disable display area.
dipstick. There is a special procedure for
checking and changing the transmission fluid
Vehicle Care 333

Select Reset then press the thumbwheel To inspect or replace the engine air cleaner/ 4. Remove the three screws on top of the
or press the reset stem for several filter: cover of the housing, then slide and lift
seconds. the cover.
4. Press the thumbwheel or the reset stem 5. Lift and remove the engine air cleaner/
to confirm the reset. filter.
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter { Warning

The engine air cleaner/filter is on the driver If part replacement is necessary, the part
side of the engine compartment. See Engine must be replaced with one of the same
Compartment Overview 0 324. part number or with an equivalent part.
When to Inspect the Engine Air Cleaner/ Use of a replacement part without the
Filter same fit, form, and function may result
in personal injury or damage to the
If the vehicle is not equipped with the vehicle.
engine air filter life system see Maintenance 5.3L V8 Engine (L84) Shown, 2.7L L4 Engine
Schedule 0 409 for intervals on inspecting (L3B), 4.3L V6 Engine (LV3), 5.3L V8 Engine 6. Lightly tap and shake the engine air
and replacing the engine air cleaner filter. (L82), and 6.2L V8 Engine (L87) Similar cleaner/filter, away from the vehicle, to
How to Inspect/Replace the Engine Air release loose dust and dirt. Replace the
1. Air Duct Clamp engine air filter if damaged.
Cleaner/Filter
2. Electrical Harness Connector 7. Reverse steps 2–5 to reinstall the engine
Do not start the engine or have the engine 3. Screws air cleaner/filter cover housing.
running with the engine air cleaner/filter
1. Locate the air cleaner/filter assembly. 8. If equipped, reset the engine air filter life
housing open. Before removing the engine
See Engine Compartment Overview system after replacing the engine air
air cleaner/filter, make sure that the engine
0 324. filter. See Engine Air Filter Life System
air cleaner/filter housing and nearby
components are free of dirt and debris. Do 2. Disconnect the outlet duct by loosening 0 332.
not clean the engine air cleaner/filter or the air duct clamp (1).
components with water or compressed air. 3. Disconnect the electrical harness
connector (2) from the cover.
334 Vehicle Care
{ Warning
Operating the engine with the air
cleaner/filter off can cause you or others
to be burned. Use caution when working
on the engine. Do not start the engine or
drive the vehicle with the air cleaner/
filter off, as flames may be present if the
engine backfires.
Caution
If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirt can 2.7L L4 Engine (L3B) 5.3L V8 Engine (L84) Shown, 5.3L V8 Engine
easily get into the engine, which could (L82) and 6.2L V8 Engine (L87) Similar
damage it. Always have the air cleaner/
filter in place when driving. 1. Engine Electric Cooling Fans (Out
of View)
Cooling System 2. Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure Cap
If the vehicle has the Duramax diesel { Warning
engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement.
An underhood electric fan can start up
The cooling system allows the engine to even when the engine is not running and
maintain the correct working temperature. can cause injury. Keep hands, clothing,
and tools away from any underhood
electric fan.
4.3L V6 Engine (LV3)
Vehicle Care 335

Never dispose of engine coolant by putting
{ Warning Warning (Continued) it in the trash, or by pouring it on the
Do not touch heater, radiator, a/c pipes the wrong mixture, the engine could get ground, or into sewers, streams, or bodies of
or hoses, or other engine parts. They can too hot but there would not be an water. Have the coolant changed by an
be very hot and can burn you. Do not overheat warning. The engine could catch authorized service center, familiar with legal
run the engine if there is a leak; all fire and you or others could be burned. requirements regarding used coolant
coolant could leak out. That could cause disposal. This will help protect the
an engine fire and can burn you. Fix any Use a 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable environment and your health.
leak before driving the vehicle. water and DEX-COOL coolant. This mixture: Checking Coolant
. Gives freezing protection down to −37 °C
Engine Coolant (−34 °F), outside temperature. The coolant surge tank is in the engine
compartment on the driver side of the
The cooling system in the vehicle is filled . Gives boiling protection up to 129 °C
vehicle. See Engine Compartment Overview
with DEX-COOL engine coolant. This coolant (265 °F), engine temperature. 0 324.
is designed to remain in the vehicle for . Protects against rust and corrosion.
5 years or 240 000 km (150,000 mi), The vehicle must be on a level surface when
. Will not damage aluminum parts.
whichever occurs first. checking the coolant level.
. Helps keep the proper engine
The following explains the cooling system temperature.
and how to check and add coolant when it
is low. If there is a problem with engine Caution
overheating, see Engine Overheating 0 337. Do not use anything other than a mix of
DEX-COOL coolant that meets GM
What to Use
Standard GMW3420 and clean, drinkable
water. Anything else can cause damage
{ Warning to the engine cooling system and the
Plain water, or other liquids such as vehicle, which would not be covered by
alcohol, can boil before the proper the vehicle warranty.
coolant mixture will. With plain water or
(Continued)
All Engines
336 Vehicle Care

Check to see if coolant is visible in the 3. Fill the coolant surge tank with the How to Add Coolant to the Coolant
coolant surge tank. If the coolant inside the proper mixture to the indicated mark. Surge Tank for Gasoline Engines
coolant surge tank is boiling, wait until it 4. Connect the vehicle to a battery charger. Except L3B
cools down. The coolant level should be at
or above the indicated mark. If it is not, 5. Set the ignition to service mode, see If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see
there may be a leak in the cooling system. Ignition Positions (Keyless Access) 0 230 “Cooling System” in the Duramax diesel
or supplement for the proper coolant fill
If coolant is visible but the coolant level is Ignition Positions (Key Access) 0 229. procedure.
not at or above the indicated mark, see the 6. Turn off the air conditioning.
following sections on how to add coolant to
the coolant surge tank following. 7. Set the parking brake. { Warning
8. At the same time, press the accelerator Spilling coolant on hot engine parts can
Automatic Coolant Service Fill and the brake for automatic vehicles for burn you. Coolant contains ethylene
Instructions (L3B Engine) two seconds, then release. glycol and it will burn if the engine parts
This feature assists in filling and removing 9. Listen for pump activation and are hot enough.
air from the cooling system after service of movement of the control valves while
components or when coolant is added after watching the level of the coolant in the
being too low. surge tank. Add fluid as the level drops { Warning
To activate the fill and air removal process: below the indicated mark on the surge Plain water, or other liquids such as
tank. Allow 15 minutes for the fill and air alcohol, can boil before the proper
1. Remove the coolant surge tank pressure removal process to complete.
cap when the cooling system, including coolant mixture will. With plain water or
the coolant surge tank pressure cap and 10. Reinstall the surge tank cap. the wrong mixture, the engine could get
upper radiator hose, is no longer hot. If the tank empties, turn the ignition off, too hot but there would not be an
Turn the pressure cap; slowly allow the Electronic Control Module (ECM) to overheat warning. The engine could catch
counterclockwise about one full turn. If a go to sleep, about two minutes, refill to the fire and you or others could be burned.
hiss is heard, wait for that to stop. indicated mark, and repeat Steps 5–9.
A hiss means there is still some
pressure left.
2. Keep turning the pressure cap slowly,
and remove it.
Vehicle Care 337

1. Remove the coolant surge tank pressure
{ Warning cap when the cooling system, including
Caution
Steam and scalding liquids from a hot the coolant surge tank pressure cap and If the pressure cap is not tightly installed,
cooling system are under pressure. upper radiator hose, is no longer hot. coolant loss and engine damage may
Turning the pressure cap, even a little, Turn the pressure cap slowly occur. Be sure the cap is properly and
can cause them to come out at high counterclockwise about one full turn. If a tightly secured.
speed and you could be burned. Never hiss is heard, wait for that to stop.
turn the cap when the cooling system, A hiss means there is still some Engine Overheating
including the pressure cap, is hot. Wait pressure left.
If the vehicle has the Duramax diesel
for the cooling system and pressure cap 2. Keep turning the pressure cap slowly, engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement.
to cool. and remove it.
3. Fill the coolant surge tank with the Caution
proper mixture to the full cold mark. Do not run the engine if there is a leak
Caution
4. With the coolant surge tank pressure cap in the engine cooling system. This can
Failure to follow the specific coolant fill off, start the engine and let it run until cause a loss of all coolant and can
procedure could cause the engine to the engine coolant temperature gauge damage the system and vehicle. Have
overheat and could cause system indicates approximately 90 °C (195 °F). any leaks fixed right away.
damage. If coolant is not visible in the
By this time, the coolant level inside the
surge tank, contact your dealer. coolant surge tank may be lower. If the The vehicle has several indicators to warn of
level is lower, add more of the proper engine overheating.
If no coolant is visible in the surge tank, add
mixture to the coolant surge tank until There is a coolant temperature gauge in the
coolant.
the level reaches the indicated mark. vehicle's instrument cluster. See Engine
5. Replace the pressure cap tightly. Coolant Temperature Gauge 0 112.
6. Verify coolant level after the engine is In addition, there are ENGINE OVERHEATED
shut off and the coolant is cold. STOP ENGINE, ENGINE OVERHEATED IDLE
If necessary, repeat coolant fill procedure ENGINE, and ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED
Steps 1–6. messages in the Driver Information
Center (DIC).
338 Vehicle Care

If the decision is made not to lift the hood If Steam is Coming from the Engine If there is an engine overheat warning, but
when this warning appears, get service help Compartment no steam is seen or heard, the problem may
right away. See Roadside Assistance Program not be too serious. Sometimes the engine
0 431. { Warning can get a little too hot when the vehicle:
If the decision is made to lift the hood, . Climbs a long hill on a hot day.
Steam and scalding liquids from a hot
make sure the vehicle is parked on a level . Stops after high-speed driving.
cooling system are under pressure.
surface. Turning the pressure cap, even a little, . Idles for long periods in traffic.
2.7L L4, 4.3L V6, 5.3L V8, and 6.2L V8 Engines can cause them to come out at high . Tows a trailer; see Trailer Towing 0 292.
Check to see if the engine cooling fans are speed and you could be burned. Never If the ENGINE OVERHEATED STOP ENGINE or
running. If the engine is overheating, the turn the cap when the cooling system, the ENGINE OVERHEATED IDLE ENGINE
fans should be running. If they are not, do including the pressure cap, is hot. Wait message appears with no sign of steam, try
not continue to run the engine and have the for the cooling system and pressure cap this for a minute or so:
vehicle serviced. to cool. 1. Turn the air conditioning off.
If the engine or transmission detects an 2. Turn the heater on to the highest
impending hot fluid condition, then the
If No Steam is Coming from the Engine
temperature and to the highest fan
transmission may force upshifts to limit Compartment speed. Open the windows as necessary.
temperatures. Downshifts may also be The ENGINE OVERHEATED STOP ENGINE or 3. When it is safe to do so, pull off the
prevented in this instance. Normal operation the ENGINE OVERHEATED IDLE ENGINE road, shift to P (Park) or N (Neutral) and
may continue unless the display indicates message, along with a low coolant let the engine idle.
there is a hot condition and engine should condition, can indicate a serious problem.
be idled. If the temperature overheat gauge is no
The 2.7L L4 engine will shut down longer in the overheat zone or an overheat
automatically if the ENGINE OVERHEATED warning no longer displays, the vehicle can
STOP ENGINE message displays. be driven. Continue to drive the vehicle
slowly for about 10 minutes. Keep a safe
vehicle distance from the vehicle in front.
If the warning does not come back on,
Vehicle Care 339

continue to drive normally and have the vehicle to be driven to a safe place in an The vehicle has electric cooling fan(s). The
cooling system checked for proper fill and emergency. Driving extended distances fans may be heard spinning at low speed
function. and/or towing a trailer in the overheat during most everyday driving. The fans may
If the warning continues, pull over, stop, and protection mode should be avoided. turn off if no cooling is required. Under
park the vehicle right away. If the engine or transmission detects an heavy vehicle loading, trailer towing, high
impending hot fluid condition, then the outside temperatures, or operation of the air
If there is still no sign of steam and the conditioning system, the fans may change
vehicle is equipped with an engine driven transmission may force upshifts to limit
temperatures. Downshifts may also be to high speed and an increase in fan noise
cooling fan, push down the accelerator until may be heard. This is normal and indicates
the engine speed is about twice as fast as prevented in this instance. Normal operation
may continue unless the display indicates that the cooling system is functioning
normal idle speed for at least five minutes properly. The fans will change to low speed
while the vehicle is parked. If the warning is there is a hot condition and engine should
be idled. when additional cooling is no longer
still there, turn off the engine and get required.
everyone out of the vehicle until it Caution
cools down. The electric engine cooling fans may run
After driving in the overheated engine after the engine has been turned off. This is
If there is no sign of steam, idle the engine protection operating mode, the engine oil normal and no service is required.
for five minutes while parked. If the warning
will be severely degraded. Any repairs
is still displayed, turn off the engine until it
performed before the engine is cool may
Washer Fluid
cools down.
cause engine damage. Allow the engine What to Use
Overheated Engine Protection to cool before attempting any repair.
When windshield washer fluid needs to be
Operating Mode Repair the cause of coolant loss, change added, be sure to read the manufacturer's
the oil, and reset the oil life system. See instructions before use. Use a fluid that has
If an overheated engine condition exists and Engine Oil 0 329. sufficient protection against freezing in an
the ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED message
area where the temperature may fall below
displays, an overheat protection mode which Engine Fan freezing.
alternates firing groups of cylinders helps to
prevent engine damage. In this mode, a loss If the vehicle has the Duramax diesel
in power and engine performance will be engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement.
noticed. This operating mode allows the
340 Vehicle Care

Adding Washer Fluid Caution (Continued) { Warning
The vehicle has a low washer fluid message . Do not use engine coolant (antifreeze)
on the DIC that comes on when the washer The brake wear warning sound means
in the windshield washer. It can
fluid is low. The message is displayed for that soon the brakes will not work well.
damage the windshield washer system
15 seconds at the start of each ignition cycle. That could lead to a crash. When the
and paint.
When the WASHER FLUID LOW ADD FLUID brake wear warning sound is heard, have
. Do not mix water with ready-to-use the vehicle serviced.
message displays, washer fluid will need to
be added to the windshield washer fluid washer fluid. Water can cause the
reservoir. solution to freeze and damage the
washer fluid tank and other parts of Caution
the washer system.
Continuing to drive with worn-out brake
. When using concentrated washer fluid, linings could result in costly brake
follow the manufacturer instructions repairs.
for adding water.
. Fill the washer fluid tank only Some driving conditions or climates can
three-quarters full when it is very cold. cause a brake squeal when the brakes are
Open the cap with the washer symbol on it. This allows for fluid expansion if first applied, clearing up following several
Add washer fluid until the tank is full. See freezing occurs, which could damage applications. This does not mean something
Engine Compartment Overview 0 324 for the tank if it is completely full. is wrong with the brakes.
reservoir location.
Properly torqued wheel nuts are necessary
Caution Brakes to help prevent brake pulsation. When tires
are rotated, inspect brake linings for wear
. Do not use washer fluid that contains Disc brake linings have built-in wear
and evenly tighten wheel nuts in the proper
any type of water repellent coating. indicators that make a high-pitched warning
sequence to torque specifications. See
This can cause the wiper blades to sound when the brake linings are worn and
Capacities and Specifications 0 424.
chatter or skip. new linings are needed. The sound can come
(Continued) and go or can be heard all the time when Brake pads should be replaced as complete
the vehicle is moving, except when applying axle sets.
the brake pedal firmly.
Vehicle Care 341

Brake Pedal Travel Brake pads should always be replaced as How to Disable the Brake Pad Life
complete axle sets. System
See your dealer if the brake pedal does not
return to normal height, or if there is a How to Reset the Brake Pad Life System The brake pad life system can be turned off.
rapid increase in pedal travel. This could be This may be necessary if aftermarket brake
a sign that brake service may be required. The system will automatically detect when
pads without wear sensors are installed.
significantly worn brake pads are replaced.
When the system is turned off, the front
Replacing Brake System Parts When the ignition is turned on after new
and rear brake pad life percentages will not
pads and wear sensors are installed, a
Always replace brake system parts with display. However, the built-in wear
message will display. Follow the prompts to
new, approved replacement parts. If this is indicators that make a high-pitched warning
reset the system.
not done, the brakes may not work sound when the brake pads are worn can
properly. The braking performance can The brake pad life system can also be still determine when the pads should be
change in many ways if the wrong brake manually reset: replaced. See Brakes 0 340.
parts are installed or if parts are improperly 1. Display Brake Pad Life on the DIC. See To turn off the brake pad life system:
installed. Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base
1. Display Brake Pad Life on the DIC. See
Level) 0 124 or
Brake Pad Life System Driver Information Center (DIC) (Midlevel
Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base
Level) 0 124 or
When to Change Brake Pads and Uplevel) 0 125.
Driver Information Center (DIC) (Midlevel
2. Press the thumbwheel or the trip and Uplevel) 0 125.
This vehicle has a system that estimates the odometer reset stem if the vehicle does
remaining life of the front and rear brake 2. Select DISABLE.
not have DIC buttons. Select front or rear
pads. Brake pad life is displayed in the pads as appropriate. To turn the brake pad life system back on,
Driver Information Center (DIC), along with follow the above steps but select ENABLE in
a percentage for each axle. The system must 3. Select YES on the confirmation message,
or press the trip odometer reset stem on Step 2.
be reset every time the brake pads are
changed. a base level DIC. Repeat for pads on the
other axle if they were also replaced.
When the system has determined that the
brake pads need to be replaced, a message
will display, which may include mileage
remaining.
342 Vehicle Care

Brake Fluid Always clean the brake fluid reservoir cap What to Add
and the area around the cap before Use only GM approved DOT 4 brake fluid
removing it. from a clean, sealed container. See
Do not top off the brake fluid. Adding fluid Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 418.
does not correct a leak. If fluid is added
when the linings are worn, there will be too { Warning
much fluid when new brake linings are
The wrong or contaminated brake fluid
installed. Add or remove fluid, as necessary,
The brake master cylinder reservoir is filled only when work is done on the brake could result in damage to the brake
with GM approved DOT 4 brake fluid as hydraulic system. system. This could result in the loss of
indicated on the reservoir cap. See Engine braking leading to a possible injury.
Compartment Overview 0 324 for the { Warning Always use the proper GM approved
location of the reservoir. brake fluid.
If too much brake fluid is added, it can
Checking Brake Fluid spill on the engine and burn, if the
With the vehicle in P (Park) on a level engine is hot enough. You or others could Caution
surface, the brake fluid level should be be burned, and the vehicle could be If brake fluid is spilled on the vehicle's
between the minimum and maximum marks damaged. Add brake fluid only when painted surfaces, the paint finish can be
on the brake fluid reservoir. work is done on the brake hydraulic damaged. Immediately wash off any
There are only two reasons why the brake system. painted surface.
fluid level in the reservoir may go down:
When the brake fluid falls to a low level,
. Normal brake lining wear. When new
the brake warning light comes on. See Brake
Battery - North America
linings are installed, the fluid level goes System Warning Light 0 117. The original equipment battery is
back up.
Brake fluid absorbs water over time which maintenance free. Do not remove the cap
. A fluid leak in the brake hydraulic system. and do not add fluid.
Have the brake hydraulic system fixed. degrades the effectiveness of the brake fluid.
With a leak, the brakes will not Replace brake fluid at the specified intervals Refer to the replacement number shown on
work well. to prevent increased stopping distance. See the original battery label when a new
Maintenance Schedule 0 409. battery is needed. See Engine Compartment
Overview 0 324 for battery location.
Vehicle Care 343

Stop/Start System Negative Battery Cable Disconnection
Warning (Continued)
Vehicles equipped with a 2.7L L3B, 3.0L LM2,
5.3L L84 or 6.2L L87 are equipped with a For more information go to { Warning
Stop/Start system to shut off the engine to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/ Before disconnecting the negative battery
help conserve fuel. See Stop/Start System passenger-vehicle. cable, turn off all features, turn the
0 233. ignition off, and remove the key,
See California Proposition 65 Warning 0 321
Vehicles with the Stop/Start system have an and the back cover. if equipped, from the vehicle. If this is
Absorbed Glass Mat (AGM) 12-volt battery. not done, you or others could be injured,
Installation of a standard 12-volt battery will Vehicle Storage and the vehicle could be damaged.
result in reduced 12-volt battery life. When
using a 12-volt battery charger on the 12-volt { Warning Caution
AGM battery, some chargers have an AGM
Batteries have acid that can burn you and
battery setting on the charger. If available, If the battery is disconnected with the
use the AGM setting on the charger to limit gas that can explode. You can be badly
hurt if you are not careful. See Jump ignition on or the vehicle in Retained
charge voltage to 14.8 volts. Follow the Accessory Power (RAP), the OnStar
charger manufacturer’s instructions. Starting - North America 0 391 for tips on
working around a battery without back-up battery will be permanently
discharged and will need to be replaced.
{ Warning getting hurt.
WARNING: Battery posts, terminals, and Infrequent Usage: Remove the black, 1. Make sure the lamps, features, and
related accessories contain lead and lead negative (−) cable from the battery to keep accessories are turned off.
compounds, chemicals known to the the battery from running down. 2. Turn the ignition off and remove the
State of California to cause cancer and key, if equipped.
Extended Storage: Remove the black,
birth defects or other reproductive harm.
negative (−) cable from the battery or use a
Batteries also contain other chemicals battery trickle charger.
known to the State of California to cause
cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER HANDLING.
(Continued)
344 Vehicle Care

For vehicles equipped with the Stop/Start For vehicles not equipped with the Negative Battery Cable Reconnection
system: Stop/Start system:
Caution
When reconnecting the battery:
. Use the original nut from the vehicle
to secure the negative battery cable.
Do not use a different nut. If you
need a replacement nut, see your
dealer.
. Tighten the nut with a hand tool. Do
not use an impact wrench or power
tools to tighten the nut.
The vehicle could be damaged if these
guidelines are not followed.
1. Loosen and remove the negative battery 1. Loosen the negative battery cable nut (1).
cable nut (1) at the battery sensor 2. Remove the negative battery cable
connection. clamp (2) from the negative battery post. Caution
2. Remove the negative battery cable (2) 3. Cover the negative battery cable clamp, Do not use paints, lubricants, or corrosion
from the battery sensor stud. and negative battery post with a inhibitors on the nut that secures the
3. Cover the negative battery cable non-conductive material to prevent any negative battery cable to the vehicle. This
terminal, battery sensor stud, and contact with the negative battery cable. could damage the vehicle.
negative battery post with a
non-conductive material to prevent any For vehicles equipped with the Stop/Start
contact with the negative battery cable. system:
1. Install the negative battery cable to the
battery sensor stud.
2. Install the negative battery cable nut to
the battery sensor stud and tighten.
Vehicle Care 345

3. Turn the ignition on. 1. Fill Plug Do not directly power wash the transfer
For vehicles not equipped with the Stop/ 2. Drain Plug case and/or front/rear axle output seals.
Start system: High pressure water can overcome the seals
To get an accurate reading, the vehicle
and contaminate the fluid. Contaminated
1. Install the negative battery cable clamp should be on a level surface.
fluid will decrease the life of the transfer
to the negative battery post. If the level is below the bottom of the fill case and/or drive axles and should be
2. Tighten the negative battery cable nut. plug (1) hole, located on the transfer case, replaced.
3. Turn the ignition on. some lubricant will need to be added. Add
enough lubricant to raise the level to the Rear Axle
Four-Wheel Drive bottom of the fill plug (1) hole. Use care not When to Check Lubricant
to overtighten the plug.
Transfer Case It is not necessary to regularly check the
When to Change Lubricant rear axle fluid unless a leak is suspected or
When to Check Lubricant an unusual noise is heard. A fluid loss could
Refer to Maintenance Schedule 0 409 to
Refer to Maintenance Schedule 0 409 to determine how often to change the indicate a problem. Have it inspected and
determine when to check the lubricant. lubricant. repaired. This service can be complex. See
What to Use your dealer.
Refer to Recommended Fluids and Lubricants Do not directly power wash the transfer
0 418 to determine what kind of lubricant case and/or front/rear axle output seals.
to use. High pressure water can overcome the seals
Front Axle fluid will decrease the life of the transfer
case and/or drive axles and should be
When to Check Lubricant replaced.
It is not necessary to regularly check the
front axle fluid unless a leak is suspected or
an unusual noise is heard. A fluid loss could
indicate a problem. Have it inspected and
repaired. This service can be complex. See
your dealer.
346 Vehicle Care

Starter Switch Check Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Ignition Transmission Lock Check
Control Function Check If equipped with Key Access ignition, while
{ Warning parked, and with the parking brake set, try
When you are doing this inspection, the { Warning to turn the ignition off in each shift lever
vehicle could move suddenly. If the When you are doing this inspection, the position. The ignition should turn to off only
vehicle moves, you or others could be when the shift lever is in P (Park).
vehicle could move suddenly. If the
injured. vehicle moves, you or others could be The ignition key should come out only when
injured. the ignition is off. Contact your dealer if
1. Before starting this check, be sure there service is required.
is enough room around the vehicle. 1. Before starting this check, be sure there
2. Apply both the parking brake and the is enough room around the vehicle. Park Brake and P (Park)
regular brake. It should be parked on a level surface. Mechanism Check
Do not use the accelerator pedal, and be 2. Apply the parking brake. Be ready to
ready to turn off the engine immediately apply the regular brake immediately if { Warning
if it starts. the vehicle begins to move. When you are doing this check, the
3. Try to start the engine in each gear. The 3. With the engine off, turn the ignition on, vehicle could begin to move. You or
vehicle should start only in P (Park) or but do not start the engine. Without others could be injured and property
N (Neutral). If the vehicle starts in any applying the regular brake, try to move could be damaged. Make sure there is
other position, contact your dealer for the shift lever out of P (Park) with room in front of the vehicle in case it
service. normal effort. If the shift lever moves begins to roll. Be ready to apply the
out of P (Park), contact your dealer for regular brake at once should the vehicle
service.
begin to move.
Park on a fairly steep hill, with the vehicle

facing downhill. Keeping your foot on the
regular brake, set the parking brake.
Vehicle Care 347

. To check the parking brake's holding 3. With the latch open, pull the wiper blade
ability: With the engine running and the Caution (Continued) down toward the windshield far enough
transmission in N (Neutral), slowly remove covered by the vehicle warranty. Do not to release it from the J-hooked end of
foot pressure from the regular brake allow the wiper arm to touch the the wiper arm.
pedal. Do this until the vehicle is held by windshield. 4. Remove the wiper blade.
the parking brake only.
Front Wiper Blade Replacement 5. Reverse Steps 1–3 for wiper blade
. To check the P (Park) mechanism's holding
replacement.
ability: With the engine running, shift to To replace the wiper blade:
P (Park). Then release the parking brake Glass Replacement
followed by the regular brake. 1. Pull the wiper assembly away from the
windshield. If the windshield or front side glass must be
Contact your dealer if service is required. replaced, see your dealer to determine the
correct replacement glass.
Wiper Blade Replacement
Windshield wiper blades should be replaced Windshield Replacement
periodically. See Maintenance Schedule
0 409. HUD System
Replacement blades come in different types If equipped, the windshield is part of the
and are removed in different ways. For HUD system. If the windshield must be
proper type and length, see Maintenance replaced, get one that is designed for HUD
Replacement Parts 0 419. or the HUD image may look out of focus.
Driver Assistance Systems
Caution
If the windshield needs to be replaced and
Allowing the wiper arm to touch the
2. Lift up on the latch in the middle of the the vehicle is equipped with a front camera
windshield when no wiper blade is wiper blade where the wiper arm sensor for the Driver Assistance Systems, a
installed could damage the windshield. attaches. GM replacement windshield is
Any damage that occurs would not be recommended. The replacement windshield
(Continued) must be installed according to GM
specifications for proper alignment. If it is
348 Vehicle Care

not, these systems may not work properly,
they may display messages, or they may
Caution
not work at all. See your dealer for proper Do not apply tape or hang any objects
windshield replacement. from gas struts. Also do not push down
or pull on gas struts. This may cause
Gas Strut(s) damage to the vehicle.
This vehicle is equipped with gas strut(s) to
provide assistance in lifting and holding See Maintenance Schedule 0 409.
open the hood/trunk/liftgate system in full
open position.
{ Warning
If the gas struts that hold open the hood, Trunk
trunk, and/or liftgate fail, you or others
could be seriously injured. Take the
vehicle to your dealer for service
immediately. Visually inspect the gas
struts for signs of wear, cracks, or other
damage periodically. Check to make sure
the hood/trunk/liftgate is held open with
Hood
enough force. If struts are failing to hold
the hood/trunk/liftgate, do not operate.
Have the vehicle serviced.
Liftgate
Vehicle Care 349

Headlamp Aiming Halogen Bulbs Headlamps, Front Turn Signal,
Sidemarker, and Parking Lamps
Front Headlamp Aiming { Warning
Base Level Headlamp Assembly
Headlamp aim has been preset and should Halogen bulbs have pressurized gas inside
need no further adjustment. and can burst if you drop or scratch the
If the vehicle is damaged in a crash, the bulb. You or others could be injured. Be
headlamp aim may be affected. sure to read and follow the instructions
If adjustment to the headlamps is necessary, on the bulb package.
see your dealer.
LED Lighting
Bulb Replacement This vehicle has several LED lamps. For
For the proper type of replacement bulbs, replacement of any LED lighting assembly,
or any bulb changing procedure not listed in contact your dealer.
this section, contact your dealer.
Caution
Do not replace incandescent bulbs with 1. Sidemarker lamp
aftermarket LED replacement bulbs. This 2. Low-Beam Headlamp
can cause damage to the vehicle electrical 3. High-Beam Headlamp
system. 4. Turn Signal/Park Lamps
350 Vehicle Care

Midlevel Headlamp Assembly Midlevel and Uplevel Taillamps, Turn Signal, Stoplamps,
See your dealer for headlamp replacement. and Back-Up Lamps
Uplevel Base Level Taillamp Assembly
See your dealer for turn signal replacement.
Turn Signal Lamp Replacement
1. Open the hood.
2. Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise to
remove it from the headlamp assembly
and pull it straight out.
3. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight
out of the bulb socket.
4. Replace the bulb and reverse Steps 1–3
1. Turn Signal Lamps to reinstall.
Headlamp Replacement
Base Level 1. Stoplamp/Taillamp/Turn Signal Lamp
1. Open the hood. 2. Back-Up Lamp
2. Remove the headlamp bulb cover. 3. Side Marker Lamp
3. Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise to
remove it from the headlamp assembly.
4. Unplug the electrical connector from the
bulb by releasing the clip on the
connector.
5. Replace the bulb and reverse Steps 1–4
to reinstall.
Vehicle Care 351

Uplevel Taillamp Assembly
2. Remove the two rear lamp assembly 4. Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise.
1500 shown 2500/3500 similar screws. 5. Pull the bulb straight out from the
3. Pull the rear lamp assembly outward and socket.
1. Back-Up Lamp rearward away from the box side to 6. Replace the bulb and reverse Steps 1–5
remove it from the vehicle. to reinstall.
It is recommended to replace the grommets
when replacing a bulb. See your dealer.
To replace one of these bulbs:
1. Open the tailgate.
352 Vehicle Care

Center High-Mounted Stoplamp To replace one of these bulbs:
(CHMSL) and Cargo Lamp
This procedure is for the regular cab only.
For crew cab and double cab see your
dealer.
3. Replace the bulb and reverse Step 2 to

reinstall.
1. Remove the two screws and lift off the
lamp assembly.
2. Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise
Electrical System
and pull it straight out. Electrical System Overload
3. Pull the bulb straight out from the
1. Cargo Lamp Bulbs The vehicle has fuses to protect against an
socket.
2. Center High-Mounted Stoplamp electrical system overload. Fuses also protect
(CHMSL) Bulb License Plate Lamp power devices in the vehicle.
To replace the bulb: Replace a bad fuse with a new one of the
identical size and rating.
1. Reach behind the rear bumper and locate
the bulb. If there is a problem on the road and a fuse
needs to be replaced, there are some spare
2. Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise fuses and a fuse puller in the left
and pull the bulb straight out of the instrument panel fuse block. The
socket. same amperage fuse can also be borrowed.
Vehicle Care 353

Choose some feature of the vehicle that is Fuses and Circuit Breakers Warning (Continued)
not needed to use and replace it as soon as
possible. The wiring circuits in the vehicle are in a fire. You or others could be injured
protected from short circuits by a
Headlamp Wiring or killed, and the vehicle could be
combination of fuses and circuit breakers.
damaged.
An electrical overload may cause the lamps This greatly reduces the chance of damage
to go on and off, or in some cases to caused by electrical problems.
See Accessories and Modifications 0 322 and
remain off. Have the headlamp wiring General Information 0 321.
checked right away if the lamps go on and { Danger To check a fuse, look at the silver-colored
off or remain off. Fuses and circuit breakers are marked band inside the fuse. If the band is broken
Windshield Wipers with their ampere rating. Do not exceed or melted, replace the fuse. Be sure to
the specified amperage rating when replace a bad fuse with a new one of the
If the wiper motor overheats due to heavy replacing fuses and circuit breakers. Use identical size and rating.
snow or ice, the windshield wipers will stop of an oversized fuse or circuit breaker can
until the motor cools and will then restart. Fuses of the same amperage can be
result in a vehicle fire. You and others temporarily borrowed from another fuse
Although the circuit is protected from could be seriously injured or killed. location, if a fuse goes out. Replace the fuse
electrical overload, overload due to heavy as soon as possible.
snow or ice may cause wiper linkage
damage. Always clear ice and heavy snow Engine Compartment Fuse Block
from the windshield before using the
windshield wipers. If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the
If the overload is caused by an electrical
problem and not snow or ice, be sure to get The engine compartment fuse block is in the
it fixed. engine compartment, on the passenger side
{ Warning of the vehicle.
Installation or use of fuses that do not
meet GM’s original fuse specifications is
dangerous. The fuses could fail, and result
(Continued)
354 Vehicle Care
Lift the cover to access the fuse block.
Caution
Spilling liquid on any electrical
component on the vehicle may damage
it. Always keep the covers on any
electrical component.
A fuse puller is available in the left

instrument panel end cap.
The vehicle may not be equipped with all of
the fuses, relays, and features shown.
Fuses Usage Fuses Usage
1 High-beam left 3 Headlamp left
2 High-beam right 4 Headlamp right
Vehicle Care 355

Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Fuses Usage
6 – 27 Horn 48 –
7 – 28 – 49 Transmission control
8 Fog lamp 29 – module
9 – 30 – 50 A/C clutch
10 – 31 – 51 Transfer case control

module
11 Police upfitter 32 Rear window defogger
52 Front wiper
12 – 33 Heated mirror
53 Center high-mounted
13 Washer front 34 Parking lamp left stop lamp
14 Washer rear 37 – 54 Trailer reverse lamp
15 – 38 – 55 Trailer back-up lamp
16 – 39 – 56 SADS
17 IECL 1 40 Misc ignition 57 TTPM/SBZA
19 DC/AC inverter 41 Trailer parking lamp 58 Starter motor (LD &
20 IECR 2 (LD) / 42 Park lamp right HD DSL)
EBCM2 (HD) 44 – 60 Active fuel
21 – management 1
45 –
22 IECL 2 61 VES
46 Engine control module
24 EBCM 1 ignition 62 Integrated chassis
control module/CVS
25 – 47 Transmission control
module ignition 63 Trailer battery
26 –
356 Vehicle Care

Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Relays Usage
65 Auxiliary underhood 82 Trailer Interface 5 Headlamp
electrical center Module 2 18 DC/AC inverter
66 Cooling fan motor left 83 FTZM 23 Rear window defogger
67 Active fuel 84 Trailer brake 35 Parking lamp
management 2 85 ENG 36 Run/Crank
68 – 86 Engine control module 43 –
69 Starter Pinion (LD) / 87 Injector B even
Starter Motor (HD Gas) 59 A/C clutch
88 O2 B sensor 64 Starter Motor (LD &
71 Cooling fan
89 O2 A sensor HD DSL)
72 Cooling fan right/Lower
90 Injector A odd 70 Starter Pinion (LD) /
73 Trailer stop/turn Starter Motor (HD Gas)
lamp left 91 Engine control module
throttle control 77 Powertrain
74 Trailer Interface
Module 1 92 Cool fan clutch/
Aeroshutter
75 DEFC
76 Electric RNG BDS
78 Engine control module
79 Auxiliary battery
80 Cabin cooling pump
81 Trailer stop/turn lamp
right
Vehicle Care 357

Instrument Panel Fuse Block (Left) The vehicle may not be equipped with all of
Fuses Usage
F1 Rear heated seats left/right
F3 –
F4 –
F5 Spare/MFEG
F6 Heated and ventilated
seats left/right
F8 –
F9 Passive entry passive start/
The left instrument panel fuse block access Spare
door is on the driver side edge of the F10 –
instrument panel.
F11 –
The vehicle may not be equipped with all of
the fuses, relays, and features shown. F12 Passenger power seat
Pull off the cover to access the fuse block. F13 Export power take off/
A fuse puller is available in the left Special equipment option 1
instrument panel end cap. F14 –
F15 –
F16 AMP
F17 –
F18 –
358 Vehicle Care

Fuses Usage Instrument Panel Fuse Block
F20 Endgate (Right)
F22 Rear sliding window
F23 –
F24 –
F25 –
F26 –
F27 –
Circuit Usage
Breakers
CB1 –
The right instrument panel fuse block access
Relays Usage door is on the passenger side edge of the
instrument panel.
K1 Rear sliding window open
Pull off the cover to access the front of the
K2 Rear sliding window close fuse block.
K3 MFEG major 1
K4 MFEG minor 1
K5 MFEG minor 2
K6 MFEG major 2
K7 –
K8 –
Vehicle Care 359

To access the back of the fuse block: The vehicle may not be equipped with all of
Fuses Usage
F1 Right doors
F2 Left doors
F3 Universal garage door
opener
F4 –
F5 –
F6 Front blower
F8 Lumbar switch
1. Push the tab at the top of fuse
block down. F10 Body control module 6/
Body control module 7
2. Pull the top of the fuse block outward.
F11 Seat/Column lock module
3. Reverse Steps 1–2 to reinstall.
F12 Body control module 3/
Body control module 5
F14 Mirrors/Windows module
F17 Steering wheel controls
F18 Video processing module/
Back Obstacle detection
F19 DLIS
F20 Ventilated seats
F21 NOT R/C
360 Vehicle Care

Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Fuses Usage
F22 Heated steering wheel F41 Infotainment 1 F58 Infotainment 2
F23 MISC R/C F42 TCP
Circuit Usage
F24 Instrument panel cluster F43 – Breakers
ignition/Overhead F44 Active vibration 1 Accessory power outlet 2
F25 Heating, ventilation, and management
air conditioning ignition/ 2 Accessory power outlet 1/
F45 Body control module 2 Cigarette Lighter
Heating, ventilation, and
air conditioning auxiliary F46 Heating, ventilation, and 3 Accessory power outlet 3
air conditioning/Battery 1
F26 USB ports/Special 4 Accessory power outlet 4
equipment option retained F47 Instrument panel cluster/
accessory power Battery
Relays Usage
F27 Accessory power outlet/ F48 Transmission control
retained accessory power module K1 Run/Crank
F28 Accessory power outlet/ F49 Body control module 1 K2 Retained accessory power/
Battery Accessory 1
F50 –
F30 Sensing and diagnostic K4 Retained accessory power/
F51 Battery 1 Accessory 2
module/Parking brake
F52 Battery 2 K5 –
F31 Body control module 4
F53 –
F32 Special equipment option/
Data link connection F54 Sunroof
F33 Body control module 8 F55 Driver power seat
F34 Cargo lamp F56 DC DC TRANS 1
F40 CGM F57 DC DC TRANS 2
Vehicle Care 361

Wheels and Tires Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)
Tires maintain the recommended . Do not spin the tires in excess of
pressure. Tire pressure should be 56 km/h (35 mph) on slippery
Every new GM vehicle has high-quality checked when the tires are cold. surfaces such as snow, mud, ice,
tires made by a leading tire etc. Excessive spinning may cause
manufacturer. See the warranty manual . Overinflated tires are more likely
to be cut, punctured, or broken by the tires to explode.
for information regarding the tire
warranty and where to get service. For a sudden impact — such as when
hitting a pothole. Keep tires at the All-Season Tires
additional information refer to the tire
manufacturer. recommended pressure. This vehicle may come with all-season tires.
These tires are designed to provide good
. Worn or old tires can cause a overall performance on most road surfaces
{ Warning crash. If the tread is badly worn, and weather conditions. Original equipment
. Poorly maintained and improperly replace them. tires designed to GM's specific tire
used tires are dangerous. . Replace any tires that have been performance criteria have a TPC specification
. Overloading the tires can cause damaged by impacts with code molded onto the sidewall. Original
equipment all-season tires can be identified
overheating as a result of too potholes, curbs, etc.
by the last two characters of this TPC code,
much flexing. There could be a . Improperly repaired tires can cause which will be “MS.”
blowout and a serious crash. See a crash. Only the dealer or an
Vehicle Load Limits 0 222. Consider installing winter tires on the
authorized tire service center vehicle if frequent driving on snow or
. Underinflated tires pose the same should repair, replace, dismount, ice-covered roads is expected. All-season tires
danger as overloaded tires. The and mount the tires. provide adequate performance for most
resulting crash could cause serious (Continued) winter driving conditions, but they may not
injury. Check all tires frequently to offer the same level of traction or
(Continued) performance as winter tires on snow or
ice-covered roads. See Winter Tires 0 362.
362 Vehicle Care

Winter Tires All-Terrain Tires
This vehicle was not originally equipped This vehicle may have all-terrain or
with winter tires. Winter tires are designed mud-terrain tires. These tires provide good
for increased traction on snow and performance on most road surfaces, weather
ice-covered roads. Consider installing winter conditions, and for off-road driving. See
tires on the vehicle if frequent driving on ice Off-Road Driving 0 215.
or snow covered roads is expected. See your The tread pattern on these tires may wear
dealer for details regarding winter tire more unevenly than other tires. Consider
availability and proper tire selection. Also, rotating the tires more frequently than at
see Buying New Tires 0 376. 12 000 km (7,500 mi) intervals if irregular
With winter tires, there may be decreased wear is noted when the tires are inspected.
dry road traction, increased road noise, and See Tire Inspection 0 374. Passenger (P-Metric)/Spare Tire
shorter tread life. After changing to winter
tires, be alert for changes in vehicle Tire Sidewall Labeling (1) Tire Size : The tire size code is a
handling and braking. Useful information about a tire is combination of letters and numbers
If using winter tires: molded into the sidewall. The examples used to define a particular tire's width,
. Use tires of the same brand and tread show a typical passenger and light height, aspect ratio, construction type,
type on all four wheel positions. truck tire sidewall. and service description. See the “Tire
. Use only radial ply tires of the same size, Size” illustration later in this section.
load range, and speed rating as the (2) TPC Spec (Tire Performance Criteria
original equipment tires.
Specification) : Original equipment tires
Winter tires with the same speed rating as designed to GM's specific tire
the original equipment tires may not be performance criteria have a TPC
available for H, V, W, Y, and ZR speed rated specification code molded onto the
tires. If winter tires with a lower speed
rating are chosen, never exceed the tire's
sidewall. GM's TPC specifications meet
maximum speed capability. or exceed all federal safety guidelines.
Vehicle Care 363

(3) DOT (Department of (5) Tire Ply Material : The type of cord
Transportation) : The Department of and number of plies in the sidewall and
Transportation (DOT) code indicates that under the tread.
the tire is in compliance with the U.S. (6) Uniform Tire Quality Grading
Department of Transportation Motor (UTQG) : Tire manufacturers are
Vehicle Safety Standards. required to grade tires based on three
DOT Tire Date of Manufacture : The last performance factors: treadwear,
four digits of the TIN indicate the tire traction, and temperature resistance.
manufactured date. The first two digits For more information, see Uniform Tire
represent the week (01-52) and the last Quality Grading 0 377.
two digits, the year. For example, the (7) Maximum Cold Inflation Load
third week of the year 2020 would have Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire
Limit : Maximum load that can be
a 4-digit DOT date of 0320. Week 01 is carried and the maximum pressure (1) Tire Size : The tire size code is a
the first full week (Sunday through needed to support that load. For combination of letters and numbers
Saturday) of each year. information on recommended tire used to define a particular tire's width,
(4) Tire Identification Number (TIN) : pressure see Tire Pressure 0 367 and height, aspect ratio, construction type,
The letters and numbers following the Vehicle Load Limits 0 222. and service description. See the “Tire
DOT code are the Tire Identification (8) Temporary Use Only : Only use a Size” illustration later in this section for
Number (TIN). The TIN shows the temporary spare tire until the road tire more detail.
manufacturer and plant code, tire size, is repaired and replaced. This spare tire (2) TPC Spec (Tire Performance Criteria
and date the tire was manufactured. should not be driven on over 112 km/h Specification) : Original equipment tires
The TIN is molded onto both sides of (70 mph), or 88 km/h (55 mph) when designed to GM's specific tire
the tire, although only one side may pulling a trailer, with the proper performance criteria have a TPC
have the date of manufacture. inflation pressure. See Full-Size Spare specification code molded onto the
Tire 0 391. sidewall. GM's TPC specifications meet
or exceed all federal safety guidelines.
364 Vehicle Care

(3) Dual Tire Maximum Load : Number (TIN). The TIN shows the
Maximum load that can be carried and manufacturer and plant code, tire size,
the maximum pressure needed to and date the tire was manufactured.
support that load when used in a dual The TIN is molded onto both sides of
configuration. For information on the tire, although only one side may
recommended tire pressure see Tire have the date of manufacture.
Pressure 0 367 and Passenger (P-Metric) Tire
(6) Tire Ply Material : The type of cord
Vehicle Load Limits 0 222. and number of plies in the sidewall and (1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : The
(4) DOT (Department of under the tread. United States version of a metric tire
Transportation) : The Department of (7) Single Tire Maximum Load : sizing system. The letter P as the first
Transportation (DOT) code indicates that Maximum load that can be carried and character in the tire size means a
the tire is in compliance with the U.S. the maximum pressure needed to passenger vehicle tire engineered to
Department of Transportation Motor support that load when used as a standards set by the U.S. Tire and Rim
Vehicle Safety Standards. single. For information on Association.
DOT Tire Date of Manufacture : The last recommended tire pressure see Tire (2) Tire Width : The 3-digit number
four digits of the TIN indicate the tire Pressure 0 367 and indicates the tire section width in
manufactured date. The first two digits Vehicle Load Limits 0 222. millimeters from sidewall to sidewall.
represent the week (01-52) and the last (3) Aspect Ratio : A 2-digit number that
two digits, the year. For example, the Tire Designations
indicates the tire height-to-width
third week of the year 2020 would have Tire Size measurements. For example, if the tire
a 4-digit DOT date of 0320. Week 01 is size aspect ratio is 75, as shown in
the first full week (Sunday through The examples show a typical passenger
vehicle and light truck tire size. item (3) of the tire illustration, it would
Saturday) of each year. mean that the tire's sidewall is
(5) Tire Identification Number (TIN) : 75 percent as high as it is wide.
The letters and numbers following the
DOT code are the Tire Identification
Vehicle Care 365

(4) Construction Code : A letter code is light truck tire engineered to standards (7) Service Description : The service
used to indicate the type of ply set by the U.S. Tire and Rim description indicates the load index and
construction in the tire. The letter R Association. speed rating of a tire. If two numbers
means radial ply construction; the (2) Tire Width : The 3-digit number are given as in the example, 120/116,
letter D means diagonal or bias ply indicates the tire section width in then this represents the load index for
construction. millimeters from sidewall to sidewall. single versus dual wheel usage (single/
(5) Rim Diameter : Diameter of the dual). The speed rating is the maximum
(3) Aspect Ratio : A 2-digit number that speed a tire is certified to carry a load.
wheel in inches. indicates the tire height-to-width
(6) Service Description : These measurements. For example, if the tire Tire Terminology and Definitions
characters represent the load index and size aspect ratio is 75, as shown in item Air Pressure : The amount of air inside
speed rating of the tire. The load index 3 of the light truck (LT-Metric) tire the tire pressing outward on each
represents the load carrying capacity a illustration, it would mean that the square inch of the tire. Air pressure is
tire is certified to carry. The speed tire's sidewall is 75 percent as high as it expressed in kPa (kilopascal) or psi
rating is the maximum speed a tire is is wide. (pounds per square inch).
certified to carry a load. (4) Construction Code : A letter code is Accessory Weight : The combined
used to indicate the type of ply weight of optional accessories. Some
construction in the tire. The letter R examples of optional accessories are
means radial ply construction; the automatic transmission, power
letter D means diagonal or bias ply windows, power seats, and air
construction. conditioning.
Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire (5) Rim Diameter : Diameter of the Aspect Ratio : The relationship of a
wheel in inches. tire's height to its width.
(1) Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : The
(6) Load Range : Load Range.
United States version of a metric tire
sizing system. The letters LT as the first
two characters in the tire size mean a
366 Vehicle Care

Belt : A rubber coated layer of cords Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. The Load Index : An assigned number
between the plies and the tread. Cords DOT code includes the Tire Identification ranging from 1 to 279 that corresponds
may be made from steel or other Number (TIN), an alphanumeric to the load carrying capacity of a tire.
reinforcing materials. designator which can also identify the Maximum Inflation Pressure : The
Bead : The tire bead contains steel tire manufacturer, production plant, maximum air pressure to which a cold
wires wrapped by steel cords that hold brand, and date of production. tire can be inflated. The maximum air
the tire onto the rim. GVWR : Gross Vehicle Weight Rating. pressure is molded onto the sidewall.
Bias Ply Tire : A pneumatic tire in which See Vehicle Load Limits 0 222. Maximum Load Rating : The load rating
the plies are laid at alternate angles GAWR FRT : Gross Axle Weight Rating for a tire at the maximum permissible
less than 90 degrees to the centerline for the front axle. See Vehicle Load inflation pressure for that tire.
of the tread. Limits 0 222. Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight : The
Cold Tire Pressure : The amount of air GAWR RR : Gross Axle Weight Rating sum of curb weight, accessory weight,
pressure in a tire, measured in kPa for the rear axle. See Vehicle Load vehicle capacity weight, and production
(kilopascal) or psi (pounds per square Limits 0 222. options weight.
inch) before a tire has built up heat Intended Outboard Sidewall : The side Normal Occupant Weight : The number
from driving. See Tire Pressure 0 367. of an asymmetrical tire that must of occupants a vehicle is designed to
Curb Weight : The weight of a motor always face outward when mounted on seat multiplied by 68 kg (150 lb). See
vehicle with standard and optional a vehicle. Vehicle Load Limits 0 222.
equipment including the maximum Kilopascal (kPa) : The metric unit for air Occupant Distribution : Designated
capacity of fuel, oil, and coolant, but pressure. seating positions.
without passengers and cargo.
Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : A tire used Outward Facing Sidewall : The side of
DOT Markings : A code molded into the on light duty trucks and some an asymmetrical tire that has a
sidewall of a tire signifying that the tire multipurpose passenger vehicles. particular side that faces outward when
is in compliance with the U.S. mounted on a vehicle. The side of the
Department of Transportation (DOT) tire that contains a whitewall, bears
Vehicle Care 367

white lettering, or bears manufacturer, Traction : The friction between the tire Vehicle Maximum Load on the Tire :
brand, and/or model name molding and the road surface. The amount of Load on an individual tire due to curb
that is higher or deeper than the same grip provided. weight, accessory weight, occupant
moldings on the other sidewall of Tread : The portion of a tire that comes weight, and cargo weight.
the tire. into contact with the road. Vehicle Placard : A label permanently
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : A tire used Treadwear Indicators : Narrow bands, attached to a vehicle showing the
on passenger cars and some light duty sometimes called wear bars, that show vehicle capacity weight and the original
trucks and multipurpose vehicles. across the tread of a tire when only equipment tire size and recommended
Recommended Inflation Pressure : 1.6 mm (1/16 in) of tread remains. See inflation pressure. See “Tire and Loading
Vehicle manufacturer's recommended When It Is Time for New Tires 0 375. Information Label” under Vehicle Load
tire inflation pressure as shown on the Limits 0 222.
UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality Grading
tire placard. See Tire Pressure 0 367 and Standards) : A tire information system Tire Pressure
Vehicle Load Limits 0 222. that provides consumers with ratings Tires need the correct amount of air
Radial Ply Tire : A pneumatic tire in for a tire's traction, temperature, and pressure to operate effectively.
which the ply cords that extend to the treadwear. Ratings are determined by
beads are laid at 90 degrees to the tire manufacturers using government { Warning
centerline of the tread. testing procedures. The ratings are
Neither tire underinflation nor
Rim : A metal support for a tire and molded into the sidewall of the tire.
See Uniform Tire Quality Grading 0 377. overinflation is good. Underinflated
upon which the tire beads are seated. tires, or tires that do not have
Sidewall : The portion of a tire between Vehicle Capacity Weight : The number enough air, can result in:
the tread and the bead. of designated seating positions . Tire overloading and overheating,
multiplied by 68 kg (150 lb) plus the
Speed Rating : An alphanumeric code which could lead to a blowout.
rated cargo load. See Vehicle Load
assigned to a tire indicating the Limits 0 222. . Premature or irregular wear.
maximum speed at which a tire can . Poor handling.
operate. (Continued)
368 Vehicle Care

comfort. Never load the vehicle with is necessary. If the inflation pressure is
Warning (Continued)
more weight than it was designed to low, add air until the recommended
. Reduced fuel economy. carry. pressure is reached. If the inflation
Overinflated tires, or tires that have pressure is high, press on the metal
When to Check
too much air, can result in: stem in the center of the tire valve to
Check the pressure of the tires once a release air.
. Unusual wear.
month or more.
. Poor handling. Re-check the tire pressure with the tire
Do not forget the spare tire, if the gauge.
. Rough ride. vehicle has one. See Full-Size Spare Tire
Put the valve caps back on the valve
. Needless damage from road 0 391 for additional information.
stems to keep out dirt and moisture.
hazards. How to Check Use only valve caps designed for the
The Tire and Loading Information label Use a good quality pocket-type gauge vehicle by GM. TPMS sensors could be
on the vehicle indicates the original to check tire pressure. Proper tire damaged and would not be covered by
equipment tires and the correct cold inflation cannot be determined by the vehicle warranty.
tire inflation pressures. The looking at the tire. Check the tire Tire Pressure Monitor System
recommended pressure is the minimum inflation pressure when the tires are
cold, meaning the vehicle has not been The Tire Pressure Monitor System (TPMS)
air pressure needed to support the
uses radio and sensor technology to check
vehicle's maximum load carrying driven for at least three hours or no tire pressure levels. The TPMS sensors
capacity. more than 1.6 km (1 mi). monitor the air pressure in your tires and
For additional information regarding Remove the valve cap from the tire transmit tire pressure readings to a receiver
how much weight the vehicle can carry, valve stem. Press the tire gauge firmly located in the vehicle.
and an example of the Tire and Loading onto the valve to get a pressure Each tire, including the spare (if provided),
Information label, see Vehicle Load measurement. If the cold tire inflation should be checked monthly when cold and
Limits 0 222. How the vehicle is loaded pressure matches the recommended inflated to the inflation pressure
affects vehicle handling and ride pressure on the Tire and Loading recommended by the vehicle manufacturer
Information label, no further adjustment on the vehicle placard or tire inflation
Vehicle Care 369

pressure label. (If your vehicle has tires of a TPMS malfunction indicator is combined mounted onto each tire and wheel
different size than the size indicated on the with the low tire pressure telltale. When the assembly, excluding the spare tire and
vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure system detects a malfunction, the telltale wheel assembly. The TPMS sensors monitor
label, you should determine the proper tire will flash for approximately one minute and the air pressure in the tires and transmit the
inflation pressure for those tires.) then remain continuously illuminated. This tire pressure readings to a receiver located
As an added safety feature, your vehicle has sequence will continue upon subsequent in the vehicle.
been equipped with a tire pressure vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction
monitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a exists.
low tire pressure telltale when one or more When the malfunction indicator is
of your tires is significantly under-inflated. illuminated, the system may not be able to
Accordingly, when the low tire pressure detect or signal low tire pressure as
telltale illuminates, you should stop and intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur for
check your tires as soon as possible, and a variety of reasons, including the
installation of replacement or alternate tires When a low tire pressure condition is
inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving detected, the TPMS illuminates the low tire
on a significantly under-inflated tire causes or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the
TPMS from functioning properly. Always pressure warning light located on the
the tire to overheat and can lead to tire instrument cluster. If the warning light
failure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel check the TPMS malfunction telltale after
replacing one or more tires or wheels on comes on, stop as soon as possible and
efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect inflate the tires to the recommended
the vehicle's handling and stopping ability. your vehicle to ensure that the replacement
or alternate tires and wheels allow the pressure shown on the Tire and Loading
Please note that the TPMS is not a TPMS to continue to function properly. Information label. See Vehicle Load Limits
substitute for proper tire maintenance, and 0 222.
it is the driver's responsibility to maintain See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation 0 369.
A message to check the pressure in a
correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation See Radio Frequency Statement 0 436. specific tire displays in the Driver
has not reached the level to trigger Information Center (DIC). The low tire
illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure Tire Pressure Monitor Operation pressure warning light and the DIC warning
telltale. This vehicle may have a Tire Pressure message come on at each ignition cycle
Your vehicle has also been equipped with a Monitor System (TPMS). The TPMS is until the tires are inflated to the correct
TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when designed to warn the driver when a low tire inflation pressure. If the vehicle has DIC
the system is not operating properly. The pressure condition exists. TPMS sensors are buttons, tire pressure levels can be viewed.
370 Vehicle Care

For additional information and details about sensor matching process is performed
the DIC operation and displays, see Driver
Caution successfully. See "TPMS Sensor Matching
Information Center (DIC) (Base Level) 0 124 Tire sealant materials are not all the Process" later in this section.
or same. A non-approved tire sealant could . The TPMS sensor matching process was
Driver Information Center (DIC) (Midlevel and damage the TPMS sensors. TPMS sensor not done or not completed successfully
Uplevel) 0 125. damage caused by using an incorrect tire after rotating the tires. The malfunction
The low tire pressure warning light may sealant is not covered by the vehicle light and the DIC message should go off
come on in cool weather when the vehicle is warranty. Always use only the GM after successfully completing the sensor
first started, and then turn off as the vehicle approved tire sealant available through matching process. See "TPMS Sensor
is driven. This could be an early indicator your dealer or included in the vehicle. Matching Process" later in this section.
that the air pressure is getting low and . One or more TPMS sensors are missing or
needs to be inflated to the proper pressure. TPMS Malfunction Light and Message damaged. The malfunction light and the
A Tire and Loading Information label shows The TPMS will not function properly if one DIC message should go off when the
the size of the original equipment tires and or more of the TPMS sensors are missing or TPMS sensors are installed and the sensor
the correct inflation pressure for the tires inoperable. When the system detects a matching process is performed
when they are cold. See Vehicle Load Limits malfunction, the low tire pressure warning successfully. See your dealer for service.
0 222, for an example of the Tire and light flashes for about one minute and then . Replacement tires or wheels do not match
Loading Information label and its location. stays on for the remainder of the ignition the original equipment tires or wheels.
Also see Tire Pressure 0 367. cycle. A DIC warning message also displays. Tires and wheels other than those
The malfunction light and DIC warning recommended could prevent the TPMS
The TPMS can warn about a low tire from functioning properly. See Buying
message come on at each ignition cycle
pressure condition but it does not replace New Tires 0 376.
until the problem is corrected. Some of the
normal tire maintenance. See Tire Inspection
conditions that can cause these to come . Operating electronic devices or being near
0 374, Tire Rotation 0 374 and
on are: facilities using radio wave frequencies
Tires 0 361.
. One of the road tires has been replaced similar to the TPMS could cause the TPMS
with the spare tire. The spare tire does sensors to malfunction.
not have a TPMS sensor. The malfunction
light and the DIC message should go off
after the road tire is replaced and the
Vehicle Care 371

If the TPMS is not functioning properly, it . There is interference from an external
cannot detect or signal a low tire pressure { Warning device or transmitter.
condition. See your dealer for service if the Overinflating a tire could cause the tire . The air pressure from the inflation device
TPMS malfunction light and DIC message to rupture and you or others could be is not sufficient to inflate the tire.
come on and stay on. injured. Do not exceed the maximum . There is a malfunction in the TPMS.
Tire Fill Alert (If Equipped) pressure listed on the tire sidewall. See . There is a malfunction in the horn or turn
Tire Sidewall Labeling 0 362 and signal lamps.
This feature provides visual and audible Vehicle Load Limits 0 222. . The identification code of the TPMS
alerts outside the vehicle to help when
inflating an underinflated tire to the sensor is not registered to the system.
If the tire is overinflated by more than
recommended cold tire pressure. . The battery of the TPMS sensor is low.
35 kPa (5 psi), the horn will sound multiple
When the low tire pressure warning light times and the turn signal lamp will continue If the tire fill alert does not operate due to
comes on: to flash for several seconds after filling TPMS interference, move the vehicle about
stops. To release and correct the pressure, 1 m (3 ft) back or forward and try again.
1. Park the vehicle in a safe, level place.
while the turn signal lamp is still flashing, If the tire fill alert feature is not working,
2. Set the parking brake firmly. briefly press the center of the valve stem. use a tire pressure gauge.
3. Place the vehicle in P (Park). When the recommended pressure is reached,
the horn sounds once. TPMS Sensor Matching Process
4. Add air to the tire that is underinflated.
The turn signal lamp will flash. If the turn signal lamp does not flash within Each TPMS sensor has a unique
15 seconds after starting to inflate the tire, identification code. The identification code
When the recommended pressure is
the tire fill alert has not been activated or is needs to be matched to a new tire/wheel
reached, the horn sounds once and the
not working. position after rotating the vehicle’s tires or
turn signal lamp will stop flashing and
replacing one or more of the TPMS sensors.
briefly turn solid. If the hazard warning flashers are on, the Also, the TPMS sensor matching process
Repeat these steps for all underinflated tires tire fill alert visual feedback will not work should be performed after replacing a spare
that have illuminated the low tire pressure properly. tire with a road tire containing the TPMS
warning light. The TPMS will not activate the tire fill alert sensor. The malfunction light and the DIC
properly under the following conditions: message should go off at the next ignition
cycle. The sensors are matched to the tire/
wheel positions, using a TPMS relearn tool,
372 Vehicle Care

in the following order: driver side front tire, 4. If the vehicle has an uplevel DIC, use the 8. Proceed to the passenger side front tire,
passenger side front tire, passenger side rear DIC controls on the right side of the and repeat the procedure in Step 7.
tire, and driver side rear. See your dealer for steering wheel to scroll to the Tire 9. Proceed to the passenger side rear tire,
service or to purchase a relearn tool. Pressure screen under the DIC info page. and repeat the procedure in Step 7.
A TPMS relearn tool can also be purchased. If the vehicle has a base level DIC, use
See Tire Pressure Monitor Sensor Activation 10. Proceed to the driver side rear tire, and
the trip odometer reset stem to scroll to repeat the procedure in Step 7. The horn
Tool at www.gmtoolsandequipment.com or the Tire Pressure screen.
call 1-800-GM TOOLS (1-800-468-6657). sounds two times to indicate the sensor
5. If the vehicle has an uplevel DIC, press identification code has been matched to
There are two minutes to match the first and hold the thumbwheel located in the the driver side rear tire, and the TPMS
tire/wheel position, and five minutes overall center of the DIC controls on the right sensor matching process is no longer
to match all four tire/wheel positions. If it side of the steering wheel. active. The TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE
takes longer, the matching process stops If the vehicle has a base level DIC, press message on the DIC display screen
and must be restarted. and hold the trip odometer reset stem goes off.
The TPMS sensor matching process is: for about five seconds. A message asking 11. Turn the vehicle off.
1. Set the parking brake. if the process should begin should 12. Set all four tires to the recommended air
appear. Select yes and press the trip pressure level as indicated on the Tire
2. Turn the ignition on without starting the odometer reset stem to confirm the
vehicle. and Loading Information label.
selection.
3. Uplevel DIC Only: Make sure the Tire The horn sounds twice to signal the Trailer Tire Pressure Monitoring
Pressure info page option is turned on. receiver is in relearn mode and the TIRE Operation
The info pages on the DIC can be turned LEARNING ACTIVE message displays on
on and off through the Options menu. If equipped, the Trailer Tire Pressure
the DIC screen. Monitoring System (TTPMS) is designed to
See Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base
Level) 0 124 or 6. Start with the driver side front tire. monitor the pressure of the trailer tires and
Driver Information Center (DIC) (Midlevel 7. Place the relearn tool against the tire warn the driver when a low pressure
and Uplevel) 0 125. sidewall, near the valve stem. Then press condition exists. TTPMS sensors for four tires
the button to activate the TPMS sensor. are provided. The system can accommodate
A horn chirp confirms that the sensor a trailer with up to six tires if additional
identification code has been matched to
this tire and wheel position.
Vehicle Care 373

sensors are purchased from the dealer. Also, The Trailering App can be used to view the trailer tire. Common causes for high trailer
the system can be paired with up to five tire pressures after the recommended trailer tire temperature are underinflation,
individual trailers. tire pressures have been entered. Refer to overloading, or tire damage.
Prior to use, the vehicle must learn the the trailer tire placard on the trailer or the
trailer tire sidewall for the recommended TTPMS Malfunction Message
sensors by following the learning process.
See Trailering App 0 306. tire pressure. The TTPMS will not function properly if one
The system is compatible with trailer tires or more of the trailer tire sensors are
that have placard pressure values from 103 - missing or inoperable. If the system detects
689 kpa (15 - 100 psi). The hole in the wheel a malfunction, a DIC message indicates that
for the tire stem must be 11.43 mm the system requires service. Some of the
(0.453 in) in diameter. Use of the pressure conditions that can cause the service
sensors on a wheel with a different stem message to occur are:
hole size could result in loss of air from . One of the trailer tires has been replaced
the tire. with the spare tire which does not have a
learned TTPMS sensor. The DIC message
If a low trailer tire pressure condition is
should turn off after the pressure sensor
detected, the TTPMS displays a warning
is installed in the tire, and the learning
message on the DIC. If the warning message
process is performed successfully. See
is displayed, stop as soon as possible and
"TTPMS Sensor Learning Process" under
inflate the tires to the recommended
Contact your trailer service center or tire Trailering App 0 306.
pressure shown on the tire placard on the
service center to have the pressure sensors trailer. . The TTPMS sensor learning process was
installed inside the trailer tires. The not done or not completed successfully.
technician should insert the sensor stem In addition, the TTPMS monitors the The DIC message should go off after
through the hole in the trailer wheel. When temperature of the trailer tires. If the successfully completing the sensor
the sensor is correctly positioned, the nut on system detects a high temperature on one learning process. See "TTPMS Sensor
the sensor stem should be tightened to or more of the trailer tires, a warning Learning Process" under Trailering App
8 Y (6 lb ft). When mounting the trailer message will be displayed on the DIC. If this 0 306.
tire onto the trailer wheel be careful not to warning message is displayed, stop as soon . One or more TTPMS sensors are missing
damage the sensor. as possible, and inspect the overheated
or damaged. The DIC message should go
off when the TTPMS sensors are installed
374 Vehicle Care

and the sensor learning process is Replace the tire if: unusual wear continues after the
performed successfully. See "TTPMS . The indicators at three or more rotation, check the wheel alignment.
Sensor Learning Process" under Trailering See When It Is Time for New Tires 0 375
App 0 306.
places around the tire can be seen.
. There is cord or fabric showing and
. Operating electronic devices or being near Wheel Replacement 0 379.
facilities using radio wave frequencies through the tire's rubber.
similar to the TTPMS could cause . The tread or sidewall is cracked, cut,
interference to the TTPMS which could or snagged deep enough to show
cause loss of signal reception from the cord or fabric.
sensor.
. The tire has a bump, bulge, or split.
. If the system does not receive the signal
from an individual sensor, an error . The tire has a puncture, cut, or other
message may not occur until the vehicle damage that cannot be repaired well
has been driver for a period of time. because of the size or location of the
If the TTPMS is not functioning properly, it damage.
cannot detect or signal a low tire condition.
See your dealer for service if the DIC
Tire Rotation
message comes on and stays on when the Tires should be rotated every 12 000 km
trailer tire pressures have been checked and (7,500 mi). See Maintenance Schedule Use this rotation pattern when rotating
determined to be correct. 0 409. the tires.
Tire Inspection Tires are rotated to achieve a more Do not include the spare tire in the tire
uniform wear for all tires. The first rotation.
We recommend that the tires, including
the spare tire, if the vehicle has one, be rotation is the most important. Adjust the front and rear tires to the
inspected for signs of wear or damage Anytime unusual wear is noticed, rotate recommended inflation pressure on the
at least once a month. the tires as soon as possible, check for Tire and Loading Information label after
proper tire inflation pressure, and check
for damaged tires or wheels. If the
Vehicle Care 375

the tires have been rotated. See Tire Lightly coat the inner diameter of the
Pressure 0 367 and wheel hub opening with wheel bearing
Vehicle Load Limits 0 222. grease after a wheel change or tire
Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor System. rotation to prevent corrosion or rust
See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation build-up.
0 369.
{ Warning
Check that all wheel nuts are properly Do not apply grease to the wheel
tightened. See “Wheel Nut Torque” mounting surface, wheel conical
under Capacities and Specifications seats, or the wheel nuts or bolts.
0 424. Grease applied to these areas could
cause a wheel to become loose or
{ Warning come off, resulting in a crash.
Treadwear indicators are one way to tell
when it is time for new tires. Treadwear
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the indicators appear when the tires have only
parts to which it is fastened, can When It Is Time for New Tires 1.6 mm (1/16 in) or less of tread remaining.
cause wheel nuts to become loose See Tire Inspection 0 374 and
Factors, such as maintenance, temperatures,
over time. The wheel could come off Tire Rotation 0 374 for additional
driving speeds, vehicle loading, and road information.
and cause a crash. When changing a conditions affect the wear rate of the tires.
wheel, remove any rust or dirt from The rubber in tires ages over time. This also
places where the wheel attaches to applies to the spare tire, if the vehicle has
the vehicle. In an emergency, a cloth one, even if it is never used. Multiple factors
or paper towel can be used; however, including temperatures, loading conditions,
use a scraper or wire brush later to and inflation pressure maintenance affect
remove all rust or dirt. how fast aging takes place. GM recommends
that tires, including the spare if equipped,
be replaced after six years, regardless of
tread wear. To identify the age of a tire, use
the tire manufacture date, which is the last
376 Vehicle Care

four digits of the DOT Tire Identification Buying New Tires GM recommends replacing worn tires in
Number (TIN) molded into one side of the complete sets of four. Uniform tread
tire sidewall. The last four digits of the TIN GM has developed and matched specific depth on all tires will help to maintain
indicate the tire manufactured date. The tires for the vehicle. The original the performance of the vehicle. Braking
first two digits represent the week and the equipment tires installed were designed and handling performance may be
last two digits, the year. For example, the to meet General Motors Tire
third week of the year 2020 would have a adversely affected if all the tires are not
Performance Criteria Specification (TPC replaced at the same time. If proper
4-digit DOT date of 0320. Week 01 is the Spec) system rating. When replacement
first full week (Sunday through Saturday) of rotation and maintenance have been
tires are needed, GM strongly done, all four tires should wear out at
each year.
recommends buying tires with the same about the same time. However, if it is
Vehicle Storage TPC Spec rating. necessary to replace only one axle set
Tires age when stored normally mounted on GM's exclusive TPC Spec system of worn tires, place the new tires on
a parked vehicle. Park a vehicle that will be considers over a dozen critical the rear axle. See Tire Rotation 0 374.
stored for at least a month in a cool, dry, specifications that impact the overall
clean area away from direct sunlight to slow
aging. This area should be free of grease,
performance of the vehicle, including { Warning
gasoline, or other substances that can brake system performance, ride and Tires could explode during improper
deteriorate rubber. handling, traction control, and tire service. Attempting to mount or
pressure monitoring performance. GM's dismount a tire could cause injury or
Parking for an extended period can cause
TPC Spec number is molded onto the death. Only your dealer or authorized
flat spots on the tires that may result in
vibrations while driving. When storing a tire's sidewall near the tire size. If the tire service center should mount or
vehicle for at least a month, remove the tires have an all-season tread design, dismount the tires.
tires or raise the vehicle to reduce the the TPC Spec number will be followed
weight from the tires. by MS for mud and snow. See Tire
Sidewall Labeling 0 362 for additional
information.
Vehicle Care 377

If the vehicle tires must be replaced
{ Warning with a tire that does not have a TPC { Warning
Mixing tires of different sizes (other Spec number, make sure they are the If different sized wheels are used, there
than those originally installed on the same size, load range, speed rating, and may not be an acceptable level of
vehicle), brands, tread patterns, construction (radial) as the original performance and safety if tires not
or types may cause loss of vehicle tires. recommended for those wheels are
control, resulting in a crash or other selected. This increases the chance of a
The Tire and Loading Information label crash and serious injury. Only use GM
vehicle damage. Use the correct size,
indicates the original equipment tires specific wheel and tire systems developed
brand, and type of tire on all wheels.
on the vehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits for the vehicle, and have them properly
0 222. installed by a GM certified technician.
{ Warning Different Size Tires and Wheels See Buying New Tires 0 376 and
Using bias-ply tires on the vehicle Accessories and Modifications 0 322.
If wheels or tires are installed that are a
may cause the wheel rim flanges to different size than the original equipment
develop cracks after many miles of wheels and tires, vehicle performance,
Uniform Tire Quality Grading
driving. A tire and/or wheel could fail including its braking, ride and handling The following information relates to the
suddenly and cause a crash. Use only characteristics, stability, and resistance to system developed by the United States
radial-ply tires with the wheels on rollover may be affected. If the vehicle has National Highway Traffic Safety
the vehicle. electronic systems such as antilock brakes,
Administration (NHTSA), which grades
rollover airbags, traction control, electronic
stability control, or All-Wheel Drive, the tires by treadwear, traction, and
Winter tires with the same speed rating temperature performance. This applies
as the original equipment tires may not performance of these systems can also be
affected. only to vehicles sold in the United
be available for H, V, W, Y and ZR States. The grades are molded on the
speed rated tires. Never exceed the sidewalls of most passenger car tires.
winter tires’ maximum speed capability The Uniform Tire Quality Grading
when using winter tires with a lower (UTQG) system does not apply to deep
speed rating. tread, winter tires, compact spare tires,
378 Vehicle Care

tires with nominal rim diameters of times as well on the government course Temperature
10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm), or to some as a tire graded 100. The relative The temperature grades are A (the
limited-production tires. performance of tires depends upon the highest), B, and C, representing the
While the tires available on General actual conditions of their use, however, tire's resistance to the generation of
Motors passenger cars and light trucks and may depart significantly from the heat and its ability to dissipate heat
may vary with respect to these grades, norm due to variations in driving habits, when tested under controlled conditions
they must also conform to federal service practices and differences in road on a specified indoor laboratory test
safety requirements and additional characteristics and climate. wheel. Sustained high temperature can
General Motors Tire Performance Traction cause the material of the tire to
Criteria (TPC) standards. degenerate and reduce tire life, and
The traction grades, from highest to
Quality grades can be found where excessive temperature can lead to
lowest, are AA, A, B, and C. Those
applicable on the tire sidewall between sudden tire failure. The grade C
grades represent the tire's ability to
tread shoulder and maximum section corresponds to a level of performance
stop on wet pavement as measured
width. For example: which all passenger car tires must meet
under controlled conditions on specified
under the Federal Motor Safety
Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A government test surfaces of asphalt and
Standard No. 109. Grades B and A
concrete. A tire marked C may have
All Passenger Car Tires Must Conform to represent higher levels of performance
poor traction performance. Warning:
Federal Safety Requirements In Addition on the laboratory test wheel than the
The traction grade assigned to this tire
To These Grades. minimum required by law. Warning:
is based on straight-ahead braking
The temperature grade for this tire is
Treadwear traction tests, and does not include
established for a tire that is properly
The treadwear grade is a comparative acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning,
inflated and not overloaded. Excessive
rating based on the wear rate of the or peak traction characteristics.
speed, underinflation, or excessive
tire when tested under controlled loading, either separately or in
conditions on a specified government combination, can cause heat buildup
test course. For example, a tire graded and possible tire failure.
150 would wear one and one-half (1½)
Vehicle Care 379

Wheel Alignment and Tire Your dealer will know the kind of wheel that Used Replacement Wheels
is needed.
Balance
Each new wheel should have the same { Warning
The tires and wheels were aligned and load-carrying capacity, diameter, width, Replacing a wheel with a used one is
balanced at the factory to provide the offset, and be mounted the same way as
longest tire life and best overall dangerous. How it has been used or how
the one it replaces. far it has been driven may be unknown.
performance. Adjustments to wheel
alignment and tire balancing are not Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel nuts, It could fail suddenly and cause a crash.
necessary on a regular basis. Consider an or Tire Pressure Monitor System (TPMS) When replacing wheels, use a new GM
alignment check if there is unusual tire wear sensors with new GM original equipment original equipment wheel.
or the vehicle is significantly pulling to one parts.
side or the other. Some slight pull to the Tire Chains
left or right, depending on the crown of the { Warning
road and/or other road surface variations
such as troughs or ruts, is normal. If the
Using the wrong replacement wheels, { Warning
wheel bolts, or wheel nuts can be If the vehicle has 275/50R22, 275/60R20,
vehicle is vibrating when driving on a dangerous. It could affect the braking and
smooth road, the tires and wheels may LT265/60R20, LT265/70R17, or LT275/65R18
handling of the vehicle. Tires can lose air, size tires, do not use tire chains. There is
need to be rebalanced. See your dealer for
and cause loss of control, causing a crash. not enough clearance. Tire chains used on
proper diagnosis.
Always use the correct wheel, wheel a vehicle without the proper amount of
Wheel Replacement bolts, and wheel nuts for replacement. clearance can cause damage to the
Replace any wheel that is bent, cracked, brakes, suspension, or other vehicle parts.
or badly rusted or corroded. If wheel nuts Caution The area damaged by the tire chains
keep coming loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, could cause loss of control and a crash.
The wrong wheel can also cause
and wheel nuts should be replaced. If the Use another type of traction device only
problems with bearing life, brake cooling,
wheel leaks air, replace it. Some aluminum if its manufacturer recommends it for the
wheels can be repaired. See your dealer if speedometer or odometer calibration,
headlamp aim, bumper height, vehicle vehicle's tire size combination and road
any of these conditions exist. conditions. Follow that manufacturer's
ground clearance, and tire or tire chain
clearance to the body and chassis. (Continued)
380 Vehicle Care

Warning (Continued) If a Tire Goes Flat Warning (Continued)
instructions. To avoid vehicle damage, It is unusual for a tire to blowout while may cause a blowout and a serious crash.
driving, especially if the tires are maintained
drive slow and readjust or remove the Never attempt to re-inflate a tire that has
properly. If air goes out of a tire, it is much
traction device if it is contacting the been driven on while severely
more likely to leak out slowly. But if there
vehicle. Do not spin the wheels. ever is a blowout, here are a few tips about underinflated or flat. Have your dealer or
If traction devices are used, install them what to expect and what to do: an authorized tire service center repair or
on the rear tires. replace the flat tire as soon as possible.
If a front tire fails, the flat tire creates a
drag that pulls the vehicle toward that side.
Take your foot off the accelerator pedal and { Warning
Caution grip the steering wheel firmly. Steer to
If the vehicle is equipped with a tire size maintain lane position, and then gently Lifting a vehicle and getting under it to
other than 275/50R22, 275/60R20, brake to a stop, well off the road, do maintenance or repairs is dangerous
LT265/60R20, LT265/70R17, or LT275/65R18 if possible. without the appropriate safety equipment
use tire chains only where legal and only and training. If a jack is provided with
A rear blowout, particularly on a curve, acts
when necessary. Use chains that are the the vehicle, it is designed only for
much like a skid and may require the same
proper size for the tires. Install them on correction as used in a skid. Stop pressing changing a flat tire. If it is used for
the tires of the rear axle. Do not use the accelerator pedal and steer to straighten anything else, you or others could be
chains on the tires of the front axle. the vehicle. It may be very bumpy and badly injured or killed if the vehicle slips
Tighten them as tightly as possible with noisy. Gently brake to a stop, well off the off the jack. If a jack is provided with the
the ends securely fastened. Drive slowly road, if possible. vehicle, only use it for changing a
and follow the chain manufacturer's flat tire.
instructions. If the chains contact the { Warning If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire and
vehicle, stop and retighten them. If the Driving on a flat tire will cause
contact continues, slow down until it wheel damage by driving slowly to a level
permanent damage to the tire. place, well off the road, if possible. Turn on
stops. Driving too fast or spinning the Re-inflating a tire after it has been driven the hazard warning flashers. See Hazard
wheels with chains on will damage the on while severely underinflated or flat Warning Flashers 0 142.
vehicle. (Continued)
Vehicle Care 381
{ Warning Tire Changing

Changing a tire can be dangerous. The Removing the Spare Tire and Tools
vehicle can slip off the jack and roll over
or fall causing injury or death. Find a
level place to change the tire. To help
prevent the vehicle from moving:
1. Set the parking brake firmly.
2. Shift the vehicle to P (Park). 1. Wheel Block (If Equipped)
3. For vehicles with four-wheel drive 2. Flat Tire
with an N (Neutral) transfer case
The following information explains how to
position, be sure the transfer case is
use the jack and change a tire.
in a drive gear — not in N (Neutral).
4. Turn off the engine and do not
restart while the vehicle is raised.
1. Jack
5. Do not allow passengers to remain 2. Jack Knob
in the vehicle. 3. Tool Kit
6. Place wheel blocks, if equipped, on 4. Wing Nut Retaining Tool Kit
both sides of the tire at the opposite 5. Wheel Blocks
corner of the tire being changed. 6. Wing Nut Retaining Wheel Blocks
The equipment is under the second row
When the vehicle has a flat tire (2), use the
seats, if equipped, or behind the front row
following example as a guide to assist in the
seats on regular cab models.
placement of the wheel blocks (1),
if equipped. 1. Turn the knob on the jack
counterclockwise to lower the jack head
to release the jack from its holder.
382 Vehicle Care

2. Turn the wing nut counterclockwise to 7. Wheel Wrench
remove the wheel blocks and the wheel 8. Spare Tire Lock (If Equipped)
block retainer. 9. Hoist Shaft Access Hole
3. Turn the wing nut used to retain the 10. Hoist End of Extension Tool
storage bag and tools counterclockwise 1. Open the spare tire lock cover on the
to remove it. bumper and use the ignition key to
Use the jack handle extensions and the remove the spare tire lock (8). To remove
wheel wrench to remove the the spare tire lock, insert the ignition
underbody-mounted spare tire. key, turn, and pull straight out.
Spare Tire Cable (If Equipped)

3. If the vehicle is equipped with a spare
tire cable disconnect the cable from the
attachment on the frame by unclipping
it from the frame attachment bracket.
2. Assemble the wheel wrench (7) and the

two jack handle extensions (6), as shown.
1. Spare Tire (Valve Stem Pointed Down)

2. Tire/Wheel Retainer
3. Hoist Cable
4. Hoist Assembly
5. Hoist Shaft
6. Jack Handle Extensions
Vehicle Care 383

4. Insert the hoist end (open end) (10) of 9. If equipped with a spare tire cable
the extension through the hole (9) in the remove the cable from the spare tire by
rear bumper. passing the clip through the looped end
Do not use the chiseled end of the wheel of the cable.
wrench. Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the
Be sure the hoist end of the Spare Tire
extension (10) connects to the hoist
shaft. The ribbed square end of the Use the following pictures and instructions
extension is used to lower the spare tire. to remove the flat tire and raise the vehicle.
Tilt the retainer and pull it through the
5. Turn the wheel wrench counterclockwise
center of the wheel along with the cable
to lower the spare tire to the ground.
and spring.
Continue to turn the wheel wrench until
the spare tire can be pulled out from 8. Put the spare tire near the flat tire.
under the vehicle.
6. Pull the spare tire out from under the
vehicle.
1. Jack
2. Wheel Blocks
3. Jack Handle
7. Tilt the tire toward the vehicle with 5. Wheel Wrench
some slack in the cable to access the
tire/wheel retainer.
384 Vehicle Care

The tools you will be using include the
jack (1), the wheel blocks (2), the jack
handle (3), the jack handle extensions (4),
and the wheel wrench (5).
1. Do a safety check before proceeding. See
If a Tire Goes Flat 0 380.
If the wheel has a smooth center cap,

concealing access to the wheel nuts,
place the chisel end of the wheel wrench
in the slot on the wheel, and gently pry 3. Use the wheel wrench and turn it
it out. counterclockwise to loosen the wheel
If the wheel’s center cap does not nuts. Do not remove the wheel nuts yet.
conceal the wheel nuts, the center cap
may remain during wheel removal. If the
removed wheel is to be stowed in the
{ Warning
hoist, the cap needs to be detached from To avoid personal injury and vehicle
2. If the vehicle has wheel nut caps, loosen the wheel. Access the wheel from the damage, disable the power assist steps
them by turning the wheel wrench back side, and use a jack handle before using a jack or placing an object
counterclockwise. extension to push out the center cap. under the vehicle. See Power Assist Steps
If the vehicle has a center cap with 0 30.
wheel nut caps, the wheel nut caps are
designed to stay with the center cap
after they are loosened. Remove the
entire center cap.
Vehicle Care 385
{ Warning
Raising the vehicle with the jack
improperly positioned can damage the
vehicle and even make the vehicle fall. To
help avoid personal injury and vehicle
damage, be sure to fit the jack lift head
into the proper location before raising
the vehicle.
{ Warning
Front Position Rear Position
The jack has a feature to limit its travel
4. If the flat tire is on the front of the 5. If the flat tire is on the rear, position the to prevent overextension. When the
vehicle, position the jack under the jack under the rear axle about 5 cm height limit is reached, an increase in
bracket attached to the vehicle's frame, (2 in) inboard of the shock absorber resistance if felt when attempting to
behind the flat tire, as shown. bracket. raise the jack farther. Raising the jack
past the height limit can damage the jack
{ Warning pin and cause the jack to lock into an
Getting under a vehicle when it is lifted overextended position or not lower fully.
on a jack is dangerous. If the vehicle slips Do not attempt to force the jack higher
off the jack, you could be badly injured once the height limit is reached.
or killed. Never get under a vehicle when
it is supported only by a jack. 6. Turn the wheel wrench clockwise to raise
the vehicle. Raise the vehicle far enough
off the ground so there is enough room
for the spare tire to fit under the
wheel well.
386 Vehicle Care

11. Tighten each wheel nut by hand. Then
use the wheel wrench to tighten the
nuts until the wheel is held against
the hub.
12. Turn the wheel wrench counterclockwise
to lower the vehicle. Lower the jack
completely.
{ Warning
If wheel studs are damaged, they can
break. If all the studs on a wheel broke,
the wheel could come off and cause a
7. Remove all the wheel nuts and take off 8. Remove any rust or dirt from the wheel crash. If any stud is damaged because of
the flat tire. bolts, mounting surfaces, and spare a loose-running wheel, it could be that all
wheel. of the studs are damaged. To be sure,
{ Warning 9. Install the spare tire. replace all studs on the wheel. If the stud
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the holes in a wheel have become larger, the
parts to which it is fastened, can { Warning wheel could collapse in operation. Replace
cause wheel nuts to become loose Never use oil or grease on bolts or nuts any wheel if its stud holes have become
over time. The wheel could come off because the nuts might come loose. The larger or distorted in any way. Inspect
and cause a crash. When changing a vehicle's wheel could fall off, causing a hubs and hub‐piloted wheels for damage.
wheel, remove any rust or dirt from crash. Because of loose running wheels, piloting
places where the wheel attaches to pad damage may occur and require
10. Put the wheel nuts back on with the replacement of the entire hub, for proper
the vehicle. In an emergency, a cloth
rounded end of the nuts toward the centering of the wheels. When replacing
or paper towel can be used; however, wheel. studs, hubs, wheel nuts or wheels, be
use a scraper or wire brush later to sure to use GM original equipment parts.
remove all rust or dirt.
Vehicle Care 387

Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools
{ Warning
Wheel nuts that are improperly or { Warning
incorrectly tightened can cause the Storing a jack, a tire, or other equipment
wheels to become loose or come off. The in the passenger compartment of the
wheel nuts should be tightened with a vehicle could cause injury. In a sudden
torque wrench to the proper torque stop or collision, loose equipment could
specification after replacing. Follow the strike someone. Store all these in the
torque specification supplied by the proper place.
aftermarket manufacturer when using 13. Tighten the nuts firmly in a crisscross
accessory locking wheel nuts. See sequence, as shown, by turning the
wheel wrench clockwise.
Capacities and Specifications 0 424 for { Warning
original equipment wheel nut torque When reinstalling the regular wheel and tire,
specifications. also reinstall either the center cap, Failure to follow these tire storage
or bolt-on hub cap, depending on what the instructions carefully could result in
vehicle is equipped with. For center caps, personal injury or property damage if the
Caution place the cap on the wheel and tap it into hoist cable fails or if the tire comes loose.
Improperly tightened wheel nuts can lead place until it seats flush with the wheel. The Make sure the tire is stored securely
to brake pulsation and rotor damage. To cap only goes on one way. Be sure to line before driving.
avoid expensive brake repairs, evenly up the tab on the center cap with the
tighten the wheel nuts in the proper indentation on the wheel. For bolt-on hub
caps, align the plastic nut caps with the Caution
sequence and to the proper torque
wheel nuts and then tighten by hand. Then Storing an aluminum wheel with a flat
specification. See Capacities and
use the wheel wrench to tighten. tire under your vehicle for an extended
Specifications 0 424 for the wheel nut
torque specification. period of time or with the valve stem
pointing up can damage the wheel.
Always stow the wheel with the valve
stem pointing down and have the wheel/
tire repaired as soon as possible.
388 Vehicle Care

Caution
The tire hoist can be damaged if there is
no tension on the cable when using it. To
have the necessary tension, the spare or
road tire and wheel assembly must be
installed on the tire hoist to use it.
{ Warning
An improperly stored spare tire could
come loose and cause a crash. To avoid
personal injury or property damage, 11. Spare Tire Cable (If Equipped)
1. Spare Tire (Valve Stem Pointed Down)
always store the spare tire when the
2. Tire/Wheel Retainer
vehicle is parked on a level surface.
3. Hoist Cable
Store the tire under the rear of the vehicle 4. Hoist Assembly
in the spare tire carrier. 5. Hoist Shaft
7. Wheel Wrench
8. Spare Tire Lock (If Equipped)
9. Hoist Shaft Access Hole
10. Hoist End of Extension Tool
1. If equipped with a spare tire cable,

reinstall the cable to the spare wheel by
looping the cable around a wheel vent
window then pass the clip end of the
Vehicle Care 389

cable through the looped end. The excess
cable wire should be on the valve stem
Caution
side of the spare tire. Use of an air wrench or other power
2. Put the tire on the ground at the rear of tools with the hoist mechanism is not
the vehicle with the valve stem pointed recommended and could damage the
down, and to the rear. system. Use only the tools supplied with
the hoist mechanism.
3. Pull the cable and spring through the
center of the wheel. Tilt the wheel
retainer plate down and through the
center wheel.
Make sure the retainer is fully seated
across the underside of the wheel.
7. If equipped with a spare tire cable, orient
the cable by rotating the spare tire so
that the cable is by the frame
attachment location.
5. Insert the hoist end (10) through the 8. Raise the tire fully against the underside
hole (9) in the rear bumper and onto the of the vehicle by turning the wheel
hoist shaft. wrench clockwise until you hear two
clicks or feel it skip twice. You cannot
Do not use the chiseled end of the wheel overtighten the cable.
wrench.
4. Attach the wheel wrench (7) and 6. Raise the tire part way upward. Make
extensions (6) together, as shown. sure the retainer is seated in the wheel
opening.
390 Vehicle Care

If equipped with a spare tire cable,
reattach the clip to the frame
attachment bracket. Note that there may
be slack in the cable.
Repeat this tightness check procedure
when checking the spare tire pressure
according to the scheduled maintenance
information or any time the spare tire is
handled due to service of other
components.
9. Make sure the tire is stored securely. Incorrectly Stored

Push, pull, and then try to turn the tire. 10. Reinstall the spare tire lock, if the vehicle
If the tire moves, use the wheel wrench has one.
to tighten the cable.
Correctly Stored
Return the jack and tools to their original

location in the vehicle. See “Removing the
Spare Tire and Tools.”
Vehicle Care 391

Full-Size Spare Tire Caution (Continued) If the vehicle has a spare tire that does not
match the original road tires and wheels in
If this vehicle came with a full-size spare would not be covered by the warranty. size and type, do not include the spare in
tire, it was fully inflated when new, Never use four-wheel drive when a the tire rotation.
however, it can lose air over time. Check the different size spare tire is installed on the
inflation pressure regularly. See Tire Pressure
0 367 and
vehicle. Jump Starting
Vehicle Load Limits 0 222 for information The vehicle may have a different size spare
regarding proper tire inflation and loading Jump Starting - North America
tire than the road tires originally installed
the vehicle. For instructions on how to on the vehicle. This spare tire was developed For more information about the vehicle
remove, install, or store a spare tire, see Tire for use on this vehicle, so it is all right to battery, see Battery - North America 0 342.
Changing 0 381. drive on it. If the vehicle has four-wheel If the vehicle's battery (or batteries) has run
If equipped with a temporary use full-size drive and a different size spare tire is down, you may want to use another vehicle
spare tire, it is indicated on the tire sidewall. installed, drive only in two-wheel drive. and some jumper cables to start your
See Tire Sidewall Labeling 0 362. This spare After installing the spare tire on the vehicle, vehicle. Be sure to use the following steps
tire should not be driven on over 112 km/h stop as soon as possible and check that the to do it safely.
(70 mph), or 88 km/h (55 mph) when spare is correctly inflated. The spare tire is
pulling a trailer, at the proper inflation made to perform well at speeds up to { Warning
pressure. Repair and replace the road tire as 112 km/h (70 MPH) at the recommended
soon as it is convenient, and stow the spare WARNING: Battery posts, terminals, and
inflation pressure, so you can finish related accessories contain lead and lead
tire for future use. your trip. compounds, chemicals known to the
Caution Have the damaged or flat road tire repaired State of California to cause cancer and
or replaced and installed back onto the birth defects or other reproductive harm.
If the vehicle has four-wheel drive and a vehicle as soon as possible so the spare tire
different size spare tire is installed, do Batteries also contain other chemicals
will be available in case it is needed again. known to the State of California to cause
not drive in four-wheel drive until the flat Do not mix tires and wheels of difference
tire is repaired and/or replaced. The cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER HANDLING.
sizes, because they will not fit. Keep the (Continued)
vehicle could be damaged and the repairs spare tire and its wheel together.
(Continued)
392 Vehicle Care

The jump start positive post (4) and the
Warning (Continued) Caution (Continued) negative grounding point (3) for the
For more information go to to start the vehicle by pushing or pulling discharged battery are on the passenger side
www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/ it will not work, and it could damage the of the vehicle.
passenger-vehicle. vehicle. The positive jump start connection for the
discharged battery is under a cover. Slide
See California Proposition 65 Warning 0 321 the cover to expose the terminal.
and the back cover.
1. Check the other vehicle. It must have a
12-volt battery with a negative ground
{ Warning system.
Batteries can hurt you. They can be
dangerous because: Caution
. They contain acid that can burn you. If the other vehicle does not have a
. They contain gas that can explode or 12-volt system with a negative ground,
ignite. both vehicles can be damaged. Only use
a vehicle that has a 12-volt system with a
. They contain enough electricity to
negative ground for jump starting.
burn you.
If you do not follow these steps exactly, 1. Good Battery Positive Terminal 2. If you have a vehicle with a diesel
some or all of these things can hurt you. 2. Good Battery Negative Terminal engine with two batteries, you should
3. Discharged Battery Remote Negative know before you begin that, especially in
Terminal cold weather, you may not be able to
Caution 4. Discharged Battery Remote Positive get enough power from a single battery
Ignoring these steps could result in costly Terminal in another vehicle to start your diesel
engine. If your vehicle has more than
damage to the vehicle that would not be The jump start positive post (1) and negative one battery, using the battery that is
covered by the vehicle warranty. Trying post (2) are on the battery of the vehicle closer to the starter will reduce electrical
(Continued) providing the jump start.
Vehicle Care 393

resistance. This is located on the 4. Turn the ignition off on both vehicles.
passenger side, in the rear of the engine Unplug unnecessary accessories plugged { Warning
compartment. into the accessory power outlets. Turn Using a match near a battery can cause
3. Get the vehicles close enough so the off the radio and all the lamps that are battery gas to explode. People have been
jumper cables can reach, but be sure the not needed. This will avoid sparks and hurt doing this, and some have been
vehicles are not touching each other. help save both batteries. And it could blinded. Use a flashlight if you need
If they are, it could cause an unwanted save the radio! more light.
ground connection. You would not be 5. Open the hood on the other vehicle and
able to start your vehicle, and the bad locate the positive (+) and negative (−) Battery fluid contains acid that can burn
grounding could damage the electrical terminal locations on that vehicle. you. Do not get it on you. If you
systems. accidentally get it in your eyes or on
The positive (+) terminal is under a red
your skin, flush the place with water and
To avoid the possibility of the vehicles plastic cover at the positive battery post.
rolling, set the parking brake firmly on To uncover the positive (+) terminal, get medical help immediately.
both vehicles involved in the jump start open the red plastic cover.
procedure. Put the automatic For more information on the location of
transmission in P (Park) before setting the remote positive (+) and remote
{ Warning
the parking brake. If you have a negative (−) terminals, see Engine Fans or other moving engine parts can
four-wheel-drive vehicle, be sure the Compartment Overview 0 324. injure you badly. Keep your hands away
transfer case is in a drive gear, not in from moving parts once the engine is
N (Neutral).
{ Warning running.
Caution An electric fan can start up even when 6. Check that the jumper cables do not
If any accessories are left on or plugged the engine is not running and can injure have loose or missing insulation. If they
in during the jump starting procedure, you. Keep hands, clothing, and tools do, you could get a shock. The vehicles
they could be damaged. The repairs away from any underhood electric fan. could be damaged too.
would not be covered by the vehicle Before you connect the cables, here are
warranty. Whenever possible, turn off or some basic things you should know.
unplug all accessories on either vehicle Positive (+) will go to positive (+) or to a
when jump starting. remote positive (+) terminal if the
394 Vehicle Care

vehicle has one. Negative (−) will go to a 10. Connect the other end of the negative Towing the Vehicle
heavy, unpainted metal engine part or to (−) cable to the remote negative (−)
a remote negative (−) terminal if the terminal to the discharged battery. Caution
vehicle has one. 11. Start the vehicle with the good battery Incorrectly towing a disabled vehicle may
Do not connect positive (+) to negative and run the engine for a while.
cause damage. The damage would not be
(−) or you will get a short that would 12. Try to start the vehicle that had the
damage the battery and maybe other covered by the vehicle warranty. Do not
dead battery. If it will not start after a lash or hook to suspension components.
parts too. And do not connect the few tries, it probably needs service.
negative (−) cable to the negative (−) Use the proper straps around the tires to
terminal on the dead battery because Caution secure the vehicle. Do not drag a locked
this can cause sparks. wheel/tire. Use tire skates or dollies
If the jumper cables are connected or under any locked wheel/tire while
7. Connect one end of the red positive (+) removed in the wrong order, electrical
cable to the remote positive (+) terminal loading the vehicle. Do not use a sling
shorting may occur and damage the type lift to tow the vehicle. This could
of the vehicle with the discharged vehicle. The repairs would not be covered
battery. damage the vehicle.
by the vehicle warranty. Always connect
8. Do not let the other end touch metal. and remove the jumper cables in the
Connect it to the positive (+) terminal of correct order, making sure that the cables Caution
the good battery. Use a remote do not touch each other or other metal.
positive (+) terminal if the vehicle Improper use of the tow eye can damage
has one. the vehicle. If equipped, use the tow eye
Jumper Cable Removal
to load a disabled vehicle onto a flatbed
9. Connect one end of the black negative Reverse the sequence exactly when tow truck from a flat road surface, or to
(−) cable to the negative (−) terminal of removing the jumper cables.
the good battery. Use a remote negative move the vehicle a short distance. Use
(−) terminal if the vehicle has one. After starting the disabled vehicle and caution and low speeds. The transmission
removing the jumper cables, allow it to idle must be in (N) Neutral when moving the
Do not let the other end touch anything
for several minutes. vehicle.
until the next step.
Vehicle Care 395

GM recommends a flatbed tow truck to Recreational Vehicle Towing . Whether the vehicle is ready to be towed.
transport a disabled vehicle. Use ramps to Just as preparing the vehicle for a long
help reduce approach angles, if necessary. Recreational vehicle towing means towing trip, make sure the vehicle is prepared to
A towed vehicle should have its drive wheels the vehicle behind another vehicle, such as a be towed.
off the ground. Contact Roadside Assistance motor home. The two most common types
of recreational vehicle towing are dinghy Follow the tow vehicle manufacturer’s
or a professional towing service if the instructions. See your dealer or trailering
disabled vehicle must be towed. and dolly towing. Dinghy towing is towing
the vehicle with all four wheels on the professional for additional advice and
Front Attachment Points ground. Dolly towing is towing the vehicle equipment recommendations.
with two wheels on the ground and two
Caution
wheels on a dolly.
Use of a shield mounted in front of the
Here are some important things to consider
vehicle grille could restrict airflow and
before recreational vehicle towing:
cause damage to the transmission. The
. Before towing the vehicle, become
repairs would not be covered by the
familiar with the local laws that apply to vehicle warranty. If using a shield, only
recreational vehicle towing. These laws
use one that attaches to the towing
may vary by region.
vehicle.
. The towing capacity of the towing
vehicle. Read the tow vehicle
manufacturer's recommendations.
. How far the vehicle can be towed. Some
The vehicle is equipped with specific vehicles have restrictions on how far and
attachment points to be used to pull the how long the vehicle can be towed.
vehicle onto a flatbed car carrier from a flat . Whether the vehicle has the proper
road surface. Do not use these attachment towing equipment. See your dealer or
points to pull the vehicle from snow, mud trailering professional for additional
or sand. advice and equipment recommendations.
396 Vehicle Care

Dinghy Towing (Two-Wheel-Drive Dinghy Towing (Vehicles with a To dinghy tow:
Vehicles and Vehicles with a Two-Speed Transfer Case) 1. Position the vehicle being towed behind
Single-Speed Transfer Case) the tow vehicle, facing forward and on a
level surface.
2. Securely attach the vehicle being towed
to the tow vehicle.
3. Apply the parking brake and start the
engine.
4. Shift the transfer case to N (Neutral). See
“Shifting into N (Neutral)” under
Four-Wheel Drive 0 241.
5. With the engine running, release the
parking brake and verify that the
transfer case is in N (Neutral) by shifting
Only dinghy tow four-wheel-drive vehicles the transmission to D (Drive) and then to
with a two-speed transfer case that have an R (Reverse). There should be no
Caution movement while shifting the
N (Neutral) and a 4 n (Four-Wheel Drive
If a vehicle with two-wheel drive or a Low) setting. transmission.
single-speed transfer case is towed with 6. Shift the transmission to D (Drive).
all four wheels on the ground, the { Warning 7. If equipped with an ignition key, turn
drivetrain components could be damaged.
Shifting a four-wheel-drive vehicle's the ignition to ACC/ACCESSORY.
The repairs would not be covered by the If equipped with Keyless Access, turn the
vehicle warranty. transfer case into N (Neutral) can allow
the vehicle to move even if the engine off. Disregard the Shift to P (Park)
transmission is in P (Park). You or others DIC message. See Ignition Positions
Two-wheel-drive vehicles and vehicles with a (Keyless Access) 0 230 or
single-speed transfer case should not be could be injured. Set the parking brake
Ignition Positions (Key Access) 0 229.
towed with all four wheels on the ground. and use wheel blocks before shifting the
transfer case to N (Neutral).
Vehicle Care 397

Keyless Access, keep the RKE transmitter 7. Shift the transfer case to 2 m (Two-Wheel
{ Warning outside of the vehicle and manually lock Drive High). When the shift to 2 m
To avoid death, serious injury, the doors. Access the vehicle by using (Two-Wheel Drive High) is complete, the
or property damage, before dinghy the key in the door lock. See Door Locks light in the instrument cluster will stop
towing the vehicle, always disconnect and 0 21. flashing and stay lit. See
secure the negative battery cable and Disconnecting the Towed Vehicle Four-Wheel-Drive Light 0 118.
cover the negative battery post and cable 8. Start the engine. Check that the vehicle
Before disconnecting from the tow vehicle:
with a non-conductive material. If the is in 2 m (Two-Wheel Drive High) by
battery is left connected or the battery 1. Park on a level surface. Secure the
vehicle with wheel blocks. starting the engine and shifting the
cable contacts the post, the Electric transmission to D (Drive) and then to
Parking Brake may activate during 2. Re-connect the negative (–) battery. See
R (Reverse). There should be movement
towing, which could cause a crash. Battery - North America 0 342.
of the vehicle while shifting.
3. Turn on the ignition with the engine off.
8. Disconnect the negative (–) battery 9. Shift the transmission to P (Park) and
For vehicles with a key, turn the ignition
cable. See “Negative Battery Cable turn off the ignition.
to ON/RUN with the engine off. If the
Disconnection” in Battery - North vehicle is equipped with Keyless Access, 10. Release the parking brake and remove
America 0 342. with your foot off the brake pedal, press the wheel blocks.
9. Shift the transmission to P (Park). and hold ENGINE START/STOP for 11. Reset any lost presets.
five seconds until the green light comes The outside temperature display will
Caution on in the button. See Ignition Positions default to 0 °C (32 °F) but will reset with
If the steering column is locked, vehicle (Keyless Access) 0 230 or normal usage.
Ignition Positions (Key Access) 0 229.
damage may occur.
4. Set the parking brake. See Electric
10. Move the steering wheel to make sure Parking Brake 0 246.
the steering column is unlocked. 5. Disconnect from the tow vehicle.
11. If the vehicle has an ignition key, keep it 6. Shift the transmission to N (Neutral).
in the towed vehicle in ACC/ACCESSORY
to prevent the steering column from
locking. If the vehicle is equipped with
398 Vehicle Care

Dolly Towing Caution { Warning
Do not tow this vehicle with two wheels Do not power wash any part of the
on the ground, or vehicle damage could vehicle’s interior, including the vinyl floor
occur. This damage would not be covered covering. This could damage safety and
by the vehicle warranty. other systems in the vehicle, which
would not be covered by the vehicle
Dolly towing this vehicle is not allowed with
warranty.
either the front or the rear tires on the
ground for two-wheel drive or four-wheel
drive, regardless of transfer case. Caution
Do not use petroleum-based, acidic,
Appearance Care or abrasive cleaning agents as they can
damage the vehicle's paint, metal,
Exterior Care or plastic parts. If damage occurs, it
Locks would not be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Approved cleaning products can
Locks are lubricated at the factory. Use a
be obtained from your dealer. Follow all
de-icing agent only when absolutely
necessary, and have the locks greased after manufacturer directions regarding correct
using. See Recommended Fluids and product usage, necessary safety
Lubricants 0 418. precautions, and appropriate disposal of
any vehicle care product.
Washing the Vehicle
To preserve the vehicle's finish, wash it
often and out of direct sunlight.
Vehicle Care 399

. Spray nozzle with a 40 degree wide angle must be turned off. Remove any accessories
Caution spray pattern or wider must be used. that may be damaged or interfere with the
Avoid using high-pressure washes closer . Nozzle must be kept at least 30 cm (1 ft) car wash equipment.
than 30 cm (12 in) to the surface of the away from all surfaces. See Power Assist Steps 0 30 for cleaning
vehicle. Use of power washers exceeding information.
Automatic Car Wash
8 274 kPa (1,200 psi) can result in
damage or removal of paint and decals. Rinse the vehicle well, before washing and
Caution after, to remove all cleaning agents
Cleaning Underhood Components Some automatic car washes can cause completely. If they are allowed to dry on
damage to the vehicle, wheels and the surface, they could stain.
Caution ground effects. Automatic car washes are Dry the finish with a soft, clean chamois or
Do not power wash any component not recommended, due to lack of an all-cotton towel to avoid surface
under the hood that has this e clearance for the undercarriage and/or scratches and water spotting.
wide rear tires and wheels.
symbol. Finish Care
This could cause damage that would not Application of aftermarket clearcoat sealant/
be covered by the vehicle warranty. Caution
wax materials is not recommended.
Automatic car washes can cause damage If painted surfaces are damaged, see your
Solvents or aggressive cleaners may harm to the vehicle, wheels, ground effects, dealer to have the damage assessed and
underhood components. The usages of these and convertible top (if equipped). repaired. Foreign materials such as calcium
chemicals should be avoided. chloride and other salts, ice melting agents,
Do not use automatic car washes due to
Recommend water only. road oil and tar, tree sap, bird droppings,
lack of clearance for the undercarriage,
chemicals from industrial chimneys, etc., can
A pressure washer may be used, but care wide rear tires, and wheels. damage the vehicle's finish if they remain
must be utilized. The following criteria must
on painted surfaces. Wash the vehicle as
be followed: If using an automatic car wash, follow with
soon as possible. If necessary, use
. Water pressure must be kept below the car wash instructions. The windshield
non-abrasive cleaners that are marked safe
14 000 KPa (2,000 PSI). wiper and rear window wiper, if equipped,
for painted surfaces to remove foreign
. Water temperature must be below 80 °C matter.
(180 °F).
400 Vehicle Care

Occasional hand waxing or mild polishing The bright metal moldings on the vehicle washing off the loose dirt and using a mild
should be done to remove residue from the are aluminum, chrome or stainless steel. To detergent. To restore the original
paint finish. See your dealer for approved prevent damage always follow these appearance, apply the bedliner conditioner
cleaning products. cleaning instructions: available through your dealer.
Do not apply waxes or polishes to uncoated . Be sure the molding is cool to the touch
before applying any cleaning solution. Caution
plastic, vinyl, rubber, decals, simulated
wood, or flat paint as damage can occur. . Use only approved cleaning solutions for Using silicone-based products may
aluminum, chrome or stainless steel. damage the bedliner, reduce the
Caution Some cleaners are highly acidic or contain slip-resistant texture, and attract dirt.
Machine compounding or aggressive alkaline substances and can damage the
polishing on a basecoat/clearcoat paint moldings. Cleaning Exterior Lamps/Lenses,
finish may damage it. Use only . Always dilute a concentrated cleaner Emblems, Decals and Stripes
non-abrasive waxes and polishes that are according to the manufacturer’s Use only lukewarm or cold water, a soft
made for a basecoat/clearcoat paint finish instructions. cloth, and a car washing soap to clean
on the vehicle. . Do not use cleaners that are not intended exterior lamps, lenses, emblems, decals and
for automotive use. stripes. Follow instructions under "Washing
To keep the paint finish looking new, keep . Use a nonabrasive wax on the vehicle the Vehicle" previously in this section.
the vehicle garaged or covered whenever after washing to protect and extend the Lamp covers are made of plastic, and some
possible. molding finish. have a UV protective coating. Do not clean
Protecting Exterior Bright Metal Moldings Spray-In Bedliner Care or wipe them while they are dry.
Caution A spray-in bedliner is a permanent coating Do not use any of the following on lamp
that bonds to the truck bed and cannot be covers:
Failure to clean and protect the bright removed. Promptly rinse the bedliner surface . Abrasive or caustic agents.
metal moldings can result in a hazy following a chemical spill to avoid . Washer fluids and other cleaning agents
white finish or pitting. This damage permanent damage. in higher concentrations than suggested
would not be covered by the vehicle
Spray-in bedliners can fade from oxidation, by the manufacturer.
warranty.
road dirt, heavy-duty hauling, and hard . Solvents, alcohols, fuels, or other harsh
water stains. Clean it periodically by cleaners.
Vehicle Care 401

. Ice scrapers or other hard items. Shutter System Clean rubber blades using a lint-free cloth or
. Aftermarket appearance caps or covers paper towel soaked with windshield washer
while the lamps are illuminated, due to fluid or a mild detergent. Wash the
excessive heat generated. windshield thoroughly when cleaning the
blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and a buildup
Caution of vehicle wash/wax treatments may cause
Failure to clean lamps properly can cause wiper streaking.
damage to the lamp cover that would Replace the wiper blades if they are worn or
not be covered by the vehicle warranty. damaged. Damage can be caused by
extreme dusty conditions, sand, salt, heat,
sun, snow, and ice.
Caution
Weatherstrips
Using wax on low gloss black finish
stripes can increase the gloss level and Apply weatherstrip lubricant on
create a non-uniform finish. Clean low The vehicle may have a shutter system weatherstrips to make them last longer, seal
gloss stripes with soap and water only. designed to help improve fuel economy. better, and not stick or squeak. Lubricate
Keep the shutter system clear of debris, weatherstrips once a year. Hot, dry climates
Air Intakes snow and ice. If the check engine light is may require more frequent application. Black
activated, please check to see if the shutter marks from rubber material on painted
Clear debris from the air intakes, between system is clear of debris, snow or ice. surfaces can be removed by rubbing with a
the hood and windshield, when washing the clean cloth. See Recommended Fluids and
vehicle. Windshield and Wiper Blades Lubricants 0 418.
Clean the outside of the windshield with
glass cleaner. Tires
Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to clean
the tires.
402 Vehicle Care

Inspect power steering for proper
Caution Caution attachment, connections, binding, cracks,
Using petroleum-based tire dressing To avoid surface damage on wheels and chafing, etc.
products on the vehicle may damage the wheel trim, do not use strong soaps,
Visually check constant velocity joint boots
paint finish and/or tires. When applying a chemicals, abrasive polishes, cleaners, and axle seals for leaks.
tire dressing, always wipe off any or brushes. Use only GM approved
overspray from all painted surfaces on cleaners. Do not drive the vehicle through Caution
the vehicle. an automatic car wash that uses silicon
Lubrication of applicable suspension
carbide tire/wheel cleaning brushes.
points should not be done unless the
Wheels and Wheel Trim Damage could occur and the repairs
temperature is −12 °C (10 °F) or higher,
Use a soft, clean cloth with mild soap and would not be covered by the vehicle
or damage could result.
water to clean the wheels. After rinsing warranty.
thoroughly with clean water, dry with a Body Component Lubrication
soft, clean towel. A wax may then be Brake System
applied. Lubricate all key lock cylinders, hood hinges,
Visually inspect brake lines and hoses for liftgate hinges, and the steel fuel door hinge
proper hook-up, binding, leaks, cracks, unless the components are plastic. Applying
Caution chafing, etc. Inspect disc brake pads for wear silicone grease on weatherstrips with a clean
Chrome wheels and chrome wheel trim and rotors for surface condition. Inspect cloth will make them last longer, seal better,
may be damaged if the vehicle is not drum brake linings/shoes for wear or cracks. and not stick or squeak.
washed after driving on roads that have Inspect all other brake parts.
been sprayed with magnesium chloride or Underbody Maintenance
Steering, Suspension, and Chassis
calcium chloride. These are used on roads At least twice a year, spring and fall, use
Components
for conditions such as dust and ice. plain water to flush any corrosive materials
Always wash the chrome with soap and Visually inspect steering, suspension, and from the underbody. Take care to
water after exposure. chassis components for damaged, loose, thoroughly clean any areas where mud and
or missing parts or signs of wear at least other debris can collect. If equipped with
once a year. power assist steps, extend them and then
use a high pressure wash to clean all joints
and gaps.
Vehicle Care 403

Do not directly power wash the transfer irregular dark spots etched into the paint To prevent damage, do not clean the
case and/or front/rear axle output seals. surface. Refer to “Finish Care” previously in interior using the following cleaners or
High pressure water can overcome the seals this section. techniques:
and contaminate the fluid. Contaminated . Never use a razor or any other sharp
fluid will decrease the life of the transfer Interior Care object to remove soil from any interior
case and/or axles and should be replaced. To prevent dirt particle abrasions, regularly surface.
Sheet Metal Damage clean the vehicle's interior. Immediately . Never use a brush with stiff bristles.
remove any soils. Newspapers or dark . Never rub any surface aggressively or
If the vehicle is damaged and requires sheet garments can transfer color to the vehicle’s with too much pressure.
metal repair or replacement, make sure the interior.
body repair shop applies anti-corrosion . Do not use laundry detergents or
material to parts repaired or replaced to Use a soft bristle brush to remove dust from dishwashing soaps with degreasers. For
restore corrosion protection. knobs and crevices on the instrument liquid cleaners, use approximately
cluster. Using a mild soap solution, 20 drops per 3.8 L (1 gal) of water.
Original manufacturer replacement parts will immediately remove hand lotions, A concentrated soap solution will create
provide the corrosion protection while sunscreen, and insect repellent from all streaks and attract dirt. Do not use
maintaining the vehicle warranty. interior surfaces or permanent damage may solutions that contain strong or
Finish Damage result. caustic soap.
Use cleaners specifically designed for the . Do not heavily saturate the upholstery
Quickly repair minor chips and scratches when cleaning.
surfaces being cleaned to prevent
with touch-up materials available from your
permanent damage. Apply cleaners directly . Do not use solvents or cleaners containing
dealer to avoid corrosion. Larger areas of
to the cleaning cloth. Do not spray cleaners solvents.
finish damage can be corrected in your
on any switches or controls. Remove
dealer's body and paint shop. Interior Glass
cleaners quickly.
Chemical Paint Spotting Before using cleaners, read and follow all To clean, use a terry cloth fabric dampened
Airborne pollutants can fall upon and attack safety instructions on the label. While with water. Wipe droplets left behind with a
painted vehicle surfaces causing blotchy, cleaning the interior, open the doors and clean dry cloth. If necessary, use a
ring-shaped discolorations, and small, windows to get proper ventilation. commercial glass cleaner after cleaning with
plain water.
404 Vehicle Care

Fabric/Carpet/Suede 5. If the soil is not completely removed,
Caution use a mild soap solution followed only
To prevent scratching, never use abrasive Start by vacuuming the surface using a soft
by plain water.
cleaners on automotive glass. Abrasive brush attachment. If a rotating vacuum
brush attachment is being used, only use it If the soil is not completely removed, it may
cleaners or aggressive cleaning may be necessary to use a commercial upholstery
on the floor carpet. Before cleaning, gently
damage the rear window defogger. cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small hidden
remove as much of the soil as possible:
. Gently blot liquids with a paper towel. area for colorfastness before using a
Cleaning the windshield with water during commercial upholstery cleaner or spot lifter.
the first three to six months of ownership Continue blotting until no more soil can
be removed. If ring formation occurs, clean the entire
will reduce tendency to fog. fabric or carpet.
. For solid soils, remove as much as
Speaker Covers possible prior to vacuuming. After cleaning use a paper towel to blot
Vacuum around a speaker cover gently, so excess moisture.
To clean:
that the speaker will not be damaged. Clean Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces and Vehicle
spots with water and mild soap. 1. Saturate a clean, lint-free colorfast cloth
with water. Microfiber cloth is Information and Radio Displays
Coated Moldings recommended to prevent lint transfer to Use a microfiber cloth on high gloss surfaces
the fabric or carpet. or vehicle displays. First, use a soft bristle
Coated moldings should be cleaned.
. When lightly soiled, wipe with a sponge 2. Remove excess moisture by gently brush to remove dirt that can scratch the
wringing until water does not drip from surface. Then gently clean by rubbing with a
or soft, lint-free cloth dampened with
the cleaning cloth. microfiber cloth. Never use window cleaners
water.
3. Start on the outside edge of the soil and or solvents. Periodically hand wash the
. When heavily soiled, use warm soapy
gently rub toward the center. Fold the microfiber cloth separately, using mild soap.
water. Do not use bleach or fabric softener. Rinse
cleaning cloth to a clean area frequently
to prevent forcing the soil in to the thoroughly and air dry before next use.
fabric.
4. Continue gently rubbing the soiled area
until there is no longer any color
transfer from the soil to the cleaning
cloth.
Vehicle Care 405

Caution Caution (Continued) { Warning
Do not attach a device with a suction cup these solvents can permanently change Do not bleach or dye seat belt webbing.
to the display. This may cause damage the appearance and feel of leather or soft It may severely weaken the webbing. In
and would not be covered by the vehicle trim, and are not recommended. a crash, they might not be able to
warranty. provide adequate protection. Clean and
Do not use cleaners that increase gloss,
rinse seat belt webbing only with mild
Instrument Panel, Leather, Vinyl, Other especially on the instrument panel. Reflected
soap and lukewarm water. Allow the
Plastic Surfaces, Low Gloss Paint Surfaces glare can decrease visibility through the
windshield under certain conditions. webbing to dry.
and Natural Open Pore Wood Surfaces
Use a soft microfiber cloth dampened with Caution Floor Mats
water to remove dust and loose dirt. For a Use of air fresheners may cause
more thorough cleaning, use a soft permanent damage to plastics and { Warning
microfiber cloth dampened with a mild soap
painted surfaces. If an air freshener If a floor mat, a liner, or a liner insert is
solution.
comes in contact with any plastic or the wrong size or is not properly
Caution painted surface in the vehicle, blot installed, it can interfere with the pedals.
immediately and clean with a soft cloth Interference with the pedals can cause
Soaking or saturating leather, especially
dampened with a mild soap solution. unintended acceleration and/or increased
perforated leather, as well as other
Damage caused by air fresheners would stopping distance, which can cause a
interior surfaces, may cause permanent
not be covered by the vehicle warranty. crash and injury. Make sure the floor
damage. Wipe excess moisture from
mat, liner, or liner insert does not
these surfaces after cleaning and allow Care of Seat Belts interfere with the pedals.
them to dry naturally. Never use heat,
steam, or spot removers. Do not use Keep belts clean and dry.
cleaners that contain silicone or
wax-based products. Cleaners containing
(Continued)
406 Vehicle Care

Use the following guidelines for proper floor Removing and Replacing the Floor Mats/ Removing and Replacing the Floor Liner
mat/liner usage: Liners Inserts
. The original equipment floor mats/liners
Pull up on the rear of the driver side floor Pull up on the edge of the driver side floor
were designed for your vehicle. If the mat/liner to unlock each retainer and liner insert to unlock each button clip and
floor mats/liners need replacing, it is remove. remove.
recommended that GM certified floor
mats/liners be purchased. Non-GM floor
mats/liners may not fit properly and may
interfere with the pedals. Always check
that the floor mat, liner, or liner insert
does not interfere with the pedals.
. Do not use a floor mat/liner if the vehicle
is not equipped with a floor mat retainer
on the driver side floor.
. Use the floor mat/liner insert with the
correct side up. Do not turn it over.
. Do not place anything on top of the
driver side floor mat/liner.
. Use only a single floor mat/liner on the Reinstall by lining up the floor mat/liner Reinstall by lining up the floor liner insert
driver side. retainer openings over the carpet retainers button clips over the liner retainers and
. Do not place one floor mat/liner on top and snapping into position. snapping into position.
of another. Make sure the floor mat/liner is properly Make sure the floor liner insert is properly
secured in place. secure in place using all button clips.
Verify the floor mat/liner does not interfere Verify the floor liner insert does not
with the pedals. interfere with the pedals.
Vehicle Care 407

Cleaning Rubber Floor Mats (All-Weather
Mats and Floor Liners)
{ Warning
Do not use cleaners that contain silicone,
wax-based products, or cleaners that
increase gloss on rubber floor mats/liners.
These cleaners can permanently change
the appearance and feel of the rubber
and can make the floor mats/liners
slippery. Your foot could slip while
operating the vehicle, and you could lose
control, resulting in a crash. You or
others could be injured.
Use a soft cloth and/or a brush dampened

with water to remove dust and loose dirt.
For more thorough cleaning, use a mild soap
solution.
408 Service and Maintenance

maintenance such as oil changes and tire
Service and Maintenance General Information rotations and additional maintenance items
This maintenance section applies to vehicles like tires, brakes, batteries, and wiper blades.
General Information with a gasoline engine. For diesel engine
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408 vehicles, see "Maintenance Schedule" in the Caution
Maintenance Schedule Duramax diesel supplement. Damage caused by improper maintenance
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409 Your vehicle is an important investment. can lead to costly repairs and may not be
This section describes the required covered by the vehicle warranty.
Special Application Services maintenance for the vehicle. Follow this Maintenance intervals, checks,
Special Application Services . . . . . . . . . . . . 415 schedule to help protect against major repair inspections, recommended fluids, and
Additional Maintenance and Care expenses resulting from neglect or lubricants are important to keep the
Additional Maintenance and Care . . . . . . 415 inadequate maintenance. It may also help to vehicle in good working condition.
maintain the value of the vehicle if it is
Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and sold. It is the responsibility of the owner to Do not have chemical flushes that are not
Parts have all required maintenance performed. approved by GM performed on the
Recommended Fluids and vehicle. The use of flushes, solvents,
Your dealer has trained technicians who can cleaners, or lubricants that are not
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418 perform required maintenance using genuine
Maintenance Replacement Parts . . . . . . . 419 approved by GM could damage the
replacement parts. They have up-to-date
tools and equipment for fast and accurate vehicle, requiring expensive repairs that
Maintenance Records are not covered by the vehicle warranty.
Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422 diagnostics. Many dealers have extended
evening and Saturday hours, courtesy
transportation, and online scheduling to The Tire Rotation and Required Services are
assist with service needs. the responsibility of the vehicle owner. It is
recommended to have your dealer perform
Your dealer recognizes the importance of these services every 12 000 km/7,500 mi.
providing competitively priced maintenance Proper vehicle maintenance helps to keep
and repair services. With trained technicians, the vehicle in good working condition,
the dealer is the place for routine improves fuel economy, and reduces vehicle
emissions.
Service and Maintenance 409

Because of the way people use vehicles, . Used for taxi, police, or delivery service . Check the windshield washer fluid level.
maintenance needs vary. There may need to Refer to the information in the Maintenance See Washer Fluid 0 339.
be more frequent checks and services. The Schedule Additional Required Services -
Additional Required Services - Normal are for Engine Oil Change
Severe chart.
vehicles that: When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
message displays, have the engine oil
. Carry passengers and cargo within
recommended limits on the Tire and
{ Warning
and filter changed within the next
Loading Information label. See Vehicle Performing maintenance work can be 1 000 km/600 mi. If driven under the best
Load Limits 0 222. dangerous and can cause serious injury. conditions, the engine oil life system may
. Are driven on reasonable road surfaces Perform maintenance work only if the not indicate the need for vehicle service for
within legal driving limits. required information, proper tools, and up to a year. The engine oil and filter must
equipment are available. If they are not, be changed at least once a year and the oil
. Use the recommended fuel. See
see your dealer to have a trained life system must be reset. Your trained
Recommended Fuel (Except 6.2L dealer technician can perform this work.
V8 Engine) 0 283 or technician do the work. See Doing Your
Own Service Work 0 322. If the engine oil life system is reset
Recommended Fuel (6.2L V8 Engine) accidentally, service the vehicle within
0 283. 5 000 km/3,000 mi since the last service.
Refer to the information in the Maintenance Maintenance Schedule Reset the oil life system when the oil is
Schedule Additional Required Services - Owner Checks and Services changed. See Engine Oil Life System 0 331.
Normal chart.
Check the engine oil level. See Engine Oil Engine Air Filter Change
The Additional Required Services - Severe are 0 329.
for vehicles that are: When the REPLACE AT NEXT OIL CHANGE
Once a Month message displays, the engine air filter
. Mainly driven in heavy city traffic in hot
. Check the tire inflation pressures, should be replaced at the next engine oil
weather change. When the REPLACE ENGINE AIR
. Mainly driven in hilly or mountainous including the spare. See Tire Pressure
0 367. FILTER SOON message displays, the engine
terrain air filter should be replaced at the earliest
. Frequently towing a trailer . Inspect the tires for wear. See Tire
convenience. Reset the engine air filter life
Inspection 0 374. system after the engine air filter is replaced.
. Used for high speed or competitive
driving See Engine Air Filter Life System 0 332.

Passenger Compartment Air Filter Air Conditioning Desiccant (Replace Every . Check engine coolant level. See Cooling
Seven Years) System 0 334.
The passenger compartment air filter
. Check windshield washer fluid level. See
removes dust, pollen, and other airborne The air conditioning system requires
irritants from outside air that is pulled into Washer Fluid 0 339.
maintenance every seven years. This service
the vehicle. The filter should be replaced as requires replacement of the desiccant to . Check tire inflation pressures, including
part of routine scheduled maintenance. help the longevity and efficient operation of the spare. See Tire Pressure 0 367.
Inspect the passenger compartment air filter the air conditioning system. This service can . Inspect tire wear. See Tire Inspection
every 36 000 km/22,500 miles or two years, be complex. See your dealer. 0 374.
whichever comes first. Replace if necessary. . Visually check for fluid leaks.
More frequent replacement may be needed Tire Rotation and Required Services
. Inspect brake system. See Exterior Care
if the vehicle is driven in areas with heavy Every 12 000 km/7,500 mi
0 398.
traffic, areas with poor air quality, or areas Rotate the tires, if recommended for the . Visually inspect steering, suspension, and
with high dust levels. Replacement may also vehicle, and perform the following services.
be needed if there is a reduction in air flow, chassis components for damage, including
See Tire Rotation 0 374. cracks or tears in the rubber boots, loose
excessive window fogging, or odors.
. Check engine oil level and oil or missing parts, or signs of wear at least
Extended Idle Use life percentage. If needed, change engine once a year. See Exterior Care 0 398.
oil and filter, and reset oil life system. If equipped with grease fittings, lubricate
When the vehicle is used in a way that See Engine Oil 0 329 and the suspension and steering components
requires extended idle time, one hour of use Engine Oil Life System 0 331. every other oil change for normal usage
shall be deemed the same as 53 km (33 mi).
. If equipped with the engine air filter life and every oil change for severe usage.
See Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base
Level) 0 124 or system, check the air filter . Inspect power steering for proper
Driver Information Center (DIC) (Midlevel and life percentage. If necessary, replace the attachment, connections, binding, leaks,
Uplevel) 0 125 for hourmeter, if equipped. engine air filter and reset the engine air cracks, chafing, etc.
filter life system. See Engine Air Filter Life
System 0 332. If the vehicle is not
equipped with the engine air filter life
system, inspect the engine air cleaner
filter. See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 333.

. Visually inspect drive shafts for excessive . Check accelerator pedal for damage, high
wear, lubricant leaks or damage including: effort, or binding. Replace if needed.
tube dents, cracks, constant velocity joint . Visually inspect gas strut for signs of
or universal joint looseness, cracked or wear, cracks, or other damage. Check the
missing boots, loose or missing boot hold open ability of the strut. If the hold
clamps, center bearing excessive open is low, service the gas strut. See Gas
looseness, missing or loose fasteners. Strut(s) 0 348.
. Check restraint system components. See . Inspect sunroof track and seal,
Safety System Check 0 60. if equipped. See Sunroof 0 43.
. Visually inspect fuel system for damage . Verify spare tire key lock operation and
or leaks. lubricate as needed. See Tire Changing
. Visually inspect exhaust system and 0 381.
nearby heat shields for loose or damaged . Visually inspect the spare tire to ensure
parts. that it is tightly stowed under the vehicle.
. Lubricate body components. See Exterior Push, pull, and try to turn the tire. If the
Care 0 398. spare tire moves, tighten as necessary.
. Check starter switch. See Starter Switch See Tire Changing 0 381.
Check 0 346.
. Check automatic transmission shift lock
control function. See Automatic
Transmission Shift Lock Control Function
Check 0 346.
. Check ignition transmission lock. See
Ignition Transmission Lock Check 0 346.
. Check parking brake and automatic
transmission park mechanism. See Park
Brake and P (Park) Mechanism Check
0 346.

Additional Required Services
1 2 000 km /7, 500 m i
2 4 000 km /1 5, 000 m i
36 000 km /2 2 , 500 m i
6 0 000 km /37, 500 m i
84 000 km /52 , 500 m i

4 8 000 km /30, 000 m i
72 000 km /4 5, 000 m i
9 6 000 km /60, 000 m i
1 08 000 km /67, 500 m i
1 2 0 000 km /75, 000 m i
1 32 000 km /82 , 500 m i
1 4 4 000 km /90, 000 m i
1 5 6 000 km /97, 500 m i
1 6 8 000 km /1 05, 000 m i
1 80 000 km /1 1 2 , 500 m i
1 9 2 000 km /1 2 0, 000 m i
2 04 000 km /1 2 7, 500 m i
2 1 6 000 km /1 35, 000 m i
2 2 8 000 km /1 4 2 , 500 m i
2 4 0 000 km /1 50, 000 m i

Maintenance Schedule Additional
Required Services - Normal
Rotate tires and perform Required Services. Check engine oil
level and oil life percentage. Change engine oil and filter,
if needed. @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
Check engine air filter life percentage and status. Change
engine air filter, if needed. (1)
Replace passenger compartment air filter. (2) @ @ @ @ @ @
Inspect evaporative control system. (3) @ @ @
Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires and/or boots.
(Except 2.7L L4 Turbo Engine)
@
(2.7L L4 Turbo Engine Only)
@ @
Change transfer case fluid, if equipped with 4WD. (4) @
Drain and fill engine cooling system. (5) @
Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (6) @
Replace brake fluid. (7)
Replace windshield wiper blades. (8) @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
Replace hood gas struts and tailgate dampener. (9) @ @
Replace air conditioning desiccant. (10)

Footnotes — Maintenance Schedule (5) Or every five years, whichever comes
Additional Required Services - Normal first. See Cooling System 0 334.
(1) Or every four years, whichever comes (6) Or every 10 years, whichever comes first.
first. If driving in dusty conditions, inspect Inspect for fraying, excessive cracking,
the filter at each oil change or more often or damage; replace, if needed.
as needed. See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter (7) Replace brake fluid every five years. See
0 333. Brake Fluid 0 342.
(2) Or every two years, whichever comes (8) Or every 12 months, whichever comes
first. More frequent replacement may be first. See Wiper Blade Replacement 0 347.
needed if the vehicle is driven in areas with
heavy traffic, poor air quality, areas with (9) Or every 10 years, whichever comes first.
high dust levels or are sensitive to See Gas Strut(s) 0 348.
environmental allergens. Filter replacement (10) Replace air conditioning desiccant every
may also be needed if you notice reduced seven years.
airflow, windows fogging up, or odors. Your
local GM Service location can help you
determine when it is the right time to
replace your filter.
(3) Visually check all fuel and vapor lines
and hoses for proper attachment,
connection, routing, and condition.
(4) Do not directly power wash the transfer
case and/or front/rear axle output seals.
High pressure water can overcome the seals
fluid will decrease the life of the transfer
replaced.
1 2 000 km /7, 500 m i
2 4 000 km /1 5, 000 m i
36 000 km /2 2 , 500 m i
60 000 km /37, 500 m i

4 8 000 km /30, 000 m i
72 000 km /4 5, 000 m i
84 000 km /52 , 500 m i
96 000 km /60, 000 m i
1 08 000 km /67, 500 m i
1 2 0 000 km /75, 000 m i
1 32 000 km /82 , 500 m i
1 4 4 000 km /90, 000 m i
1 56 000 km /97, 500 m i
1 68 000 km /1 05, 000 m i
1 80 000 km /1 1 2 , 500 m i
2 4 0 000 km /1 50, 000 m i

1 92 000 km /1 2 0, 000 m i
2 04 000 km /1 2 7, 500 m i
2 1 6 000 km /1 35, 000 m i
2 2 8 000 km /1 4 2 , 500 m i
Maintenance Schedule Additional
Required Services - Severe
Rotate tires and perform Required Services. Check engine oil
level and oil life percentage. Change engine oil and filter,
if needed. @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
Check engine air filter life percentage and status. Change
engine air filter, if needed. (1)
Replace passenger compartment air filter. (2) @ @ @ @ @ @
Inspect evaporative control system. (3) @ @ @
(Except 2.7L L4 Turbo Engine)
@
(2.7L L4 Turbo Engine Only)
@ @
Change automatic transmission fluid and filter. @ @ @
Change transfer case fluid, if equipped with 4WD. (4) @ @ @
Drain and fill engine cooling system. (5) @
Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (6) @
Replace brake fluid. (7)
Replace windshield wiper blades. (8) @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
Replace hood gas struts and tailgate dampener. (9) @ @
Replace air conditioning desiccant. (10)

Footnotes — Maintenance Schedule (5) Or every five years, whichever comes Additional Maintenance
Additional Required Services - Severe first. See Cooling System 0 334.
(1) Or every four years, whichever comes (6) Or every 10 years, whichever comes first.
and Care
first. If driving in dusty conditions, inspect Inspect for fraying, excessive cracking, Your vehicle is an important investment and
the filter at each oil change or more often or damage; replace, if needed. caring for it properly may help to avoid
as needed. See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter (7) Replace brake fluid every five years. See future costly repairs. To maintain vehicle
0 333. Brake Fluid 0 342. performance, additional maintenance
(2) Or every two years, whichever comes services may be required.
(8) Or every 12 months, whichever comes
first. More frequent replacement may be first. See Wiper Blade Replacement 0 347. It is recommended that your dealer perform
needed if the vehicle is driven in areas with these services — their trained dealer
heavy traffic, poor air quality, areas with (9) Or every 10 years, whichever comes first. technicians know your vehicle best. Your
high dust levels or are sensitive to See Gas Strut(s) 0 348. dealer can also perform a thorough
environmental allergens. Filter replacement (10) Replace air conditioning desiccant every assessment with a multi-point inspection to
may also be needed if you notice reduced seven years. recommend when your vehicle may need
airflow, windows fogging up, or odors. Your attention.
local GM Service location can help you
determine when it is the right time to Special Application Services The following list is intended to explain the
. Severe Commercial Use Vehicles Only: services and conditions to look for that may
replace your filter.
indicate services are required.
Lubricate chassis components every oil
(3) Visually check all fuel and vapor lines
change. Battery
and hoses for proper attachment,
connection, routing, and condition. . Have underbody flushing service The 12-volt battery supplies power to start
performed. See "Underbody Maintenance" the engine and operate any additional
(4) Do not directly power wash the transfer in Exterior Care 0 398. electrical accessories.
case and/or front/rear axle output seals.
High pressure water can overcome the seals . To avoid break-down or failure to start
and contaminate the fluid. Contaminated the vehicle, maintain a battery with full
fluid will decrease the life of the transfer cranking power.
replaced.

. Trained dealer technicians have the . Engine oil and windshield washer fluid . Signs of wear may include steering wheel
diagnostic equipment to test the battery levels should be checked at every fuel fill. vibration, bounce/sway while braking,
and ensure that the connections and . Instrument cluster lights may come on to longer stopping distance, or uneven
cables are corrosion-free. indicate that fluids may be low and need tire wear.
Belts to be filled. . As part of the multi-point inspection,
. Belts may need replacing if they squeak Hoses trained dealer technicians can visually
or show signs of cracking or splitting. inspect the shocks and struts for signs of
Hoses transport fluids and should be leaking, blown seals, or damage, and can
. Trained dealer technicians have access to regularly inspected to ensure that there are advise when service is needed.
tools and equipment to inspect the belts no cracks or leaks. With a multi-point
and recommend adjustment or inspection, your dealer can inspect the hoses Tires
replacement when necessary. and advise if replacement is needed. Tires need to be properly inflated, rotated,
Brakes Lamps and balanced. Maintaining the tires can save
money and fuel, and can reduce the risk of
Brakes stop the vehicle and are crucial to Properly working headlamps, taillamps, and tire failure.
safe driving. brake lamps are important to see and be . Signs that the tires need to be replaced
. Signs of brake wear may include chirping, seen on the road. include three or more visible treadwear
grinding, or squealing noises, or difficulty . Signs that the headlamps need attention indicators; cord or fabric showing through
stopping. include dimming, failure to light, cracking, the rubber; cracks or cuts in the tread or
. Trained dealer technicians have access to or damage. The brake lamps need to be sidewall; or a bulge or split in the tire.
tools and equipment to inspect the brakes checked periodically to ensure that they . Trained dealer technicians can inspect and
and recommend quality parts engineered light when braking. recommend the right tires. Your dealer
for the vehicle. . With a multi-point inspection, your dealer can also provide tire/wheel balancing
Fluids can check the lamps and note any services to ensure smooth vehicle
concerns. operation at all speeds. Your dealer sells
Proper fluid levels and approved fluids
Shocks and Struts and services name brand tires.
protect the vehicle’s systems and
components. See Recommended Fluids and Shocks and struts help aid in control for a
Lubricants 0 418 for GM approved fluids. smoother ride.

Vehicle Care Wiper Blades
To help keep the vehicle looking like new, Wiper blades need to be cleaned and kept in
vehicle care products are available from your good condition to provide a clear view.
dealer. For information on how to clean and . Signs of wear include streaking, skipping
protect the vehicle’s interior and exterior, across the windshield, and worn or split
see Interior Care 0 403 and rubber.
Exterior Care 0 398. . Trained dealer technicians can check the
Wheel Alignment wiper blades and replace them when
Wheel alignment is critical for ensuring that needed.
the tires deliver optimal wear and
performance.
. Signs that the alignment may need to be
adjusted include pulling, improper vehicle
handling, or unusual tire wear.
. Your dealer has the required equipment
to ensure proper wheel alignment.
Windshield
For safety, appearance, and the best
viewing, keep the windshield clean and
clear.
. Signs of damage include scratches, cracks,
and chips.
. Trained dealer technicians can inspect the
windshield and recommend proper
replacement if needed.

Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts
Recommended Fluids and Lubricants
This maintenance section applies to vehicles with a gasoline engine. If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see “Recommended Fluids and Lubricants”
in the Duramax diesel supplement.
Fluids and lubricants identified below by name or specification, including fluids or lubricants not listed here, can be obtained from your dealer.
Usage Fluid/Lubricant
Automatic Transmission (6-Speed DEXRON-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.
Transmission)
Automatic Transmission (8-Speed DEXRON-HP Automatic Transmission Fluid.
Transmission)
Automatic Transmission (10-Speed DEXRON ULV Automatic Transmission Fluid.
Transmission)
Chassis Lubrication Chassis lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB.
Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL coolant. See Cooling System
0 334.
Engine Oil Engine oil meeting the dexos1 specification of the proper SAE viscosity grade. ACDelco dexos1
full synthetic is recommended. See Engine Oil 0 329.
Front and Rear Axle Driveshaft Splines See your dealer.
Front Axle (Four-Wheel Drive) and Rear Axle See your dealer.
Hydraulic Brake System DOT 4 Hydraulic Brake Fluid. See Brake Fluid 0 342.
Usage Fluid/Lubricant
Key Lock Cylinders, Hood Hinges, Body Door Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube. See your dealer.
Hinge Pins, Tailgate Hinge and Linkage, Fuel
Door Hinge, Tailgate Handle Pivot Points,
Hinges, Latch Bolt, and Linkage
Transfer Case (Four-Wheel Drive) DEXRON-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.
Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protection requirements.
Maintenance Replacement Parts

Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.
If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement.
Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
84121219 A3244C
IWith high capacity air cleaner
84121217 A3246C
IWithout high capacity air cleaner

Oil Filter
55495105 PF66
I2.7L L4
12690385 PF63E
I4.3L V6
12690385 PF63E
I5.3L V8
12690385 PF63E
I6.2L V8
Passenger Compartment Air Filter 13508023 CF185
Spark Plugs
12688094 41-106-IP
I2.7L L4
12622441 41-114
I4.3L V6
12622441 41-114
I5.3L V8
12622441 41-114
I6.2L V8

Wiper Blades
84578275 —
IDriver Side – 55 cm (21.7 in)
84578275 —
IPassenger Side – 55 cm (21.7 in)

Maintenance Records
After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the type of services performed
in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.
Date Odometer Reading Serviced By Services Performed
Technical Data 423

Technical Data Vehicle Identification Engine Identification
The eighth character in the VIN is the
Vehicle Identification Vehicle Identification engine code. This code identifies the
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) . . . 423 Number (VIN) vehicle's engine, specifications, and
Service Parts Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . 423 replacement parts. See “Engine
Specifications” under Capacities and
Vehicle Data Specifications 0 424 for the vehicle's
Capacities and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . 424 engine code.
Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427
Service Parts Identification
There may be a large barcode on the
This legal identifier is in the front corner of certification label on the center pillar that
the instrument panel, on the driver side of you can scan for the following information:
the vehicle. It can be seen through the . Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
windshield from outside. The Vehicle . Model designation
Identification Number (VIN) also appears on . Paint information
the Vehicle Certification label and certificates
. Production options
of title and registration.
If there is not a large barcode on this label,
then you will find this same information on
a label inside of the glove box.
424 Technical Data

Vehicle Data
Capacities and Specifications
The following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions. See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 418.
If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement.
Capacities
Application
Metric English
Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant type and charge
amount, see the refrigerant label under the hood. See your
dealer for more information.
Engine Cooling System*
11.8 L 12.4 qt
I2.7L L4 Engine (L3B)
11.5 L 12.2 qt
I4.3L V6 Engine (LV3)
12.8 L 13.5 qt
I5.3L V8 Engine (L82)
13.1 L 13.8 qt
12.6 L 13.3 qt
Technical Data 425
Capacities
Application
Metric English
Engine Oil with Filter
5.7 L 6.0 qt
I2.7L L4 Engine
5.7 L 6.0 qt
I4.3L V6 Engine
7.6 L 8.0 qt
I5.3L V8 Engine
7.6 L 8.0 qt
I6.2L V8 Engine
Fuel Tank
90.8 L 24.0 gal
IStandard and Short Box (except 2WD Diesel)
83.3 L 22.0 gal
IStandard and Short Box (2WD Diesel)
107.1 L 28.3 gal
ILong Box
426 Technical Data
Capacities
Application
Metric English
Transfer Case Fluid 1.5 L 1.6 qt
Wheel Nut Torque 190 Y 140 lb ft
All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this manual. Recheck fluid level
after filling.
*Engine cooling system capacity values are based on the entire cooling system and its components.
Engine Specifications
Engine VIN Code Spark Plug Gap
2.7L L4 (L3B) K 0.65–0.75 mm (0.026–0.030 in)
4.3L V6 (LV3) H 0.95–1.10 mm (0.037–0.043 in)
5.3L V8 (L82) F 0.95–1.10 mm (0.037–0.043 in)
5.3L V8 (L84) D 0.95–1.10 mm (0.037–0.043 in)
6.2L V8 (L87) L 0.95–1.10 mm (0.037–0.043 in)
Spark plug gaps are preset by the manufacturer. Re-gapping the spark plug is not recommended and can damage the spark plug.
Technical Data 427

Engine Drive Belt Routing
If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the
4.3L, 5.3L, and 6.2L Engines
2.7L Engine
428 Customer Information

Customer Information Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy
Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy . . . 437
Customer Information
Cybersecurity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438 Customer Satisfaction Procedure
Customer Information Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438
Customer Satisfaction Procedure . . . . . . 428 OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439 Your satisfaction and goodwill are important
Customer Assistance Offices . . . . . . . . . . . 430 Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439 to your dealer and to Chevrolet. Normally,
Customer Assistance for Text Telephone any concerns with the sales transaction or
(TTY) Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430 the operation of the vehicle will be resolved
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430 by your dealer's sales or service
GM Mobility Reimbursement departments. Sometimes, however, despite
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431 the best intentions of all concerned,
Roadside Assistance Program . . . . . . . . . . 431 misunderstandings can occur. If your concern
Scheduling Service Appointments . . . . . . 433 has not been resolved to your satisfaction,
Courtesy Transportation Program . . . . . 433 the following steps should be taken:
Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434
Publication Ordering Information . . . . . . 436 STEP ONE : Discuss your concern with a
Radio Frequency Statement . . . . . . . . . . . 436 member of dealership management.
Normally, concerns can be quickly resolved
Reporting Safety Defects at that level. If the matter has already been
Reporting Safety Defects to the United reviewed with the sales, service, or parts
States Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436 manager, contact the owner of your
Reporting Safety Defects to the dealership or the general manager.
Canadian Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437 STEP TWO : If after contacting a member of
Reporting Safety Defects to General dealership management, it appears your
Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437 concern cannot be resolved by your
dealership without further help, in the U.S.,
call the Chevrolet Customer Assistance
Center at 1-800-222-1020. In Canada, call
General Motors of Canada Customer Care
Centre at 1-800-263-3777 (English),
or 1-800-263-7854 (French).
Customer Information 429

We encourage you to call the toll-free The BBB Auto Line Program is an This program is available in all 50 states and
number in order to give your inquiry out-of-court program administered by BBB the District of Columbia. Eligibility is limited
prompt attention. Have the following National Programs, Inc. to settle automotive by vehicle age, mileage, and other factors.
information available to give the Customer disputes regarding vehicle repairs or the General Motors reserves the right to change
Assistance representative: interpretation of the New Vehicle Limited eligibility limitations and/or discontinue its
. Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). This is Warranty. Although you may be required to participation in this program.
available from the vehicle registration or resort to this informal dispute resolution STEP THREE — Canadian Owners : In the
title, or the plate at the top left of the program prior to filing a court action, use of event that you do not feel your concerns
instrument panel and visible through the the program is free of charge and your case have been addressed after following the
windshield. will generally be heard within 40 days. procedure outlined in Steps One and Two,
. Dealership name and location. If you do not agree with the decision given General Motors of Canada Company wants
in your case, you may reject it and proceed you to be aware of its participation in a
. Vehicle delivery date and present mileage.
with any other venue for relief available no-charge Mediation/Arbitration Program.
When contacting Chevrolet, remember that to you. General Motors of Canada Company has
your concern will likely be resolved at a You may contact the BBB Auto Line Program committed to binding arbitration of owner
dealer's facility. That is why we suggest using the toll-free telephone number or disputes involving factory-related vehicle
following Step One first. write them at the following address: service claims. The program provides for the
STEP THREE — U.S. Owners : Both General BBB Auto Line Program review of the facts involved by an impartial
Motors and your dealer are committed to BBB National Programs, Inc. third party arbiter, and may include an
making sure you are completely satisfied 3033 Wilson Boulevard informal hearing before the arbiter. The
with your new vehicle. However, if you Suite 600 program is designed so that the entire
continue to remain unsatisfied after Arlington, VA 22201 dispute settlement process, from the time
following the procedure outlined in you file your complaint to the final decision,
Steps One and Two, you can file with the Telephone: 1-800-955-5100 should be completed in about 70 days. We
Better Business Bureau (BBB) Auto Line http://www.bbb.org/council/ believe our impartial program offers
Program to enforce your rights. programs-services/ advantages over courts in most jurisdictions
dispute-handling-and-resolution/bbb-auto-line because it is informal, quick, and free of
charge.

For further information concerning eligibility United States and Puerto Rico Overseas
in the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration
Chevrolet Motor Division Please contact the local General Motors
Plan (CAMVAP), call toll-free 1-800-207-0685,
Chevrolet Customer Assistance Center Business Unit.
or call the General Motors Customer Care
P.O. Box 33170
Centre, 1-800-263-3777 (English), Customer Assistance for Text
Detroit, MI 48232-5170
1-800-263-7854 (French), or write to:
www.Chevrolet.com Telephone (TTY) Users
The Mediation/Arbitration Program
1-800-222-1020 To assist customers who are deaf, hard of
c/o Customer Care Centre
1-800-833-2438 (For Text Telephone Devices hearing, or speech-impaired and who use
General Motors of Canada Company
(TTYs)) Text Telephones (TTYs), Chevrolet has TTY
Mail Code: CA1-163-005
Roadside Assistance: 1-800-243-8872 equipment available at its Customer
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 From U.S. Virgin Islands: Assistance Center. Any TTY user in the U.S.
can communicate with Chevrolet by dialing:
Your inquiry should be accompanied by the 1-800-496-9994 1-800-833-2438. TTY users in Canada can dial
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). 1-800-263-3830.
Canada
Customer Assistance Offices General Motors of Canada Company Online Owner Center
Chevrolet encourages customers to call the Customer Care Centre, Mail Code:
toll-free number for assistance. However, if a CA1-163-005 The Chevrolet Owner Center (U.S.)
customer wishes to write or e-mail 1908 Colonel Sam Drive my.chevrolet.com
Chevrolet, the letter should be addressed to: Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 Learn more about your vehicle features,
www.gm.ca shop for and manage your connected
1-800-263-3777 (English) services and OnStar plans, and access
1-800-263-7854 (French) diagnostic information specific to your
1-800-263-3830 (For Text Telephone devices vehicle.
(TTYs)) Membership Benefits
Roadside Assistance: 1-800-268-6800
E : Download owner’s manuals and view
vehicle-specific how-to videos.

G : View maintenance schedules, alerts, and GM Mobility Reimbursement Roadside Assistance Program
Vehicle Diagnostic Information. Schedule Program
service appointments. For U.S.-purchased vehicles, call
1-800-243-8872. (Text Telephone (TTY):
I : View service records from your 1-888-889-2438.)
dealership and add your own. For Canadian-purchased vehicles, call
D : Select a preferred dealer and view 1-800-268-6800.
locations, maps, phone numbers, and hours. Service is available 24 hours a day, 365 days
r : Track your vehicle’s warranty a year.
information. This program is available to qualified Calling for Assistance
applicants for cost reimbursement, up to
J : View active recalls by Vehicle certain limits, of eligible aftermarket When calling Roadside Assistance, have the
Identification Number (VIN). See Vehicle adaptive equipment required for the vehicle, following information ready:
Identification Number (VIN) 0 423. such as hand controls or a wheelchair/ . Your name, home address, and home
H : Manage your profile and payment scooter lift for the vehicle. telephone number
information. View your GM Rewards Card To learn about the GM Mobility program, . Telephone number of your location
earnings and My Chevrolet Rewards points. see www.gmmobility.com or call the GM . Location of the vehicle
F : Chat with online help representatives. Mobility Assistance Center at 1-800-323-9935. . Model, year, color, and license plate
Text Telephone (TTY) users, call number of the vehicle
Visit my.chevrolet.com and create an 1-800-833-9935. . Odometer reading, Vehicle Identification
account today.
General Motors of Canada also has a Number (VIN), and delivery date of the
Chevrolet Owner Centre (Canada) Mobility program. See www.gm.ca, or call vehicle
mychevrolet.ca 1-800-GM-DRIVE (800-463-7483) for details. . Description of the problem
TTY users call 1-800-263-3830.
Visit the Chevrolet Owner Centre at Coverage
mychevrolet.ca (English) or my.chevrolet.ca
(French) to access similar benefits to the Services are provided for the duration of the
U.S. site. vehicle’s powertrain warranty.

In the U.S., anyone driving the vehicle is vehicle was in a crash and cannot be . Mounting, dismounting, or changing of
covered. In Canada, a person driving the driven. Assistance is not given when the snow tires, chains, or other traction
vehicle without permission from the owner vehicle is stuck in the sand, mud, devices
is not covered. or snow. Service is not provided if a vehicle is in an
Roadside Assistance is not a part of the New . Flat Tire Change: Service to change a flat area that is not accessible to the service
Vehicle Limited Warranty. General Motors tire with the spare tire. The spare tire, vehicle or is not a regularly traveled or
North America and Chevrolet reserve the if equipped, must be in good condition maintained public road, which includes ice
right to make any changes or discontinue and properly inflated. It is the owner's and winter roads. Off-road use is not
the Roadside Assistance program at any responsibility for the repair or covered.
time without notification. replacement of the tire if it is not covered
by the warranty. Services Specific to Canadian-Purchased
General Motors North America and Chevrolet Vehicles
. Battery Jump Start: Service to jump start
reserve the right to limit services or . Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement is up to
payment to an owner or driver if they a dead battery.
. Trip Interruption Benefits and Assistance: 7 liters. If available, diesel fuel delivery
decide the claims are made too often, or the
If your trip is interrupted due to a may be restricted. Propane and other
same type of claim is made many times.
warranty event, incidental expenses may fuels are not provided through this
Services Provided be reimbursed within the Powertrain service.
. Emergency Fuel Delivery: Delivery of warranty period. Items considered are . Lock-Out Service: Vehicle registration is
enough fuel for the vehicle to get to the reasonable and customary hotel, meals, required.
nearest service station. rental car, or a vehicle being delivered . Trip Interruption Benefits and Assistance:
. Lock-Out Service: Service to unlock the back to the customer, up to 500 miles. Must be over 150 km from where your
vehicle if you are locked out. A remote trip was started to qualify.
Services Not Included in Roadside
unlock may be available if you have Pre-authorization, original detailed
Assistance receipts, and a copy of the repair orders
OnStar. For security reasons, the driver
must present identification before this . Impound towing caused by violation of are required. Once authorization has been
service is given. any laws received, the Roadside Assistance advisor
. Emergency Tow from a Public Road or . Legal fines will help to make arrangements and
Highway: Tow to the nearest Chevrolet explain how to receive payment.
dealer for warranty service, or if the

. Alternative Service: If assistance cannot If your dealer requests you to bring the Transportation Options
be provided right away, the Roadside vehicle for service, you are urged to do so
Assistance advisor may give permission to Warranty service can generally be
as early in the work day as possible to
get local emergency road service. You will completed while you wait. However, if you
allow for same-day repair.
receive payment, up to $100, after are unable to do so, your dealer may offer
sending the original receipt to Roadside Courtesy Transportation Program the following transportation options:
Assistance. Mechanical failures may be To enhance your ownership experience, we Shuttle Service
covered, however any cost for parts and and our participating dealers are proud to This includes one-way or round-trip shuttle
labor for repairs not covered by the offer Courtesy Transportation, a customer service within reasonable time and distance
warranty are the owner responsibility. support program for vehicles with the parameters of your dealer's area.
Scheduling Service Appointments Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty Coverage
Public Transportation or Fuel Reimbursement
period in Canada), extended powertrain,
When the vehicle requires warranty service, and/or hybrid-specific warranties in both the If overnight warranty repairs are needed,
contact your dealer and request an U.S. and Canada. and public transportation is used, the
appointment. By scheduling a service expense must be supported by original
Several Courtesy Transportation options are
appointment and advising the service receipts and within the maximum amount
available to assist in reducing inconvenience
consultant of your transportation needs, allowed by GM. If U.S. customers arrange
when warranty repairs are required.
your dealer can help minimize your their own transportation, limited
inconvenience. Courtesy Transportation is not a part of the reimbursement for reasonable fuel expenses
New Vehicle Limited Warranty. A separate may be available. Claim amounts should
If the vehicle cannot be scheduled into the
manual entitled “Limited Warranty and reflect actual costs and be supported by
service department immediately, keep
Owner Assistance Information” furnished original receipts. See your dealer for
driving it until it can be scheduled for
with each new vehicle provides detailed information.
service, unless, of course, the problem is
warranty coverage information.
safety related. If it is, please call your Courtesy Rental Vehicle
dealership, let them know this, and ask for For an overnight warranty repair, the dealer
instructions. may provide an available courtesy rental
vehicle or provide for reimbursement of a
rental vehicle. Reimbursement is limited and
must be supported by original receipts as

well as a signed and completed rental Poorly performed collision repairs diminish Aftermarket collision parts are also available.
agreement and meet state/provincial, local, the vehicle resale value, and safety These are made by companies other than
and rental vehicle provider requirements. performance can be compromised in GM and may not have been tested for the
Requirements vary and may include subsequent collisions. vehicle. As a result, these parts may fit
minimum age requirements, insurance poorly, exhibit premature durability/
coverage, credit card, etc. Additional fees Collision Parts corrosion problems, and may not perform
such as fuel, rental vehicle insurance, taxes, Genuine GM Collision parts are new parts properly in subsequent collisions.
levies, usage fees, excessive mileage, made with the same materials and Aftermarket parts are not covered by the
or rental usage beyond the completion of construction methods as the parts with GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any
the repair are also your responsibility. which the vehicle was originally built. vehicle failure related to such parts is not
It may not be possible to provide a like Genuine GM Collision parts are the best covered by that warranty.
vehicle as a courtesy rental. choice to ensure that the vehicle's designed
appearance, durability, and safety are
Repair Facility
Additional Program Information preserved. The use of Genuine GM parts can GM also recommends that you choose a
All program options, such as shuttle service, help maintain the GM New Vehicle Limited collision repair facility that meets your
may not be available at every dealer. Warranty. needs before you ever need collision repairs.
Contact your dealer for specific availability. Recycled original equipment parts may also Your dealer may have a collision repair
be used for repair. These parts are typically center with GM-trained technicians and
General Motors reserves the right to state-of-the-art equipment, or be able to
unilaterally modify, change, or discontinue removed from vehicles that were total losses
in prior crashes. In most cases, the parts recommend a collision repair center that has
Courtesy Transportation at any time and to GM-trained technicians and comparable
resolve all questions of claim eligibility being recycled are from undamaged sections
of the vehicle. A recycled original equipment equipment.
pursuant to the terms and conditions
described herein at its sole discretion. GM part may be an acceptable choice to Insuring the Vehicle
maintain the vehicle's originally designed
appearance and safety performance; Protect your investment in the GM vehicle
Collision Damage Repair with comprehensive and collision insurance
however, the history of these parts is not
If the vehicle is involved in a collision and it known. Such parts are not covered by the coverage. There are significant differences in
is damaged, have the damage repaired by a GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any the quality of coverage afforded by various
qualified technician using the proper related failures are not covered by that insurance policy terms. Many insurance
equipment and quality replacement parts. warranty. policies provide reduced protection to the

GM vehicle by limiting compensation for Give only the necessary information to Managing the Vehicle Damage Repair
damage repairs through the use of police and other parties involved in the Process
aftermarket collision parts. Some insurance crash.
companies will not specify aftermarket In the event that the vehicle requires
For emergency towing see Roadside damage repairs, GM recommends that you
collision parts. When purchasing insurance, Assistance Program 0 431.
we recommend that you ensure that the take an active role in its repair. If you have
vehicle will be repaired with GM original Gather the following information: a pre-determined repair facility of choice,
equipment collision parts. If such insurance . Driver name, address, and telephone take the vehicle there, or have it towed
coverage is not available from your current number there. Specify to the facility that any
insurance carrier, consider switching to required replacement collision parts be
. Driver license number
another insurance carrier. original equipment parts, either new
. Owner name, address, and telephone Genuine GM parts or recycled original GM
If the vehicle is leased, the leasing company number parts. Remember, recycled parts will not be
may require you to have insurance that . Vehicle license plate number covered by the GM vehicle warranty.
ensures repairs with Genuine GM Original . Vehicle make, model, and model year
Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) parts or Insurance pays the bill for the repair, but
. Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) you must live with the repair. Depending on
Genuine Manufacturer replacement parts.
Read the lease carefully, as you may be . Insurance company and policy number your policy limits, your insurance company
charged at the end of the lease for poor . General description of the damage to the may initially value the repair using
quality repairs. other vehicle aftermarket parts. Discuss this with the
repair professional, and insist on Genuine
If a Crash Occurs Choose a reputable repair facility that uses GM parts. Remember, if the vehicle is
quality replacement parts. See “Collision leased, you may be obligated to have the
If there has been an injury, call emergency Parts” earlier in this section. vehicle repaired with Genuine GM parts,
services for help. Do not leave the scene of
If the airbag has inflated, see What Will You even if your insurance coverage does not
a crash until all matters have been taken
See after an Airbag Inflates? 0 65. pay the full cost.
care of. Move the vehicle only if its position
puts you in danger, or you are instructed to If another party's insurance company is
move it by a police officer. paying for the repairs, you are not obligated
to accept a repair valuation based on that
insurance company's collision policy repair
limits, as you have no contractual limits

with that company. In such cases, you can To order, call 1-800-551-4123 Monday–Friday, 2. The device must accept any interference
have control of the repair and parts choices 8:00 a.m.–6:00 p.m. eastern time received, including interference that may
as long as the cost stays within reasonable For credit card orders only (VISA, cause undesired operation of the device.
limits. MasterCard, or Discover), see Helm, Inc. at: Changes or modifications to any of these
Publication Ordering Information www.helminc.com. systems by other than an authorized service
To order by mail, write to: facility could void authorization to use this
Service Manuals equipment.
Helm, Incorporated
Service manuals have the diagnosis and Attention: Customer Service
repair information on the engine, 47911 Halyard Drive
Reporting Safety Defects
transmission, axle, suspension, brakes, Plymouth, MI 48170
electrical system, steering system, body, etc. Reporting Safety Defects to the
Make checks payable in U.S. funds. United States Government
Customer Literature
Owner’s manuals are written specifically for
Radio Frequency Statement If you believe that your vehicle has a
owners and are intended to provide basic This vehicle uses license-exempt transmitters defect which could cause a crash or
operational information about the vehicle. / receivers / systems that operate on a could cause injury or death, you should
The owner’s manual includes the radio frequency that complies with Part 15/ immediately inform the National
Maintenance Schedule for all models. Part 18 of the Federal Communications Highway Traffic Safety Administration
Commission (FCC) rules and with Innovation, (NHTSA) in addition to notifying General
Customer literature publications available for
Science and Economic Development (ISED) Motors.
purchase include owner’s manuals, warranty
Canada's license-exempt RSS(s) / RSP-100 /
manuals, and portfolios. Portfolios include an If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it
ICES-GEN.
owner’s manual, warranty manual, may open an investigation, and if it
if applicable, and zip lock bag or pouch. Operation is subject to the following two
conditions: finds that a safety defect exists in a
Current and Past Models group of vehicles, it may order a recall
1. The device may not cause harmful
Service manuals and customer literature are interference.
and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA
available for many current and past model cannot become involved in individual
year GM vehicles. problems between you, your dealer,
or General Motors.

To contact NHTSA, you may call the or write to: In Mexico, call 800-466-0811 or
Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 800-508-0000.
Transport Canada
1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go Motor Vehicle Safety Directorate In other Central America and Caribbean
to http://www.safercar.gov; or Defect Investigations and Recalls Countries, call 52-555-901-2369.
write to: Division
Administrator, NHTSA 80 Noel Street Vehicle Data Recording and
1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E. Gatineau, QC J8Z 0A1 Privacy
Washington, D.C. 20590
Reporting Safety Defects to The vehicle has a number of computers that
You can also obtain other information General Motors record information about the vehicle’s
about motor vehicle safety from performance and how it is driven or used.
http://www.safercar.gov. In addition to notifying NHTSA (or Transport For example, the vehicle uses computer
Canada) in a situation like this, notify modules to monitor and control engine and
Reporting Safety Defects to the General Motors. transmission performance, to monitor the
Canadian Government In the U.S., call 1-800-222-1020, or write: conditions for airbag deployment and
deploy them in a crash, and, if equipped, to
If you live in Canada, and you believe Chevrolet Motor Division provide antilock braking to help the driver
that the vehicle has a safety defect, Chevrolet Customer Assistance Center control the vehicle. These modules may
notify Transport Canada immediately, P.O. Box 33170 store data to help the dealer technician
Detroit, MI 48232-5170 service the vehicle or to help GM improve
and notify General Motors of Canada
Company. Call Transport Canada at In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777 (English) or safety or features. Some modules may also
1-800-263-7854 (French), or write: store data about how the vehicle is
1-800-333-0510; go to: operated, such as rate of fuel consumption
www.tc.gc.ca/recalls (English) General Motors of Canada Company or average speed. These modules may retain
Customer Care Centre, Mail Code: personal preferences, such as radio presets,
www.tc.gc.ca/rappels (French) CA1-163-005 seat positions, and temperature settings.
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7

Cybersecurity Event Data Recorders driving conditions and no personal data
(e.g., name, gender, age, and crash location)
GM collects information about the use of This vehicle is equipped with an event data are recorded. However, other parties, such
your vehicle including operational and safety recorder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDR as law enforcement, could combine the EDR
related information. We collect this is to record, in certain crash or near data with the type of personally identifying
information to provide, evaluate, improve, crash-like situations, such as an air bag data routinely acquired during a crash
and troubleshoot our products and services deployment or hitting a road obstacle, data investigation.
and to develop new products and services. that will assist in understanding how a
The protection of vehicle electronics systems vehicle’s systems performed. The EDR is To read data recorded by an EDR, special
and customer data from unauthorized designed to record data related to vehicle equipment is required, and access to the
outside electronic access or control is dynamics and safety systems for a short vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to
important to GM. GM maintains appropriate period of time, typically 30 seconds or less. the vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such
security standards, practices, guidelines and The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record as law enforcement, that have the special
controls aimed at defending the vehicle and such data as: equipment, can read the information if they
the vehicle service ecosystem against . How various systems in your vehicle were
have access to the vehicle or the EDR.
unauthorized electronic access, detecting operating; GM will not access these data or share it
possible malicious activity in related . Whether or not the driver and passenger with others except: with the consent of the
networks, and responding to suspected safety belts were buckled/fastened; vehicle owner or, if the vehicle is leased,
cybersecurity incidents in a timely, with the consent of the lessee; in response
. How far (if at all) the driver was
coordinated and effective manner. Security to an official request by police or similar
incidents could impact your safety or depressing the accelerator and/or brake
government office; as part of GM's defense
compromise your private data. To minimize pedal; and,
of litigation through the discovery process;
security risks, please do not connect your . How fast the vehicle was traveling. or, as required by law. Data that GM collects
vehicle electronic systems to unauthorized These data can help provide a better or receives may also be used for GM
devices or connect your vehicle to any understanding of the circumstances in which research needs or may be made available to
unknown or untrusted networks (such as crashes and injuries occur. others for research purposes, where a need
Bluetooth, WIFI or similar technology). In is shown and the data is not tied to a
the event you suspect any security incident Note specific vehicle or vehicle owner.
impacting your data or the safe operation of EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only
your vehicle, please stop operating your if a non-trivial crash situation occurs; no
vehicle and contact your dealer. data are recorded by the EDR under normal

OnStar
If the vehicle is equipped with OnStar and
has an active service plan, additional data
may be collected and transmitted through
the OnStar system. This includes information
about the vehicle’s operation; collisions
involving the vehicle; the use of the vehicle
and its features, including infotainment; and
the location and approximate GPS speed of
the vehicle. Refer to the OnStar Terms and
Conditions and Privacy Statement on the
OnStar website.
See OnStar Additional Information 0 441.
Infotainment System
If the vehicle is equipped with a navigation
system as part of the infotainment system,
use of the system may result in the storage
of destinations, addresses, telephone
numbers, and other trip information. See the
infotainment section for information on
stored data and for deletion instructions.
440 OnStar
OnStar OnStar Overview The OnStar system status light is next to
the OnStar buttons. If the status light is:
. Solid Green: System is ready.
OnStar Overview
OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440 . Flashing Green: On a call.
. Red: Indicates a problem.
OnStar Services . Off: System is off. Press Q twice to
Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441 speak with an OnStar Advisor.
= Voice Command Button Press Q or call 1-888-4ONSTAR

OnStar Additional Information
(1-888-466-7827) to speak to an Advisor.
OnStar Additional Information . . . . . . . . . 441
Q Blue OnStar Button Functionality of the Voice Command button
> Red Emergency Button may vary by vehicle and region.
This vehicle may be equipped with a Press = to:
comprehensive, in-vehicle system that can . Open the OnStar app on the infotainment
connect to an OnStar Advisor for Emergency, display. See OnStar System 0 162 for
Security, Navigation, Connections, and information on how to use the
Diagnostics Services. OnStar services may OnStar app.
require a paid service plan and data plan.
OnStar requires the vehicle battery and Or
electrical system, cellular service, and GPS . Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn Navigation voice
satellite signals to be available and commands.
operating. OnStar acts as a link to existing . Obtain and customize the Wi-Fi hotspot
emergency service providers. OnStar may name or SSID and password, if equipped.
collect information about you and your
vehicle, including location information. See Press Q to connect to an Advisor to:
OnStar User Terms, Privacy Statement, and . Verify account information or update
Software Terms for more details including contact information.
system limitations at www.onstar.com (U.S.) . Get driving directions.
or www.onstar.ca (Canada).
OnStar 441
. Receive a Diagnostic check of the vehicle's With OnStar Crisis Assist, specially trained Theft Alarm Notification
key operating systems. Advisors are available 24 hours a day, 7 days
If equipped, if the doors are locked and the
. Receive Roadside Assistance. a week, to provide a central point of
vehicle alarm sounds, a notification by text,
. Manage Wi-Fi Settings, if equipped. contact, assistance, and information during a
e-mail, or phone call will be sent. If the
crisis.
Press > to get a priority connection to an vehicle is stolen, an OnStar Advisor can work
With Roadside Assistance, Advisors can with authorities to recover the vehicle.
OnStar Advisor available 24/7 to:
locate a nearby service provider to help with
. Get help for an emergency. a flat tire, a battery jump, or an empty
. Be a Good Samaritan or respond to an gas tank.
OnStar Additional
AMBER Alert. Information
. Get assistance in severe weather or other Security
crisis situations and find evacuation In-Vehicle Audio Messages
If equipped, OnStar provides these services:
routes. . With Stolen Vehicle Assistance, OnStar Audio messages may play important
Advisors can use GPS to pinpoint the information at the following times:
OnStar Services vehicle and help authorities quickly . Prior to vehicle purchase. Press Q to set
recover it. up an account.
Emergency . With Remote Ignition Block, if equipped, . After change in ownership and at
Emergency Services require an active safety OnStar can block the engine from being 90 days.
and security plan. With Automatic Crash restarted.
Response, built-in sensors can automatically . With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown, Transferring Service
alert a specially trained OnStar Advisor who if equipped, OnStar can work with law Press Q to request account transfer
is immediately connected in to the vehicle enforcement to gradually slow the eligibility information. The Advisor can
to help. vehicle down. cancel or change account information.
Press > for a priority connection to an Selling/Transferring the Vehicle
OnStar Advisor who can contact emergency
service providers, direct them to your exact Call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827)
location, and relay important information. immediately to terminate your OnStar or
connected services if the vehicle is disposed
of, sold, transferred, or if the lease ends.
442 OnStar
Reactivation for Subsequent Owners technology compatible with OnStar or . Provide directions to the closest hospital
connected services. Service involving location or pharmacy in urgent situations.
Press Q and follow the prompts to speak to information about the vehicle cannot work
an Advisor as soon as possible. The Advisor unless GPS signals are available, TTY Users
will update vehicle records and explain unobstructed, and compatible with the OnStar has the ability to communicate to
OnStar or connected service options. OnStar hardware. OnStar or connected deaf, hard-of-hearing, or speech-impaired
How OnStar Service Works services may not work if the OnStar customers while in the vehicle. The available
equipment is not properly installed or it has dealer-installed TTY system can provide
Automatic Crash Response, Emergency not been properly maintained. If equipment in-vehicle access to all OnStar services,
Services, Crisis Assist, Stolen Vehicle or software is added, connected, except Virtual Advisor and OnStar
Assistance, Remote Services, and Roadside or modified, OnStar or connected services Turn-by-Turn Navigation.
Assistance are available on most vehicles. may not work. Other problems beyond the
Not all OnStar services are available If equipped, TTY mode can be turned on or
control of OnStar — such as hills, tall
everywhere or on all vehicles. For more off by touching Settings, then Apps, and
buildings, tunnels, weather, electrical system
information, a full description of OnStar then Phone. When TTY mode is on, phone
design and architecture of the vehicle,
services, system limitations, and OnStar User calls can be made or received with OnStar
damage to the vehicle in a crash, or wireless
Terms, Privacy Statement, and Software using the infotainment display.
phone network congestion or jamming —
Terms: may prevent service. OnStar Personal Identification
. Call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827). Number (PIN)
See Radio Frequency Statement 0 436.
. See www.onstar.com (U.S.).
Services for People with Disabilities A PIN is needed to access some OnStar
. See www.onstar.ca (Canada). services. The PIN will need to be changed
. Call TTY 1-877-248-2080. Advisors provide services to help with the first time when speaking with an
. Press Q to speak with an Advisor. physical disabilities and medical conditions. Advisor. To change the OnStar PIN, contact
Press Q to help: an OnStar Advisor by pressing Q or calling
OnStar or connected services cannot work
. Locate a gas station with an attendant to 1-888-4ONSTAR.
unless the vehicle is in a place where OnStar
has an agreement with a wireless service pump gas. Warranty
provider for service in that area. The . Find a hotel, restaurant, etc., that meets
wireless service provider must also have OnStar equipment may be warranted as part
accessibility needs. of the vehicle warranty.
coverage, network capacity, reception, and
OnStar 443
Languages A temporary loss of GPS can cause loss of Add-on Electrical Equipment
the ability to send a Turn-by-Turn
The vehicle can be programmed to respond The OnStar system is integrated into the
Navigation route. The Advisor may give a
in multiple languages. Press Q and ask for verbal route or may ask for a call back after
electrical architecture of the vehicle. Do not
an Advisor. Advisors are available in English, add any electrical equipment. See Add-On
the vehicle is driven into an open area.
Spanish, and French. Available languages Electrical Equipment 0 317. Added electrical
may vary by country. Cellular and GPS Antennas equipment may interfere with the operation
of the OnStar system and cause it to not
Potential Issues Cellular reception is required for OnStar to operate.
send remote signals to the vehicle. Do not
OnStar cannot perform Remote Door Unlock place items over or near the antenna to Vehicle Software Updates
or Stolen Vehicle Assistance after the vehicle prevent blocking cellular and GPS signal
has been off continuously for 10 days OnStar or GM may remotely deliver
reception.
without an ignition cycle. If the vehicle has software updates or changes to the vehicle
not been started for 10 days, OnStar can Unable to Connect to OnStar Message without further notice or consent. These
contact Roadside Assistance or a locksmith updates or changes may enhance or
If there is limited cellular coverage or the maintain safety, security, or the operation
to help gain access to the vehicle. cellular network has reached maximum of the vehicle or the vehicle systems.
Global Positioning System (GPS) capacity, this message may come on. Press Software updates or changes may affect or
. Obstruction of the GPS can occur in a Q to try the call again or try again after erase data or settings that are stored in the
large city with tall buildings; in parking driving a few miles into another vehicle, such as saved navigation
garages; around airports; in tunnels and cellular area. destinations or pre-set radio stations.
underpasses; or in an area with very Neither OnStar nor GM is responsible for
Vehicle and Power Issues
dense trees. If GPS signals are not any affected or erased data or settings.
available, the OnStar system should still OnStar services require a vehicle electrical These updates or changes may also collect
operate to call OnStar. However, OnStar system, wireless service, and GPS satellite personal information. Such collection is
could have difficulty identifying the exact technologies to be available and operating described in the OnStar privacy statement or
location. for features to function properly. These separately disclosed at the time of
. In emergency situations, OnStar can use systems may not operate if the battery is installation. These updates or changes may
the last stored GPS location to send to discharged or disconnected. also cause a system to automatically
emergency responders. communicate with GM servers to collect
information about vehicle system status,
444 OnStar
identify whether updates or changes are OnStar - Software Acknowledgements
available, or deliver updates or changes. An
To obtain the source code under GPL, LGPL,
active OnStar agreement constitutes consent
MPL, and other open source licenses, that is
to these software updates or changes and
contained in this product, please visit
agreement that either OnStar or GM may
http://opensource.lge.com. In addition to
remotely deliver them to the vehicle.
the source code, all referred license terms,
Privacy warranty disclaimers, and copyright notices
are available for download. This offer is valid
The complete OnStar Privacy Statement may for a period of three years after our last
be found at www.onstar.com (U.S.), shipment of this product. This offer is valid
or www.onstar.ca (Canada). We recommend to anyone in receipt of this information.
that you review it. If you have any
questions, call 1-888-4ONSTAR *Provided through LG Electronics Inc., who is
(1-888-466-7827) or press Q to speak with solely responsible for provisions of related
an Advisor. Users of wireless OSS compliance.
communications are cautioned that the
privacy of any information sent via wireless
cellular communications cannot be assured.
Third parties may unlawfully intercept or
access transmissions and private
communications without consent.
Connected Services 445

Connected Services Connected Services 2. Say “Cancel route.” System responds:
“Do you want to cancel directions?”
Connected Services Navigation 3. Say “Yes.” System responds: “OK, request
Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445 completed, thank you, goodbye.”
Navigation requires a specific OnStar or
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446 connected service plan. Route Preview
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447
Press Q to receive Turn-by-Turn directions 1. Press =. System responds: “OnStar
or have them sent to the vehicle’s ready,” then a tone.
navigation screen, if equipped. 2. Say “Route preview.” System responds
with the next three maneuvers.
Turn-by-Turn Navigation
Repeat
1. Press Q to connect to an Advisor.
1. Press =. System responds: “OnStar
2. Request directions to be downloaded to
ready,” then a tone.
the vehicle.
2. Say “Repeat.” System responds with the
3. Follow the voice-guided commands.
last direction given, then responds with
Using Voice Commands During a “OnStar ready,” then a tone.
Planned Route Get My Destination
Functionality of the Voice Command button, 1. Press =. System responds: “OnStar
if equipped, may vary by vehicle and region. ready,” then a tone.
For some vehicles, press = to open the 2. Say “Get my destination.” System
OnStar app on the infotainment display. For responds with the address and distance
other vehicles press = as follows. to the destination, then responds with
Cancel Route “OnStar ready,” then a tone.
1. Press =. System responds: “OnStar Send Destination to Vehicle

ready,” then a tone. Directions can be sent to the vehicle’s
navigation screen, if equipped.
446 Connected Services

Press Q, then ask the Advisor to download Wi-Fi Hotspot (If Equipped) After initial set-up, your vehicle’s Wi-Fi
directions to the vehicle’s navigation system, The vehicle may have a built-in Wi-Fi hotspot will connect automatically to your
if equipped. After the call ends, the hotspot that provides access to the Internet mobile devices. Manage data usage by
navigation screen will provide prompts to and web content at 4G LTE speed. Up to turning Wi-Fi on or off on your mobile
begin driving directions. Routes that are sent seven mobile devices can be connected. device, using the myChevrolet mobile app,
to the navigation screen can only be A data plan is required. Use the in-vehicle or by contacting an OnStar Advisor. On
canceled through the navigation system. controls only when it is safe to do so. some vehicles, Wi-Fi can also be managed
from the Wi-Fi Hotspot menu.
See www.onstar.com (U.S.) or www.onstar.ca 1. To retrieve Wi-Fi hotspot information,
(Canada). press = to open the OnStar app on the MyChevrolet Mobile App (If Available)
infotainment display, then select Wi-Fi Download the myChevrolet mobile app to
Connections Hotspot. On some vehicles, touch Wi-Fi compatible Apple and Android smartphones.
The following services help with staying or Wi-Fi Settings on the screen. Chevrolet users can access the following
connected. 2. The Wi-Fi settings will display the Wi-Fi services from a smartphone:
For coverage maps, see www.onstar.com hotspot name (SSID), password, and on . Remotely start/stop the vehicle,
(U.S.) or www.onstar.ca (Canada). some vehicles, the connection type (no if factory-equipped.
Internet connection, 3G, 4G, 4G LTE), and . Lock/unlock doors, if equipped with
Ensuring Security signal quality (poor, good, excellent). The automatic locks.
. Change the default passwords for the LTE icon shows connection to Wi-Fi. It is . Activate the horn and lamps.
Wi-Fi hotspot and myChevrolet mobile possible that the icon may not illuminate . Check the vehicle’s fuel level, oil life,
application. Make these passwords even though the vehicle has an active
different from each other and use a or tire pressure, if factory-equipped with
connection.
combination of letters and numbers to the Tire Pressure Monitor System.
3. To change the SSID or password, press . Send destinations to the vehicle.
increase the security.
. Change the default name of the SSID
Q or call 1-888-4ONSTAR to connect . Locate the vehicle on a map
with an Advisor. On some vehicles, the (U.S. market only).
(Service Set Identifier). This is your
SSID and password can be changed in
network’s name that is visible to other . Turn the vehicle's Wi-Fi hotspot on/off,
the Wi-Fi Hotspot menu.
wireless devices. Choose a unique name manage settings, and monitor data
and avoid family names or vehicle consumption, if equipped.
descriptions. . Locate a dealer and schedule service.
Connected Services 447

. Request Roadside Assistance. Diagnostics
. Set a parking reminder with pin drop,
take a photo, make a note, and set a By monitoring and reporting on the vehicle's
timer. key systems, OnStar Advanced Diagnostics,
if equipped, provides a way to keep up on
. Connect with Chevrolet on social media.
maintenance. Capabilities vary by model.
Features are subject to change. For See www.onstar.com for details and system
myChevrolet mobile app information and limitations. Features are subject to change.
compatibility, see my.chevrolet.com. For updates on feature capabilities, see
An active OnStar or connected service plan my.chevrolet.com. Message and data rates
may be required. A compatible device, may apply.
factory-installed remote start, and power
locks are required. Data rates apply. See
www.onstar.com for details and system
limitations.
Remote Services
Contact an OnStar Advisor to unlock the
doors or sound the horn and flash the
lamps.
Marketplace
OnStar Advisors can provide offers from
restaurants and retailers on your route, help
locate hotels, or book a room. These services
vary by market.
Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/-
448 Index
Airbag System (cont'd)
Index A
Accessories and Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . 322 When Should an Airbag Inflate? . . . . . . . . 63
Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235 Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Active Fuel Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237 Airbags
Adaptive Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256 Adding Equipment to the Vehicle . . . . . . . 69
Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . .317 Passenger Status Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Adding a Snow Plow or Similar Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .317 Servicing Airbag-Equipped Vehicles . . . . . . 69
Additional Information System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441 Alarm
Additional Maintenance and Care . . . . . . . . .415 Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Adjustments Alert
Lumbar, Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Lane Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Agreements Side Blind Zone (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Trademarks and License . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333 All-Terrain Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204, 206 AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155
Air Filter Antenna
Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332 Fixed Mast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Air Filter, Passenger Compartment . . . . . . . 209 Multi-band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Airbag System Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Appearance Care
How Does an Airbag Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . 64 Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
Passenger Sensing System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
What Makes an Airbag Inflate? . . . . . . . . . 64 Apple CarPlay and Android Auto . . . . . . . . . .185
What Will You See after an Airbag
Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Index 449
Assistance Program, Roadside . . . . . . . . . . . . .431 B Bulb Replacement
Assistance Systems for Driving . . . . . . . . . . 274 Battery Center High-Mounted Stoplamp
Assistance Systems for Parking and Exterior Lighting Battery Saver . . . . . . . . 147 (CHMSL) and Cargo Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
Backing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266 Load Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
Audio Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 Battery - North America . . . . . . . . . . . . .342, 391 Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
Auto Stop Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347 Headlamps, Front Turn Signal,
Stop/Start System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233 Blind Spot Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37 Sidemarker, and Parking Lamps . . . . . . 349
Automatic Bluetooth License Plate Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
Dimming Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180, 181 Taillamps, Turn Signal, Stoplamps,
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Bluetooth Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 and Back-up Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
Emergency Braking (AEB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276 Brake Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Electric Boost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
C
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 Parking, Electric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246 Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332 System Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 California
Automatic Transmission Brake Pad Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .341 Perchlorate Materials Requirements . . . 321
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340 California Proposition
Shift Lock Control Function Check . . . . . . 346 Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246 65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .321, 342, 391,
Auxiliary Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247 Back Cover
Roof Mounted Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342 Canadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
Auxiliary Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .161 Pad Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341 Capacities and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424
Avoiding Untrusted Media Devices . . . . . . . .158 Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .213 Carbon Monoxide
Axle, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345 Automatic Emergency (AEB) . . . . . . . . . . . 276 Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Axle, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345 Braking System Tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Front Pedestrian (FPB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277 Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
450 Index
Cargo Climate Control Systems (cont'd) Courtesy Transportation Program . . . . . . . . 433
Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 Coverage Explanations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175
Caution, Danger, and Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Center High-Mounted Stoplamp Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434 Cruise Control, Adaptive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
(CHMSL) and Cargo Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352 Compartments Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Center Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430
Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379 Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430
Charging Connected Services Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . . . . . . . . 430
Wireless . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446 Customer Information
Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447 Publications Ordering Information . . . . . 436
Check Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445 Customer Satisfaction Procedure . . . . . . . . . 428
Engine Light (Malfunction Indicator) . . . . 116 Connections Cybersecurity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438
Ignition Transmission Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346 Connected Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446
D
Child Restraints Control
Damage Repair, Collision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434
Infants and Young Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Hill Descent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Danger, Warning, and Caution . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
Lower Anchors and Tethers for Traction and Electronic Stability . . . . . . . 248
Data Collection
Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Control Light
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439
Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Hill Descent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439
Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88, 92 Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .213
Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438
Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Controls
Database Coverage Explanations . . . . . . . . . .175
Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353 Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Cleaning Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .213
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398 Coolant
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403 Engine Temperature Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Destination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Climate Control Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 Engine Temperature Warning Light . . . . . 121
Diagnostics
Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 Cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204, 206
Connected Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447
Dual Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
Index 451
Differential, Limited-Slip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253 Driving (cont'd) Engine (cont'd)
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212 Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .145 Dual Automatic Climate Control Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
Door System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
E
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Oil Pressure Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
E85 or FlexFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Oil Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Electric Brake Boost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Overheated Protection
Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427 Operating Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
Electric Parking Brake Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Driver Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
Electrical Equipment, Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . .317
Teen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Electrical System
Driver Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264 Running While Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Engine Compartment Fuse Block . . . . . . . 353
Driver Information Center (DIC) . . . . . . 124, 125 Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
Driver Mode Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 Engine Air Filter Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
Instrument Panel Fuse Block . . . . . . 357, 358
Driver Mode Control Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
Driving Equipment, Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) Off
Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274 Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Better Fuel Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Emergency
Characteristics and Towing Tips . . . . . . . . 288 Extended Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441
Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 Extender, Seat Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Engine
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 Exterior Cargo Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221 Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Check Light (Malfunction Indicator) . . . . . 116
Impaired . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Compartment Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 Exterior Lighting Battery Saver . . . . . . . . . . .147
Coolant Temperature Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Off-Road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Coolant Temperature Warning Light . . . . 121
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427
Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
452 Index
F Front Fog Lamp G
Fan Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Garage Door Opener . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339 Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB) Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Filter, System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277 Gas Strut(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333 Front Seats Gauges
Fixed Mast Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .158 Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Engine Coolant Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Heated and Ventilated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142 Fuel Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380 Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284 Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381 Economy, Driving for Better . . . . . . . . . . . 212 Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
FlexFuel Filling a Portable Fuel Container . . . . . . . 288 Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
E85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284 Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285, 286 Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Floor Console Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284 Voltmeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405 Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 Warning Lights and Indicators . . . . . . . . . 106
Fluid Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 General Information
Automatic Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332 Management, Active . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237 Service and Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342 Prohibited Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
Four-Wheel Drive Transfer Case . . . . . . . . 241 Recommended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283 Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339 Top Tier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283 Glass Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143 Full-Size Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391 Global Positioning System (GPS) . . . . . . . . . .174
Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Fuses Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System . . . . 274 Engine Compartment Fuse Block . . . . . . . 353 GM Mobility Reimbursement
Four-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .241, 345 Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353 Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .431
Four-Wheel-Drive Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 Instrument Panel Fuse Block . . . . . . 357, 358 Guidance
Frequency Statement Problems with the Route . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436
Front Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
Index 453
H Hill Descent Control Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119 K
Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349 Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247 Keyless Entry
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142 Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322 Remote (RKE) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10, 13
HD Radio Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101 Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7, 9
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 How to Wear Seat Belts Properly . . . . . . . . . .55
L
Head-up Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .128 HVAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204, 206
Labeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
Headlamps
I Lamps
Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349 If the System Needs Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175 Auxiliary Roof Mounted Lamp . . . . . . . . . 144
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229, 230 Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349 Ignition Transmission Lock Check . . . . . . . . 346 Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . 141 Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32 Exterior Cargo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Indicator Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Headlamps, Front Turn Signal, Pedestrian Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Sidemarker, and Parking Lamps . . . . . . 349 Vehicle Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Exterior Lighting Battery Saver . . . . . . . . 147
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Infants and Young Children, Restraints . . . . .72 License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Information Malfunction Indicator (Check
Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Publication Ordering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436 Engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Heated Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439 On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Instrument Panel Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Heated and Ventilated Front Seats . . . . . . . .52 Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .281
Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1, 148 Lane Keep Assist Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119
Heater
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234 J
Jack LATCH System
Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204, 206
Auxiliary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 Replacing Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 88
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123
Jump Starting - North America . . . . . . . . . . . 391 LATCH, Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77
Hill Descent Control (HDC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
454 Index
LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349 Lights (cont'd) M
Lighting High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Maintenance
Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Hill Descent Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Lane Keep Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Maintenance and Care
Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Additional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349 Seat Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .409
Task . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Recommended Fluids and
Lights Service Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . 118 Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
Airbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Transfer Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Antilock Brake System (ABS) Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116
Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 Traction Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Manual Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Brake System Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Limited-Slip Differential . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253 Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Lock Manual Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
Check Engine (Malfunction Steering Column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Map Data Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175
Indicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 Locking Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254 Maps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Locks Media
Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Automatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Avoiding Untrusted Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Driver Mode Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Messages
Electronic Stability Control Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Engine Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
(ESC), Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Engine Coolant Temperature Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Vehicle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .215 Mirror
Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122 Rear Camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Mirrors
Four-Wheel-Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 Children (LATCH System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77 Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Front Fog Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Automatic Dimming Rearview . . . . . . . . . . 38
High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Blind Spot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Index 455
Mirrors (cont'd) Oil P
Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329 Park
Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331 Shifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Engine Oil Pressure Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Park Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Manual Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Older Children, Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Parking
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430 Brake and P (Park) Mechanism
Tilt in Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439 Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
Trailer Tow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 OnStar Additional Information . . . . . . . . . . . 441 Extended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Mirrors, Interior Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 OnStar Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441 Over Things That Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440 Parking or Backing
Driver Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 OnStar Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441 Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Monitor System, Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . 368 OnStar System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162, 173 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator . . . . . . . . . 115
Multi-band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .158 Operating Mode Passenger Compartment Air Filter . . . . . . . 209
Overheated Engine Protection . . . . . . . . . 339 Passenger Sensing System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
N
Operation Pedestrian Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119
Navigation
Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Perchlorate Materials Requirements,
Connected Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445
Outlets California . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .321
Destination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Personalization
Using the System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Overheated Engine Protection Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Navigation Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Operating Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339 Phone
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337 Apple CarPlay and Android Auto . . . . . . . 185
O Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180, 181
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110 Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Pickup Conversion to Chassis Cab . . . . . . . . 319
Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 Port
Off-Road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .215 USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 Positioning
Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
456 Index
Power Radios Replacement
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 Glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Satellite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 Replacement Parts
Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419
Retained Accessory (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235 Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254 Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Rear Camera Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Replacing LATCH System Parts after a
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53 Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Power Assist Steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Replacing Seat Belt System Parts after
Pregnancy, Using Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Rear Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Privacy Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266 Reporting Safety Defects
Vehicle Data Recording . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437 Rear Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Canadian Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437
Problems with Route Guidance . . . . . . . . . . .174 Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437
Program Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436
Courtesy Transportation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433 Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Restraints
Prohibited Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284 Recognition Where to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Proposition 65 Warning, Voice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 Retained Accessory Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . 235
California . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .321, 342, 391, Recommended Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Back Cover Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283 Ride Control Systems
Publication Ordering Information . . . . . . . . 436 Recommended Fluids and Lubricants . . . . . 418 Enhanced Traction System (ETS) . . . . . . . 253
Records Roads
R
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422 Driving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Radio
Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395 Roadside Assistance Program . . . . . . . . . . . . .431
HD Radio Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Reimbursement Program, GM Roof
Radio Data System (RDS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157
Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .431 Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Radio Frequency Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System . . . 10, 13 Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .158
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427
Running the Vehicle While Parked . . . . . . . 238
Index 457
S Seats (cont'd) Signals, Turn and Lane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . .143
Safety Defects Reporting Underseat Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Snow Plow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .317
Canadian Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437 Securing Child Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88, 92 Software Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437 Security Special Application Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .415
U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Specifications and Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424
Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23 OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441 Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110
Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Start Assist, Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157 Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433 Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Accessories and Modifications . . . . . . . . . 322 Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Climate Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .214
Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322 Heated Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
How to Wear Seat Belts Properly . . . . . . . 55 Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422 Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Maintenance, General Information . . . . . 408 Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Parts Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423 Steering Column Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32
Replacing after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433 Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Service Electric Parking Brake Light . . . . . . . 118 Steps
Seats Services Power Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Special Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415 Stop/Start System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Center Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Servicing System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175 Stoplamps and Back-up Lamps
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
Heated and Ventilated Front . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 Storage
Heated, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Shift Lock Control Function Check, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Automatic Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346 Storage Areas
Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Shifting Center Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235 Floor Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279 Underseat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
458 Index
Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Towing
Struts Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361 Driving Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
Gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348 All-Season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361 Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .221 All-Terrain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362 General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376 Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379 Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381 Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394
System Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377 Traction
Brake Pad Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341 Full-Size Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391 Limited-Slip Differential . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Engine Air Filter Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332 If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380 Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Forward Collision Alert (FCA) . . . . . . . . . . . 274 Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374 Traction Control/Electronic Stability
Global Positioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367 Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439 Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Trademarks and License Agreements . . . . . 195
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 Pressure Monitor Operation . . . . . . . . . . . 369 Trailer
Systems Pressure Monitor System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368 Sway Control (TSC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Driver Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264 Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374 Tow Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
T
Terminology and Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . 365 Trailer Towing
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110
Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . . . . . . . . 377 App . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
Tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23
Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance . . . . 379 Trailering App . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
Taillamps
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379 Transfer Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .241
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
When It Is Time for New Tires . . . . . . . . . 375 Transmission
Task Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362 Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Teen Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Top Tier Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283 Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430
Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .241 Transportation Program, Courtesy . . . . . . . 433
Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32
Tow/Haul Mode Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119 Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Truck-Camper Loading Information . . . . . . . 226
Index 459
Turn and Lane-Change Signals . . . . . . . . . . . .143 Vehicle (cont'd) When It Is Time for New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 375
Turn Signal Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119 Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
U
Vehicle Care Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Underseat Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367 Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy . . . . . . 437 Windshield
Universal Remote System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Vehicle Positioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .174 Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Vehicle Security Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Steering Column Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Winter
Updates
Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Map Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Voice Recognition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175 Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
USB Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .158
Voltmeter Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Using the Navigation System . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Using the System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .152 W
Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Warning
Brake System Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
V
Caution and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Vehicle
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Warnings
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Hazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Identification Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Wheels
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Alignment and Tire Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
ai162145378315_21_CHEV_Silverado_1500_COV_en_US_84550389D_2021MAY24.pdf 1 5/19/2021 3:49:43 PM
CM
MY
CY
CMY

2021 Silverado1500

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

2021 Silverado1500

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

21_CHEV_Silverado_1500_COV_en_US_84550389C_2021MAR9.

pdf 1 3/5/2021 9:39:27 AM

Chevrolet/GMC SUV Uplevel Shown Chevrolet/GMC Pickup

Introduction This manual describes features that may or

Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436

Keys, Doors, and Windows 7

8 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 9

10 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 11

12 Keys, Doors, and Windows

{ Warning When replacing the battery, do not touch

Keys, Doors, and Windows 13

14 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 15

16 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 17

18 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 19

20 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 21

22 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 23

24 Keys, Doors, and Windows

. Press the touch pad on the tailgate

Keys, Doors, and Windows 25

. Press 5 on the center stack.

26 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 27

If equipped with this feature, the vehicle

. Press 5 on the center stack.

28 Keys, Doors, and Windows

{ Warning . To lower the tailgate step, press the

Keys, Doors, and Windows 29

30 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 31

32 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 33

34 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 35

36 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 37

38 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 39

Press V to scroll through the adjustment . Tilt

40 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 41

42 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 43

Pull the sun visor down to block glare.

44 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Seats and Restraints 45

46 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Restraints 47

To adjust a manual seat:

48 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Restraints 49

To adjust a manual seatback:

50 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Restraints 51

52 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Restraints 53

54 Seats and Restraints